The elements of Embryology

* 4,

Sti ts WV he me aE Us teh |
3 ot a Ih it kit Os ALO eae

NSE ar Y] rk eked BL

aS . %
ee Pes CaF Meets . <e ; ’ 5 : x. fe < : : tes : we aS E aS x * Lae =
‘ 2% is * . a . “i ae or .

Rotors
Sa ie eee
noe . uf

Wa BR

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2007 with funding from
Microsoft Corporation

http://www.archive.org/details/elementsofembryoO0Ofostuoft

THE

ELEMENTS OF EMBRYOLOGY.

THE

ELEMENTS OF EMBRYOLOGY

BY

“M. FOSTER, M.A., M.D., LL.D., F.RS.

PROFESSOR OF PHYSIOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE,
FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE,

AND THE LATE

FRANCIS M. BALFOUR, M.A., LL.D., F.RS.,

LATE FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE,
AND PROFESSOR OF ANIMAL MORPHOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY.

EDITED BY
ADAM SEDGWICK, M.A.,
FELLOW AND ASSISTANT LECTURER OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE,

AND

WALTER HEAPEH,

LATE DEMONSTRATOR IN THE MORPHOLOGICAL LABORATORY OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE.

London:

MACMILLAN AND CO.
AND NEW YORK.
1889

[AW Rights reserved.]

first Edition 1874.
Second Edition revised 1883.
Reprinted 1889.

PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION.

WHEN this little work first appeared, it was put for-
ward as a Part I, to be followed by other Parts. That
plan was however soon abandoned. Nevertheless the
volume seemed to have a place of its own; and my dear
lost friend undertook to prepare a second edition, in-
tending to add some account of the development of
the Mammal with a view of making the work an
elementary introduction to vertebrate embryology more
particularly suited for medical students. He was occu-
pied with the task at the time of his sad death; and
indeed a melancholy interest is attached to some of the
sheets, by the fact that he had taken them to Switzer-
land with him, on that fatal journey.

All the first part up to p. 160 he had passed for
press; and he had further revised up to about p. 202.
The whole of the rest of the volume has been under-

v1 PREFACE.

taken by Mr Adam Sedgwick and Mr Walter Heape.
They have attempted to carry out as far as possible
what we believe to have been Balfour’s views, and
trust that the public will judge leniently of their
efforts to perform a difficult task. I have myself been
able to do no more than offer general advice from time
to time; and though it has not been thought advisable
to change the title, the merits as well as the responsi-
bilities of the latter part of the work must rest with
them.

M. FOSTER.

TRINITY COLLEGE,
CAMBRIDGE,
March, 1883.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PART I. THE HISTORY OF THE CHICK.

CHAPTER I.
Tur SrructuRE oF THE HEN’s Hac, anD THE CHANGES WHICH TAKE
PLACE UP 10 THE BEGINNING OF INCUBATION - pp. I—24.

The shell and shell-membrane, 1—3. The albumen, 3. The
vitelline membrane, 4. The yolk, 5—7. Area opaca, 7. Area
pellucida, 8. The structure of the blastoderm, 7—10. Recapitu-
lation, ro. The ovarian ovum, 11—15. The descent of the ovum
along the oviduct, 15—17. Impregnation, 17. Segmentation,
18—24.

CHAPTER II.

Brier SUMMARY OF THE WHOLE Hisrory oF INCUBATION,
Pp- 25—47-

The embryo is formed in the area pellucida, 25. The germinal
layers, 25, 26. The extension of the blastoderm over the yolk, 26.
The vascular area, 27. The head-fold, 27—36. The tail-fold, 37.
The lateral folds, 37. The yolk-sac, 37. The alimentary canal, 39.
The neural tube, 39, 40. The body-cavity, 41. The somatopleure, 41.
The splanchnopleure, 42. The stalk of the yolk-sac, 42, 43. The
amnion, 43—46. The allantois, 46, 47.

vill TABLE OF CONTENTS.

CHAPTER III.

THE CHANGES WHICH TAKE PLACE DURING THE First Day oF Incv-
BATION : ; ; pp. 48—76.

Variations in the progress of development, 48, 49. The embryonic
shield, 49. Formation of hypoblast, 51. The germinal wall, 52.
The primitive streak, 52—54. Formation of primitive streak meso-
blast, 54, 55. Hypoblastic mesoblast, 55. Primitive groove, 56, 357.
The notochord, 5g,—62. The medullary groove, 62, 63. Amnion, 63.
The changes taking place in the three layers, 63—66. The germinal
wall, 65, 66. The increase of the head-fold, 66. The closure of the
medullary canal, 66,67. The cleavage of the mesoblast ; formation
of spanchnopleure and somatopleure, 68. The vertebral and lateral
plates, 69. The mesoblastic somites, 70. The sinus rhomboidalis, 71.
The neurenteric passage, 71—74. Jormation of the vascular area,
74, 75- Recapitulation, 75, 76.

CHAPTER IV.

Tur CHANGES WHICH TAKE PLACE DURING THE First HaLF OF THE
Sreconp Day . : : pp. 77—95.

Increasing distinctness and prominence of embryo, 77. The first
cerebral vesicle, 78, 79. The auditory pits, 81. Increase in number
of mesoblastic somites, 81. The fore-gut, 82. The heart, 82—8o9.
The vascular system, 89—94. Formation of blood-vessels, 92—94.
The rudiment of the Wolffian duct, 94. Summary, 94, 95.

CHAPTER V.

Tar CHANGES WHICH TAKE PLACE DURING THE SECOND HALF OF THE
Sreconp Day . . F pp. 96—108.

Increasing prominence of the embryo; the tail-fold and lateral
folds, 96. Continued closure of medullary canal, 96—98. The
brain, g8—ro1. The optic vesicles, 98. The second and third cerebral
vesicles, 100. The cerebral hemispheres, roo. First appearance of
cranial nerves, 100, ror. The notochord, 101. The cranial flexure,
1o1. The auditory vesicle, ror. Increase of curvature of heart, 101,

TABLE OF CONTENTS. 1x

102. Auricular appendages, 102. Vascular System, 102—106.
Commencement of circulation, 102. The primitive aorte and first
pair of aortic arches, 102, 103. The vitelline vessels and sinus ter-
minalis, 103, 104. The course of the circulation, 105. The second
and third pairs of aortic arches, 105, 106. The Wolffian duct and
first appearance of Wolffian body, 106. The growth of the amnion,
107. The first appearance of the allantois, 107. Summary, 107,
108.

CHAPTER VI.

Tur CHANGES WHICH TAKE PLACE DURING THE THIRD Day,
pp. 109—194.

The diminution of the albumen, 109. The spreading of the opaque
and vascular areas, 109, 110. The vascular area, 110—113. The
continued folding-in of the embryo, 113. Theincrease of the amnion,
113. The change in position of the embryo, 113—116. The curvature
of the body, 116. The cranial flexure, 116, 117. The brain, 117—123.
Growth of the vesicle of the cerebral hemispheres, 117. The lateral
ventricles, 117. The vesicle of the 3rd ventricle or thalamencephalon,
117. The rudiment of the pineal gland, 117, 118. The infundibulum,
119. The stomodeum, 119. The pituitary body, 119—121. Changes
in the mid-brain, the corpora bigemina, crura cerebri and iter, 121.
Changes in the hind-brain, the medulla, cerebellum, 4th ventricle,
121, 122. Changes in the neural canal, 122, 123. The cranial
and spinal nerves, 123—132. The neural band, 123—126. The fifth,
seventh, ninth and tenth cranial nerves, 126, 127. Later develop-
ment of cranial nerves, 127—129. The spinal nerves, 129. The
shifting of point of attachment of nerves, 131. Anterior roots, 131.
The eye, 137—156. The first changes in the optic vesicles, 132, 133.
The secondary optic vesicle and development of the lens, 134—137.
The choroidal fissure, 137—140. The choroid, sclerotic and cornea,
140, 141. The further development of the optic vesicle, 141. The
ora serrata, 142. Theiris, 142. Pigment epithelium of choroid, 142.
The ciliary processes, uvea, ciliary muscle and ligamentum pectinatum,
144. The histological changes in the retina, 144—146. Optic nerve,
146,147. The choroid fissure, 147. The pecten, 148. The histo-
logical changes in the lens, 149, 150. The vitreous humour, 150.
The cornea, 150—153. The aqueous humour, 153. Summary of the
development of the eye, 154, 155. The eyelids, 155. The lacrymal
glands and duct, 155, 156. The organof hearing, 156—161. Closure

x TABLE OF CONTENTS.

of the auditory involution, 157. The otic vesicle, 157. The mem-
branous labyrinth, 158, 159. The osseous labyrinth, 159, 160. Com-
parison of ear with eye, 160, 161. The organ of smell, 161, 162.
The olfactory lobes and nerves, 162. The visceral arches and visceral
clefts, 162—167. Superior maxillary, and fronto-nasal processes,
164, 165. Fate of first visceral cleft, 165, 166. The meatus audi-
torius externus, 166. The tympanic membrane, 166. The Eustachian
tube and tympanic cavity, 165, 166. The fenestra ovalis and rotunda,
166. The columella, 166, 167. The vascular system, 167—170. The
aortic arches, 167. Changes in the heart, 167, 168. The venous
system, 169, 170. The meatus venosus, cardinal veins and ductus
Cuvieri, 169, 170. The alimentary canal, 171—185. Folding in of
the splanchnopleure, tail-fold, 171, 172. The mesentery, 172, 173.
(Esophagus and stomach, 173. The intestine, 174. The postanal
gut, neurenteric canal and proctodeum, 174—176. The lungs,
176—178. The liver, 178—181. The pancreas, 181. The thyroid
body, 181, 182. The spleen, 182. The growth and blood-vessels of the
allantois, 182—184. The mesollast, 185—193. The muscle-plates,
186—189. The intermediate cell-mass and Wolffian body, 189—193.
A typical Wolffian tubule, 193. Change of position of Wolffian duct,
193. Summary, 193, 194.

CHAPTER VII.

THE CHANGES WHICH TAKE PLACE ON THE FourtH Day, pp. 195—23I.

Appearance on opening the egg, 195. Growth of amnion, 195, 196.
The vitelline duct, 196. Increase of cranial flexure and tail-fold, 196—
198. The first appearance of the limbs, 198. The growth of the
brain, 200. The face, 202. Changes in the nasal pits, 202. The sto-
modzum and mouth, 202, 203. The cranial nerves, 203. Changes in
the mesoblastic somites, 204—212. The membranous vertebral
column, 205. The secondary segmentation of the vertebral column
and formation of the permanent vertebre, 205—207. Recapitulation,
207, 208. The changes in the notochord, 208—211. Ossification of
vertebre, 209, 210. The changes in the muscle plates, 211, 212.
Wolffian body and duct, 212—214. The Miillerian duct, 214—218.
The kidney and ureter, 218—220. The ovaries and testes, 220—223.
Fate of the embryonic urinogenital organs, 223, 224. Changes in the
arterial system, 224226. Changes in the venous system; veins of
the liver, 226—229. Changes in the heart; the ventricular septum,
229, 230. Summary, 230, 231.

TABLE OF CONTENTS. XI

CHAPTER VIII.
THE CHANGES WHICH TAKE PLACE ON THE Firra Day, pp. 232—274.

Appearance on opening the egg, 232. The changes in the limbs,
233, 234. The pectoral and pelvic girdles; the ribs and sternum, 234,
235. The development of the skull, 235—246. The cranium, 235.
The parachordals and notochord, 237, 238. The trabecule, 239—241.
The sense capsules, 241, 242. Membrane and cartilage bones, 242.
Skeleton of visceral arches, 242—245. Table of bones, 246. The
changes in the face, 246—251. The posterior nares, 251. Changes in
the spinal cord; its histological differentiation, 251—254. The central
canal; and the posterior and anterior fissures, 254—256. Changes
in the heart, 256—264. Septum in the bulbus and semilunar valves,
257—259. The cardiac valves, 262. The foramen ovale and Eustachian
valve, 262—264. The pericardial and pleural cavities, 264—269.
Histological differentiation and the fate of the three primary layers,
269—273. Summary, 273, 274.

CHAPTER IX.
From THe Srxto Day to THE Enp or Incunation, pp. 275—303.

The appearance of distinct avian characters, 275. The fetal
appendages during the 6th and 7th days, 276—278. During the
8th, 9th and roth days,278. From the 11th to the 16th days, 278, 279.
From the 16th day onwards, 279, 280. Changes in the general form
of the embryo during the 6th and 7th days, 280—282. During the
8th—1oth days, 282. From the r1th day onwards, 282. Feathers, 282.
Nails, 283. Ossification, 283. Changes in the venous system before
and after the commencement of pulmonary respiration, 283—289.
Changes in the arterial system, the modification of the aortic arches,
289-297. Summary of the chief phases of the circulation, 297—303.
Hatching, 303.

xll TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PART IE THE HISTORY OF THE MAMMA-
LIAN EMBRYO.

INTRODUCTION, pp. 307, 308.

( CHAPTER X.
‘ Generar Devenopment or THE EMpryo . .. pp. 309—34I.

The ovarian ovum, 309, 310. The egg-membranes, 310. Ma-
turation and impregnation, 310—312. Segmentation, 312314. The
blastodermic vesicle, 314—316. The formation of the layers, 316—
320. The primitive streak and groove, 319, 320. The medullary
groove, 320, 321. The mesoblast, 321—325. The notochord, 325, 326.
The rudiment of the neurenteric canal, 326. Recapitulation, 326.
The vascular area, 326. General growth of the embryo, 327—334.
The human embryo, 335—341. Embryos of guinea-pig, etc. with so-
called inversion of the layers, 341.

CHAPTER XI.
Empryonic MEMBRANES AND YOLK-Sac. . . pp. 342—364.

The typical development of the embryonic membranes, 342—352.
Vascular area of rabbit, 343—346. The yolk-sac or umbilical vesicle;
amnion, 343. The subzonal membrane, 346. Attachment of blasto-
dermic vesicle to uterine walls, 347. The formation of the chorion,
348. Mesoblast and blood-supply of the allantois, 348, 349. The
placenta, 349, 350. The fate of the embryonic membranes, 350—352.
Deciduate and non-deciduate type of placenta, 352. Comparative
history of the mammalian fatal membranes, 352—359. Foetal mem-
branes of Monotremata and Marsupialia, 352. The discoidal pla-
centa, 353, 354. The metadiscoidal placenta, 354—358. The zonary
placenta, 358, 359. The diffuse and polycotyledonary placenta, 3509.
Comparative histology of the placenta, 359—363. Evolution of the
placenta, 364.

TABLE OF CONTENTS. xii

CHAPTER XII.
Tur DEVELOPMENT oF THE OrcGANs IN Mammalia, pp. 365—422.

The organs derived from the epiblast, 365—400. Hairs, 365.
Glands, 366. The hind-brain, 367—370. The mid-brain, 370, 371.
General development of fore-brain, 371. Thalamencephalon, 371
—376. Pituitary body, 372, 373. Pineal gland, 373376. Cerebral
hemispheres, 376—385. The olfactory lobes, 385. Histogenesis of
brain, 385—387. The eyes, 387—390. Choroid slit, membrana
capsulo-pupillaris and arteria centralis retine, 389. The auditory
organ, 390—397. Accessory auditory structures, 397—399. The nasal
organ, and organ of Jacobson, 399. Cranial and spinal nerves; sym-
pathetic system, 400.

Organs derived from the mesoblast, 400—417. The vertebral
column, 400, 401. The skull, 4or. The visceral arches, 402. Man-
dibular and hyoid arches; malleus, incus, and stapes, 403—405.
Ribs; sternum; pectoral and pelvic girdles, 405. Skeleton of the
limbs, 406. Body-cavity ; pericardial, pleural cavities and dia-
phragm, 406.

The vascular system, 406—413. The heart, 406, 407. The ar-
terial system, 407—-409. ‘The venous system, 40o9—413. The supra-
renal bodies, 413, 414. The urinogenital organs, 414—417.
Wolffian duct and body ; kidney ; ovary and testis, 414, 415. Genital
cord, 415. Urinogenital sinus and external generative organs, 415
—417-

Alimentary canal and its appendages, 417—422. Splanchnic
mesoblast and mesentery, 419, 420. Stomod#um, 420, 421. Hard
and soft palate, 420, 421. Teeth, 421. Proctodeum, 422.

APPENDIX 2 : Pp: 423—47I1.

Incubators, 423425. Hardening reagents, 425—428. Staining
reagents, 428—432. Imbedding, 432—434. Cutting sections, 434,
435- Mounting sections, 436. Preservation of embryos as a whole,

430, 437

X1V TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Practical directions for obtaining and studying chick embryos, 437
—460. Examination of a 36—48 hours embryo, 437—444. Of an
embryo of about 48—50 hours, 444—447- Of an embryo at the end
of the 3rd day, 447—451. Of an embryo of the 4th day, 451—453.
Of a blastoderm of 20 hours, 453—456. Of an unincubated blasto-
derm, 457. Of the process of segmentation, 458. Of the later changes
of the embryo, 459. Of the development of blood-vessels, 459, 460.

Practical directions for obtaining and studying Mammalian em-
bryos, 460—471. Animals and breeding, 460, 461. Examination and
treatment of segmenting ova, 461—464. Of the blastodermic vesicle,
72—go hours, 465. Of the blastodermic vesicle of 7 days, 465, 466.
Of an 8 days embryo, 466—468. Of an embryo of 8 days 12 hours,
408, 469. Of the foetal membranes of an embryo of 14 days, 469,
470.

Note A. Automatic microtome, 471.

Nore B. New method of mounting sections, 471.

PARE

THE HISTORY OF THE CHICK.

CHAPTER I.

THE STRUCTURE OF THE HEN’S EGG, AND THE CHANGES
WHICH TAKE PLACE UP TO THE BEGINNING OF IN-
CUBATION.

In a hen’s egg quite newly laid we meet with the
following structures. Most external is the shell (Fig.
1, s.), composed of an organic basis, impregnated with
ealcic salts. It is sufficiently porous to allow of the
interchange of gases between its interior and the exter-
nal air, and thus the chemical processes of respiration,
feeble at first, but gradually increasing in intensity, are
carried on during the whole period of incubation.

It is formed of two layers, both of which may contain
pigment. The inner layer is by far the thickest, and is
perforated by vertical canals which open freely on its
inner aspect. Superficially these canals appear to be
closed by the extremely thin outer layer. They are
probably of some importance in facilitating the pene-
tration of air through the shell.

Lining the shell, is the shell-membrane, which is
double, being made up of two layers: an outer thicker

Hak: Be. 1

2 THE HEN’S EGG. [CHAP.

(Fig. 1, s. m.), and an inner thinner one (7. s.m.). Both
of these layers consist of several lamin of felted fibres
of various sizes, intermediate in nature between connec-
_ tive and elastic fibres.

DIAGRAMMATIC SECTION OF AN UNINCUBATED Fow.L’s Eae
(modified from Allen Thomson).

b/. blastoderm. w. y. white yolk. This consists of a central
flask-shaped mass and a number of layers arranged con-
centrically around this. y. y. yellow yolk. v. ¢. vitelline
membrane. 2. layer of more fluid albumen immediately
surrounding the yolk. w. albumen consisting of alternate
denser and more fluid layers. ch. 2. chalaza. a. ch. air-
chamber at the broad end of the egg. This chamber is
merely a space left between the two layers of the shell-mem-
brane. 7. s. m. internal layer of shell-membrane. — s. m.
external layer of shell-membrane. s. shell.

I.] THE WHITE OF THE EGG. 3

Over the greater part of the egg the two layers of
the shell-membrane remain permanently in close appo-
sition ; but at the broad end they tend to separate, and
thus to develope between them a space into which air
finds its way. This air-chamber, as it is called, is not
to be found in perfectly fresh eggs, but makes its
appearance in eggs which have been kept for some
time, whether incubated or not, and gradually increases
in size, as the white of the egg shrinks in bulk from
evaporation.

Immediately beneath the shell-membrane is the
white of the egg or albumen (Fig. 1, w.), which is, chemi-
cally speaking, a mixture of various forms of proteid
material, with fatty, extractive, and saline bodies. The
outer part of the white, especially in eggs which are not
perfectly fresh, is more fluid than that nearer the yolk.

Its average composition may be taken as

12°0 p. c. proteid matter,
15 p. c. fat and extractives,
‘5 p. c. saline matter, chiefly sodic and potassic chlorides,
with phosphates and sulphates,
86°0 p. c. water.

The white of the egg when boiled shews in section alter-
nate concentric layers of a transparent and of a finely granular
opaque material. In the natural condition, the .layers corre-
sponding to these opaque layers are composed of more fluid
albumen, while those corresponding to the transparent layers
are less fluid, and consist of networks of fibres, containing fluid
in their meshes. The innermost layer, however, immediately
surrounding the yolk (Fig. 1, «.), is of the more fluid finely
granular kind.

In eggs which have been hardened a spiral arrange-
ment of the white may be observed, and it is possible to

1—2

+ THE HEN’S EGG. (CHAP.

tear off laminz in a spiral direction from left to right,
from the broad to the narrow end of the egg.

Two twisted cords called the chalazw (Fig. 1, ch. L.),
composed of coiled membranous layers of denser albu-
men, run from the two extremities of the egg to the
opposite portions of the yolk. Their inner extremities
expand and merge into a layer of denser albumen sur-
rounding the fluid layer next the yolk. Their outer
extremities are free, and do not quite reach the outer
layer of the white. Thus they cannot serve to suspend
the yolk, although they may help to keep it in position,
by acting as elastic pads. The interior of each chalaza
presents the appearance of a succession of opaque white
knots; hence the name chalazz (hailstones).

The yolk is enclosed in the witelline membrane (Fig.
1, v. t.), a transparent somewhat elastic membrane easily
thrown into creases and wrinkles. It might almost be
called structureless, but under a high power a fine
fibrillation is visible, and a transverse section has a
dotted or punctuated appearance ; it is probably there-
fore composed of fibrils. Its affinities are with elastic
connective tissue.

The whole space within the vitelline membrane is
occupied by the yolk. To the naked eye this appears
tolerably uniform throughout, except at one particular
point of its surface, at which may be seen, lying imme-
diately under the vitelline membrane, a small white
disc, about 4 mm. in diameter. This is the blastoderm,
or cicatricula.

A tolerably typical cicatricula in a fecundated egg
will shew an outer white rim of some little breadth, and
within that a circular transparent area, in the centre of

1.] THE WHITE YOLK. 5

which, again, there is an opacity, varying in appearance,
sometimes homogeneous, and sometimes dotted.

The disc is always found to be uppermost whatever
be the position of the egg, provided there is no restraint
to the rotation of the yolk. The explanation of this is
to be sought for in the lighter specific gravity of that
portion of the yolk which is in the neighbourhood of the
disc, and the phenomenon is not in any way due to the
action of the chalaz.

A section of the yolk of a hard boiled egg will shew
that it is not perfectly uniform throughout, but that
there is a portion of it having the form of a flask, with
a funnel-shaped neck, which, when the egg is boiled,
does not become so solid as the rest of the yolk, but
remains more or less fluid.

The expanded neck of this flask-shaped space 1s
situated immediately underneath the disc, while its
bulbous enlargement is about in the middle of the yolk.
We shall return to it directly.

The great mass of the yolk is composed of what is
known as the yellow yolk (Fig. 1, y. y.). This consists
of spheres (Fig. 2, A.) of from 25y to 100m" in diameter
filled with numerous minute highly refractive granules ;
these spheres are very delicate and easily destroyed by
crushing. When boiled or otherwise hardened in situ,
they assume a polyhedral form, from mutual pressure.
The granules they contain seem to be of an albuminous
nature, as they are insoluble in ether or alcohol.

Chemically speaking the yolk is characterized by the presence

in large quantities of a proteid matter, having many affinities
with globulin, and called vitellin. This exists in peculiar associa-

1 u=:001 mm.

6 THE HEN’S EGG. [CHAP.

tion with the remarkable body Lecithin. (Compare Hoppe-
Seyler, Hdb. Phys. Chem. Anal.) Other fatty bodies, colouring
matters, extractives (and, according to Dareste, starch in small
quantities), &c. are also present. Miescher (Hoppe-Seyler,
Chem. Untersuch, p. 502) states that a considerable quantity of
nuclein may be obtained from the yolk, probably from the
spherules of the white yolk.

Fie. 2.

A. Yellow yolk-sphere filled with fine granules. The outline of
the sphere has been rendered too bold.

B. White yolk-spheres and spherules of various sizes and pre-
senting different appearances. (It is very difficult in a
woodcut to give a satisfactory representation of these pe-
culiar structures.)

The yellow yolk, thus forming the great mass of the
entire yolk, is clothed externally by a thin layer of a
different material, known as the white yolk, which at
the edge of the blastoderm passes underneath the disc,
and becoming thicker at this spot forms, as it were, a
bed on which the blastoderm rests. Immediately under
the middle of the blastoderm this bed of white yolk is
connected, by a narrow neck, with a central mass of
sunilar material, lying in the middle of the yolk (Fig. 1,
w. y.). When boiled, or otherwise hardened, the white
yolk does not become so solid as the yellow yolk; hence
the appearances to be seen in sections of the hardened
yolk. The upper expanded extremity of this neck of

a THE YELLOW YOLK. ci
/

white yolk is generally known as the “nucleus of
Pander.”

Concentric to the outer enveloping layer of white
yolk there are within the yolk other inner layers of the
same substance, which cause sections of the hardened
yolk to appear to be composed of alternate concentric
thicker laminz of darker (yellow) yolk, and thinner
lamine of lighter (white) yolk (Fig. 1, w, y.).

The microscopical characters of the white yolk
elements are very different from those of the yellow
yolk. Itis composed of vesicles (Fig. 2, B.) for the most
part smaller than those of the yellow yolk (4u—75,),
with a highly refractive body, often as small as ly, in
the interior of each; and also of larger spheres, each of
which contains a number of spherules, similar to the
smaller spheres.

Another feature of the white yolk, according to His,
is that in the region of the blastoderm it contains
numerous large vacuoles filled with fluid; they are
sufficiently large to be seen with the naked eye, but do
not seem to be present in the ripe ovarian ovum.

It is now necessary to return to the blastoderm. In
this, as we have already said, the naked eye can distin-
guish an opaque white rim surrounding a more trans-
parent central area, in the middle of which again is a
white spot of variable appearance. In an unfecundated
cicatricula the white disc is simply marked with a
number of irregular clear spaces, there being no proper
division into a transparent centre and an opaque rim.

The opaque rim is the commencement of what we
shall henceforward speak of as the area opaca; the
central transparent portion is in the same way the

8 THE HEN’S EGG. [CHAP.

beginning of the area pellucida. In the part corre-
sponding to the area opaca the blastoderm rests imme-
diately on the white yolk; underneath the area pellu-
cida is a shallow space containing a nearly clear fluid,
to the presence of which the central transparency seems
to be due. The white spot in the middle of the area
pellucida appears to be the nucleus of Pander shining
through.

Vertical sections of the blastoderm shew that it is
formed of two layers. The upper of these two layers
is composed, see Fig. 3, ep, of a single row of cells,
with their long axes arranged vertically, adhering
together so as to form a distinct membrane, the edge of
which rests upon the white yolk. After stainig with
silver nitrate, this membrane viewed from above shews
a mosaic of uniform polygonal cells.

Each cell is composed of granular protoplasm filled
with highly refractive globules; and in each an oval nu-
cleus may be distinguished. They are of a nearly uniform
size (about 9 w) over the opaque and the pellucid areas.

The under layer (Fig. 3, /), is composed of cells
which vary considerably in diameter; but even the
smaller cells of this layer are larger than the cells of the
upper layer. They are spherical, and so filled with
granules and highly refractive globules, that a nucleus
can rarely be seen in them: in the larger cells these
globules are identical with the smaller white yolk
spheres.

The cells of this layer do not form a distinct mem-
brane like the cells of the upper layer, but lie as a
somewhat irregular network of cells between the upper
layer and the bed of white yolk on which the blastoderm

I.] THE BLASTODERM.

rests. The lowest are generally the
largest. The layer is thicker at the peri-
phery than at the centre: and rests on
a bed of white yolk, from which it is in
parts separated by a more or less de-
veloped cavity, containing probably fluid
yolk matter about to be absorbed. In
the bed of white yolk nuclei are present,
which are destined to become the nuclei
of cells about to join the lower layer of
the blastoderm. These nuclei are gene-
rally more numerous in the neighbour-
hood of the thickened periphery of the
blastoderm than elsewhere. Amongst
the lower layer cells are to be found

Fie. 3.

SECTION OF A BLASTODERM OF A Fow.’s Eae
AT THE COMMENCEMENT OF INCUBATION.

The thin but complete upper layer ep com-
posed of columnar cells rests on the in-
complete lower layer 7, composed of larger
and more granular cells. The lower layer
is thicker in some places than in others,
and is especially thick at the periphery.
The line below the under layer marks the
upper surface of the white yolk. The larger
so-called formative cells are seen at ),
lying on the white yolk, The figure does
not take in quite the whole breadth of the
blastoderm ; but the reader must under-
stand that both to the right hand and the
left ep is continued farther than /, so that
at the extreme edge it rests directly on
the white yolk.

10 THE HEN’S EGG. [CHAP.

peculiar large spherical bodies, which superficially re-
semble the larger cells around them, and have been
called formative cells. Their real’ nature is still very
doubtful, and though some are no doubt true cells,
others are perhaps only nutritive masses of yolk.

The opacity of the peripheral part of the blastoderm
is in a large measure due to the collection of the lower
layer cells in this region, and the thickening, so caused,
appears to be more pronounced for a small are which
subsequently constitutes the hinder border of the area
pellucida.

Over nearly the whole of the blastoderm the upper
layer rests on the under layer. At the circumference
however the upper layer stretches for a short distance
beyond the under layer, and here consequently rests
directly on the white yolk.

To recapitulate :—In the normal unincubated hen’s
ege we recognize the blastoderm, consisting of a com-
nits upper layer of smaller nucleated granular cells
and a more or less incomplete under Tanee ‘of larger
cells, filled with larger granules; in these lower cells
nuclei are rarely visible. The thin flat dise so formed
rests, at the uppermost part of the entire yolk, on a
bed of white yolk, and a peripheral thickening of the
lower layer causes the appearance in the blastodermic
dise of an area opaca and an area pellucida. The great
mass of the entire yolk consists of the so-called
yellow yolk composed of granular spheres. The
white yolk is composed of smaller spheres of pecu-
liar structure, and exists, in small part, as a thin
coating around, and as thin concentric lamine in
the substance of the yellow yolk, but chiefly in the

I | THE OVARIAN OVUM. 11

form of a flask-shaped mass in the interior of the yolk,
the upper somewhat expanded top of the neck of
which forms the bed on which the blastoderm rests.
The whole yolk is invested with the vitelline mem-
brane, this again with the white; and the whole is
covered with two shell-membranes and a shell.

Such an egg has however undergone most important
changes while still within the body of the hen; and
in order to understand the nature of the structures
which have just been described, it will be necessary to
trace briefly the history of the egg from the stage when
it exists as a so-called ovarian ovum in the ovary of a
hen up to the time when it is laid.

In birds the left ovary alone is found in the adult ;
and is attached by the mesovariwm to the dorsal wall
of the abdominal cavity, on the left side of the vertebral
column. It consists of a mass of vascular stroma in
which the ova are imbedded, is covered superficially
by a layer of epithelium, continuous with the epithelial
lining of the peritoneal cavity. The appearance of the
ovary varies greatly according to the age of the indi-
vidual. In the mature and sexually active females
it is almost wholly formed of pedunculated and highly
vascular capsules of various sizes, each containing a more
or less developed ovum; in the young animal however
it is much more compact, owing to the absence of
advanced ova.

If one of the largest capsules of the ovary of a hen
which is laying regularly be opened, it will be found to
contain a nearly spherical (or more correctly, ellipsoidal
with but slightly unequal axes) yellow body enclosed in
a delicate membrane. This is the ovarian ovum or egg.

12 THE HEN’S EGG. [CHAP.

Examined with care the ovum, which is tolerably uni-
form in appearance, will be found to be marked at one
spot (generally facing the stalk of the capsule and form-
ing the pole of the shorter axis of the ovum) by a small
disc differing in appearance from the rest of the ovum.
This dise which is known as the germinal disc or discus

my.

SECTION THROUGH THE GERMINAL Disc OF THE RIPE OVARIAN
Ovum oF A FOWL WHILE YET ENCLOSED IN ITS CAPSULE.

a. Connective-tissue_ capsule of the ovum. 0. follicular epithe-
lium, at the surface of which nearest the ovum lies the
vitelline membrane. c. granular material of the germinal
disc, which becomes converted into the blastoderm. (This
is not very well represented in the woodcut. In sections
which have been hardened in chromic acid it consists of fine
granules.) w. y, white yolk, which passes insensibly into
the fine granular material of the disc. «x, germinal vesicle
enclosed in a distinct membrane, but shrivelled up by the
action of the chromic acid. y, space originally completely
filled up by the germinal vesicle, before the latter was
shrivelled up by the action of the chromic acid.

proligerus, consists of a lenticular mass of protoplasm
(Fig. 4, c), imbedded in which is a globular or ellipsoidal
body (Fig. 4, #), about 310 in diameter, called the
germinal vesicle. This has a delicate wall, and its con-
tents are clear and fluid in the fresh state, but become
granular upon the addition of reagents.

ral THE OVARIAN OVUM. 13

The rest of the ovum is known as the yolk. This
consists of two elements, the white yolk- and the yellow
yolk-spheres, which are distributed respectively very
much in the same way as in the laid egg, the yellow
yolk forming the main mass of the ovum, and the white
yolk being gathered underneath and around the disc
(Fig. 4, w. y), and also forming a flask-shaped mass in
the interior. The delicate membrane surrounding the
whole is the vitelline membrane.

The youngest ova in the ovary of a fowl, in common
with those of all other animals, present the characters
of a simple cell. Such a cell is diagrammatically repre-
sented in Fig. 5.

It is seen to consist of a naked protoplasmic body
containing in its interior a nucleus—-the germinal vesi-

cle—which in its turn envelopes

Fie. 5. a nucleolus—constituting what is
known as the germnal spot.
Such young ova are enclosed in
a capsule of epithelium, named
the follicle or follicular mem-
brane, and are irregularly scat-
tered in the stroma of the ovary.

DIAGRAM OF THE The difference between such
Ovum. (From Gegen- an immature ovum and the ripe
baur.)

Ae a ovum just described is very great,
Ce a7. but throughout its growth the
plasm. b. Nucleus (ger- Q

minal vesicle), c. Nu- ©Vum retains the characters of a
cleolus (germinalspot). cell, so that the mature ova-
rian ovum, equally with the

youngest ovum in the ovary, is a single cell.
The most striking changes which takes place in the

14 ; THE HEN’S EGG. [CHAP.

course of the maturation of the ovum concern the body
of the cell rather than the germinal vesicle. As the
body grows in size a number of granules make their
appearance in its interior. These granules are formed
by the inherent activity of the protoplasm, which is
itself nourished, in a large measure at any rate, by the
cells of the follicle. The outermost layer of the proto-
plasm remains free from these granules. As the ovum
grows older the granules become larger, first of all in
the centre, and subsequently at the periphery, and take
the form of white yolk-spherules. The greater part of
them become at a later stage converted into yellow
yolk-spheres, while a portion of them, situated in the
position of the white yolk of the ripe ovum, retain their
original characters.

The germinal vesicle, which in the youngest ova is
situated centrally or subcentrally, travels in the course
of the growth of the ovum towards the periphery, and
the protoplasm immediately surrounding it remains
relatively free from yolk granules, and so constitutes
the germinal disc. In the younger ova there is but a
single germinal spot in the germinal vesicle, but as the
ova enlarge several accessory germinal spots make their
appearance, while in the ripe ovum it seems doubtful
whether there is any longer a trace of a germinal
spot. }

The cells of the follicular epithelium are at first
arranged in a single row, but at a later stage become
two or more rows deep: they undergo however a
nearly complete atrophy in the ripe ovum. Around
the follicular epithelium there is present a membrana
propria, and in the later stages of the growth of the

| THE OVARIAN OVUM. 15

ovum this is in its turn embraced by a highly vascular
connective-tissue capsule.

The youngest ova are, as has already been stated,
quite naked. In ova of about 1:5 mm. the superficial
layer of the ovum becomes converted into a radiately
striated membrane called the zona radiata. At a later
period a second membrane, placed between the zona
radiata and the cells of the follicle, makes its appearance,
but its mode of origin is still unknown. As the ovum
approaches maturity the zona radiata disappears, and in
the ripe ovum the second membrane, which has already
been spoken of as the vitellme membrane, alone
remains.

From what has just been stated it follows that in
an egg which has been laid the yolk alone constitutes
the true ovum. The white and the shell are in fact
accessory structures formed during the passage of the
ovum down the oviduct.

When the ovarian ovum is ripe and about to be
discharged from the ovary, its capsule is clasped by
the open infundibulum of the oviduct. The capsule
then bursts, and the ovum escapes into the oviduct, its
longer axis corresponding with the long axis of the
oviduct, the germinal disc therefore being to one
side,

In describing the changes which take place in the
oviduct, 11 will be convenient, following the order pre-
viously adopted, to treat first of all of the formation
of the accessory parts of the egg. These are secreted
by the glandular walls of the oviduct. This organ
therefore requires some description. It may be said to
consist of four parts:—I1st. The dilated infundibulum

16 THE HEN’S EGG. [CHAP.

with an abdominal opening. 2nd. A long tubular
portion—the oviduct proper—opening by a narrow neck
or isthmus into the 3rd portion, which is much dilated,
and has been called the uterus; the 4th part is some-
what narrow, and leads from the uterus into the cloaca.
The whole of the mucous membrane lining the oviduct
is largely ciliated.

The accessory parts of the egg are entirely formed
in the 2nd and 3rd portions. The layer of albumen
which immediately surrounds the yolk is first de-
posited ; the chalazw are next formed. Their spiral
character and the less distinctly marked spiral arrange-
ment of the whole albumen is brought about by the
motion of the egg along the spiral ridges into which
the interior of the second or tubular portion of the
oviduct is thrown. The spirals of the two chalaze are
in different directions. This is probably produced by
their peripheral ends remaining fixed while the yolk to
which their central ends are attached is caused to
rotate by the contractions of the oviduct. During the
formation of the chalaze the rest of the albumen is
also deposited ; and finally the shell-membrane is formed
in the narrow neck of the 2nd portion, by the fibrilla-
tion of the most external layer of albumen. The ege
passes through the 2nd portion in little more than
3 hours. In the 3rd portion the shell is formed. The
mucous membrane of this part is raised into nume-
rous flattened folds, like large vill, containing follicu-
lar glands. From these a thick white fluid is poured
out, which soon forms a kind of covering to the egg, in
which the inorganic particles are deposited. In this
portion of the oviduct the egg remains from 12 to 18

1. IMPREGNATION. 17

hours, during which time the shell acquires its normal
consistency. At the time of laying it is expelled from
the uterus by violent muscular contractions, and passes
with its narrow end downwards along the remainder of
the oviduct, to reach the exterior.

Impregnation. This process occurs in the upper
portion of the oviduct; the spermatozoa being found
actively moving in a fluid which is there contained.

We have as yet, as far asthe fowl is concerned, no.
direct observations concerning the changes preceding
and following upon impregnation ; nor indeed concern-
ing the actual nature of the act of impregnation.

In other types however these processes have been
followed with considerable care, and the result has been
to shew that prior to impregnation a division of the
ovum takes place into two very unequal parts. The
smaller of these parts is known as the polar body, and
plays no further part in the development. In the
course of the division of the ovum into these two parts
the germinal vesicle also divides, and one part of it
enters the polar body, while a portion remains in the
larger segment which continues to be called the ovum,
and is there known as the female pronucleus. Im-
pregnation has been found to consist essentially in
the entrance of a single spermatozoon into the ovum,
followed by the fusion of the two. The spermatozoon
itself is to be regarded as a cell, the head of which
corresponds to the nucleus. When the spermatozoon
enters the ovum the substance forming its tail becomes
mingled with the protoplasm of the latter, but the head
enlarges and constitutes a distinct body called the male_
pronucleus, which travels towards and finally fuses with

Ho & Be 2

18 THE HEN’S EGG. [CHAP.

the female pronucleus to constitute the nucleus of the
impregnated ovum.

Segmentation. There follows upon the impregna-
tion a remarkable process known as the segmentation,
The process consists essentially in the division of the
impregnated ovum by a series of successive segmenta-
. tions into a number of cells, of which the whole of the
cells of the future animal are the direct descendants,
In the majority of instances this process results in the
division of the whole ovum into cells; but in cases of
ova where there is a large amount of food yolk, only
that part of the ovum in which the protoplasm is but
slightly loaded with food material, and which we have
already described as the germinal disc, becomes so
divided. The remainder of the ovum constitutes a
food reservoir for the use of the developing embryo
and is known as the food yolk. The segmentation in
such ova, of which that of the fowl is one of. the
best known examples, is described as being partial or
meroblastic’.

In order to understand the process of segmentation
in the fowl’s ovum it must be borne in mind that the
germinal disc is not sharply separated from the re-
mainder of the ovum, but that the two graduate insen-
sibly into each other.

The segmentation commences in the lower part of
the oviduct, shortly before the shell has begun to be
formed.

Viewed from above, a furrow is seen to make its

1 For a fuller account of the relation between holoblastic and
meroblastic segmentation the reader is referred to the treatise on
Comparative Embryology by Balfour, Vol. 1. chapter iii.

I.] SEGMENTATION. 19

SuRFACE VIEWS OF THE EARLY STAGES OF THE SEGMENTATION
IN A Fow.’s Eaca. (A and C after Coste.)

A represents the earliest stage. The first furrow (b) has
begun to make its appearance in the centre of the germinal disc,
whose periphery is marked by the line a. In B, the first furrow
is completed nearly across the disc, and a second similar furrow
at right angles to the first has appeared. The disc thus
becomes divided somewhat irregularly into quadrants by four
(half) furrows. In a later stage (C) the meridian furrows 6 have
increased in number, from four, as in ZB, to nine, and cross
furrows have also made their appearance. The disc is thus cut
up into small central (c) and larger peripheral (d) segments.
Several new cross furrows are seen just beginning, as ex. gr. close
to the end of tbe line of reference d.

appearance, running across the germinal disc, though
not for the whole breadth, and dividing it into two
halves (Fig. 6, A). This primary furrow is succeeded
by a second at right angles to itself. The surface thus
becomes divided into four segments or quadrants (Fig.
6, B).

2—2

20 THE HEN'S EGG. [CHAP.

The second furrow cuts the first somewhat excen-
trically.

The first four furrows do not extend through the
whole thickness of the germinal disc, and the four seg-
ments marked out by them are not separated from the
disc on their lower aspect.

Each of these is again bisected by radiating furrows,
and thus the number of segments is increased from four
to eight (it may be seven or nine). The central portion
of each segment is then, by a cross furrow, cut off from
the peripheral portion, giving rise to the appearance of
a number of central smaller segments, surrounded by
more external elongated segments (Fig. 6, C).

The excentricity in the arrangement of the segments
is moreover still preserved, the smaller segments being
situated nearer one side of the germinal disc. The
excentricity of the segmentation gives to the segmenting
germinal disc a bilateral symmetry, but the relation
between the axis of symmetry of the segmenting germinal
dise and the long axis of the embryo is not known.

Division of the segments now proceeds rapidly by
means of furrows running in various directions. And
it is important to note that the central segments
divide more rapidly than the peripheral, and con-
sequently become at once smaller and more numerous
(Fig. 7).

Meanwhile sections of the hardened blastoderm
teach us that segmentation is not confined to the sur-
face, but extends through the mass of the blastoderm ;
they shew us moreover that division takes place by
means of not only vertical, but also horizontal furrows,
i.e. furrows parallel to the surface of the disc (Fig. 8).

1.] SEGMENTATION. ve OOM

Fie. 7. {—

SuRFACE VIEW OF THE GERMINAL Disc oF A HeEn’s Eae
DURING THE LATER STAGES OF SEGMENTATION.
(Chromic Acid Preparation.)

Atein the centre of the disc the segmentation masses are
very small and numerous. At b, nearer the edge, they are
larger and fewer; while those at the extreme margin a are largest
and fewest of all. It will be noticed that the radiating furrows

marking off the segments a do not reach to the extreme margin
e of the disc.

The drawing is completed in one quadrant only ; it will of
course be understood that the whole circle ought to be filled up
in a precisely similar manner.

In this way, by repeated division or segmentation,
the original germinal disc is cut up into a large number
of small rounded masses of protoplasm, which are small-
est in the centre, and increase in size towards the peri-
phery. The segments lying uppermost are moreover
smaller than those beneath, and thus the establishment
of the two layers of the blastoderm is foreshadowed.

22 THE HEN’S EGG, [CHAP.

Fire. 8.

SECTION OF THE GERMINAL Disc oF A FowL DURING THE
LATER STAGES OF SEGMENTATION.

The section, which represents rather more than half the
breadth of the blastoderm (the middle line being shewn at c),
shews that the upper and central parts of the disc segment
faster than those below and towards the periphery. At the
periphery the segments are still very large. One of the larger
segments is shewn at a. In the majority of segments a nucleus
can be seen ; and it seems probable that a nucleus is present in
all. Most of the segments are filled with highly refracting
spherules, but these are more numerous in some cells (especially
the larger cells near the yolk) than in others. In the central
part of the blastoderm the upper cells have commenced to form
a distinct layer.

a. large peripheral cell. 0. larger cells of the lower parts of the
blastoderm. c. middle line of blastoderm. e. edge of the
blastoderm adjoining the white yolk. w. white yolk.

In the later stages of segmentation not only do the
first-formed segments become further divided, but seg
mentation also extends into the remainder of the germi-
nal disc.

The behaviour of the nucleus during the segmenta-
tion has not been satisfactorily followed, but there is,

I.] _ SEGMENTATION. 23

from the analogy of other forms, no doubt that in the
formation of the first two segments the original nucleus,
formed by the fusion of the male and female pronuclei,
becomes. divided, and that a fresh division of the nucleus
takes place with the formation of each fresh segment.
Nuclei make their appearance moreover in the part of
the ovum immediately below that in which the segmen-
tation has already taken place; these are in all proba-
bility also derived from the primitive nucleus. The
substance round some of these nuclei rises up in the
form of papille, which are subsequently constricted off
and set free as supplementary segmentation masses ;
while some of the nuclei remain and form the nuclei
already spoken of as existing in the bed of white yolk
below the blastoderm in the unincubated egg.

Between the segmented germimal disc, which we
may now call the blastoderm, and the bed of white yolk
on which it rests, a space containing fluid makes its
appearance.

As development proceeds, segmentation reaches its
limits in the centre, but continues at the periphery, and
thus eventually the masses at the periphery become of
the same size as those in the centre.

The distinction however between an upper and a
lower layer becomes more and more obvious.

The masses of the upper layer arrange themselves,
side by side, with their long axes vertical; their nuclei
become very distinct. In fact they form a membrane
of columnar nucleated cells.

The masses of the lower layer, remaining larger than
those of the upper layer, continue markedly granular
and round, and form rather a close irregular network

24 THE HEN’S EGG. [CHAP, I.

than a distinct membrane. Their nuclei are not readily
visible.

At the time when the segmentation-spheres in the
centre are smaller than those at the periphery, and
those above are also smaller than those below, a few
large spherical masses, probably containing each one of
the nuclei already spoken of, arise by a process of seg-
mentation from the bed of white yolk, and rest directly
on the white yolk at the bottom of the shallow cavity
below the mass of segmentation-spheres. They contain
either numerous small spherules, or fine granules;
the spherules precisely resembling the smaller spheres
of white yolk. These loose spherical masses form the
majority of the formative cells already spoken of.

Thus the original germinal disc of the ovarian ovum
becomes, by the process of segmentation, converted into
the blastoderm of the laid egg with its upper layer of
columnar nucleated cells, and its lower layer of irregu-
larly disposed cells, accompanied by a few stray “forma-
tive” cells lying loose in the cavity below.

CHAPTER IT.

A BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE WHOLE HISTORY OF
INCUBATION.

STEP by step the simple two-layered blastoderm
described in the previous chapter is converted into the
complex organism of the chick. The details of the
many changes through which this end is reached will
perhaps be rendered more intelligible if we prefix to the
special history of them a brief summary of the general
course of events from the beginning to the end of incu-
bation.

In the first place, it is to be borne in mind that the
embryo itself is formed in the area pellucida, and in the
area pellucida alone. The area opaca in no part enters
directly into the body of the chick; the structures to
which it gives rise are to be regarded as appendages,
which sooner or later disappear.

Germinal layers. The blastoderm at starting con-
sists of two layers. Very soon a third layer makes its
appearance between the other two. These three layers,
known as the germinal layers, the establishment of which
is a fact of fundamental importance in the history of the
embryo, are called respectively the upper, middle and
lower layers, or epiblast, mesoblast and hypoblast. Of

26 PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT. [CHAP.

these the epiblast and hypoblast constitute the primary
layers. :
Three similar germinal layers are found in the

embryos of all vertebrate and most invertebrate forms, ©

and their history is one of the most important parts of
comparative embryology.

The epiblast gives rise to the epidermis, the central
and peripheral parts of the nervous system, and to the
most important parts of the organs of special sense.
The hypoblast is essentially the secretory layer, and
furnishes the whole epithelial ling of the alimentary
tract and its glands, with the exception of part of the
mouth and anus which are lined by the epiblast and
are spoken of by embryologists as the stomodeuwm and
proctodewm. Finally the mesoblast is a source from
which the whole of the vascular system, the muscular
and skeletal system, and the connective tissue of all
parts of the body, are developed. It gives in fact origin

to the connective-tissue basis both of the skin and of ~—

the mucous membrane of the alimentary tract, and to
all the structures lying between these two with the’
exceptions already indicated. It is more especially to
be noted that it gives rise to the excretory organs and
generative glands.

Formation of the embryo. The blastoderm which
at first, as we have seen, lies like a watch-glass over the
cavity below, its margin resting on the circular germinal
wall of white yolk, spreads, as a thin circular sheet, over
the yolk, immediately under the vitelline membrane.
Increasing uniformly at all points of its circumference,
the blastodermic expansion covers more and more of the
yolk, and at last, reaching the opposite pole, completely
envelopes it. Thus the whole yolk, instead of being

| 11. THE HEAD-FOLD. 76

' enclosed as formerly by the vitelline membrane alone,
| comes to be also enclosed in a bag formed by the blasto-
| derm.

! It is not however until quite a late period that the
complete closing in at the opposite pole takes place; in
fact the extension of the blastoderm must be thought
of as going on during the first seven days of incubation.

Both the area opaca and the area pellucida share in
this enlargement, but the area opaca increases much
more rapidly than the area pellucida, and plays the
principal part in encompassing the yolk.

The mesoblast, in that part of the area opaca which
is nearest to the area pellucida, becomes the seat of
peculiar changes, which result in the formation of blood-
vessels. Hence this part of the area opaca is called the
vascular area.

The embryo itself may be said to be formed by a
folding off the central portion of the area pellucida from
the rest of the blastoderm. At first the area pellucida
is quite flat, or, inasmuch as it forms part of the circum-
ference of the yolk, slightly but uniformly curved. Very
soon, however, there appears at a certain spot a semi-
lunar groove, at first small, but gradually increasing in
depth and extent; this groove, which is represented in
section in the diagram (Fig. 9, A), breaks the uni-
formity of the level of the area pellucida. It may be
spoken of as a tucking in of a small portion of the
blastoderm in the form of a crescent. When viewed
from above, it presents itseif as a curved line (the hinder
of the two concentric curved lines in front of A in Fig.
22), which marks the hind margin of the groove, the
depression itself being hidden.

28 PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT. [CHAP.

Fic. 9.

Fig. 9, A to W forms a series of purely diagrammatic repre-
sentations introduced to facilitate the comprehension of the
manner in which the body of the embryo is formed, and of the
various relations of the yolk-sac, amnion and allantois.

In all vt is the vitelline membrane, placed, for convenience
sake, at some distance from its contents, and represented as per-
sisting in the later stages; in the actual egg it is in direct contact
with the blastoderm (or yolk), and early ceases to have a separate
existence. In alle indicates the embryo, pp the general pleuro-
peritoneal space, af the folds of the amnion proper ; ae or ac the
cavity holding the liquor amnii; al the allantois; a the ali-
mentary canal; y or ys the yolk or yolk-sac.

A, which may be considered as a vertical section taken longi-
tudinally along the axis of the embryo, represents the relations of
the parts of the egg at the time of the first appearance of the
head-fold, seen on the right-hand side of the blastoderm e. The

:
|
:
|
:

5 2

Il. | THE EMBRYONIC APPENDAGES. 29

blastoderm is spreading both behind (to the left hand in the
figure), and in front (to right hand) of the head-fold, its limits
being indicated by the shading and thickening for a certain dis-
tance of the margin of the yolk y. As yet there is no fold on the
left side of e corresponding to the head-fold on the right.

B is a vertical transverse section of the same period drawn
for convenience sake on a larger scale (it should have been made
flatter and less curved). It shews that the blastoderm (vertically
shaded) is extending laterally as well as fore and aft, in fact in
all directions ; but there are no lateral folds, and therefore no
lateral limits to the body of the embryo as distinguished from
the blastoderm.

Incidentally it shews the formation of the medullary grcove
by the rising up of the lamin dorsales. Beneath the section of
the groove is seen the rudiment of the notochord. On either side
a line indicates the cleavage of the mesoblast just commencing.

In C, which represents a vertical longitudinal section of later
date, both head-fold (on the right) and tail-fold (on the left) have
advanced considerably. The alimentary canal is therefore closed
in, both in front and behind, but is in the middle still widely
open to the yolk y below. Though the axial parts of the embryo
have become thickened by growth, the body-walls are still thin ;
in them however is seen the cleavage of the mesoblast, and the
divergence of the somatopleure and splanchnopleure. The
splanchnopleure both at the head and at the tail is folded in to
a greater extent than the somatopleure, and forms the still wide

_ splanchnic stalk. At the end of the stalk, which is as yet short,
it bends outwards again and spreads over the surface of the yolk.

The somatopleure, folded in less than the splanchnopleure to

~ form the wider somatic stalk, sooner bends round and runs out-

wards again. At a little distance from both the head and the
tail it is raised up into a fold, af, af, that in front of the head
being the highest. These are the amniotic folds. Descending from
either fold, it speedily joins the splanchnopleure again, and the
two, once more united into an uncleft membrane, extend some
way downwards over the yolk, the limit or outer margin of the
opaque area not being shewn. All the space between the soma- ©
topleure and the splanchnopleure, pp, is shaded with dots. Close

30 PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT. [CHAP.

to the body this space may be called the pleuroperitoneal cavity ;
but outside the body it runs up. into either amniotic fold, and
also extends some little way over the yolk.

D represents the tail end at about the same stage on a more
enlarged scale, in order to illustrate the position of the allantois
al (which was for the sake of simplicity omitted in C), shewnas a
bud from the splanchnopleure, stretching downwards into the pleu-
roperitoneal cavity pp. The dotted area representing as before the

II. | THE EMBRYONIC APPENDAGES. 31

whole space between the splanchnopleure and the somatopleure,
it is evident that a way is open-for the allantois to extend from

its present position into the space between the two limbs of the
amniotic fold af.

E, also a longitudinal section, represents a stage still farther
advanced. Both splanchnic and somatic stalks are much nar-
rowed, especially the former, the cavity of the alimentary canal
being now connected with the cavity of the yolk-sack by a mere
canal. The folds of the amnion are spreading over the top of
the embryo and nearly meet. Each fold consists of two walls
or limbs, the space between which (dotted) is as before merely
a part of the space between the somatopleure and splanchno-
pleure. Between these arched amniotic folds and the body of
the embryo is a space not as yet entirely closed in.

F represents on a different scale a transverse section of #
taken through the middle of the splanchnic stalk. The dark ring
in the body of the embryo shews the position of the neural canal,
below which is a black spot, marking the notochord. On either

_ side of the notochord the divergence of somatopleure and splanch-

nopleure is obvious. The splanchnopleure, more or less thick-
ened, is somewhat bent in towards the middle line, but the two
sides do not unite, the alimentary canal being as yet open below
at this spot ; after converging somewhat they diverge again and
run outwards over the yolk. The somatopleure, folded in to
some extent to form the body-walls, soon bends outwards again,
and is almost immediately raised up into the lateral folds of the
amnion af. The continuity of the pleuroperitoneal cavity within
the body with the interior of the amniotic fold outside the body
is evident; both cavities are dotted.

G, which corresponds to D at a later stage, is introduced to
shew the manner in which the allantois, now a distinctly hollow
body, whose cavity is continuous with that of the alimentary
canal, becomes directed towards the amniotic fold.

In # a longitudinal, and J a transverse section of later date,
great changes have taken place. The several folds of the amnion
have met and coalesced above the body of the embryo. The inner
limbs of the several folds have united into a single membrane (a),
which encloses a.space (aée or ac) round the embryo. This mem-

32 PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT. [CHAP,

brane (a) is the amnion proper, and the cavity within it, z.c. between
it and the embryo, is the cavity of the amnion containing the
liquor amnii. The allantois is omitted for the sake of sim-
plicity.

It will be seen that the amnion a now forms in every direc-
tion the termination of the somatopleure ; the peripheral portions
_.of the somatopleure, the united outer or descending limbs of the
folds af in C, D, F, G having been cut adrift, and now forming
an independent continuous membrane, the serous membrane,
immediately underneath the vitelline membrane.

In / the splanchnopleure is seen converging to complete the
closure of the alimentary canal a’ even at the stalk (elsewhere
the canal has of course long been closed in), and then spreading
outwards as before over the yolk. The point at which it unites
with the somatopleure, marking the extreme limit of the cleavage
of the mesoblast, is now much nearer the lower pole of the
diminished yolk.

11.] THE EMBRYONIC APPENDAGES. 33

As aresult of these several changes, a great increase in the
dotted space has taken place. It is now possible to pass from
the actual peritoneal cavity within the body, on the one hand
round a, great portion of the circumference of the yolk, and on the
other hand above the amnion a, in the space between it and the
serous envelope.

Into this space the allantois is seen spreading in K at al.

In Z the splanchnopleure has completely invested the yolk-
sac, but at the lower pole of the yolk is still continuous with
that peripheral remnant of the somatopleure now called the
serous membrane. In other words, the cleavage of the mesoblast
has been carried all round the yolk (ys) except just at the lower
pole.

In M the cleavage has been carried through the pole itself ;
the peripheral portion of the splanchnopleure forms a complete
investment of the yolk, quite unconnected with the peripheral
portion of the somatopleure, which now exists as a continuous
membrane lining the interior of the shell. The yolk-sac (ys) is
therefore quite loose in the pleuroperitoneal cavity, being con-
nected only with the alimentary canal (a’) by a solid pedicfe.

Lastly, in WV the yolk-sac (ys) is shewn being withdrawn into
the cavity of the body of the embryo. The allantois is as before,
for the sake of simplicity, omitted ; its pedicle would of course lie
by the side of ys in the somatic stalk marked by the usual dotted
shading.

It may be repeated that the above are diagrams, the various
spaces being shewn distended, whereas in many of them in the
actual ege the walls have collapsed, and are in near juxta-
position.

In a vertical longitudinal section carried through the
middle line, we may recognize the following parts (Fig.
9, A, or on a larger scale Fig. 10, which also shews details
which need not be considered now). Beginning at what
will become the posterior extremity of the embryo (the
left-hand side of the figure in each case), and following the
surface of the blastoderm forwards (to the right in the

F. & B, 3

34 PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT. [CHAP,

Fie. 10.

am
DIAGRAMMATIC LONGITUDINAL SECTION THROUGH THE AXIS OF
AN EMBRYO.

The section is supposed to be made at a time when the head-

fold has commenced but the tail-fold has not yet appeared.
F, So. fold of the somatopleure.
fF. Sp. fold of the splanchnopleure.

The line of reference /’, So. is placed in the lower bay, outside
the embryo. The line of Dis placed in the upper bay inside
the embryo ; this will remain as the alimentary canal. Both
folds (Ff. So., F. Sp.) are parts of the head-fold, and are to be
thought of as continually travelling onwards (to the left) as de-
velopment proceeds.
pp. space between somatopleure and splanchnopleure: pleuro-

peritoneal cavity.
Am. commencing (head) fold of the amnion.

A fuller explanation is given under Fig. 29.

figures), the level is maintained for some distance, and
then there is a sudden descent, the blastoderm bending
round and pursuing a precisely opposite direction to its
previous one, running backwards instead of forwards, for
some distance. It soon, however, turns round again, and
once more running forward, with a gentle ascent, regains
the original level. As seen in section, then, the blasto-
derm at this spot may be said to be folded up in the

ei

eee

—_—

a

i] THE HEAD-FOLD. 35

form of the letter @. This fold we shall always speak of
as the head-fold. In it we may recognize two limbs:
an upper limb in which the curve is directed forwards,
and its bay, opening backwards, is underneath the blas-
toderm, 7.e. as we shall see, inside the embryo (Fig. 10.
D); and an under limb in which the curve is directed
backwards, and its bay, opening forwards, is above the
blastoderm,?.e. outside the embryo. Ifan @ like the above,
made of some elastic material, were stretched laterally,
the effect would be to make both limbs longer and
proportionally narrower, and their bays, instead of being
shallow cups, would become more tubular. Such a
result is in part arrived at by the growth of the blasto-
derm; the upper limb of the @ is continually growing
forward (but, unlike the stretched elastic model, in-
creases in all its dimensions at the same time), and the
lower limb is as continually lengthening backwards;
and thus both upper and lower bays become longer and
longer. This we shall hereafter speak of as the travel-
ling backwards of the head-fold.

The two bays do not however both become tubular.
The section we have been speaking of is supposed to be
taken vertically along a line, which will afterwards be-
come the axis of the embryo; and the lower bay of the
@ is a section of the crescentic groove mentioned above,
in its middle or deepest part. On either side of the
middle line the groove gradually becomes shallower.
Hence in sections taken on either side of the middle
line or axis of the embryo (above or below the plane
of the figures), the groove would appear the less marked
the farther the section from the middle line, and at a
certain distance would disappear altogether. It must be

3—2,

36 PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT. [ CHAP.

remembered that the groove is at first crescent-shaped,
with the concavity of the crescent turned towards what
will be the hind end of the embryo (Fig. 22). As the whole
head-fold is carried farther and farther back, the horns
of the crescent are more and more drawn in towards the
middle line, the groove becoming first semicircular, then
horse-shoe-shaped. In other words, the head-fold,
instead of being a simple fold running straight back-
wards, becomes a curved fold with a central portion in
front running backwards, and two side portions running
in towards the middle line. The effect of this is that
the upper bay of the @ (that within the embryo) gets
closed in at the sides as well as in the front, and thus
speedily becomes tubular. The under bay of the 2
(that outside the embryo) remains of course open at the
sides as in front, and forms a sort of horse-shoe-shaped
ditch surrounding the front end of the embryo.

We have dwelt thus at length on the formation of
the head-fold, because, unless its characters are fairly
grasped, much difficulty may be found in understanding
many events in the history of the chick. The reader
will perhaps find the matter easier to comprehend if he
makes for himself a rough model, which he easily can
do by spreading a cloth out flat to represent the blasto-
derm, placing one hand underneath it, to mark the axis
of the embryo, and then tucking in the cloth from above
under the tips of his fingers. The fingers, covered with
the cloth and slightly projecting from the level of the
rest of the cloth, will represent the head, in front of
which will be the semicircular or horse-shoe-shaped
groove of the head-fold.

At its first appearance the whole @ may be spoken

I. ] THE TAIL-FOLD. 37

of as the head-fold, but later on it will be found con-
venient to restrict the name chiefly to the lower limb
of the 2.

Some time after the appearance of the head-fold, an
altogether similar but at first less conspicuous fold
makes its appearance, at a point which will become the
posterior end of the embryo. This fold, which travels
forwards just as the head-fold travels backwards, is the
tail-fold (Fig. 9, C).

In addition, between the head- and the tail-fold two
lateral folds appear, one on either side. These are
simpler in character than either head-fold or tail-fold,
inasmuch as they are nearly straight folds directed
inwards towards the axis of the body (Fig. & F’), and not
complicated by being crescentic in form. Otherwise they
are exactly similar, and in fact are formed by the con-
tinuations of the head- and tail-folds respectively.

As these several folds become more and more de-
veloped, the head-fold travelling backwards, the tail-
fold forwards, and the lateral folds inwards, they tend to
unite in the middle point; and thus give rise more and
more distinctly to the appearance of a small tubular
sac seated upon, and connected, by a continually-nar-
rowing hollow stalk, with that larger sac which is formed
by the extension of the rest of the blastoderm over the
whole yolk.

The smaller sac we may call the “embryonic sac,”
the larger one “ the yolk-sac.” As incubation proceeds,
the smaller sac (Fig. 9) gets larger and larger at the
expense of the yolk-sac (the contents of the latter being
gradually assimilated by nutritive processes into the
tissues forming the growing walls of the former, not

38 PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT. [CHAP.

directly transferred from one cavity into the other).
Within a day or two of-the hatching of the chick, at a
time when the yolk-sac is still of some considerable size,
or at least has not yet dwindled away altogether, and
the development of the embryonic sac is nearly com-
plete, the yolk-sac (Fig. 9, N) is slipped into the body
of the embryo, so that ultimately the embryonic sac
alone remains.

The embryo, then, is formed by a folding-off of a
portion of the blastoderm from the yolk-sac. The
general outline of the embryo is due to the direction
and shape of the several folds which share in its forma-
tion; these, while preserving a nearly perfect bilateral
symmetry, present marked differences at the two ends
of the embryo. Hence from the very first there is no
difficulty in distinguishing the end which will be the
head from that which will be the tail.

In addition to this, the tubular sac of the embryo,
while everywhere gradually acquiring thicker and
thicker walls, undergoes at various points, through local
activities of growth in the form of thickenings, ridges,
buds or other processes, many modifications of the
outline conferred upon it by the constituent folds. Thus
bud-like processes start out from the trunk to form the
rudiments of the limbs, and similar thickenings and
ridges give rise to the jaws and other parts of the face.
By the unequal development of these outgrowths the
body of the chick is gradually moulded into its proper
outward shape.

Were the changes which take place of this class
only, the result would be a tubular sac of somewhat com-
pleated outline, but still a simple tubular sac. Such

TT aT ae ae treet np aca a EA TN I

I1.] THE MEDULLARY CANAL. 39

a simple sac might perhaps be roughly taken to repre-
sent the body of many an invertebrate animal ; but the
typical structure of a bird or other vertebrate animal is
widely different. It may very briefly be described as
follows.

First there is, above, a canal running lengthways
along the body, in which are lodged the brain and
spinal cord. Below this neural tube is an axis repre-
sented by the bodies of the vertebrae and their con-
tinuation forwards in the structures which form the base
of the skull. Underneath this, again, is another tube
closed in above by the axis, and on the sides and below
by the body-walls. Enclosed in this second tube, and
suspended from the axis, is a third. tube, consisting of
the alimentary canal with its appendages (liver, pan-
creas, lungs, &c., which are fundamentally mere diver-
ticula from one simple canal). The cavity of the outer
tube, which also contains the heart and other parts of
the vascular system, is the general body cavity; it con-
sists of a thoracic or pleural, and an abdominal or peri-
toneal section; these two parts are, however, from their
mode of origin, portions of one and the same tube.
Thus a transverse section of a vertebrate animal always
shews the same fundamental structure: above a single
tube, below a double tube, the latter consisting of one
tube enclosed within another, the inner being the ali-
mentary canal, the outer the general cavity of the body.
Into such a triple tube the simple tubular embryonic
sac of the chick is converted by a series of changes of a
remarkable character.

The upper or neural tube is formed in the following
way. At a-very early period the upper layer of the

40 PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT. [CHAP.

blastoderm or epiblast in the region which will become
the embryo, is raised up into two ridges or folds, which
run parallel to each other at a short distance on either
side of what will be the long axis of the embryo, and
thus leave between them a shallow longitudinal groove
(Fig. 9, B, also Figs. 21, m.c). As these ridges, which
bear the name of medullary folds, increase in height
they arch over towards each other, and eventually meet
and coalesce in the middle line, thus converting the
groove into a canal, which at the same time becomes
closed at either end (Fig. 9, & J, also Fig. 34. Mc.).
The cavity so formed is the cavity of the neural tube,
and eventually becomes the cerebro-spinal canal. Its
walls are wholly formed of epiblast.

The lower double tube, that of the alimentary canal,
and of the general cavity of the body, is formed in an
entirely different way. It is, broadly speaking, the
result of the junction and coalescence of the funda-
mental embryonic folds, the head-fold, tail-fold, and
lateral folds ; in a certain sense the cavity of the body
is the cavity of the tubular sac described in the last
paragraph.

But it is obvious that a tubular sac formed by the
folding-in of a single sheet of tissue, such as we have
hitherto considered the blastoderm to be, must be a
simple tubular sac possessing a single cavity only. The
blastoderm however does not long remain a single
sheet, but speedily becomes a double sheet of such a
kind that, when folded in, it gives rise to a double
tube.

Very early the blastoderm becomes thickened in the
region of the embryo, the thickening being chiefly due

pit. | THE BODY CAVITY. 41

to an increase in the middle layer or mesoblast, while
at the same time it becomes split or cleft horizontally
over the greater part of its extent into two leaves, an
upper leaf and a lower leaf. In the neighbourhood of
the axis of the body, beneath the neural tube, this
cleavage is absent (Fig. 9, B; also Figs. 24, 34), in fact,
it begins at some little distance on either side of the
axis and spreads thence into the periphery in all direc-
tions. It is along the mesoblast that the cleavage
takes place, the upper part of the mesoblast uniting
with epiblast to form the upper leaf, and the lower
part with the hypoblast to form the lower leaf.

In the fundamental folds both leaves are involved,
both leaves are folded downwards and inwards, both
leaves tend to meet in the middle below; but the
lower leaf is folded in more rapidly, and thus diverges

_ from the upper leaf, a space being gradually developed

between them (Fig. 9). In course of time the several
folds of the lower leaf meet and unite to form an inner
tube quite independently of the upper leaf, whose own
folds in turn meet and unite to form an outer tube
separated from the inner one by an intervening space.
The inner tube which from its mode of formation is
clearly lined by hypoblast is the alimentary canal which
is subsequently perforated at both ends to form the
mouth and anus; the walls of the outer tube are the
walls of the body; and the space between the two tubes
is the general body or pleuroperitoneal cavity.

Hence the upper (or outer) leaf of the blastoderm,
from its giving rise to the body-walls, is called the
somatopleure *; the lower (or inner) leaf, from its form-

1 Soma, body, pleuron, side.

42 PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT. [CHAP.

ing the alimentary canal and its tributary viscera, the
splanchnopleure *.

This horizontal splitting of the blastoderm into a
somatopleure and a splanchnopleure, which we shall
hereafter speak of as the cleavage of the mesoblast, is
not confined to the region of the embryo, but gradually
extends over the whole of the yolk-sac. Hence in the
later days of incubation the yolk-sac comes to have
two distinct coats, an inner splanchnopleuric and an
outer somatopleuric, separable from each other all
over the sac. We have seen that, owing to the
manner of its formation, the ‘embryonic sac’ is con-
nected with the ‘yolk-sac’ by a continually narrowing
hollow stalk; but this stalk must, like the embryonic
sac itself, be a double stalk, and consist of a smaller
inner stalk within a larger outer one, Fig. 9, &, H.
The folds of the splanchnopleure, as they tend to
meet and unite in the middle line below, give
rise to a continually narrowing hollow stalk of their
own, a splanchme stalk, by means of which the walls of
the alimentary canal are continuous with the splanch-
nopleuric investment of the yolk-sac, and the interior
of that canal is continuous with the cavity inside the
yolk-sac. In the same way the folds of the somato-
pleure form a similar stalk of their own, a somatic
stalk, by means of which the body-walls of the chick —
are continuous (for some time; the continuity, as we |
shall see, being eventually broken by the development
of the amnion) with the somatopleuric investment of
the yolk-sac; and the pleuroperitoneal cavity of the

1 Splanchnon, viscus, pleuron, side.

{11.] THE AMNION. 43

‘body of the chick is continuous with the narrow space
between the two investments of the yolk-sac.

At a comparatively early period the canal of the
, splanchnic stalk becomes obliterated, so that the
material of the yolk can no longer pass directly into
|the alimentary cavity, but has to find its way into
| the body of the chick by absorption through the blood-
ivessels. The somatic stalk, on the other ed) remains
| widely open for a much longer time; but the somatic
shell of the yolk-sac never undergoes that thickening
which takes place in the somatic walls of the embryo
jitself; on the contrary, it remains thin and insignificant.
| When, accordingly, in the last days of incubation the
| greatly diminished yolk-sac with its splanchnic invest-
|ment is withdrawn into the rapidly enlarging abdominal
Lcavity of the embryo, the walls of the cient close
jin and unite, without any regard to the shrivelled,
jemptied somatopleuric investment of the yolk-sac,
which is cast off as no longer of any use. (Fig. 9. Com-
| pare the series.)

The Amnion. Very closely connected with the
| cleavage of the mesoblast and the division into soma-
| topleure and splanchnopleure, is the formation of the
}amnion, all mention of which was, for the sake of
jsimplicity, purposely omitted in the description just
| given.
| The amnion is a peculiar membrane enveloping the
/embryo, which takes its origin from certain folds of
| the somatopleure, and of the somatopleure only, in the
| following way.

At a time when the cleavage of the mesoblast has
/ somewhat advanced, there appears, a little way in front

44 PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT. [CHAP.

of the semilunar head-fold, a second fold (Fig. 22, also
Fig. 9, C.), running more or less parallel or rather con-
centric with the first, and not unlike it in general
appearance, though differing widely from it in nature.
In the head-fold the whole thickness of the blastoderm
is involved; in it both somatopleure and splanchno-
pleure (where they exist, i.e. where the mesoblast is
cleft) take part. This second fold, on the contrary, is
limited entirely to the somatopleure. Compare Figs.
9 and 10. In front of the head-fold, and therefore alto-
gether in front of the body of the embryo, the somato-
pleure is a very thin membrane, consisting only of
epiblast and a very thin layer of mesoblast; and the
fold we are speaking of is, in consequence, itself thin
and delicate. Rising up as a semilunar fold with its
concavity directed towards the embryo (Fig. 9, C, af),
as it increases in height it is gradually drawn back-
wards over the developing head of the embryo. The
fold thus covering the head is in due time accompanied
by similar folds of the somatopleure starting at some
little distance behind the tail, and at some little dis-
tance from the sides (Fig. 9, C, D, L, F, and Fig. 11 am.).
In this way the embryo becomes surrounded by a
series of folds of thin somatopleure, which form a con-
tinuous wall all round it. All are drawn gradually
over the body of the embryo, and at last meet and
completely coalesce (Fig. 9, H, I), all traces of their
junction being removed. Beneath these united folds
there is therefore a cavity, within which the embryo
lies (Fig. 9, H, ae). This cavity is the cavity of the
amnion. The folds which we have been describing are
those which form the amnion.

} 1] THE AMNION. 45

Fie. 11.

| DIAGRAMMATIC LONGITUDINAL SECTION THROUGH THE POS-
TERIOR END OF AN EMBRYO Birp, AT THE TIME OF THE
FORMATION OF THE ALLANTOIS.

| ep. epiblast ; Sp.c. spinal canal; ch. notochord ; n.e. neurenteric
canal; hy. hypoblast; p.a.g. postanal gut; pr. remains of
primitive streak folded in on the ventral side ; a. allantois ;
me. mnesoblast; an. point where anus will be formed ; p.c.
perivisceral cavity; am. amnion; so. somatopleure ; sp.
splanchnopleure.

Each fold, of course, necessarily consists of two
limbs, both limbs consisting of epiblast and a very thin
layer of mesoblast; but in one limb the epibiast looks
| towards the embryo, while in the other it looks away
from it. The space between the two limbs of the fold,
as can easily be seen in Figs. 9 and 11, is really part
_of the space between the somatopleure and splanch-
_ nopleure; it is therefore continuous with the general
| space, part of which afterwards becomes the pleuro-
_ peritoneal cavity of the body, shaded with dots in
figure 9 and marked (pp). It is thus possible to
| pass from the cavity between the two limbs of each

46 PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT. _ [CHAR

fold of the amnion into the cavity which surrounds
the alimentary canal. When the several folds meet
and coalesce together above the embryo, they unite
in such a way that all their inner limbs go to form a
continuous inner membrane or sac, and all their outer
limbs a similarly continuous outer membrane or sac.
The inner membrane thus built up forms a completely
closed sac round the body of the embryo, and is called
the amniotic sac, or amnion proper (Fig. 9, H, I, &c. a.),
and the fluid which it afterwards contains is called
the amniotic fluid, or liquor amnu. The space between
the inner and outer sac, being formed by the united
cavities of the several folds, is, from the mode of its
formation, simply a part of the general cavity found
everywhere between somatopleure and splanchnopleure.
The outer sac over the embryo lies close under the
vitelline membrane, while its periphery is gradually
extended over the yolk as the somatopleuric invest-
ment of the yolk-sac described in the preceding para-
graph. It constitutes the false amnion while the mem-
brane of which it forms a part is frequently known as
the serous membrane.

The Allantois, If the mode of origin of these two
sacs (the inner or true amnion, and the outer or false
amnion, as Baer called it) and their relations to the
embryo be borne in mind, the reader will have no diffi-
culty in understanding the course taken in its growth
by. an important organ, the allantois, of which we shall
hereafter have to speak more in detail.

The allantois is essentially a diverticulum of the
alimentary tract, into which it opens immediately in
front of the anus. It at first (Fig. 11, al) forms a

|
)

IL] THE ALLANTOIS. 47

flattened sac projecting into the pleuroperitoneal cavity,
the walls of the sac being formed of a layer of splanchnic
mesoblast lined by hypoblast.

It grows forwards in the peritoneal cavity until it
reaches the stalk connecting the embryo with the yolk-
sac, and thence very rapidly pushes its way into the space
between the true and false amniotic sacs (Fig. 9, G, K).
Curving over the embryo, it comes to lie above the
embryo and the amnion proper, separated from the
shell (and vitelline membrane) by nothing more than
the thin false amnion. In this position it becomes
highly vascular, and performs the functions of a respi-
ratory organ. It is evident that though now placed
quite outside the embryo, the space in which it lies is a
continuation of that peritoneal cavity in which it took
its origin.

It is only necessary to add, that the serous mem-
brane, including the false amnion, either coalesces with
the vitellme membrane, in contact with which it lis,
or else replaces it; and in the later days of incubation
was called by the older embryologists the chorion—a
name however which we shall not adopt.

=

CHAPTER III.

THE CHANGES WHICH TAKE PLACE DURING THE FIRST
DAY OF INCUBATION.

DurinG the descent of the egg along the oviduct,
where it is exposed to a temperature of about 40° C., the
gerthinal disc, as we have seen, undergoes important
changes. When the egg is laid and becomes cold these
changes all but entirely cease, and the blastoderm
remains inactive until, under the influence of the higher
temperature of natural or artificial incubation, the vital
activities of the germ are brought back into play, the
arrested changes go on again, and usher in the series of
events which we have now to describe in detail.

The condition of the blastoderm at the time when
the egg is laid is not exactly the same in all eggs; in
some the changes being farther advanced than in others,
though the differences of course are slight. In some
egos, especially in warm weather, changes of the same
kind as those caused by actual incubation may take
place, to a certain extent, in the interval between
laying and incubation ; lastly, in all eggs, both under
natural and especially under artificial incubation, the

CHAP. III.] THE EMBRYONIC SHIELD. 49

dates of the several changes are, within the limits of
some hours, very uncertain, particularly in the first few
days; one egg being found, for example, at 36 hours in
the same stage as another at 24 or 30 hours, or a third
at 40 or 48 hours. When we speak therefore of any
event as taking place at any given hour or part of any
given day, we are to be understood as meaning that
such an event will generally be found to have taken
place at about that time. We introduce exact dates
for the convenience of description.

The changes which take place during the first day
will be most easily considered under several periods.

From the Ist to about the 8th hour.—During this
period the blastoderm, when viewed from above, is
found to have increased in size. The pellucid area,
which at the best is but obscurely marked in the unin-
cubated egg, becomes very distinct (the central opacity
having disappeared), and contrasts strongly with the
opaque area, which has even still more increased both
in distinctness and size.

For the first few hours both the pellucid and opaque
areas remain approximately circular, and the most im-
portant change, besides increase in size and greater
distinctness which can be observed in them, is a slight
ill-defined opacity or loss of transparency, which makes
its appearance in the hinder half of the pellucid area.
This is known as the embryonic shield.

Slight as are the changes which can at this stage be
seen from surface views, sections taken from hardened
specimens bring to light many most important changes
in the nature and arrangement of the constituent
cells.

F. & B. 4

50

bn

AX)

A OE

sor

ngngseeeeees

eee ies pane

PEO

Bye
R

SOD
EULER

OOO

ae

aie

BL “OM

EIS,
vam

D Gama
ye Ly
Pe paisietess

tal

THE FIRST DAY. [CHAP.

Fic. 12.

SECTION OF A BLASTODERM OF A Fowt’s Ece
AT THE COMMENCEMENT OF INCUBATION.

The thin but complete upper layer ep
composed of columnar cells rests on the in-
complete lower layer 7, composed of larger
and more granular cells. The lower layer is
thicker in some places than in others, and is
especially thick at the periphery. The line
below the under layer marks the upper sur-
face of the white yolk. The larger so-called
formative cells are seen at b, lying on the
white yolk. The figure does not take in quite
the whole breadth of the blastoderm; but the
reader must understand that both to the right
hand and the left ep is continued farther than
1, so that at the extreme edge it rests directly
on the white yolk.

It will be remembered that the
blastoderm in the unincubated egg is
composed of two layers, an upper (Fig.
12, ep) and an under layer; that the
upper is a coherent membrane of colum-
nar nucleated cells, but that the lower
one (Fig. 12, 2) is formed of an irregular
network of larger cells in which the
nuclei are with difficulty visible; and
that in addition to this there are certain
still larger cells, called ‘formative cells’
(Fig. 12,b), lying at the bottom of the
segmentation-cavity.

Under the influence of incubation
changes take place very rapidly, which

II. | THE HYPOBLAST. 51

result in the formation of the three layers of the blasto-
derm.

The upper layer, which is the epiblast already
spoken of (Fig. 13), takes at first but little share in
these changes.

In the lower layer, however, certain of the cells
begin to get flattened horizontally, their granules become
less numerous, and the nucleus becomes distinct; the
cells so altered cohere together and form a membrane.
The membrane thus formed, which is first completed in

Fie. 13.

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH THE BLASTODERM OF A CHICK
BEFORE THE APPEARANCE OF THE PRIMITIVE STREAK.

The epiblast is represented somewhat diagrammatically. The
hyphens shew the points of junction of the two halves of the
section. The hypoblast is already constituted as a membrane of
flattened cells, and a number of scattered cells are seen between
it and the epiblast.

the centre of the pellucid area, constitutes the hypoblast.
Between the hypoblastic membrane and the epiblast
there remain a number of scattered cells (Fig. 13) which
cannot however be said to form a definite layer altogether
distinct from the hypoblast. They are almost entirely
confined to the posterior part of the area pellucida, and

4—2

52 THE FIRST DAY. [CHAP.

give rise to the opacity of that part, which we have
spoken of as the embryonic shield.

At the edge of the area pellucida the hypoblast
becomes continuous with a thickened rim of material,
underlying the epiblast, and derived from the original
thickened edge of the blastoderm and the subjacent
yolk. It is mainly formed of yolk granules, with a
varying number of cells and nuclei imbedded in it. It
is known as the germinal wall, and is spoken of more in
detail on pp. 65 and 66.

The epiblast is the Hornblatt (corneal layer), and the hypo-
blast the Darmdriisenblatt (epithelial glandular layer) of the
Germans, while those parts of the mesoblast which take part in
the formation of the somatopleure and splanchnopleure cor-
respond respectively to the Haut-mushel-platte and Darm-faser-
platte.

All blood-vessels arise in the mesoblast. Hence the vascular
layer of the older writers falls entirely within the mesoblast.

The serous layer of the old authors includes the whole of
the epiblast, but also comprises a certain portion of mesoblast ;
for they speak of all the organs of animal life (skin, bones,
muscle, &c.) as being formed out of the serous layer, whereas the
epiblast proper gives rise only to the epidermis and to certain
parts of the nervous system. In the same way their mucous layer
corresponds to the hypoblast with so much of the mesoblast as
takes part in the formation of the organs of organic life. Their
vascular layer therefore answers to a part only of the mesoblast
viz. that part in which blood-vessels are especially developed.

From the 8th to the 12th hour. The changes
which next take place result in the complete differen-
tiation of the embryonic layers, a process which is inti-
mately connected with the formation of a structure known
as the primitive streak. The full meaning of the

IIL] THE PRIMITIVE STREAK. 53

latter structure, and its relation to the embryo, can how-
ever only be understood by comparison with the develop-
ment of the lower forms of vertebrate life.

It will be remembered that in surface views of the
unincubated blastoderm a small arc, at what we stated
to be the posterior end, close to the junction between
the area opaca and the area pellucida is distinguished
by its more opaque appearance. In the surface view
the primitive streak appears as a linear opacity, which
gradually grows forwards from the middle of this are
till it reaches about one-third of the diameter of the

Bre, 1

Wt

Prs

AREA PELLUCIDA OF A VERY YOUNG BLASTODERM OF A CHICK,
SHEWING THE PRIMITIVE STREAK SHORTLY AFTER ITS
FIRST APPEARANCE.

pr.s. primitive streak ; ap. area pellucida; a.op. area opaca.

area pellucida, During the formation of the primitive
streak the embryonic shield grows fainter and finally
vanishes. When definitely established the primitive
streak has the appearance diagrammatically represented
in Fig. 14.

54 THE FIRST DAY. [CHAP,

Sections at this stage throw a very important light
on the nature and mode of origin of the primitive
streak. In the region in front of it the blastoderm is
still formed of two layers only, but in the region of the
streak itself the structure of the blastoderm is greatly
altered. The most important features in it are repre-
sented in Fig. 15. This figure shews that the median

Fie. 15.

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH A BLASTODERM OF ABOUT THE
AGE REPRESENTED IN Fic. 14, sHEWING THE First Dir-
FERENTIATION OF THE PRIMITIVE STREAK.

The section passes through about the middle of the primitive
streak.
pus. primitive streak ; ep. epiblast; hy. hypoblast ; ys. yolk of
the germinal wall.

portion of the blastoderm has become very much thick-
ened (thus producing the opacity of the primitive streak),
and that this thickening is caused by a proliferation of
rounded cells from the epiblast. In the very young
primitive streak, of which Fig. 15 isa section, the rounded
cells are still continuous throughout with the epiblast, but
they form nevertheless the rudiment of the greater part
of a sheet of mesoblast, which will soon arise in this
region.

II. | THE PRIMITIVE STREAK. 55

In addition to the cells clearly derived from the
epiblast, there are certain other cells (Fig. 15), closely
adjoining the hypoblast; these are derivatives of the
cells, interposed between the epiblast and hypoblast,
which gave rise to the appearance of the embryonic
shield during the previous stage. In our opinion these
cells also have a share in forming the future meso-
blast.

It thus appears that the primitive streak is essen-
tially a linear proliferation of epiblast cells; the cells
produced being destined to give rise to the mesoblast.
This proliferation first commences at the hinder end of
the area pellucida, and thence proceeds forwards.

While the primitive streak is being established, the
epiblast becomes two or more rows-of cells deep in the
region of the area pellucida.

Soon after this, the hitherto circular pellucid area
becomes oval (the opaque area remaining circular). The
oval is, with remarkable regularity, so placed that its
long axis forms a right angle, or very nearly a right
angle, with the long axis of the egg itself. Its narrow
end corresponds with the future hind end of the embryo.
If an egg be placed with its broad end to the right hand
of the observer, the head of the embryo will in nearly
all cases be found pointing away from him.

The 12th to the 16th hour. The primitive streak
at its first appearance is shadowy and ill-defined; gradu-
ally however it becomes more distinct; and during the
same period the pellucid area rapidly increases in size,
and from being oval becomes pear-shaped (Fig. 16). The
primitive streak grows even more rapidly than the
pellucid area; so that by the 16th hour it is not only

»

56 THE FIRST DAY. [CHAP.

absolutely, but also relatively to the pellucid area,
longer than it was at the 12th hour.

It finally occupies about two-thirds of the length of
the area pellucida; but its hinder end in many instances
appears to stop short of the posterior border of the
area pellucida (Fig. 16). The median line of the

Janes 1G.

7 ip Nf

Surrace View or tHE AREA PrELLUCIDA oF A CHICK’s
BLASTODERM SHORTLY AFTER THE FORMATION OF THE
PRIMITIVE GROOVE.

pr. primitive streak with primitive groove ;
af. amniotic fold,
The darker shading round the primitive streak shews the
extension of the mesoblast.

primitive streak becomes marked by a shallow furrow
running along its axis. In fresh specimens, viewed with
transmitted light, this furrow appears as a linear trans-
parency, but in hardened specimens seen under reflected
light may be distinctly recognized as a narrow groove,

III. | THE PRIMITIVE GROOVE. 57

the bottom of which, being thinner than the sides,

appears more transparent when viewed with transmitted
light. It is known as the primitive groove. Its depth
and the extent of its development are subject to great
variations.

During these changes in external appearance there
grow from the edges of the cord of cells constituting the
primitive streak two lateral wings of mesoblast cells,
which gradually extend till they reach the sides of the
area pellucida (Fig. 17). The two wings of mesoblast
meet along the line of the primitive streak, where they
still remain attached to the epiblast. During this period
many sections through the primitive streak give an
impression of the mesoblast being involuted along the lips
of a groove. The hypoblast below the primitive streak
is always quite independent of the mesoblast above,
though much more closely attached to it in the median
line than at the sides. The part of the mesoblast, which
we believe to be derived from the primitive lower layer
cells, can generally be distinctly traced. In many cases,
especially at the front end of the primitive streak, it
forms, as in Fig. 17,a distinct layer of stellate cells, quite
unlike the rounded cells of the mesoblastic involution
of the primitive streak.

In the region in front of the primitive streak, where
the first trace of the embryo will shortly appear, the
layers at first undergo no important changes, except
that the hypoblast becomes somewhat thicker. Soon,
however, as shewn in longitudinal section in Fig. 18, the
hypoblast along the axial line becomes continuous be-
hind with the front end of the primitive streak. Thus
at this point, which is the future hind end of the

THE FIRST DAY.

58

Big: 17.

DAES SR

ee,
@ Be,

fe:

b

rae BOP

tA

’
)

2

III. | FORMATION OF THE EMBRYO. 59

Bie. 17.

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH THE FRONT END OF THE PRI-
MITIVE STREAK OF A BLASTODERM OF THE SAME AGE AS
ras G6:

pv. primitive groove ; m. mesoblast; ep. epiblast; hy. hypo-
blast ; yh. yolk of germinal wall.

|
1

Fic, 18.

:

|

| LoncitupINAL SECTION THROUGH THE AXIAL LINE OF THE
| PRIMITIVE STREAK, AND THE PART OF THE BLASTODERM
IN FRONT OF IT, OF THE BLASTODERM OF A CHICK SOME-
WHAT YOUNGER THAN Fig. 19.

pr.s. primitive streak ; ep. epiblast ; hy. hypoblast of region in
front of primitive streak; n. nuclei; y&. yolk of germinal
wall.

rembryo, the mesoblast, the epiblast, and the hypoblast
jall unite together.

From the 16th to the 20th hours. At about the
16th hour, in blastoderms of the stage represented in
| Fig.16,animportant change takes place in the constitution
| of the primitive hypoblast in front of the primitive streak.
| The rounded cells, of which it is at first composed (Fig.
18), break up into (1) a layer formed of a single row of
jmore or less flattened elements below—the hypoblast
| proper—and (2) into a layer formed of several rows of
| stellate elements, between the hypoblast and the epiblast
| —the mesoblast (Fig. 19 m). A separation between these
| two layers is at first hardly apparent, and before it has
i become at all well marked, especially in the median line,
jan axial opaque line makes its appearance in surface
views, continued forwards from the front end of the
|primitive streak, but stopping short at a semicircular

60 THE FIRST DAY. [CHAP.

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH THE EMBRYONIC REGION OF
THE BLASTODERM OF A CHICK SHORTLY PRIOR TO THE
ForMATION OF THE MerpDULLARY GROOVE AND Noro- |
CHORD.

m. median line of the section ; ep. epiblast ; 7.7. lower layer cells —
(primitive hypoblast) not yet completely differentiated into —
mesoblast and hypoblast ; n. nuclei.

fold—the future head-fold—near the front end of the —
area pellucida. In section (Fig. 20) this opaque line is —
seen to be due to a special concentration of cells in the —
form of a cord. This cord is the commencement of an
extremely important structure found in all vertebrate —
embryos, which is known as the notochord (ch). In most
instances the commencing notochord remains attached —
to the hypoblast, after the mesoblast has at the sides
become quite detached (vide Fig. 20), but in other cases
the notochord appears to become differentiated in the
already separated layer of mesoblast. In all cases the —
notochord and the hypoblast below it unite with the froit
end of the primitive streak; with which also the two
lateral plates of mesoblast become continuous.

From what has just been said it is clear that in the —
region of the embryo the mesoblast originates as two
lateral plates split off from the primitive hypoblast, and

II. | THE NOTOCHORD. 61

iz

[RANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH THE EMBRYONIC REGION OF THE
BLASTODERM OF A CHICK AT THE TIME OF THE FORMATION
OF THE NOTOCHORD, BUT BEFORE THE APPEARANCE OF
THE MEDULLARY GROOVE.

yp. epiblast ; hy. hypoblast ; ch. notochord ; me. mesoblast ;
yk. yolk of germinal wall.

960sS2oq2009 206
a SER © DOOSEDOSS4® 32006)

SSS

oe Oo

TRANSVERSE SECTION OF A BLASTODERM INCUBATED FOR
18 HOURS.

The section passes through the medullary groove me., at some
istance behind its front end.

A. Epiblast. B. Mesoblast. C. Hypoblast.
m.c. medullary groove ; m.f. medullary fold; ch. notochord.

62 THE FIRST DAY. [CHAP.

that the notochord originates simultaneously with the
mesoblast, with which it is at first continuous, as a median
plate similarly of hypoblastic origin.

Kdolliker! holds that the mesoblast of the region of the em-
bryo is derived from a forward growth from the primitive streak.
There is no theoretical objection to this view, and we think it would
be impossible to shew for certain by sections whether or no
there is a growth such as he describes ; but such sections as that
represented in Fig. 19 (and we have series of such sections from

several embryos) appear to us to be conclusive in favour of the — |

view that the mesoblast of the region of the embryo is to a large
extent derived from a differentiation of the primitive hypoblast.
The mesoblast of the primitive streak forms in part the vascular
structures found in the area pellucida, and probably also in part
the mesoblast of the allantois.

The differentiation of the embryo may be said to
commence with the formation of the notochord and the ~
lateral plates of mesoblast. Very shortly after the for-
mation of these parts, the axial part of the epiblast
above the notochord and in front of the primitive streak, —
being here somewhat thicker than in the lateral parts,
becomes differentiated into a distinct medullary plate, the —
sides of which form two folds known as the medullary
folds, enclosing between them a groove known as the
medullary groove. The medullary plate itself consti-
tutes that portion of the epiblast which gives rise to the
central nervous system.

Between the 18th to the 20th hour the medullary
groove, with its medullary folds or lamin dorsales,is —
fully established. It then presents the appearance, to- _
wards the hinder extremity of the embryo, of a shallow

1 Entwick. d. Menschen u. hiheren Thiere. Leipzig, 1879.

11.] THE NOTOCHORD. 63

groove with sloping diverging walls, which embrace be-
tween them the front end of the primitive streak.
Passing forwards towards what will become the head
of the embryo the groove becomes narrower and deeper
with steeper walls. On reaching the head-fold (Fig. 22),
which continually becomes more and more prominent,
the medullary folds curve round and meet each other in
the middle line, so as to form a somewhat rounded end
to the groove. In front therefore the canal does not
become lost by the gradual flattening and divergence of
its walls, as is the case behind, but has a definite termi-
nation, the limit being marked by the head-fold.

In front of the head-fold, quite out of the region of
the medullary folds, there is usually another small fold
formed earlier than the head-fold, which is the begin-
ning of the amnion (Fig. 22).

The appearance of the embryo and its relation to
the surrounding parts are somewhat diagrammatically
represented in Fig. 22. The primitive streak now ends
with an anterior swelling (not represented in the figure),
and is usually somewhat unsymmetrical. In most cases
its axis 1s more nearly continuous with the left, or
rarely the right, medullary fold than with the medullary
groove. In sections its front end appears as a ridge on
one side or rarely in the middle of the floor of the wide
medullary groove.

The general structure of the developing embryo at
the present stage is best understood from such a section
as that represented in Fig. 21. The medullary groove
(m. c.) lined by thickened epiblast is seen in the median
line of the section. Below it is placed the notochord (ch),
which at this stage is a mere rod of cells, and on each

64 THE FIRST DAY. [CHAP.

SurRFACE VIEW OF THE PELLUCID AREA OF A BLASTODERM OF
18 HOURS.

None of the opaque area is shewn, the pear-shaped outline
indicating the limits of the pellucid area.

At the hinder part of the area isseen the primitive groove
pr., with its nearly parallel walls, fading away behind, but curv-
ing round and meeting in front so as to form a distinct anterior
termination to the groove, about half way up the pellucid area.

Above the primitive groove is seen the medullary groove m.c.,
with the medullary folds A. These diverging behind, slope away
on either side of the primitive groove, while in front they curve
round and meet each other close upon a curved line which repre-
sents the head-fold.

The second curved line in front of and concentric with the
first is the commencing fold of the amnion.

~

UL. | THE GERMINAL WALL. 65
side are situated the mesoblastic plates (B). The hypo-
blast forms a continuous and nearly flat layer below.

While the changes just described have been occur-
ring in the area pellucida, the growth of the area opaca
has also progressed actively. The epiblast has greatly
extended itself, and important changes have taken place
in the constitution of the germinal wall already spoken
of.

The mesoblast and hypoblast of the area opaca do
not arise by simple extension of the corresponding layers
of the area pellucida; but the whole of the hypoblast
of the area opaca, and a large portion of the meso-
blast, and possibly even some of the epiblast, take their
origin from the peculiar material which forms the
germinal wall and which is continuous with the hypo-
blast at the edge of the area opaca (vide figs. 15, 17,
18, 19, 20).

The exact nature of this material has been the subject of
many controversies. Into these controversies it is not our purpose
to enter, but subjoined are the results of our own examination.
The germinal wall first consists, as already mentioned, of the
lower cells of the thickened edge of the blastoderm, and of the
subjacent yolk material with nuclei. During the period before
the formation of the primitive streak the epiblast appears to
extend itself over the yolk, partly at the expense of the cells of
the germinal wall, and possibly even of cells formed around the
nuclei in this part. The cells of the germinal wall, which are at
first well separated from the yolk below, become gradually ab-
sorbed in the growth of the hypoblast, and the remaining cells
and yolk then become mingled together, and constitute a com-
pound structure, continuous at its inner border with the hypo-
blast. This structure is the germinal wall usually so described.
It is mainly formed of yolk granules with numerous nuclei, and
a somewhat variable number of rather large cells imbedded

F. & B. 5

66 THE FIRST DAY. [CHAP.

amongst them. The nuclei, some of which are probably enclosed
by a definite cell body, typically form a special layer immedi-
ately below the epiblast. A special mass of nuclei (cide Figs. 18
and 20, 2) is usually present at the junction of the hypoblast
with the germinal wall.

The germinal wall retains the characters just enumerated till
near the close of the first day of incubation. One function of its
cells appears to be the absorption of yolk material for the growth
of the embryo.

The chief events then of the second period of the
first day are the appearance of the medullary folds
and groove, the formation of the notochord and lateral
plates of mesoblast, the beginning of the head-fold and
amnion, and the histological changes taking place in the
several layers.

From the 20th to the 24th hour. <A view of
the embryo during this period is given in Fig. 23.
The head-fold enlarges rapidly, the crescentic groove
becoming deeper, while at the same time the over-
hanging margin of the groove (the upper limb of the
Q), rises up above the level of the blastoderm ; in fact,
the formation of the head of the embryo may now be
said to have definitely begun.

The medullary folds, increasing in size in every
dimension, but especially in height, lean over from
either side towards the middle line, and thus tend
more and more to roof in the medullary canal, espe-
cially near the head. About the end of the first day
they come into direct contact in the region which
will afterwards become the brain, though they do not
as yet coalesce. In this way a tubular canal is formed.
This is the medullary or neural canal (Fig. 28, Fig. 24,

11] THE MEDULLARY CANAL. 67

DorsaL VIEW OF THE HARDENED AREA PELLUCIDA OF A CHICK
witH Five Mesospniastic Somirtrs. THE MEDULLARY
FoLps HAVE MET FOR PART OF THEIR EXTENT, BUT HAVE
NOT UNITED.

apr. anterior part of the primitive streak ; p.pr. posterior part
of the primitive streak.

Mc.). It is not completely closed in till a period con-
siderably later than the one we are considering.

Meanwhile important changes are taking place in
the axial portions of the mesoblast, which lie on each
side of the notochord beneath the medullary folds.

In an embryo of the middle period of this day,
examined with transmitted light, the notochord is
seen at the bottom of the medullary groove between
the medullary folds, as a transparent line shining
through the floor of the groove when the embryo is
viewed from above. On either side of the notochord
the body of the embryo appears somewhat opaque,

5—2

68 THE FIRST DAY. [CHAP.

owing to the thickness of the medullary folds; as
these folds slope away outwards on either side, so
the opacity gradually fades away in the pellucid area.
There is present at the sides no sharp line of demarca-
tion between the body of the embryo and the rest of
the area; nor will there be any till the lateral folds
make their appearance ; and transverse vertical sections
shew (Fig. 21) that there is no break in the mesoblast,
from the notochord to the margin of the pellucid area,
but only a gradual thinning.

During the latter period of the day, however, the
plates of mesoblast on either side of the notochord
begin to be split horizontally into two layers, the one
of which attaching itself to the epiblast, forms with
it the somatoplewre (shewn for a somewhat later stage
in Fig. 24), while the other, attaching itself to the
hypoblast, forms with it the splanchnopleure. By
the separation of these two layers from each other,
a cavity (Pp), containing fluid only, and more con-
spicuous in certain parts of the embryo than in others,
is developed. This cavity is the beginning of that
great:serous cavity of the body which afterwards becomes
divided into separate cavities. We shall speak of it as
the pleuro-peritoneal cavity.

This cleavage into somatopleure and_ splanchno-
pleure extends close up to the walls of the medullary
canal, but close to the medullary canal a central or
axial portion of each plate becomes marked off by
a slight constriction from the peripheral (Fig. 24), and
receives the name of vertebral plate, the more external
mesoblast being called the lateral plate. The cavity
between the two layers of the lateral plate rapidly

III. | VERTEBRAL PLATE. 69

enlarges, while that in the vertebral plate remains in
the condition of a mere split.

Fie. 24.

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH THE DoRSAL REGION OF AN

EMBRYO OF THE SEconD Day (copied from His), intro-

* duced here to illustrate the formation of the mesoblastic
somitis, and the cleavage of the mesoblast.

M. medullary canal; Pv. mesoblastic somite ; w. rudiment of
Wolffian duct; A. epiblast; C. hypoblast ; Ch. notochord ;
Ao. aorta ; BC. splanchnopleure.

At first each vertebral plate is not only unbroken
along its length, but also continuous at its outer edge
with the upper and lower layers of the lateral plate
of the same side. Very soon, however, clear trans-
verse lines are seen, in surface views (Fig. 23), stretch-
ing inwards across each vertebral plate from the edge
of the lateral plate towards the notochord; while a
transparent longitudinal line makes its appearance on
either side of the notochord along the line of junction
of the lateral with the vertebral plate.

The transverse lines are caused by the formation
of vertical clefts, that is to say, narrow spaces containing
nothing but clear fluid; and sections shew that they

70 THE FIRST DAY. [ CHAP.

are due to breaches of continuity in the mesoblast
only, the epiblast and hypoblast having no share in the
matter.

Thus each vertebral plate appears in surface views
to be cut up into a series of square plots, bounded by
transparent lines (Fig. 23). Each square plot is the
surface of a corresponding cubical mass (Fig. 24, Pv.).
The two such cubical masses first formed, lymg one on
each side of the notochord, beneath and a little to
the outside of the medullary folds, are the first pair
of mesoblastic somites’.

The mesoblastic somites form the basis out of which
the voluntary muscles of the trunk and the bodies of
the vertebrz are formed.

The first somite rises close to the anterior ex-
tremity of the primitive streak, but the next is stated
to arise in front of this, so that the first-formed so-
mite corresponds to the second permanent vertebra.
The region of the embryo in front of the second formed
somite—at first the largest part of the whole embryo—is
the cephalic region (Fig. 23). ‘The somites following the
second are formed in regular succession from before
backwards, out of the unsegmented mesoblast of the
posterior end of the embryo, which rapidly grows in
length to supply the necessary material. With the
growth of the embryo the primitive streak is con-
tinually carried back, the lengthening of the embryo
always taking place between the front end of the
primitive streak and the last somite; and during this

1 These bodies are frequently called protovertebre, but we shall
employ for them the term mesoblastic somites.

III. ] THE NEURENTERIC PASSAGE. 71

process the primitive streak undergoes important
changes both in itself and in its relation to the embryo.
Its anterior thicker part, which is embraced by the
diverging medullary folds, soon becomes distinguished
in structure from the posterior part, and is placed
symmetrically in relation to the axis of the embryo,
(Fig. 23 apr); at the same time the medullary folds,
which at first simply diverge on each side of the
primitive streak, bend in again and meet behind so
as completely to enclose this front part of the primi-
tive streak. The region, where the medullary folds
diverge, is known as the sinus rhomboidalis of the
embryo bird, though it has no connection with the
similarly named structure in the adult.

This is a convenient place to notice remarkable appearances

which present themselves close to the junction of the neural plate .

and the primitive streak. These are temporary passages leading
from the hinder end of the neural groove or tube into the alimen-
tary canal. They vary somewhat in different species of birds, and
it is possible that in some species there may be several openings
of the kind, which appear one after the other and then close again.
They were first discovered by Gasser, and are spoken of as the
| passages or canals!. In all cases, with some doubtful
‘exceptions, they lead round the posterior end of the notochord, or
through the point where the notochord falls into the primitive
streak.

The largest of these passages is present in the embryo duck
with twenty-six mesoblastic somites, and is represented in the
series of sections (Fig. 25). The passage leads obliquely back-
wards and ventralwards from the hind end of the neural tube

1 «Tie Primitivstreifen bei Vogelembryonen.” Schrift. d. Gesell.
z. Beférd d. Gesammten Naturwiss. zu Marburg. Vol. u. Supple-
ment 1. 1879.

72 THE FIRST DAY. [CHAP

Fic. 25.

Four TRANSVERSE SECTIONS THROUGH THE NEURENTERIC
PassaGE AND ADJoINING Parts IN A Duck EMBRYO
WitH TWENTY-sIx MESOBLASTC SOMITES.

A. Section in front of the neurenteric canal, shewing a lumen
in the notochord.

B. Section through the passage from the medullary canal
into the notochord.

C. Section shewing the hypoblastic opening of the neuren-
teric canal, and the groove on the surface of the primitive streak,
which opens in front into the medullary canal.

D. Primitive streak immediately behind the opening of the
neurenteric passage.

me. medullary canal ; ep. epiblast ; hy. hypoblast ; ch. noto-
chord ; pr. primitive streak.

III. | THE NEURENTERIC PASSAGE. 73

into the notochord, where the latter joins the primitive streak
(B). A narrow diverticulum from this passage is continued for-
wards for a short distance along the axis of the notochord (A,
ch). After traversing the notochord, the passage is continued
into a hypoblastic diverticulum, which opens ventrally into the
future lumen of the alimentary tract (C). Shortly behind the
point where the neurenteric passage communicates with the
neural tube the latter structure opens dorsally, and a groove on
the surface of the primitive streak is continued backwards from
it for a short distance (C). The first part of this passage to
appear is the hypoblastic diverticulum above mentioned.

Fic. 26.

DiaGRAMMATIC LONGITUDINAL SECTION THROUGH THE Pos-
TERIOR END OF AN Empryo BIRD AT THE TIME OF THE
FORMATION OF THE ALLANTOIS.

ep. epiblast ; Sp.c. spinal canal; ch. notochord ; z.e. neurenteric
canal; hy. hypoblast; p.a.g. post-anal gut; pr. remains of
primitive streak folded in on the ventral side; a/. allantois ;
me. mesoblast } an. point where anus will be formed; p.c.
perivisceral cavity; am. amnion; so. somatopleure; sp.
splanchnopleure.

| In the chick we have found in some cases an incomplete pas-
| sage prior to the formation of the first somite. Ata later stage

74 THE FIRST DAY. [CHAP.

there is a perforation on the floor of the neural canal, which is
not so marked as those in the goose or duck, and never results
in a complete continuity between the neural and alimentary
tracts ; but simply leads from the floor of the neural canal into
the tissues of the tail-swelling, and thence into a cavity in the
posterior part of the notochord. The hinder diverticulum of the
neural canal along the line of the primitive groove is, moreover,
very considerable in the chick, and is not so soon obliterated as
in the goose. The incomplete passage in the chick arises at a
period when about twelve somites are present. The third
passage is formed in the chick during the third day of incuba-
tion.

The anterior part of the primitive streak becomes con-
verted into the tail-swelling; the groove of the posterior part
gradually shallows and finally disappears. The hinder part itself
atrophies from behind forwards, and in the course of the folding
off of the embryo from the yolk the part of the blastoderm where
it was placed becomes folded in, so as to form part of the ventral
wall of the embryo. The apparent hinder part of the primitive
streak is therefore in reality ventral and anterior in relation to
the embryo.

Since the commencement of incubation the area
opaca has been spreading outwards over the surface of the
yolk, and by the end of the first day has reached about
the diameter of a sixpence. It appears more or less
mottled over the greater part of its extent, but this is
more particularly the case with the portion lying next
to the pellucid area; so much so, that around the pel-
lucid area an inner ring of the opaque area may be
distinguished from the rest by the difference of its
aspect.

The mottled appearance of this inner ring is due to
changes taking place in the mesoblast above the germi-
nal wall—changes which eventually result in the forma-

III. ] SUMMARY. 75

tion of what is called the vascular area, the outer border
of which marks the extreme limit to which the meso-
blast extends.

The changes then which occur during the first day
_ may thus be briefly summarized:

(1) The hypoblast is formed as a continuous layer
_ of plate-like cells from the lower layer of the segmenta-
tion spheres.

(2) The primitive streak is formed in the hinder
| part of the area pellucida as a linear proliferation of
_ epiblast cells. These cells spread out as a layer on
each side of the primitive streak, and form part of the
mesoblast.

(3) The primitive groove is formed along the axis
of the primitive streak.

(4) The pellucid area becomes pear-shaped, the
broad end corresponding with the future head of the
embryo. Its long axis lies at right angles to the long
axis of the egg.

(5) The medullary plate with the medullary groove
makes its appearance in front of the primitive groove.

(6) The primitive hypoblast in the region of the
medullary plate gives rise to an axial rod of cells forming
the notochord, and to two lateral plates of mesoblast.
The innermost stratum of the primitive layer forms the
permanent hypoblast.

(7) The development of the head-fold gives rise
to the first definite appearance of the head.

(8) The medullary folds rise up and meet first in
the region of the mid-brain to form the neural tube.

(9) By the cleavage of the mesoblast, the somato-
pleure separates from the splanchnopleure.

76 THE FIRST DAY. [CHAP. III.

(10) One or more pairs of mesoblastic somites make
their appearance in the vertebral portion of the meso-
blastic plates.

(11) ‘he first trace of the amnion appears in front
of the head-fold.

(12) The vascular area begins to be distinguished
from the rest of the opaque area.

CHAPTER IV.

THE CHANGES WHICH TAKE PLACE DURING THE FIRST
HALF OF THE SECOND DAY.

General development. In attempting to remove
the blastoderm from an egg which has undergone
from 30 to 36 hours’ incubation, the observer can-
not fail to notice a marked change in the consist-
ency of the blastodermic structures. The excessive
delicacy and softness of texture which rendered the
extraction of an 18 or 20 hours’ blastoderm so difficult,
has given place to a considerable amount of firmness;
the outlines of the embryo and its appendages are much
bolder and more distinct; and the whole blastoderm
can be removed from the egg with much greater ease.

In the embryo itself viewed from above one of the
features which first attracts attention is the progress
in the head-fold (Fig. 27). The upper limb or head
has become much more prominent, while the lower
groove is not only proportionately deeper, but is also
being carried back beneath the body of the embryo.

The medullary folds are closing rapidly. In the
region of the head they have quite coalesced, a slight
notch in the middle line at the extreme front marking

78 THE SECOND DAY. [CHAP.

for some little time their line of junction (Fig. 28).
The open medullary groove of the first day has thus
become converted into a tube, the neural canal, closed
im front, but as yet open behind. Even before the

Fig. 27.

EMBRYO OF THE CHICK BETWEEN THIRTY AND THIRTY-SIX HOURS,
VIEWED FROM ABOVE AS AN OPAQUE OBJECT.
(Chromic acid preparation. )

7.0? front-brain : mb. mid-brain ; .b. hind-brain ; op.v. optic vesi-
cle ; au.p. auditory pit; o,f. vitelline vein ; .v. mesoblastic
somite; m.f. line of junction of the medullary folds above the

Iv. ] THE BRAIN. 79

medullary canal; s.r. sinus rhomboidalis; ¢. tail-fold ; p.r.
remains of primitive groove (not satisfactorily represented) ;
a.p. area pellucida.

The line to the side between p.v. and m.f. represents the true
length of the embryo.

The fiddle-shaped outline indicates the margin of the pellucid
area. The head, which reaches as far back as o,f, is dis-
tinctly marked off; but neither the somatopleuric nor
splanchnopleuric folds are shewn in the figure ; the latter
diverge at the level of o,f, the former considerably nearer
the front, somewhere between the lines m.b. and h.b. The
optic vesicles op.v. are seen bulging out beneath the superfi-
cial epiblast. The heart lying underneath the opaque body
cannot be seen. The tail-fold ¢. is just indicated ; no dis-
tinct lateral folds are as yet visible in the region midway
between head and tail. At m,f. the line of junction between
the medullary folds is still visible, being lost forwards over
the cerebral vesicles, while behind may be seen the remains
of the sinus rhomboidalis, s.r.

medullary folds coalesce completely in the cephalic
region, the front end of the neural canal dilates into
a small bulb, whose cavity remains continuous with
the rest of the canal, and whose walls are similarly
formed of epiblast. This bulb is known as the first
cerebral vesicle, Fig. 27, f.b., and makes its appearance
in the early hours of the second day. From its sides
two lateral processes almost at once grow out: they are
known as the optic vesicles (Fig. 27, op.v.), and their
history will be dealt with at length somewhat later.
Behind the first cerebral vesicle a second and a third
soon make their appearance; they are successively
formed very shortly after the first vesicle; but the
consideration of them may be conveniently reserved to
a later period. At the level of the hind end of the -

80 THE SECOND DAY. [CHAP.

AN Empryo CHICK oF AaBout THIRTY-sIx HouRs, VIEWED
FROM BELOW AS A TRANSPARENT OBJECT.

FB. the fore-brain or first cerebral vesicle, projecting from the
sides of which are seen the optic vesicles, op. A definite
head is now constituted, the backward limit of the somato-
pleure fold being indicated by the faint line 8.0. Around
the head are seen the two limbs of the amniotic head-fold :
one, the true amnion a, closely enveloping the head, the
other, the false amnion a’, at some distance from it. The
head is seen to project beyond the anterior limit of the
pellucid area.

The splanchnopleure folds extend as far back as sp. Along its
diverging limbs are seen the conspicuous venous roots of

Iv.] THE MESOBLASTIC SOMITES. 81

the vitelline veins, uniting to form the heart h, already
established by the coalescence of two lateral halves which,
continuing forward as the bulbus arteriosus 0.a., is lost in
the substance of the head just in front of the somatopleure
fold.

HB. hind-brain; MB. mid-brain; p.v. and v.pl. mesoblastic
somites ; ch. front end of notochord ; me. posterior part of
notochord ; e. parietal mesoblast ; pl. outline of area pellu-
cida ; pv. primitive streak.

head two shallow pits are visible. They constitute the

first rudiments of the organ of hearing, and are known as

the auditory pits (Fig. 27, aw.p.).

The number of mesoblastic somites increases rapidiy
by a continued segmentation of the vertebral plates of
mesoblast. The four or five pairs formed during the
first day have by the middle of the second increased to
as many as fifteen. The addition takes place from
before backwards; and the hindermost one is for some
time placed nearly on a level with the boundary be-
tween the hind end of the trunk of the embryo, and
the front end of the primitive streak. For some time
the already formed somites do not -increase in size,
so that at first the embryo clearly elongates by addi-
tions to its hinder end.

Immediately behind the level of the last meso-
\ blastic somite there is placed an enlargement of the
| unclosed portion of the medullary canal. This enlarge-
ment is the sinus rhomboidalis already spoken of. It
| is shewn in Fig. 23. On its floor is placed the front
end of the primitive streak. It is a purely embryonic
structure which disappears during the second day.

In a former chapter it was pointed out (p. 27)
| that the embryo is virtually formed by a folding
F. & B, 6

82 THE SECOND DAY. [CHAP.

or tucking in of a limited portion of the blastoderm,
first at the anterior extremity, and afterwards at the
posterior extremity and at the sides. One of the results
of this doubling up of the blastoderm to form the head
is the appearance, below the anterior extremity of the
medullary tube, of a short canal, ending blindly in
front, but open widely behind (Fig. 29, D), a cul de
sac, in fact, lined with hypoblast and reaching from the
extreme front of the embryo to the point where the
splanchnopleuric leat of the head-fold (Fig. 29, F. Sp)
turns back on itself. This cul de sac, which of course be-
comes longer and longer the farther back the head-fold is
carried, is the rudiment of the front end of the alimen-
tary canal, the fore-gut, as it might be called. In trans-
verse section it appears to be flattened horizontally,
and also bent, so as to have its convex surface looking
downwards (Fig. 30, al). At first the anterior end is
quite blind, there being no mouth as yet; the formation
of this at a subsequent date will be described later on.

‘At the end of the first half of the second day the
head-fold has not proceeded very far backwards, and
its limits can easily be seen in the fresh embryo both
from above and from below (Fig. 28).

The heart, It is in the head-fold that the forma-
tion of the heart takes place, its mode of origin being
connected with that cleavage of the mesoblast and con-
sequent formation of splanchnopleure and somatopleure
of which we have already spoken.

At the extreme end of the embryo (Fig. 29), where
the blastoderm begins to be folded back, the mesoblast
is never cleft, and here consequently there is neither
somatopleure nor splanchnopleure; but at a point a

Iv.] THE HEART. . 83

Fic, 29.

DIAGRAMMATIC LONGITUDINAL SECTION THROUGH THE AXIS OF
AN Embryo.

The section is supposed to be made at a time when the head-
fold has commenced but the tail-fold has not yet appeared.

N.C. neural canal, closed in front but as yet open behind. Ch.
notochord. The section being taken in the middle line,
the protovertebre are of course not shewn. In front of
the notochord is seen a mass of uncleft mesoblast, which
will eventually form part of the skull. JD. the commencing
foregut or front part of the alimentary canal. F. So.
Somatopleure, raised up in its peripheral portion into the
amniotic fold Am. Sp. Splanchnopleure. At Sp. it forms
the under wall of the foregut; at F/. Sp. it is turning round
and about to run forward. Just at its turning point the
cavity of the heart Hz. is being developed in its mesoblast.
pp. pleuroperitoneal cavity. A epiblast, B mesoblast, C
hypoblast, indicated in the rest of the figure by differences in
the shading. At the part where these three lines of reference
end the mesoblast is as yet uncleft.

very little further back, close under the blind end of
the foregut, the cleavage (at the stage of which we are
speaking) begins, and the somatopleure, So, and
splanchnopleure, F. Sp. diverge from each other. They

6—2

84 THE SECOND DAY. [ CHAP.

thus enclose between them a cavity, pp, which rapidly
increases behind by reason of the fact that the fold of
the splanchnopleure is carried on towards the hinder
extremity of the embryo considerably in advance of
that of the somatopleure. Both folds, after running a
certain distance towards the hind end of the embryo,
are turned round again, and then course once more for-
wards over the yolk-sac. As they thus return (the
somatopleure having meanwhile given off the fold of
the amnion, Am.), they are united again to form the
uncleft blastodermic investment of the yolk-sac. In
this way the cavity arising from their separation is
closed below.

It is in this cavity, which from its mode of forma-
tion the reader will recognise as a part (and indeed at
this epoch it constitutes the greater part) of the general
pleuroperitoneal cavity, that the heart is formed.

This makes its appearance at the under surface and
hind end of the foregut, just where the splanchnopleure
folds turn round to pursue a forward course (Fig. 29,
Ht.) ; and by the end of the first half of the second day
(Fig. 28, h) has acquired somewhat the form of a flask
with a slight bend to the right. At its anterior end a
slight swelling marks the future bulbus arteriosus ; and
a bulging behind indicates the position of the auricles.
It is hollow, and its cavity opens behind into two
vessels called the vitelline veins (Figs. 27, 0,f. and 28 sp.),
which pass outwards in the folds of the splanchno-
pleure at nearly right angles to the axis of the embryo.
The antericr extremity of the heart is connected with
the two aorte.

The heart, including both its muscular wall and its

————

Iv. ] THE HEART. 85

epitheloid lining, is developed out of the splanchnic
mesoblast on the ventral side of the throat. But
since the first commencements of the heart make
their appearance prior to the formation of the throat,
the development of this organ is somewhat complicated;
and in order to gain a clear conception of the manner
in which it takes place the topography of the region
where it is formed needs to be very distinctly under-
stood.

In the region where the heart is about to appear,
the splanchnopleure is continually being folded in on
either side, and these lateral folds are progressively
meeting and uniting in the middle line to form the under
or ventral wall of the foregut. At any given moment
these folds will be found to have completely united in
the middle line along a certain distance measured from
the point in front where the cleavage of the mesoblast
(.e. the separation into somatopleure and _ splanch-
nopleure) begins, to a particular point farther back.
They will here be found to be diverging from the point
where they were united, and not only diverging late-
rally each from the middle line, but also both turning
so as to run in a forward direction to regain the surface
of the yolk and rejoin the somatopleure, Fig. 29. Ina
transverse section taken behind this extreme point of
union, or point of divergence, as we may call it, the
splanchnopleure on either side when traced downwards
from the axis of the embryo may be seen to bend in
towards the middle so as to approach its fellow, and then
to run rapidly outwards, Fig. 31, B. A longitudinal
section shews that it runs forwards also at the same
time, Fig. 29. A section through the very point of

86 THE SECOND DAY. [ CHAP.

divergence shews the two folds meeting in the middle
line and then separating again, so as to form something
like the letter 2, with the upper limbs converging, and
the lower limbs diverging. In a section taken in
front of the point of divergence, the lower diverging
limbs of the w have disappeared altogether; nothing
is left but the upper limbs, which, completely united
in the middle line, form the under-wall of the fore-
gut.

As development proceeds, what we have called the
point of divergence is continually being carried farther
and farther back, so that the distance between it and
the point where the somatopleure and splanchnopleure
separate from each other in front, 7. ¢ the length of the
foregut, is continually increasing.

In the chick, as we have already stated, the heart
commences to be formed in a region where the folds of
the splanchnopleure have not yet united to form the
ventral wall of the throat, and appears in the form of
two thickenings of the mesoblast of the splanchno-
pleure, along the diverging folds, z.e. along the lower
limbs of the a, just behind the point of divergence.
These thickenings are continued into each other by a
similar thickening of the mesoblast extending through
the point of divergence itself.

The heart has thus at first the form of an inverted
V, and consists of two independent cords of splanchnic
mesoblast which meet in front, without however uniting.
As the folding-in of the splanchnopleure is continued
backwards the two diverging halves of the heart are
gradually brought together. Thus very soon the develop-
ing heart has the form of an inverted Y, consisting of an

Iv.] THE HEART. 87

unpaired portion in front and two diverging limbs be-
hind. The unpaired portion is the true heart, while the
diverging limbs are the vitelline veins already spoken
of (Fig. 28, sp). While the changes just spoken of
have been taking place in the external form of the
heart, its internal parts have also become differentiated.

A cavity is formed in each of the halves of the
heart before even they have coalesced. Each of these
cavities has at first the form of an irregular space

Fic. 30.
pees UE
ss ap
A,
ON GB SQ ------ep
2 G2\ wv Shit Sy
zee ae
Z .,
Soa
SN OS ie is PRO
AEF WES
z LSI ys EES D
a Ly aN SS ak
: GO n> Fk & a
2 gs sank eS
Ce Xe SES ; < ‘
es < tg 2 = : 4
Visfon oo : > so
ee Pes pp
a AGA: EO fury
ht-=------ BS ARS BE (eGo 4 Bee
ei oe
sf in PP EEE AIDE Q
Ss 1 al SACS De a pe hy

SS

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH THE POSTERIOR PART OF THE
HEAD OF AN EmBryo CuHick oF Turirty Hours.

hb, hind-brain; vg. vagus nerve; ep. epiblast; ch. notochord ;
w. thickening of hypoblast (possibly a rudiment of the sub-
notochordal rod); al. throat; At. heart; pp. body cavity ;
so. somatic mesoblast ; sf splanchnic mesoblast ; hy. hypo-
blast.

88 THE SECOND DAY. [CHAP.

between the splanchnic mesoblast and the wall of the
throat (Fig. 30, ht.). During their formation (Fig. 30),
a thin layer of mesoblast remains in contact with the
hypoblast, but connected with the main mass of the
mesoblast of the heart by protoplasmic processes. A
second layer next becomes split from the main mass of
mesoblast, being still connected with the first layer by the
above-mentioned protoplasmic processes. These two
layers unite to form a tube which constitutes the epithe-
lioid lining of the heart; the lumen of this tube is the
cavity of the heart, and soon loses the protoplasmic
trabeculee which at first traverse it. The cavity of the
heart may thus be described as being formed by a
hollowing out of the splanchnic mesoblast. Some of the
central cells of the original thickenings probably become
blood-corpuscles.

The thick outer part of the cords of splanchnic meso-
blast which form the heart become the muscular walls
and peritoneal covering of this organ. The muscular
wall of each division of the heart has at first the form
of a half tube widely open on its dorsal aspect, that
is towards the hypoblast of the gut (Fig. 30 and 32).
After the two halves of the heart have coalesced in the
manner already explained, the muscular walls grow in
towards the middle line on the dorsal side until they
meet each other and coalesce, thus forming a complete
tube as shewn diagrammatically in Fig. 31, A. They
remain, however, at first continuous with the splanchnic
mesoblast surrounding the throat, thus forming a pro-
visional mesentery—the mesocardium—attaching the
heart to the ventral wall of the throat. The epithelioid
tubes formed in the two halves of the heart remain for

Iv.] THE VASCULAR SYSTEM. 89

some time separate, and cause the cavity of the heart to
be divided into two tubes even after its two halves have
to all appearance completely coalesced *.

Soon after its formation the heart begins to beat;
its at first slow and rare pulsations beginning at the
venous and passing on to the arterial end. It is of some
interest to note that its functional activity commences
long before the cells of which it is composed shew any
distinct differentiation into muscular or nervous ele-
ments.

Vascular system. To provide channels for the
fluid thus pressed by the contractions of the heart, a
system of tubes has made its appearance in the meso-
blast both of the embryo itself and of the vascular and
pellucid areas. In front the single tube of the bulbus
arteriosus bifurcates into two primitive aortw, each
of which bending round the front end of the foregut,
passes from its under to its upper side, the two forming
together a sort of incomplete arterial collar imbedded

in the mesoblast of the gut. Arrived at the upper side
| of the gut, they turn sharply round, and run separate
_ but parallel to each other backwards towards the tail, in
| the mesoblast on each side of the notochord immediately
| under the mesoblastic somites (Figs. 32, Ao, 34, ao).
About half way to the hinder extremity each gives off
_ at right angles to the axis of the embryo a large branch,
| the witelline artery (Fig. 36, Of, A.), which, passing
| outwards, is distributed over the pellucid and vascular
| areas, the main trunk of each aorta passing on with
| greatly diminished calibre towards the tail, in which it
| becomes lost.

1 This is not shewn in the diagram, Fig. 31, A.

90 THE SECOND DAY. [ CHAP.

Fie. 31.

2,“ eel

Two DIAGRAMMATIC SECTIONS OF A THIRTY-SIX HOURS’ EMBRYO
ILLUSTRATING THE STRUCTURE OF THE HEART SHORTLY
AFTER ITS FORMATION. A IS THE ANTERIOR SECTION.

hb. hind brain; ne. notochord; £. epiblast ; so. somatopleure ;
sp. splanchnopleure ; d. alimentary canal; hy. hypoblast ;
hz. (in A) heart ; of. vitelline vein.

In A the two halves of the heart have coalesced to form an -

unpaired tube suspended from the ventral wall of the throat.

IV. ] THE VASCULAR SYSTEM. 91

In B are seen in the diverging folds of the splanchnopleure
the two vitelline veins (of) which will shortly unite to form
the ductus venosus.

TRANSVERSE SECTION OF AN EMBRYO AT THE END OF THE
SECOND Day PASSING THROUGH THE REGION OF THE BULBUS
ARTERIOSUS. (Copied from His.)

M. medullary canal in the region of the hind brain; V. anterior
cardinal vein; do. Aorta; Ch. Notochord; al. alimentary
canal; H. Heart (bulbus arteriosus); Pp. Pleuroperitoneal
cavity; am. amnion.

In the vascular and pellucid areas, the formation of
vascular channels with a subsequent differentiation
into arteries, capillaries and veins, is proceeding rapidly.
Blood-corpuscles too are being formed in considerable
numbers. The mottled yellow vascular area becomes
covered with red patches consisting of aggregations of
blood-corpuscles, often spoken of as blood-islands.

Round the extreme margin of the vascular area and
nearly completely encircling it, is seen a thin red line,
the sinus or vena terminalis (Fig. 36, Sv.). This will soon
increase in size and importance.

From the vascular and pellucid area several large
channels are seen to unite and form two large trunks,

92 THE SECOND DAY. [ CHAP.

one on either side, which running along the splanch-
nopleure folds at nearly right angles to the axis of the
embryo, unite at the “point of divergence” to join the
venous end of the heart. These are the vitelline veins
spoken of above.

Both vessels and corpuscles are formed entirely
from the cells of the mesoblast; and in the regions
where the mesoblast is cleft, are at first observed ex-
clusively in the splanchnopleure. Ultimately of course
they are found in the mesoblast everywhere.

In the pellucid area, where the formation of the blood-vessels
may be most easily observed, a number of mesoblastic cells are
seen to send out processes (Fig. 33). These processes unite, and
by their union a protoplasmic network is formed containing
nuclei at the points from which the processes started. The
nuclei, which as a rule are much elongated and contain large oval
nucleoli, increase very rapidly by division, and thus form groups
of nuclei at the, so to speak, nodal points of the network.
Several nuclei may also be seen here and there in the processes
themselves. The network being completed, these groups, by
continued division of the nuclei, increase rapidly in size; the
protoplasm around them acquires a red colour, and the whole
mass breaks up into blood-corpuscles (Fig. 33, b.c.) The proto-
plasm on the outside of each group, as well as that of the uniting
processes, remains granular, and together with the nuclei in it
forms the walls of the blood-vessels. A plasma is secreted by
the walls, and in this the blood-corpuscles float freely.

Each nodal point is thus transformed into a more or less
rounded mass of blood-corpuscles floating in plasma but en-
veloped by a layer of nucleated protoplasm, the several groups
being united by strands of nucleated protoplasm. These uniting
strands rapidly increase in thickness; new processes are also
continually being formed; and thus the network is kept close
and thickset while the area is increasing in size.

By changes similar to those which took place in the nodal

Iv.] THE VASCULAR SYSTEM. 93

points, blood-corpuscles make their appearance in the pro-
cesses also, the central portions of which become at the same
time liquefied.

By the continued widening of the connecting processes and
solution of their central portions, accompanied by a corresponding
increase in the enveloping nucleated cells, the original proto-

Fig. 33.

SurFACE VIEW FROM BELOW OF A SMALL PORTION OF THE
Posterionk Enp oF THE PELLUCID AREA OF A THIRTY-SIX
HouRS’ Cuick. To illustrate the formation of the blood-
capillaries and blood-corpuscles, magnified 400 diameters.

b.c. Blood-corpuscles at a nodal point, already beginning to
acquire a red colour. They are enclosed in a layer of proto-
plasm, in the outermost part of which are found nuclei, a.
These nuclei subsequently become the nuclei of the cells
forming the walls of the vessels. The nodal groups are
united by protoplasmic processes (p.pr), also containing
nuclei with large nucleoli (7).

94 THE SECOND DAY. | ~ [CHAP.

plasmic network is converted into a system of communicating
tubes, the canals of which contain blood-corpuscles and plasma,
and the walls of which are formed of flattened nucleated cells.

The blood-corpuscles pass freely from the nodal points into
the hollow processes, and thus the network of protoplasm be-
comes a network of blood-vessels, the nuclei of the corpuscles and
of the walls of which have been, by separate paths of development,
derived from the nuclei of the original protoplasm.

The formation of the corpuscles does not proceed equally
rapidly or to the same extent in all parts of the blastoderm. By
far the greater part are formed in the vascular area, but some
arise in the pellucid area, especially in the hinder part. In the
front of the pellucid area the processes are longer and the network
accordingly more open; the corpuscles also are both later in
appearing and less numerous when formed.

Assuming the truth of the above account, it is evident that
the blood-vessels of the yolk-sack of the chick do not arise as
spaces or channels between adjacent cells of the mesoblast, but
are hollowed out in the communicating protoplasmic substance
of the cells themselves. The larger vessels of the trunk are
however probably formed as spaces between the cells, much as is
the case with the heart.

Wolffian duct. About this period there may be
seen in transverse sections, taken through the embryo
in the region of the seventh to the eleventh somite a
small group of cells (Fig. 34, W. d) projecting on either
side from the mass of uncleft mesoblast on the outside
of the mesoblastic somites, into the somewhat triangular
space bounded by the epiblast above, the upper and
outer angle of the mesoblastic somite on the inside,
and the somatic mesoblast on the outside.

This group of cells is the section of a longitudinal
ridge, the rudiment of the Wolfian duct or primitive
duct of the excretory system; while the mass of cells

Iv.] SUMMARY. 95

' from which it springs is known as the intermediate
| cell mass. We shall return to them immediately.
Summary. The most important changes then which
| take place during the first half of the second day are,
_ the closure of the medullary folds, especially in the
| anterior part, and the dilatation of the canal so formed
' into the first cerebral vesicle; the establishment of a
_ certain number of mesoblastic somites ; the elevation of
| the head from the plane of the blastoderm; the forma-
| tion of the tubular heart and of the great blood-vessels ;
| and the appearance of the rudiment of the Wolffian
| duct.

| It is important to remember that the embryo of which
we are now speaking is simply a part of the whole
germinal membrane, which is gradually spreading over
the surface of the yolk. It is important also to bear in
mind that all that part of the embryo which is in front
of the foremost somite corresponds to the future head,
and the rest to the neck, body and tail. During this
period the head occupies about a third of the whole
length of the embryo.

CHAPTER V.

THE CHANGES WHICH TAKE PLACE DURING THE
SECOND HALF OF THE SECOND DAY.

ONE important feature of this stage is the rapid
increase in the process of the folding-off of the embryo
from the plane of the germ, and its consequent con-
version into a distinct tubular cavity. At the begin-
ning of the second day, the head alone projected from
the rest of the germ, the remainder of the embryo
being simply a part of a flat blastoderm, nearly com-
pletely level from the front mesoblastic somite to the hind
edge of the pellucid area. At this epoch, however, a
tail-fold makes its appearance, elevating the tail above —
the level of the blastoderm in the same way that the —
head was elevated. Lateral folds also, one on either —
side, soon begin to be very obvious. By the progress
of these, together with the rapid backward extension
of the head-fold and the slower forward extension of
the tail-fold, the body of the embryo becomes more and
more distinctly raised up and marked off from the rest
of the blastoderm.

The medullary canal closes up rapidly. The wide
sinus rhomboidalis becomes a narrow fusiform space,

CHAP. V.] THE BRAIN. 97

and at the end of this period is entirely roofed over.
The conversion of the original medullary groove into
a closed tube is thus completed.

The brain. In the region of the head most im-
portant changes now take place. We saw that at the
beginning of this day the front end of the medullary
canal was dilated into a bulb, the first cerebral vesicle,
which by budding off two lateral vesicles became con-
verted into three vesicles: a median one connected
by short hollow stalks with a lateral one on either side.
The lateral vesicles known as the optic vesicles (Fig.
27, op. v, Fig. 35, a), become converted into parts of the
eyes; the median one still retains the name of the first
cerebral vesicle.

The original vesicle being primarily an involution
of the epiblast, the walls of all three vesicles are formed
of epiblast; all three vesicles are in addition covered
over with the common epiblastic investment which will
eventually become the epidermis of the skin of the
head. Between this superficial epiblast and the invo-
luted epiblast of the vesicles, there exists a certain
quantity of mesoblast to serve as the material out of
which will be formed the dermis of the scalp, the skull,
and other parts of the head. At this epoch, however,
the mesoblast is found chiefly underneath the several
vesicles (Fig. 30). A small quantity may in section be
seen at the sides; but at the top the epidermic epiblast
is either in close contact with the involuted epiblast of
the cerebral and optic vesicles or separated from it by
fluid alone, there being as yet in this region between
the two no cellular elements representing the mesoblast.

The constrictions marking off the optic vesicles also

F. & B. 7

THE SECOND DAY.

98

Fig. 34,

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH THE DORSAL REGION OF AN

Empryo oF 45 HOURS.

v.] THE BRAIN. 99

A, epiblast. B. mesoblast. C. hypoblast consisting of a single
row of flattened cells. J/.c. medullary canal. /P. v. meso-
blastic somite. W.d. Wolffian duct. S. 0. Somatopleure.
S.p. Splanchnopleure. p.. pleuroperitoneal cavity. c. h.
notochord. a.o. dorsal aorta. v. blood-vessels of the yolk-
sac. o.p. line of junction between opaque and pellucid
areas ; w. palisade-like yolk spheres which constitute the ger-
minal wall.

Only one-half of the section is represented in the figure—if
completed it would be bilaterally symmetrical about the line of
the medullary canal.

take place of course beneath the common epiblastic
investment, which is not involved in them. As a con-
sequence, though easily seen in the transparent fresh

=a

HEAD oF A CHICK AT THE END OF THE SECOND Day VIEWED
FROM BELOW AS A TRANSPARENT OBJECT.

(Copied from Huxley).

I. first cerebral vesicle. a. optic vesicle. d. infundibulum.

The specimen shews the formation of the optic vesicles (a),
as outgrowths from the Ist cerebral vesicle or vesicle of the 3rd
ventricle, so that the optic vesicles and vesicle of the 3rd ven-
tricle at first freely communicated with each other, and also the
growth of the lower wall of the vesicle of the 3rd ventricle into a
process which becomes the infundibulum (d).

7—2z

100 THE SECOND DAY. [CHAP.

embryo (Fig. 28), they are but slightly indicated in
hardened specimens (Fig. 27).

When an embryo of the early part of the second
day is examined as a transparent object, that portion of
the medullary canal which lies immediately behind the
first cerebral vesicle is seen to be conical in shape, with
its walls thrown into a number of wrinkles. These
wrinkles may vary a good deal in appearance, and shift
from time to time, but eventually, before the close of
the second day, after the formation of the optical
vesicles, settle down into two constrictions, one separat-
ing the first cerebral vesicle from that part of the
medullary canal which is immediately behind it, and
the other separating this second portion from a third.
So that instead of there being one cerebral vesicle only,
as at the commencement of the second day, there is now,
in addition to the optic vesicles, a series of three, one
behind the other: a second and third cerebral vesicle
have been added to the first (Fig. 27, mb, hb). They
may be also called the “fore brain,” the “mid brain,”
and the “hind brain,” for into these parts will they
eventually be developed.

The optic vesicles, lying underneath the epiblast,
towards the end of the day are turned back and pressed
somewhat backwards and downwards against the sides
of the first cerebral vesicle or fore brain, an elongation
of their stalks permitting this movement to take place.
The whole head becomes in consequence somewhat
thicker and rounder.

Before the end of the day the fore brain elongates
anteriorly. The part so established is not at first sepa-
rate from that behind, but it is nevertheless the first

—

v.] THE CRANIAL FLEXURE. 101

unpaired commencement of two vesicles which develop
into the cerebral hemispheres ; but up to the end of the
day it is still very small and inconspicuous.

Early on the second day the commencements of
several of the cranial nerves make their appearance
as outgrowths of the (Fig. 30, vg) roof of the mid and
hind brains, but their development, together with that
of the spinal nerves, will be dealt with in the next
chapter.

The notochord. The notochord, whose origin
was described in the account of the first day, is during
the whole of the second day a very conspicuous object.
It is seen as a transparent rod, somewhat elliptical in
section (Fig. 34, ch), lying immediately underneath
the medullary canal for the greater part of its length,
and reaching forward in front as far as below the
hind border of the first cerebral vesicle.

Cranial flexure. Round the anterior termination
of the notochord, the medullary canal, which up to the
present time has remained perfectly straight, towards
the end of the day begins to curve. The front portion
of the canal, z.e. the fore-brain with its optic and cere-
bral vesicles, becomes slightly bent downwards, so as to
form a rounded obtuse angle with the rest of the
embryo. This is the commencement of the so-called
cranial flecure and is, mechanically speaking, a con-
sequence of the more rapid growth of the dorsal wall of
the anterior part of the brain as compared with that of
the ventral.

Auditory vesicle. Lastly, as far as the head is
concerned, the epiblastic plates forming the rudiments of
the auditory vesicles become converted into deep pits

102 THE SECOND DAY. [CHAP.

opening one on each side of the hind-brain (Fig. 27,
au. pp).

Heart. We left the heart as a fusiform body
slightly bent to the right, attached to the under wall
of the foregut by the mesocardium. The curvature
now increases so much that the heart becomes almost
~-shaped, the venous portion being drawn up towards
the head so as to lie somewhat above (dorsal to) and
behind the arterial portion. (It would perhaps be more
correct to say that the free intermediate portion is by
its own growth bent downwards, backwards, and some-
what to the right, while the venous root of the heart is
at the same time continually being lengthened by the
carrying back of that “point of divergence” of the
splanchnopleure folds which marks the union of the
vitelline veins into a single venous trunk.) The heart
then has at this time two bends, the one, the venous
bend, the right-hand curve of the wm; the othe A
arterial bend, the left-hand curve of the m*®The
venous bend which, as we have said, is placed above
and somewhat behind the arterial bend, becomes marked
by two bulgings, one on either side. These are the
rudiments of the auricles, or rather of the auricular
appendages. ‘The ascending limb of the arterial bend
soon becomes conspicuous as the bulbus arteriosus,
while the rounded point of the bend itself will here-
after grow into the ventricles.

Vascular system. The blood-vessels, whose origin
during the first half of this day has been already
described, become during the latter part of the day so
connected as to form a complete system, through which
a definite circulation of the blood is now for the first

v.] THE VASCULAR SYSTEM. 103

time (consequently some little while after the com-
mencement of the heart’s pulsation) carried on.

The two primitive aorte have already been de-
scribed as encircling the foregut, and then passing
along the body of the embryo immediately beneath
the mesoblastic somites on each side of the notochord.
They are shewn in Figs. 32 A.o. and 34 a.o in section as
two large rounded spaces lined with flattened cells. At
first they run as two distinct canals along the whole
length of the embryo; but, after a short time, unite at
some little distance behind the head into a single trunk,
which lies in the middle line of the body immediately
below the notochord (Fig. 57). Lower down, nearer the
tail, this single primitive trunk again divides into two
aorte, which, getting smaller and smaller, are finally
lost in the small blood-vessels of the tail. At this
epoch, therefore, there are two aortic arches springing
from the bulbus arteriosus, and uniting above the ali-
mentary canal in the back of the embryo to form the
single dorsal aorta, which travelling backwards in the
median line divides near the tail into two main
branches. From each of the two primitive aorte, or
from each of the two branches into which the single
aorta divides, there is given off on either side a large
branch. These have been already spoken of as the
vitelline arteries. At this stage they are so large that
by far the greater part of the blood passing down the
aorta finds its way into them, and a small remnant only
pursues a straight course into the continuations of the
aorta towards the tail.

Each vitelline artery leaving the aorta at nearly
right angles (at a point some little way behind the

104 THE SECOND DAY. [ CHAP.

backward limit of the splanchnopleure fold which is
forming the alimentary canal), runs outwards beneath
the mesoblastic somites in the lower range of the meso-
blast, close to the hypoblast. Consequently, when in its
course outwards it reaches the point where the meso-
blast is cleft to form the somatopleure and splanchno-
pleure, it attaches itself to the latter. Travelling along
this, and dividing rapidly into branches, it reaches the
vascular area in whose network of small vessels (and
also to a certain extent in the similar small vessels of
the pellucid area) it finally loses itself.

The terminations of the vitelline arteries in the
vascular and pellucid areas are further connected with
the heart in two different ways. From the network of
capillaries, as we may call them, a number of veins take
their origin, and finally unite into two main trunks, the
vitelline veins. These have already been described as
running along the folds of the splanchnopleure to form
the venous roots of the heart. Their course is conse-
quently more or less parallel to that of the vitelline
arteries, but at some little distance nearer the head,
inasmuch as the arteries run in that part of the splanch-
nopleure which has not yet been folded in to form the ali-
mentary canal, Besides forming the direct roots of the
vitelline veins, the terminations of the vitelline arteries
in the vascular area are also connected with the simus
terminalis spoken of above as running almost completely
’ round, and forming the outer margin of the vascular
area. This (Fig. 36, S7.), may be best described as
composed of two semicircular canals, which nearly meet
at points opposite the head and opposite the tail, thus all
but encircling the vascular area between them. At the

v.] THE VASCULAR SYSTEM. 105

point opposite the head the end of each semicircle is
connected with vessels (Fig. 36), which run straight in
towards the heart along the fold of the splanchnopleure,
and join the right and left vitelline veins. At the
point opposite the tail there is at this stage no such
definite connection. At the two sides, midway between
their head and tail ends, the two semicircles are espe-
cially connected with the vitelline arteries.

The circulation of the blood then during the latter
half of the second day may be described as follows. The
blood brought by the vitelline veins falls into the
twisted cavity of the heart, and is driven thence through
the bulbus arteriosus and aortic arches into the aorta.
From the aorta, by far the greater part of the blood
flows into the vitelline arteries, only a small remnant
passing on into the caudal terminations. From the
capillary net-work of the vascular and pellucid areas
into which the vitelline arteries discharge their
contents, part of the blood is gathered up at once
into the lateral or direct trunks of the vitelline
veins. Part however goes into the middle region
of each lateral half of the sinus terminalis, and there
divides on each side into two streams. One stream,
and that the larger one, flows in a forward direction
until it reaches the point opposite the head, thence it
returns by the veins spoken of above, straight to the
vitelline trunks. The other stream flows backward,
and becomes lost at the point opposite to the tail.
This is the condition of things during the second day;
it becomes considerably changed on the succeeding day.

At the time that the heart first begins to beat the
capillary system of the vascular and pellucid areas is

106 THE SECOND DAY. [CHAP.

not yet completed; and the fluid which is at first driven
by the heart contains, according to most observers, very
few corpuscles.

At the close of the second day the single pair of
aortic arches into which the bulbus arteriosus divides
is found to be accompanied by a second pair, formed
in the same way as the first, and occupying a position a
little behind it. Sometimes even a third pair is added.
Of these aortic arches we shall have to speak more fully
later on.

Wolffian duct. During the latter half of the second
day the Wolffian duct to which we have already alluded |
becomes fully established, while the first traces of the
embryonic excretory organs or kidneys, known as the
Wolffian bodies, make their appearance. The develop-
ment of the latter will be dealt with in the history of
the third day, but the history of the duct itself may
conveniently be completed here.

The first trace of it is visible in an embryo Chick
with eight somites, as a ridge projecting from the inter-
mediate cell mass towards the epiblast in the region of
the seventh somite. In the course of further develop-
ment it continues to constitute such a ridge as far as
the eleventh somite (Fig. 34 Wd.), but from this point it
grows backwards by the division of its cells, as a free
column in the space between the epiblast and mesoblast.
In an embryo with fourteen somites of about the
stage represented in fig. 28 a small lumen has appeared —
in its middle part, and in front it is connected with
rudimentary Wolffian tubules, which develop in con-
tinuity with it. In the succeeding stages the lumen of
the duct gradually extends backwards and forwards,

v.] THE AMNION. 107

_ and the duct itself also passes inwards relatively to the
epiblast (fig. 43 wd). Its hind end elongates till it
comes into connection with, and opens on the fourth
_ day into the cloacal section of the hind-gut.

The amnion and allantois. The amnion, especially
the anterior or head fold, advances in growth very
_ rapidly during the second day, and at the close of the
day completely covers the head and neck of the embryo;
so much so that it is necessary to tear or remove it when
| the head has to be examined in hardened opaque speci-
mens. The tail and lateral folds of the amnion, though
still progressing, lag considerably behind the head-fold.

The side-folds eventually meet in the median dorsal
line, and their coalescence proceeds backwards from the
head-fold in a linear direction, till there is only a small
opening left over the tail of the embryo. This finally
becomes closed early on the third day.

In Figs. 32 and 43 am. the folds of the amnion are
shewn before they have coalesced. After the coalescence
of the folds of the amnion above the embryo the two
limbs of which each is formed become, as already ex-
plained in chapter IL, separate from each other: the
inner, forming a special investment of the embryo, and
constituting the amnion proper (Fig. 65), the outer at-
taching itself to the vitelline membrane and becoming
the serous envelope.

The development of the allantois commences during
the second day, but since it is mainly completed during
the third day we need not dwell upon it further in this
place.

Summary. The chief events, then, which occur
during the second half of the second day are as follow:—

108 THE SECOND DAY. [CHAP. V.

1. The second and third cerebral vesicles make
their appearance behind the first.

2. The optic vesicles spring as hollow buds from
the lateral, and the unpaired commencement of the cere-
bral hemispheres from the front, portions of the first
cerebral vesicle.

3. The auditory plate becomes converted into a
pit, opening at the side of the hind-brain or third cere-
bral vesicle.

4. The first indications of the cranial flexure be-
come visible.

5. The head-fold, and especially the splanchno-
pleure moiety, advances rapidly backwards; the head of
the embryo is in consequence more definitely formed.
The tail-fold also becomes distinct.

6. The curvature of the heart increases; the first
rudiments of the auricles appear.

7. The circulation of the yolk-sac is established.

8. The amnion grows rapidly, and the allantois
commences to be formed.

CHAPTER VI.

THE CHANGES WHICH TAKE PLACE DURING THE THIRD
| DAY.

OF all days in the history of the chick within
the egg this perhaps is the most eventful; the rudi-
ments of so many important organs now first make their
appearance.

In many instances we shall trace the history of these
organs beyond the third day of incubation, in order to
give the reader a complete view of their development.

On opening an egg on the third day the first thing
which attracts notice is the diminution of the white of
the egg. This seems to be one of the consequences of
the functional activity of the newly-established vascular
area whose blood-vessels are engaged either in directly
absorbing the white or, as is more probable, in absorbing
‘the yolk, which is in turn replenished at the expense of
the white. The absorption, once begun, goes on so
actively that, by the end of the day, the decrease of the
white is very striking.
| The blastoderm has now spread over about half

he yolk, the extreme margin of the opaque area reach-

110 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

ing about half-way towards the pole of the yolk opposite
to the embryo.

The vascular area, though still increasing, is much
smaller than the total opaque area, being in average-
sized eggs about as large as a florin. Still smaller than
the vascular area is the pellucid area in the centre of
which lies the rapidly growing embryo.

During the third day the vascular area is not

only a means for providing the embryo with nourish- —

ment from the yolk, but also, inasmuch as by the dimi-

nution of the white it is brought close under the shell —

and therefore fully exposed to the influence of the
atmosphere, serves as the chief organ of respiration.

This in fact is the period at which the vascular area
may be said to be in the stage of its most complete de-

velopment; for though it will afterwards become larger,

it will at the same time become less definite and rela-
tively less important. We may therefore, before we
proceed, add a few words to the description of it given —

in the last chapter.
The blood leaving the body of the embryo by the
vitelline arteries (Fig. 36, R. Of. A. L. Of. A.) is

carried to the small vessels and capillaries of the vascu-_

lar area, a small portion only being appropriated by the
pellucid area.

From the vascular area part of the blood returns —

directly to the heart by the main lateral trunks of the
vitelline veins, k. Of, L. Of. During the second day

these venous trunks joined the body of the embryo —

considerably in front of, that is, nearer the head than,
the corresponding arterial ones. Towards the end of
the third day, owing to the continued lengthening of

V1.]

THE VASCULAR AREA a

Fic. 36.

DiaGRAM OF THE CIRCULATION OF THE YOLK-SACK AT THE END
OF THE THIRD Day OF INCUBATION.

H. heart. AA. the second, third and fourth aortic arches ; the

first has become obliterated in its median portion, but is
continued at its proximal end as the external carotid, and at
its distal end as the internal carotid. AQ. dorsal aorta.
L. Of. A. left vitelline artery. R. Of. A. right vitelline
artery. S. 7. sinus terminalis. JZ. Of. left vitelline vein.
hk. Of. right vitelline vein. S. V. sinus venosus. D. C.
ductus Cuvieri. §. Ca. V. superior cardinal or jugular vein.
V. Ca. inferior cardinal vein. The veins are marked in

112 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

outline and the arteries are made black. The whole blasto-
derm has been removed from the egg and is supposed to be
viewed from below. Hence the left is seen on the right, and
vice versa.

the heart, the veins and arteries run not only parallel —
to each other, but almost in the same line, the points at
which they respectively join and leave the body being
nearly at the same distance from the head.

The rest of the blood brought by the vitelline
arteries finds its way into the lateral portions of the
sinus terminalis, S.Z., and there divides on each side
into two streams. Of these, the two which, one on
each side, flow backward, meet at a point about oppo-
site to the tail of the embryo, and are conveyed along a
distinct vein which, running straight forward parallel to —
the axis of the embryo, empties itself into the left vitel-
line vein. The two forward streams reaching the gap
in the front part of the sinus terminalis fall into either
one, or in some cases two veins, which run straight
backward parallel to the axis of the embryo, and so
reach the roots of the heart. When one such vein only
is present, it joins the left vitelline trunk; where there
are two they join the left and right vitelline trunks —
respectively. The left vein is always considerably
larger than the right; and the latter when present
rapidly gets smaller and speedily disappears. |

The chief differences, then, between the peripheral
circulation of the second and of the third day are due
to the greater prominence of the sinus terminalis and —
the more complete arrangements for returning the blood —
from it to the heart. After this day, although the vas-
cular area will go on increasing in size until it finally

VI.] CHANGE OF POSITION OF THE EMBRYO. 113

all but encompasses the yolk, the prominence of the
sinus terminalis will become less and less in proportion
as the respiratory work of the vascular area is shifted
on to the allantois, and its activities confined to absorb-
ing nutritive matter from the yolk.

The folding-in of the embryo makes great pro-
gress during this day. Both head and tail have become
most distinct, and the side folds which are to constitute
the lateral walls have advanced so rapidly that the
embryo is now a bond fide tubular sac, connected with
the rest of the yolk by a broad stalk. This stalk,
as was explained in Chap. II, is double, and consists of
an inner splanchnic stalk continuous with the alimen-
tary canal, which is now a tube closed at both ends and
open to the stalk along its middle third only, and an
outer somatic stalk continuous with the body-walls of
the embryo, which have not closed nearly to the same
extent as the walls of the alimentary canal. (Compare
Fig. 9, A and B, which may be taken as diagrammatic
representations of longitudinal and transverse sections
| of an embryo of this period.)
| The embryo is almost completely covered by the
amnion. Early in this day the several amniotic folds
will have met and completely coalesced along a line
over the back of the embryo in the manner already
| explained in the last chapter.

During this day a most remarkable change takes
| place in the position of the embryo. Up to this
| time it has been lying symmetrically upon the yolk
| with the part which will be its mouth directed straight
) downwards. It now turns round so as to lie on its left
| side.

| EF, & B. 8

114 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP

Fie. 37.

CHICK oF THE THIRD Day (Firry-rFouR Hours) VIEWED FROM
UNDERNEATH AS A TRANSPARENT OBJECT.

a’. the outer amniotic fold or false amnion. This is very con-
spicuous around the head, but may also be seen at the tail.

a, the true amnion, very closely enveloping the head, and here
seen only between the projections of the several cerebral
vesicles. It may also be traced at the tail.

In the embryo of which this is a drawing, the head-fold of the
amnion reached a little farther backward than the reference u,

VI.] _ GENERAL VIEW OF EMBRYO. 115

but its limit could not be distinctly seen through the body of the
embryo. The prominence of the false amnion at the head is apt
to puzzle the student; but if he bears in mind the fact, which
could not well be shewn in Fig. 9, that the whole amniotic fold,
both the true and the false limb, is tucked in underneath the
head, the matter will on reflection become intelligible.

C. H. cerebral hemisphere. /. B. thalamencephalon or vesicle of
the third ventricle. JM. B. mid-brain. H. B. hind-brain. Op.
optic vesicle. Oz. otic vesicle. Of V. vitelline veins forming
the venous roots of the heart. The trunk on the right hand
(left trunk when the embryo is viewed in its natural position
from above) receives a large branch, shewn by dotted lines,
coming from the anterior portion of the sinus terminalis.
Ht. the heart, now completely twisted on itself. do. the
bulbus arteriosus, the three aortic arches being dimly seen
stretching from it across the throat, and uniting into the
aorta, still more dimly seen as a curved dark line running
along the body. The other curved dark line by its side,
ending near the reference y, is the notochord ch,

About opposite the line of reference x the aorta divides into two
trunks, which, running in the line of the somewhat opaque
mesoblastic somites on either side, are not clearly seen.
Their branches however, Ofa, the vitelline arteries, are
conspicuous and are seen to curve round the commencing
side folds.

Pv. mesoblastic somites. Below the level of the vitelline arteries
the vertebral plates are but imperfectly cut up into meso-
blastic somites, and lower down still, not at all.

z is placed at the “point of divergence” of the splanchnopleure
folds. The blind foregut begins here and extends about up
to y. a therefore marks the present hind limit of the
splanchnopleure folds. The limit of the more transparent
somatopleure folds is not shewn.

| 1t will be of course understood that all the body of the embryo
| above the level of the reference x, is seen through the portion of
| the yolk-sac (vascular and pellucid area), which has been removed

8—2

116 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP,

with the embryo from the egg, as well as through the double
amniotic fold.

We may repeat that, the view being from below, whatever is
described in the natural position as being to the right here
appears to be left, and vice versd.

This important change of position at first affects
only the head (Fig. 37), but subsequently extends also to
the trunk. It is not usually completed till the fourth
day. Atthe same time the left vitelline vein, the one on
the side on which the embryo comes to le, grows very
much larger than the right, which henceforward gradu-
ally dwindles and finally disappears.

Coincidently with the change of position the whole
embryo begins to be curved on itself in a slightly
spiral manner. This curvature of the body becomes
_still more marked on the fourth day, Fig. 67.

In the head very important changes take place. |
One of these is the cranial flexure, Figs. 37, 38. This
(which must not be confounded with the curvature of
the body just referred to). we have already seen was
commenced in the course of the second day, by the
bending downwards of the head round a point which
may be considered as the extreme end either of the
notochord or of the alimentary canal.

The flexure progresses rapidly, the front-brain being
more and more folded down till, at the end of the third
day, it is no longer the first vesicle or fore-brain, but
the second cerebral vesicle or mid-brain, which occupies
the extreme front of the long axis of the embryo. In
fact a straight line through the long axis of the embryo
would now pass through the mid-brain instead of, as at
the beginning of the second day, through the fore-brain,

vi.] THE BRAIN. Lid ¥

so completely has the front end of the neural canal
been folded over the end of the notochord. The com-
mencement of this cranial flexure gives the body of an
embryo of the third day somewhat the appearance of a
retort, the head of the embryo corresponding to the
bulb. On the fourth day the flexure is still greater
_ than on the third, but on the fifth and succeeding days
, it becomes less obvious, owing to the filling up of the
| parts of the skull.
| The brain. The vesicle of the cerebral hemispheres,
| which on the second day began to grow out from the
| front of the fore-brain, increases rapidly in size during
the third day, growing out laterally, so as to form two
| vesicles, so much so that by the end of the day it (Fig.
| 37, CH, Fig. 38) is as large or larger than the original
, vesicle from which it sprang, and forms the most con-
| spicuous part of the brain. In its growth it pushes
aside the optic vesicles, and thus contributes largely to
the roundness which the head is now acquiring. Each
lateral vesicle possesses a cavity, which afterwards
| becomes one of the lateral ventricles. These cavities are
continuous behind with the cavity of the fore-brain.
Owing to the development of the cerebral vesicle the
original fore-brain no longer occupies the front position
| (Fig. 37, FB, Fig. 38, Ib), and ceases to be the con-
| spicuous object that it was. Inasmuch as its walls will
hereafter be developed into the parts surrounding the
| so-called third ventricle of the brain, we shall hence-
| forward speak of it as the vesicle of the third ventricle,
| or thalamencephalon.
On the summit of the thalamencephalon there may
| now be seen a small conical projection, the rudiment of

118 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

Fie, 38.

cy

HEAD OF A CHICK OF THE THIRD DAY VIEWED SIDEWAYS AS A
TRANSPARENT Opsect. (From Huxley.)

Ia. the vesicle of the cerebral hemisphere. 16. the vesicle of
the third ventricle (the original fore-brain) ; at its summit
is seen the projection of the pineal gland e.

Below this portion of the brain is seen, in optical section, the
optic vesicle a already involuted with its thick inner and thinner
outer wall (the letter a is placed on the junction of the two, the
primary cavity being almost obliterated). In the centre of the
vesicle lies the lens, the shaded portion being the expression of
its cavity. Below the lens between the two limbs of the horse-
shoe is the choroidal fissure.

II. the mid-brain. III. the hind-brain. VV. the rudiments of
the fifth cranial nerve, VII. of the seventh. Below the seventh
nerve is seen the auditory vesicle 6. The head having been
subjected to pressure, the vesicle appears somewhat distorted as
if squeezed out of place. The orifice is not yet quite closed up.

1, the inferior maxillary process of the first visceral or man-
dibular fold. Below, and to the right of this, is seen the first
visceral cleft, below that again the second visceral fold (2), and
lower down the third (3) and fourth (4) visceral folds. In front
of the folds (ze. to the left) is seen the arterial end of the heart,
the aortic arches being buried in their respective visceral folds.

f. represents the mesoblast of the base of the brain and spinal
cord.

vI.] THE PITUITARY BODY. TS

the pineal gland (Fig. 38, e), while the centre of the
floor is produced into a funnel-shaped process, the infun-
dibulum (Fig. 39, In), which, stretching towards the

Fie. 39.

LoneituptnaL SECTION THROUGH THE BRAIN OF A YOUNG
PrRIstIuRUS EmMBRyo.

cer, commencement of cerebral hemisphere; pn. pineal gland ;

Zn. infundibulum ; pt. ingrowth of mouth to form the

pituitary body; mb. mid-brain ; cb. cerebellum ; ch. noto-

chord ; al. alimentary tract ; Jaa. artery of mandibular arch.

extreme end of the oral invagination or stomodeuwm,
Joins a diverticulum of this which becomes the pituitary
body.

The development of the pituitary body or hypophysis cerebri
has been the subject of considerable controversy amongst embryo-
| logists, and it is only within the last few years that its origin
_ from the oral epithelium has been satisfactorily established.

In the course of cranial flexure the epiblast on the under side
| of the head becomes tucked in between the blind end of the
| throat and the base of the brain. The part so tucked in constitutes
a kind of bay, and forms the stomodeum or primitive buccal
| cavity already spoken of, The blind end of this bay becomes
| produced as a papilliform diverticulum which may be called the
| pituitary diverticulum. It is represented as it appears in a

_ ep

120 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

lower vertebrate embryo (Elasmobranch) in Fig. 39, but is in all
important respects exactly similar in the chick. Very shortly after
the pituitary diverticulum becomes first established the boundary
wall between the stomodeum and the throat becomes perforated,
and the limits of the stomodeum obliterated, so that the pituitary
diverticulum looks as if it had arisen from the hypoblast. During 4
the third day of incubation the front part of the notochord
becomes bent downward, and, ending in a somewhat enlarged
extremity, comes in contact with the termination of the pituitary
diverticulum, The mesoblast around increases and grows up, in
front of the notochord and behind the vesicle of the third
ventricle, to form the posterior clinoid process. The base of the
vesicle of the third ventricle at the same time grows downwards
towards the pituitary diverticulum, and forms what is known as the
infundibulum. On the fourth day the mesoblastic tissue around
the notochord increases in quantity, and the end of the notochord,
though still bent downwards, recedes a little from the termination
of the pituitary diverticulum, which is still a triangular space with
a wide opening into the alimentary canal.

On the fifth day, the opening of the pituitary diverticulum
into the alimentary canal has become narrowed, and around the
whole diverticulum an investment of mesoblast-cells has appeared.
Behind it the clinoid process has become cartilaginous, while to
the sides and in front it is enclosed by the trabecule. At this
stage, in fact, we have a diverticulum from the alimentary canal
passing through the base of skull to the infundibulum.

On the seventh day the communication between the cavity
of the diverticulum and that of the throat has become still
narrower. The diverticulum is all but converted into a vesicle,
and its epiblastic walls have commenced to send out into the
mesoblastic investment solid processes. The infundibulum now
appears as a narrow process from the base of the vesicle of the
third ventricle, which approaches, but does not unite with, the
pituitary vesicle.

By the tenth day the opening of the pituitary vesicle into
the throat becomes almost obliterated, and the lumen of the
vesicle itself very much diminished. The body consists of
anastomosing cords of epiblast-cells, the mesoblast between

VI.] THE PITUITARY BODY. 12]

' which has already commenced to become vascular. The cords
or masses of epiblast cells are surrounded by a delicate mem-

brana propria, and a few of them possess a small lumen. The
_ infundibulum has increased in length. The relative positions of
the pituitary body and infundibulum are shewn in the figure of
the brain in Chapter VIII.

On the twelfth day the communication between the pituitary
vesicle and the throat is entirely obliterated, but a solid cord of
cells still connects the two. The vessels of the pia mater of the
vesicle of the third ventricle have become connected with the
pituitary body, and the infundibulum has grown down along its
| posterior border.

In the later stages all connection is lost between the pituitary
body and the throat, and the former becomes attached to the
elongated processus infundibult.

The real nature of the pituitary body is still extremely obscure,
but it is not improbably the remnant of a glandular structure
which may have opened into the mouth in primitive vertebrate
forms, but which has ceased to have a function in existing
vertebrates.

Beyond an increase in size, which it shares with
nearly all parts of the embryo, and the change of
position to which we have already referred, the mid-
brain undergoes no great alteration during the third
day. Its roof will ultimately become developed into
the corpora bigemina or optic lobes, its floor will form
the crura cerebri, and its cavity will be reduced to the
narrow canal known as the ier a tertio ad quartum
ventriculum.

In the hind-brain, or third cerebral vesicle, that
part which lies nearest to the mid-brain, is during

1 Wilhelm Miller Ueber die Entwicklung und Bau der Hypophysis
und des Processus Infundibuli Cerebri. Jenaische Zeitschrift, Bd. yt.

1871, and V. von Mihalkovics, Wirbelsaite u. Hirnanhang, Archiv f.
mikr. Anat. Vol. x1. 1875.

122 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

the third day marked off from the rest by a slight
constriction. This distinction, which becomes much
more evident later on by a thickening of the walls and
roof of the front portion, separates the hind-brain into
the cerebellum in front, and the medulla oblongata
behind (Figs. 38 and 39). While the walls of the
cerebellar portion of the hind-brain become very much
thickened as well at the roof as at the floor and sides,
the roof of the posterior or medulla oblongata portion
thins out into a mere membrane, forming a delicate
covering to the cavity of the vesicle (Fig. 40, Iv), which
here becoming broad and shallow with greatly thick-
ened floor and sides, is known as the fourth ventricle,
subsequently overhung by the largely developed pos-
terior portion of the cerebellum.

The third day, therefore, marks the differentiation
of the brain into five distinct parts: the cerebral
hemispheres, the central masses round the third
ventricle, the corpora bigemina or optic lobes, the
cerebellum and the medulla oblongata; the original
cavity of the neural canal at the same time passing
from its temporary division of three single cavities into —
the permanent arrangement of a series of connected
ventricles, viz. the lateral ventricles, the third ventricle,
the iter (with a prolongation into the optic lobe on —
each side), and the fourth ventricle.

At the same time that the outward external shape
of the brain is thus being moulded, internal changes
are taking place in the whole neural canal. These are
best seen in sections.

At its first formation, the section of the cavity of
the neural canal is round, or nearly so.

VI.| THE CRANIAL AND SPINAL NERVES. 123

About this time, however, the lining of involuted
epiblast along the length of the whole spinal cord
becomes very much thickened at each side, while
increasing but little at the mid-points above and below.
|The result of this is that the cavity as seen in section
(Figs. 64 and 65), instead of being circular, has become
a narrow vertical slit, almost completely filled in on
each side.

In the region of the brain the thickening of the
lining epiblast follows a somewhat different course.
While almost everywhere the sides and floor of the
canal are greatly thickened, the roof in the region of
the various ventricles, especially of the third and fourth,
becomes excessively thin, so as to form a membrane
reduced to almost a single layer of cells. (Fig. 40, Iv.)

Cranial and spinal nerves. A most important
event which takes place during the second and third
days, is the formation of the cranial and spinal nerves.
Till within a comparatively recent period embryologists
were nearly unanimous in believing that the peripheral
nerves originated from the mesoblast at the sides of
the brain and spinal cord. This view has now however
been definitely disproved, and it has been established
that both the cranial and spinal nerves take their origin
as outgrowths of the central nervous system.

The cranial nerves are the first to be developed and
arise before the complete closure of the neural groove.
They are formed as paired outgrowths of a continuous
band known as the neural band, composed of two
lamin, which connects the dorsal edges of the incom-
pletely closed neural canal with the external epiblast.
This mode of development will best be understood by

124 THE THIRD DAY. [ CHAP.

Fia. 40.

AOA
SecTION THROUGH THE HinpD-BRAIN OF A CHICK AT THE END

OF THE THIRD Day or INCUBATION.

1V. Fourth ventricle. The section shews the very thin roof and
thicker sides of the ventricle.

Ch. Notochord—(diagrammatic shading).

CV. Anterior cardinal or jugular vein.

CC. Involuted auditory vesicle. CC points to the end which
will form the cochlear canal. ZL. Recessus labyrinthi. fy.
hypoblast lining the alimentary canal. hy is itself placed in
the cavity of the alimentary canal, in that part of the canal
which will become the throat. The ventral (anterior) wall of —
the canal is not shewn in the section, but on each side are
seen portions of a pair of visceral arches. In each arch
is seen the section of the aortic arch AOA belonging to the —
visceral arch. The vessel thus cut through is running
upwards towards the head, being about to join the dorsal
aorta, AO. Had the section been nearer the head, and
carried through the plane at which the aortic arch curves

| vi] THE CRANIAL AND SPINAL NERVES. 125

round the alimentary canal to reach the mesoblast above it,
AOA and AO would have formed one continuous curved
space. In sections lower down in the back the two aorta,
AO, one on each side, would be found fused into one median
canal.

|an examination of Fig. 41, where the two roots of the
| vagus nerve (vg) are shewn growing out from the neural
_band. Shortly after this stage the neural band becomes
separated from the external epiblast, and constitutes

Fie. 41.

y ae
SS at
@&

on >

ge Qe
ES

Lo >
ONY dy aca
és)
~ or

x ee ion

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH THE POSTERIOR PART OF THE
HEAD oF AN Embryo CuHick or Turrty Hours.

“wb. hind-brain ; vg. vagus nerve; ep. epiblast ; ch. notochord ;
a. thickening of hypoblast (possibly a rudiment of the sub-
notochordal rod) ; al. throat ; At. heart ; pp. body cavity ;
so. somatic mesoblast ; sf splanchnic mesoblast ; Ay. hypo-
blast.

126 THE THIRD DAY. _ [CHAP.

a crest attached to the roof of the brain, while its two
laminze become fused.

Anteriorly, the neural crest extends as far as the
roof of the mid-brain. The pairs of nerves which
undoubtedly grow out from it are the fifth pair, the
seventh and auditory (as a single root), the glosso-
pharyngeal and the various elements of the vagus (as a
single root).

After the roots of these nerves have become estab-
lished, the crest connecting them becomes partially
obliterated. The roots themselves grow centrifugally,
and eventually give rise to the whole of each of the
cranial nerves. Hach complete root develops a gan-
ghonic enlargement near its base, and (with the ex-
ception of the third nerve) is distributed to one of the
visceral arches, of which we shall say more hereafter,
The primitive attachment of the nerves is to the roof
of the brain, but in most instances this attachment is
replaced by a secondary attachment to the sides or
floor.

The rudiments of four cranial nerves, of which two
le in front of and two behind the auditory vesicle,
are easily seen during the third day at the sides of the
hind-brain. They form a series of four small opaque
masses, somewhat pearshaped, with the stalk directed
away from the middle line.

The most anterior of these is the rudiment of the
fifth nerve (Figs. 42 and 67, V). Its narrowed outer —
portion or stalk divides into two bands or nerves. Of
these one passing towards the eye terminates at present
in the immediate neighbourhood of that organ. The
other branch (the rudiment of the inferior maxillary

VI.] THE CRANIAL NERVES. '27

Fic. 42.

Heap or aN Empryo CuHick or THE THIRD Day (SEVENTY-
Five Hours) VIEWED SIDEWAYS AS A TRANSPARENT OBJECT.
(From Huxley.)

a. cerebral hemispheres. Jb. vesicle of the third ventricle. II.
mid-brain. III. hind-brain. g. nasal pit. a. optic vesicle.
6. otic vesicle. d. infundibulum. e. pineal body. h. noto-
chord. V. fifth nerve. VII. seventh nerve. VIII. united

glossopharyngeal and pneumogastric nerves. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
the five visceral folds. 7

ranch of tne fifth nerve) is distributed to the first
isceral arch. ka
The second mass (Figs. 42 and 67, VII) is the rudi-
ent of the seventh, or facial nerve, and of the audi-
ry nerve. It is the nerve of the second visceral arch.
The two masses behind the auditory vesicle repre-
ent the glossopharyngeal and pneumogastric nerves
Bis, 42, VIII, Fig. 67, G. Ph. and Pg.).- At first
nited, they subsequently become separate. The glosso-
haryngeal supplies the third arch, and the pneumo-
astric the fourth and succeeding arches,

The later development of the cranial nerves has only been
artially worked out, and we will confine ourselves here to a very

128 THE THIRD DAY. [ CHAP.

brief statement of some of the main results arrived at. The
outgrowth for the vagus nerve supplies in the embryo the fourth
and succeeding visceral arches, and from what we know of it
in the lower vertebrate types, we may conclude that it is a
compound nerve, composed of as many primitively distinct
nerves as there are branches to the visceral arches.

The glossopharyngeal nerve is the nerve supplying the third
visceral arch, the homologue of the first branchial arch of Fishes.
The development of the hypoglossal nerve is not known, but it is
perhaps the anterior root of a spinal nerve. The spinal accessory
nerve has still smaller claims than the hypoglossal to be regarded
as a true cranial nerve. The primitively single root of the
seventh auditory nerves divides almost at once into two branches.
The anterior of these pursues a straight course to the hyoid arch
and forms the rudiment of the facial nerve, Fig. 67, vir; the second
of the two, which is the rudiment of the auditory nerve, develops
a ganglionic enlargement, and, turning backwards, closely hugs
the ventral wall of the auditory involution. The sixth nerve
appears to arise later than the seventh nerve from the ventral
part_of the hind-brain, and has no ganglion near its root.

Shortly after its development the root of the fifth nerve shifts
so as to be attached about half-way down the side of the brain.
A large ganglion is developed close to the root, which becomes
the Gasserian ganglion. The main branch of the nerve grows
into the mandibular arch (Fig. 67), maintaining towards it similar
relations to those of the nerves behind it to their respective
arches.

An important branch becomes early developed which is
directed straight towards the eye (Fig. 67), near which it meets
and unites with the third nerve, where the ciliary ganglion
is developed. This branch is usually called the ophthalmic
branch of the fifth nerve, and may perhaps represent an inde-
pendent nerve.

Later than these two branches there is developed a third
branch, passing the upper process of the first visceral arch.
It forms the superior maxillary branch of the adult.

Nothing is known with reference to the development of the
fourth nerve.

\

&
.

VI. THE SPINAL NERVES. 129

The history of the third nerve is still imperfectly known,
There is developed early on the second day from the neural
crest, on the roof of the mid-brain, an outgrowth on each side,
very similar to the rudiment of the posterior nerves. This out-
growth is believed by Marshall to be the third nerve, but it must
be borne in mind that there is no direct evidence on the point,
the fate of the outgrowth in question not having been satisfac-
torily followed.

At a very considerably later period a nerve may be found
springing from the floor of the mid-brain, which is undoubtedly
the third nerve. If identical with the outgrowth just spoken of,
it must have shifted its attachment from the roof to the floor of
the brain.

The nerve when it springs from the floor of the brain runs
directly backwards till it terminates in the ciliary ganglion,
from which two branches to the eye-muscles are given off.

[A. Marshall. ‘The development of the cranial nerves in the
Chick.” Quart. Journal of Microscop. Science, Vol. xvu1t.]

In the case of the spinal nerves the posterior roots
originate as outgrowths of a series of median processes
of cells, which make their appearance on the dorsal side
of the spinal cord. The outgrowths, symmetrically
placed on each side, soon take a pyriform aspect, and
apply themselves to the walls of the spinal cord. They
are represented as they appear in birds in Fig. 43, sp. @.,
and as they appear in a lower vertebrate form in Fig. 44,

The original attachment of the nerve-rudiment to
the medullary wall is not permanent. It becomes, in
fact, very soon either extremely delicate or absolutely
interrupted.

The nerve-rudiment now becomes divided into three
parts, (1) a proximal rounded portion; (2) an enlarged
middle portion, forming the rudiment of a ganglion; (3)
a distal portion, forming the commencement of the nerve.
The proximal portion may very soon be observed to be

F. & B. 9

130 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

Fia. 43,

Ss.

moO]
=

S\ om
feccexoron|
OR

es)
LEI OLRAT |
ASS SSS]

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH THE TRUNK OF A Duck EMBRYO
WITH ABOUT TWENTY-FOUR MESOBLASTIC SOMITES.

am. ananion; so. somatopleure ; sp. splanchnopleure ; wd. Wolffian
duct ; st. segmental tube ; ca.v. cardinal vein; ms. muscle-
plate ; sp.g. spinal ganglion; sp.c. spinal cord ; ch. notochord ;
ao. aorta ; hy. hypoblast.

united with the side of the spinal cord at a very con-
siderable distance from its original point of origin. It is
moreover attached, not by its extremity, but by its side.

The above points, which are much more easily
studied in some of the lower vertebrate forms than in
Birds, are illustrated by the subjoined section of an
Elasmobranch embryo, Fig. 45.

VI] THE SPINAL NERVES. 13]

Fic, 44.

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH THE TRUNK OF A YOUNG EMBRYO
oF a Doac-FIsH.

me. neural canal; pr. posterior root of spinal nerve; x. sub-
notochordal rod; ao. aorta; sc. somatic mesoblast; sp.
splanchnic mesoblast ; mp. muscle-plate ; mp’. portion of
muscle-plate converted into muscle; Vv. portion of the
vertebral plate which will give rise to the vertebral bodies ;
al. alimentary tract.

It is extremely difficult to decide whether the per-
manent attachment of the posterior nerve-roots to the
spinal cord is entirely a new formation, or merely due
to the shifting of the original point of attachment.
We are inclined to adopt the former view.

The origin of the anterior roots of the spinal nerves
has not as yet been satisfactorily made out in Birds;
but it appears probable that they grow from the ventral
corner of the spinal cord, considerably later than the
posterior roots, as a number of strands for each nerve,

9—2

132 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

Ci
0)
Fy

aS
S30)

ra BRIERE =

SECTION THROUGH THE DORSAL REGION OF AN EMBRYO Do@-FIsH.

pr. posterior root; sp.g. spinal ganglion; n. nerve; x. attach-
ment of ganglion to spinal cord; ne. neural canal; mp.
muscle-plate ; ch. notochord ; 7. investment of spinal cord.

which subsequently join the posterior roots below the
ganglia. The shape of the root of a completely formed
spinal nerve, as it appears in an embryo of the fourth
day, is represented in Fig. 68.

The Kye. In the preceding chapter we saw how
the first cerebral vesicle, by means of lateral outgrowths
followed by constrictions, gave rise to the optic vesicles.
These and the parts surrounding them undergo on the
third day changes which result in the formation of the
eyeball.

At their first appearance the optic vesicles stand
out at nearly right angles to the long axis of the
embryo (Fig. 27), and the stalks which connect them

vI.] THE EYE. 133

with the fore-brain are short and wide. The con-
strictions which give rise to the stalks take place chiefly
from above downwards, and also somewhat inwards and
backwards. Thus from the first the vesicles appear to
spring from the under part of the fore-brain.

These stalks soon become comparatively narrow,
and constitute the rudiments of the optic nerves (Fig.
46 b). The constriction to which the stalk or optic

Fic. 46.

SECTION THROUGH THE HEAD OF AN EMBRYO TELEOSTEAN, TO
SHEW THE FORMATION OF THE OPTIC VESICLES, ETC. (From
Gegenbaur ; after Schenk.)

ec. fore-brain; a. optic vesicle; b. stalk of optic vesicle; d.
epidermis.

nerve is due takes place obliquely downwards and
backwards, so that the optic nerves open into the base
of the front part of the thalamencephalon (Fig. 46 0).

While these changes have been going on in the
optic stalks, development has also proceeded in the
region of the vesicles themselves, and given rise to the
rudiments of the retina, lens, vitreous humour, and
other parts of the eye.

134 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

Towards the end of the second day the external
or superficial epiblast which covers, and is in all but
immediate contact with, the most projecting portion of
the optic vesicle, becomes thickened. This thickened
portion is then driven inwards in the form of a shallow
open pit with thick walls (Fig. 47 A, 0), carrying before
it the front wall (7) of the optic vesicle. To such an
extent does this involution of the superficial epiblast
take place, that the front wall of the optic vesicle is
pushed close up to the hind wall, and the cavity of the
vesicle becomes almost obliterated (Fig. 47, B).

The bulb of the optic vesicle is thus converted into
a cup with double walls, containing in its cavity the
portion of involuted epiblast. This cup, in order to
distinguish its cavity from that of the original optic
vesicle, is generally called the secondary optic vesicle.
We may, for the sake of brevity, speak of it as the
optic cup; in reality it never is a vesicle, since it
always remains widely open in front. Of its double
walls the inner or anterior (Fig. 47 B, r) is formed
from the front portion, the outer or posterior (Fig. 47
B, u) from the hind portion of the wall of the primary
optic vesicle. The inner or anterior (r), which very
speedily becomes thicker than the other, is converted
into the retina; in the outer or posterior (uw), which
remains thin, pigment is eventually deposited, and it
ultimately becomes the tesselated pigment-layer of the
choroid.

By the closure of its mouth the pit of involuted
epiblast becomes a completely closed sac with thick
walls and a small central cavity (Fig. 47 B, 1). At
the same time it breaks away from the external epi-

VI.) THE EYE. 135

Fic. 47.

DIAGRAMMATIC SECTIONS ILLUSTRATING THE FORMATION OF
THE Eyr. (After Remak.)

In A, the thin superficial epiblast 4 is seen to be thickened at 2,
in front of the optic vesicle, and involuted so as to form
a pit 0, the mouth of which has already begun to close in.
Owing to this involution, which forms the rudiment of the
lens, the optic vesicle is doubled in, its front portion 7 being
pushed against the back portion wu, and the original cavity
of the vesicle thus reduced in size. The stalk of the vesicle
is shewn as still broad.

In B, the optic vesicle is still further doubled in so as to form a
cup with a posterior wall w and an anterior wall vr. In the
hollow of this cup lies the lens 7, now completely detached
from the superficial epiblast x Its cavity is still shewn.
The cavity of the stalk of the optic vesicle is already much
narrowed.

blast, which forms a continuous layer in front of it,
all traces of the original opening being lost. There is
thus left lying in the cup of the secondary optic vesicle,
an isolated elliptical mass of epiblast. This is the
rudiment of the lens. The small cavity within it
speedily becomes still less by the thickening of the
walls, especially of the hinder one.

At its first appearance the lens is in immediate
contact with the anterior wall of the secondary optic
vesicle (Fig. 47 B). In a short time, however, the lens

136 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP,

is seen to lie in the mouth of the cup (Fig. 50 A), a
space (vh) (which is occupied by the vitreous humour)
making its appearance between the lens and anterior
wall of the vesicle.

In order to understand how this space is developed,
the position of the optic vesicle and the relations of
its stalk must be borne in mind.

The vesicle lies at the side of the head, and its
stalk is directed downwards, inwards and backwards.
The stalk in fact slants away from the vesicle. Hence
when the involution of the lens takes place, the direc-
tion in which the front wall of the vesicle is pushed in
is not in a line with the axis of the stalk, as for
simplicity’s sake has been represented in the diagram
Fig. 47, but forms an obtuse angle with that axis, after
the manner of Fig. 48, where s’ represents the cavity

Fic, 48.

‘DIAGRAMMATIC SECTION OF THE EYE AND THE Optic NERVE
AT AN EARLY STAGE (from Lieberktihn),

to shew the lens 7 occupying the whole hollow of the optic cup,
the inclination of the stalk s to the optic cup, and the
continuity of the cavity of the stalk s’ with that of the
primary vesicle c; 7, anterior, « posterior wall of the optic
cup,

vi] THE EYE, 137

of the stalk leading away from the almost obliterated
cavity of the primary vesicle.

Fig. 48 represents the early stage at which the
lens fills the whole cup of the secondary vesicle. The
subsequent state of affairs is brought about through
the growth of the walls of the cup taking place more
rapidly than that of the lens. But this growth or this
dilatation does not take place equally in all parts of
the cup. The walls of the cup rise up all round except
that part of the circumference of the cup which
adjoins the stalk. While elsewhere the walls increase
rapidly in height, carrying so to speak the lens with
them, at this spot, which in the natural position of the
eye is on its under surface, there is no growth: the
wall is here imperfect, and a gap is left. Through this
gap, which afterwards receives the name of the cho-
roidal fissure, a way is open from the mesoblastic tissue
surrounding the optic vesicle and stalk into the interior
of the cavity of the cup.

From the manner of its formation the gap or fissure
is evidently in a line with the axis of the optic stalk,
and in order to be seen must be looked for on the
under surface of the optic vesicle. In this position it
is readily recognized in the transparent embryo of the
third day, Figs. 37 and 48.

Bearing in mind these relations of the gap to the
optic stalk, the reader will understand how sections of
the optic vesicle at this stage present very different
appearances according to the plane in which the
sections are taken.

When the head of the chick is viewed from under-
neath as a transparent object the eye presents very

138 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

much the appearance represented in the diagram
Fig. 49.

A section of such an eye taken along the line y,
perpendicular to the plane of the paper, would give a
figure corresponding to that of Fig.50 A. The lens,
the cavity and double walls of the secondary vesicle, and
the remains of the primary cavity, would all be repre-

Fia, 49.

DIAGRAMMATIC REPRESENTATION OF THE EYE OF THE CHICK
OF ABOUT THE THIRD Day AS SEEN WHEN THE HEAD IS
VIEWED FROM UNDERNEATH AS A TRANSPARENT OBJECT.

Z the lens, / the cavity of the lens, lying in the hollow of the
optic cup.

r the anterior, «w the posterior wall of the optic cup, ¢ the cavity
of the primary optic vesicle, now nearly obliterated. By
inadvertence w has been drawn thicker than 7, it should
have been thinner throughout.

s the stalk of the optic cup with s’ its cavity, at a lower level
than the cup itself and therefore out of focus ; the dotted
line indicates the continuity of the cavity of the stalk with
that of the primary vesicle.

The line z, z, through which the section shewn in Fig. 50 C is
supposed to be taken, passes through the choroidal fissure.

VL] THE EYE. 139

Fie. 50.

A. Diagrammatic section taken perpendicular to the plane of
the paper, along the line y, y, Fig. 49. The stalk is not
seen, the section falling quite out of its region. vh, hollow
of optic cup filled with vitreous humour ; other letters as in
Fig. 47 B.

B. Section taken parallel to the plane of paper through Fig. 49,
so far behind the front surface of the eye as to shave off a
small portion of the posterior surface of the lens /, but so
far in front as not to be carried at all through the stalk.
Letters as before ; f, the choroidal fissure.

C. Section along the line z, z, perpendicular to the plane of the
paper, to shew the choroidal fissure f, and the continuity of
the cavity of the optic stalk with that of the primary optic
vesicle. Had this section been taken a little to either side of
the line z, z, the wall of the optic cup would have extended
up to the lens below as well as above. Letters as above.

sented (the superficial epiblast of the head would also
be shewn); but there would be nothing seen of either -
the stalk or the fissure. If on the other hand the
section were taken in a plane parallel to the plane of
the paper, at some distance above the level of the
stalk, some such figure would be gained as that shewn

| in Fig.50 B. Here the fissure f is obvious, and the
| communication of the cavity vh of the secondary vesicle
_ with the outside of the eye evident; the section of
_ course would not go through the superficial epiblast.

140 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

Lastly, a section, taken perpendicular to the plane of
the paper along the line z, .e. through the fissure
itself, would present the appearances of Fig. 50 O,
where the wall of the vesicle is entirely wanting in the
region of the fissure marked by the position of the
letter f/ The external epiblast has been omitted in
the figure.

The fissure such as we have described it exists for
a short time only. Its lips come into contact, and
unite (in the neighbourhood of the lens, directly, but in
the neighbourhood of the stalk, by the intervention of
a structure which we shall describe presently), and thus
the cup-like cavity of the secondary optic vesicle is
furnished with a complete wall all round. The interior
of the cavity is filled by the vitreous humour, a clear
fluid in which are a few scattered cells.

With reference to the above description, two points require
to be noticed. Firstly it is extremely doubtful whether the
invagination of the secondary optic vesicle is to be viewed as an
actual mechanical result of the ingrowth of the lens. Secondly
it seems probable that the choroid fissure is not simply due to a
deficiency in the growth of part of the walls of the secondary
optic cup, but is partly due to a more complicated inequality of
growth resulting in a doubling up of the primary vesicle from
the side along the line of the fissure, at the same time that the
lens is being thrust in in front. In Mammalia, the doubling up
involves the optic stalk, which becomes flattened (whereby its
original cavity is obliterated) and then folded in on itself, so as
to embrace a new central cavity continuous with the cavity of
the vitreous humour.

During the changes in the optic vesicle just de-
scribed, the surrounding mesoblast takes on the cha-
racters of a distinct investment, whereby the outline of

vi.] THE EYE. 141

the eyeball is definitely formed. The internal portions
of this investment, nearest to the retina, become the
choroid (t.e. the chorio-capillaris, and the lamina
fusca, the pigment epithelium, as we have seen, being
derived from the epiblastic optic cup), and pigment is
subsequently deposited in it. The remaining external
portion of the investment forms the sclerotic.

| The complete differentiation of these two coats
of the eye does not however take place till a late
period. :
| In front of the optic cup the mesoblastic invest-
| ment grows forwards, between the lens and the super-
ficial epiblast, and so gives rise to the substance of
' the cornea; the epiblast supplying only the anterior
| epithelium.

We may now proceed to give some further details
with reference to the histological differentiation of the
parts, whose general development has been dealt with
in the preceding pages.

The histological condition of the eye in its earliest
stages is very simple. Both the epiblast forming the
walls of the optic vesicle, and the superficial layer
which is thickened to become the lens, are composed of
‘simple columnar cells. The surrounding mesoblast is
made up of cells whose protoplasm is more or less
|branched and irregular. These simple elements are
gradually modified into the complicated tissues of the
jadult eye, the changes undergone being most marked
in the cases of the retina, the optic nerve, and the
ilens with its appendages.
| The optic vesicle. We left the original cavity of
jthe primary optic vesicle as a nearly obliterated space

|

142 THE THIRD DAY. [ CHAP.

between the two walls of the optic cup. By the end
of the third day the obliteration is complete, and the
two walls are in immediate contact.

The inner or anterior wall is, from the first, thicker
than the outer or posterior ; and over the greater part
of the cup this contrast increases with the growth of
the eye, the anterior wall becoming markedly thicker
and undergoing changes of which we shall have to
speak directly (Fig. 51).

In the front portion however, along, so to speak, the
lip of the cup, anterior to a line which afterwards be-
comes the ora serrata, both layers not only cease to
take part in the increased thickening, accompanied by
peculiar histological changes, which the rest of the cup
is undergoing, but also completely coalesce together.
Thus a hind portion or true retina is marked off from a
front portion.

The front portion, accompanied by the choroid
which immediately overlays it, is, behind the lens,
thrown into folds, the ciliary ridges; while further for-
ward it bends in between the lens and the cornea to
form the iris. The original wide opening of the optic
cup is thus narrowed to a smaller orifice, the pupil;
and the lens, which before lay in the open mouth, is
now inclosed in the cavity of the cup. While in the
hind portion of the cup, or retina proper, no deposit of
black pigment takes place in the layer formed out of
the imner or anterior wall of the vesicle, in the front
portion we are speaking of, pigment is largely deposited
throughout both layers, so that eventually this portion
seems to become nothing more than a forward pro-
longation of the pigment-epithelium of the choroid.

VI.) THE OPTIC VESICLE. 143

Fig. 51.

| El
seh F5\\\3 vA
AS, as

als

SECTION OF THE EyE or CHICK AT THE FourTH Day.

ep. superficial epiblast of the side of the head.

&. true retina : anterior wall of the optic cup. p. Ch. pigment-
epithelium of the choroid : posterior wall of the optic cup.
6 is placed at the extreme lip of the optic cup at what will
become the margin of the iris.

2. the lens. The hind wall, the nuclei of whose elongated cells
are shewn at n/, now forms nearly the whole mass of the lens,
the front wall being reduced to a layer of flattened cells el.

m. the mesoblast surrounding the optic cup and about to form
the choroid and sclerotic. It is seen to pass forward between
the lip of the optic cup and the superficial epiblast.

144 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

Filling up a large part of the hollow of the optic cup is seen
a hyaline mass forming the hyaloid membrane and the coagulum
of the vitreous humour. In the neighbourhood of the lens it
seems to be continuous as at cl with the tissue a, which in turn
is continuous with the mesoblast m, and appears to be the
rudiment of the capsule of the lens and suspensory ligament.

Thus while the hind moiety of the optic cup be-
comes the retina proper, including the choroid-pigment
in which the rods and cones are imbedded, the front
moiety is converted into the ciliary portion of the
retina, covering the ciliary processes, and into the uvea
of the iris; the bodies of the ciliary processes and the
substance of the iris, their vessels, muscles, connective
tissue and ramified pigment, being derived from the
mesoblastic choroid. The margin of the pupil marks
the extreme lip of the optic vesicle, where the outer or
posterior wall turns round to join the inner or anterior.

The ciliary muscle and the ligamentum pectinatum
are both derived from the mesoblast between the
cornea and the iris.

The retina. At first, as we have said, the two walls
of the optic cup do not greatly differ in thickness. On
the third day the outer or posterio: becomes much
thinner than the inner or anterior, and by the middle
of the fourth day is reduced to a single layer of flat-
tened cells (Fig. 51, p. Ch.). At about the 80th hour
its cells commence to receive a deposit of pigment, and
eventually form the so-called pigmentary epithelium of
the choroid; from them no part of the true retina (or
no other part of the retina, if the pigment-layer in
question be supposed to belong more truly to the retina
than to the choroid) is derivec.

vI.] THE RETINA. 145

On the fourth day, the inner (anterior) wall of the
optic cup (Fig. 51, &) is perfectly uniform in structure,
being composed of elongated somewhat spindle-shaped
cells, with distinct nuclei. On its external (posterior)
surface a distinct cuticular membrane, the membrana
limitans externa, early appears.

As the wall increases in thickness, its cells multiply
rapidly, so that it soon appears to be several cells thick :
each cell being however probably continued through
the whole thickness of the layer. The wall at this
stage corresponds closely in its structure with the brain,
of which it may properly be looked upon as part. Ac-
cording to the usual view, which is not however fully
supported by recent observations, the retina becomes
divided in its subsequent growth into (1) an outer
part, corresponding morphologically to the epithelial
lining of the cerebro-spinal canal, composed of what
may be called the visual cells of the eye, 1.e. the cells
forming the outer granular (nuclear) layer and the rods
and cones attached to them; and (2) an inner portion
consisting of the inner granular (nuclear) layer, the
inner molecular layer, the ganglionic layer and the
layer of nerve-fibres corresponding morphologically to
the substance of the brain and spinal cord.

The actual development of the retina is not thoroughly
understood. According to the usual statements (Kolliker) the
layer of ganglion cells and the inner molecular layer are first
differentiated, while the remaining cells give rise to the rest
of the retina proper, and are bounded externally by the membrana
limitans externa. On the inner side of the ganglionic layer the
stratum of nerve-fibres is also very early established. The rods

1 Entwick. d. Menschen, etc., 1879.
F. & B. 10

146 THE THIRD DAY. [ CHAP.

and cones are formed as prolongations or cuticularizations of the
cells which eventually form the outer granular layer. The layer
of cells external to the molecular layer is not divided till
comparatively late into the inner and outer granular (nuclear)
layers, and the interposed outer molecular layer.

Lowe! has recently written an elaborate paper on this subject
in which he arrives at very different results from Kélliker
and other observers.

According to him only the outer limbs of the rods and
cones, which he holds to be metamorphosed cells, correspond to
the epithelial layer of the brain.

The changes described above are confined to that
portion of the retina which lies behind the ora serrata,
In front of this both walls of the cup coalesce as we
have said into a cellular layer in which a deposit of
pigment takes place.

At a very early period a membrane appears on the side of
the retina adjoining the vitreous humour. This membrane is
the hyaloid membrane. It is formed at a time when there is no
trace of mesoblastic structures in the cavity of the vitreous
humour, and must therefore be regarded as a cuticular deposit
of the cells of the optic cup.

The optic nerve. The optic nerves are derived,
as we have said, from the at first hollow stalks of the
optic vesicles. ‘Their cavities gradually become oblite-
rated by a thickening of the walls, the obliteration
proceeding from the retinal end inwards towards the
brain. While the proximal ends of the optic stalks
are still hollow, the rudiments of the optic chiasma
are formed at the roots of the stalks, the fibres of
the one stalk growing over into the attachment of the
other. The decussation of the fibres would appear

1 Archiv fiir mikr. Anat. Vol. xv.

v1.] THE CHOROID FISSURE. 147

to be complete. The fibres arise in the remainder of
the nerves somewhat later. At first the optic nerve
is equally continuous with both walls of the optic cup;

'as must of necessity be the case, since the interval
_ which primarily exists between the two walls is con-

tinuous with the cavity of the stalk. When the cavity
within the optic nerve vanishes, and the fibres of the
optic nerve appear, all connection between the outer
wall of the optic cup and the optic nerve disappears,
and the optic nerve simply perforates the outer wall,
remaining continuous with the inner one.

The choroid fissure. During the third day of incu-
bation there passes in through the choroid slit a vas-
cular loop, which no doubt supplies the transuded
material for the growth of the vitreous humour. Up to
the fifth day this vascular loop is the only structure
passing through the choroid slit. On this day however
a new structure appears, which remains permanently
through life, and is known as the pecten. It consists
of a lamellar process of the mesoblast cells round the
eye, passing through the choroid slit near the optic
nerve, and enveloping part of the afferent branch of
the vascular loop above mentioned. The proximal part
of the free edge of the pecten is somewhat swollen, and
sections through this part have a club-shaped form.
On the sixth day the choroid slit becomes rapidly
closed, so that at the end of the sixth day it is reduced
to amere seam. There are however two parts of this
seam where the edges of the optic cup have not
coalesced. The proximal of these adjoins the optic
nerve, and permits the passage of the pecten, and at a
later period of the optic nerve; and the second or distal

10—2

148 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

one is placed near the ciliary edge of the slit, and is
traversed by the efferent branch of the above-men-
tioned vascular loop. This vessel soon atrophies, and

with it the distal opening in the choroid slit completely —

vanishes. In some varieties of domestic Fowl (Lieber-
kiihn) the opening however persists. The seam which
marks the original site of the choroid slit is at first con-
spicuous by the absence of pigment, and at a later
period by the deep colour of its pigment. Finally, a
little after the ninth day, no trace of it is to be
seen.

Up to the eighth day the pecten remains as a simple
lamina; by the tenth or twelfth day it begins to be
folded or rather puckered, and by the seventeenth or
eighteenth day it is richly pigmented, and the pucker-
ings have become nearly as numerous as in the adult,
there being in all seventeen or eighteen. The pecten

is now almost entirely composed of vascular coils, which

are supported by a sparse pigmented connective tissue ;

and in the adult the pecten is still extremely vascular. —
The original artery which became enveloped at the —

formation of the pecten continues, when the latter be-
comes vascular, to supply it with blood. The vein is
practically a fresh development after the atrophy of
the distal portion of the primitive vascular loop of the
vitreous humour.

There are no true retinal blood-vessels.

The permanent opening in the choroid fissure for —

the pecten is intimately related to the entrance of the

optic nerve into the eyeball; the fibres of the optic

nerve passing in at the inner border of the pecten,

coursing along its sides to its outer border, and radi- —

Me eS, Se a

gal THE LENS. 149

ating from it as from a centre to all parts of the
retina.

The lens. This when first formed is somewhat
elliptical in section with a small central cavity of a
similar shape, the front and hind walls being of nearly
equal thickness, each consisting of a single layer of
elongated columnar cells.

In the subsequent growth of the lens, the develop-

' ment of the hind wall is of a precisely opposite cha-
racter to that of the front wall. The hind wall becomes
much thicker, and tends to obliterate the central cavity
by becoming convex on its front surface. At the same
time its cells, still remaining as a single layer, become
elongated and fibre-like. The front wall on the con-
trary becomes thinner and thinner and its cells more
and more flattened and pavement-like.
These modes of growth continue until at the end of
the fourth day, as shewn in Fig. 51, the convex hind
wall 7 comes into absolute contact with the front wall
el and the cavity is thus entirely obliterated. The cells
of the hind wall have by this time become veritable
fibres, which, when seen in section, appear to be arranged
nearly parallel to the optic axis, their nuclei nl being
seen in arow along their middle. The front wall, some-
what thickened at either side where it becomes continu-
ous with the hind wall, is now a single layer of flattened
cells separating the hind wall of the lens, or as we may
now say the lens itself, from the front limb of the
lens-capsule ; of this it becomes the epithelium.

The subsequent changes undergone consist chiefly in
the continued elongation and multiplication of the lens-
fibres, with the partial disappearance of their nuclei.

150 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP,

During their multiplication they become arranged
in the manner characteristic of the adult lens.

The lens capsule is probably formed as a cuticular
membrane deposited by the epithelial cells of the lens.
But it should be stated that many embryologists regard
it as a product of the mesoblast.

The vitreous humour. ‘The vitreous humour is a
mesoblastic product, entering the cavity of the optic
cup by the choroid slit just spoken of. It is nourished by
the vascular ingrowths through the choroid slit. Its
exact nature has been much disputed. It arises as a
kind of transudation, but frequently however contains
blood-corpuscles and embryonic mesoblastic cells. It
is therefore intermediate in its character between or-

dinary intercellular substance, and the fluids Sune a

in serous cavities.

The integral parts of the eye in front of the lens are
the cornea, the aqueous humour, and the iris. The
development of the latter has already been sufficiently
described in connection with the retina, and there re-
main to be dealt with the cornea, and the cavity con-
taining the aqueous humour.

The cornea. The cornea is formed by the coales-
cence of two structures, viz. the epithelium of the
cornea and the cornea proper. The former is directly
derived from the external epiblast, which covers the
eye after the invagination of the lens. The latter is
formed in a somewhat remarkable manner, first clearly
made out by Kessler.

When the lens is completely separated from the epi- —
dermis the central part of its outer wall remains directly —

VI. | THE CORNEA. 151

in contact with the epidermis (future corneal epithelium).
At its edge there is a small ring-shaped space bounded
by the outer skin, the lens and the edge of the optic cup.
There appears, at about the time when the cavity of
the lens is completely obliterated, a structureless layer
external to the above ring-like space and immediately
adjoining the inner face of the epidermis. This layer,
which forms the commencement of the cornea proper,
at first only forms a ring at the border of the lens,
thickest at its outer edge, and gradually thinning
away towards the centre. It soon however becomes
broader, and finally forms a continuous stratum of con-
siderable thickness, interposed between the external
skin and the lens. As soon as this stratum has
reached a certain thickness, a layer of flattened cells
grows in along its inner side from the mesoblast sur-
rounding the optic cup (Fig. 52,dm). This layer is
the epithelioid layer of the membrane of Descemet’.
After it has become completely established, the meso-
blast around the edge of the cornea becomes divided
into two strata; an inner one (Fig. 52 cb) destined to
form the mesoblastic tissue of the iris already described,
and an outer one (Fig. 52 cc) adjoiing the epidermis.
The outer stratum gives rise to the corneal corpuscles,
which are the only constituents of the cornea not yet
developed. ‘The corneal corpuscles make their way

1 Tt appears possible that Lieberkiihn may be right in stating
that the epithelium of Descemet’s membrane grows in between the
lens and the epiblast before the formation of the cornea proper, and
that Kessler’s account, given above, may on this point require correc-
tion, From the structure of the eye in some of the lower forms it
seems probable that Descemet’s membrane is continuous with the
choroid,

152 THE THIRD DAY. [ CHAP.

Fic. 52.

SECTION THROUGH THE EYE OF A FOWL ON THE EIGHTH DAY
OF DEVELOPMENT, TO SHEW THE IRIS AND CORNEA IN THE
PROCESS OF FORMATION. (After Kessler.)

ep. epiblastic epithelium of cornea ; ce. corneal corpuscles growing
into the structureless matrix of the cornea ; dm. Descemet’s
membrane ; 7. iris; cb. mesoblast of the iris (this reference
letter points a little too high).

The space between the layers dm. and ep. is filled with the
structureless matrix of the cornea.

through the structureless corneal layer, and divide it
into two strata, one adjoining the epiblast, and the
other adjoining the inner epithelium. ‘The two strata
become gradually thinner as the corpuscles invade a
larger and larger portion of their substance, and finally
the outermost portion of each alone remains to form
above and below the membrana elastica anterior and
posterior (Descemet’s membrane) of the cornea. The
corneal corpuscles, which have grown in from the sides,
thus form a layer which becomes continually thicker,
and gives rise to the main substance of the cornea.
Whether the increase in the thickness of the layer is
due to the immigration of fresh corpuscles, or to the
division of those already there, is not clear. After the

vI.] THE AQUEOUS HUMOUR. 153

cellular elements have made their way into the cornea,
the latter becomes continuous at its edge with the meso-
blast which forms the sclerotic.

The derivation of the original structureless layer of the cornea
is still uncertain. Kessler derives it from the epiblast, but it
appears more-probable that Kolliker! is right in regarding it
as derived from the mesoblast. The grounds for this view are,
(1) the fact of its growth inwards from the border of the meso-
blast round the edge of the eye, (2) the peculiar relations between
_ it and the corneal corpuscles at a later period. This view would
receive still further support if a layer of mesoblast between the
lens and the epiblast were really present as believed by Lieber-
kiihn. It must however be admitted that the objections to
Kessler’s view of its epiblastic nature are rather a priori than
founded on definite observation.

The observations of Kessler, which have been mainly followed
in the above account, are strongly opposed by Lieberkiihn and
other observers, and are not entirely accepted by Kdlliker. It
is however especially on the development of these parts in Mam-
malia (to be spoken of. in the sequel) that the above authors
found their objections.

The aqueous humour. The cavity for the aqueous
humour has its origin in the ring-shaped space round
the front of the lens, which, as already mentioned, is
bounded by the external skin, the edge of the optic cup,
and the lens.. By the formation of the cornea this
space is shut off from the external skin, and on the
appearance of the epithelioid layer of Descemet’s
membrane a continuous cavity is developed between
the cornea and the lens. This cavity enlarges and

1 L,. Kessler, Zur Entwick. d. Auges d. Wirbelthiere. Leipzig, 1874.
N. Lieberkiihn, “‘ Beitriige z. Anat. d. embryonalen Auges,” Archiv
. Anat.u. Phys., 1879. Kolliker, Entwick. d, Menschen, etc. Leipzig,
1879.

154 THE THIRD DAY. j [ CHAP.

receives its final form upon the full development of the
iris.

Summary. We may briefly recapitulate the main
facts in the development of the eye as follows.

The eye commences as a lateral outgrowth of the
fore-brain, in the form of a stalked vesicle.

The stalk, becoming narrowed and subsequently
solid, is converted into the optic nerve.

An involution of the superficial epiblast over the
front of the optic vesicle, in the form first of a pit, then
of a closed sac with thick walls, and lastly, of a solid
rounded mass (the small central cavity being entirely
obliterated by the thickening of the hind wall), gives
rise to the lens. Coincidently with this involution of
the lens, the optic vesicle is doubled up on itself, and
its cavity obliterated; thus a secondary optic vesicle
or optic cup with a thick anterior and a thin posterior

wall is produced. Asa result of the manner in which ©

the doubling up takes place, or of the mode of growth
afterwards, the cup of the secondary optic vesicle is at
first imperfect along its under surface, where a gap, the

choroidal fissure, exists for some little time, but subse-—

quently closes up. .
The mesoblast in which the eye is imbedded gathers
itself together around the optic cup into a distinct in-

vestment, of which the internal layers become the —

choroid, the external the sclerotic. An ingrowth of
this investment between the front surface of the lens
and the superficial epiblast furnishes the body of the
cornea, the epiblast itself remaining as the anterior
corneal epithelium. 4

The mesoblast entering on the under side through

VI.] THE LACRYMAL DUCT. 155

the choroidal fissure gives rise to the vitreous humour,
while at a later stage a definite process of this meso-
blast becomes the pecten.

Of the walls of the optic cup, the thinner outer
(posterior) wall becomes, behind the line of the ora
serrata, the pigment-epithelium of the choroid, while
the thicker inner (anterior) wall supplies all the ele-
ments of the retina, including the rods and cones which
grow out from it into the pigment-epithelium.

In front of the line of the ora serrata, both walls of
the optic cup, quite thin and wholly fused together, give
rise to the pigment-epithelium of the ciliary processes
and iris, the bodies of both these organs being formed
from the mesoblastic investment.

Accessory Organs connected with the Eye.

Eyelids. The most important accessory structures connected
with the eye are the eyelids. They are developed as simple folds
of the integument with a mesoblastic prolongation between their
two lamine. They are three in number, viz. an upper and lower,
and a lateral one—the nictitating membrane—springing from
the inner or anterior border of the eye. Their inner face is lined
by a prolongation of conjunctiva, which is the modified epiblast
covering the cornea and part of the sclerotic.

The Lacrymal glands and Lacrymal duct.

The lacrymal glands are formed as solid ingrowths of the
conjunctival epithelium. They appear on the eighth day of
incubation.

The lacrymal duct begins as a solid ridge of the epidermis,
projecting inwards along the line of the so-called lacrymal groove,
from the eye to the nasal pit.

At the end of the sixth day this ridge begins to be separated
from the epidermis, remaining however united with it on the
inner side of the lower eyelid.

156 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

After it has become free, it forms a solid cord, the lower end
of which unites with the wall of the nasal cavity. The cord
so formed gives rise directly to the whole of the duct proper and
to the lower branch of the collecting tube. The upper branch of
the collecting tube is formed as an outgrowth from it. A lumen
begins to be formed in it on the twelfth day of incubation, and first
appears at the nasalend. It arises as a space amongst the cells
of the cord, but is not due to an absorption of the central cells!.

Organ of hearing. During the second day the ear
first made its appearance on either side of the hind-
brain as an involution of the external epiblast, thrust
down into the mass of mesoblast rapidly developing
between the epiblast of the skin and that of the neural

SECTION THROUGH THE HEAD OF AN ELASMOBRANCH EMBRYO,
AT THE LEVEL or tHE AUDITORY INVOLUTION.

aup. auditory pit; aun. ganglion of auditory nerve; iv.v. roof
of fourth ventricle ; a.c.v. anterior cardinal vein; aa. aorta;

1 G. Born: ‘‘Die Nasenhéhlen u. Thrinennasengang d. amnioten

Wirbelthiere, 1, Lacertilia u. Aves.” Morphologisches Jahrbuch, Vol.
v., 1879.

VI.] THE EAR. 157

d.aa. aortic trunk of mandibular arch ; pp. head cavity of

mandibular arch ; Jve. alimentary pouch which will form the

first visceral cleft ; 7A. rudiment of thyroid body.
canal (Fig. 27, au. p.). It then had the form of a
shallow pit with a widely open mouth, similar in form
to that shewn for an embryo dog-fish in Fig. 53, au. p.
Before the end of the third day, its mouth closes up and
all signs of the opening are obliterated. The pit thus
becomes converted into a closed vesicle, lined with
epiblast, and surrounded by mesoblast. This vesicle is
the otic vesicle, whose cavity rapidly enlarges while its
walls become thickened (Fig. 54, CC).

AOA
SECTION THROUGH THE HIND-BRAIN OF A CHICK AT THE END
oF THE THIRD Day oF INCUBATION.

IV. Fourth ventricle. The section shews the very thin roof and
thicker sides of the ventricle.

158 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

Ch. Notochord—(diagrammatic shading).

CV. Anterior cardinal or jugular vein.

CC. Involuted auditory vesicle. CC points to the end which
will form the cochlear canal. AL. Recessus labyrinthi. hy.
hypoblast lining the alimentary canal. hy is itself placed in
the cavity of the alimentary canal, in that part of the canal
which will become the throat. The lower (anterior) wall of
the canal is not shewn in the section, but on each side are
seen portions of a pair of visceral arches. In each arch
is seen the section of the aortic arch AOA belonging to the
visceral arch. The vessel thus cut through is running
upwards towards the head, being about to join the dorsal
aorta AO, Had the section been nearer the head, and
carried through the plane at which the aortic arch curves
round the alimentary canal to reach the mesoblast above it,
AOA and AO would have formed one continuous curved
space. In sections lower down in the back the two aorta,
AO, one on either side, would be found fused into one median
canal.

The changes by which this simple otic vesicle is
converted into the complicated system of parts known
as the internal ear, have been much more completely
worked out for Mammals than for Birds. We shall
therefore reserve a full account of them for a later
portion of this work. Meanwhile a brief statement of
the essential nature of the changes may be useful; and
will be most conveniently introduced here.

The internal ear consists essentially of an inner
membranous labyrinth lying loosely in and only partially
attached to an outer osseous labyrinth.

The membranous labyrinth (Fig. 55) consists of two
parts: (1) the vestibule, with which are connected three
pairs of semicircular canals, pag’, fr’, hor’, and a long
narrow hollow process, the aqueductus or recessus vesti-

VI. THE EAR. 159

A, Fic, 55. B.

Two VIEWS OF THE MEMBRANOUS LABYRINTH OF COLUMBA
Domestica (copied from Hasse).

A, from the exterior, B, from the interior.

hor’. horizontal semicircular canal, hor. ampulla of ditto, pag’. pos-
terior vertical semicircular canal, pag. ampulla of ditto,
jr’. anterior vertical semicircular canal, fr. ampulla of ditto,
u. utriculus, ru. recessus utriculi, v. the connecting tube
between the ampulla of the anterior vertical semicircular
canal and the utriculus, de. ductus endolymphaticus (recessus
vestibuli), s. sacculus hemisphericus, er. canalis reuniens, lag.
lagena, mr. membrane of Reissner, pb. Basilar membrane.

bult, and (2) the ductus cochlearis, which in birds is a
flask-shaped cavity slightly bent on itself, the dilated
end of which is called the lagena. The several parts of
each of these cavities freely communicate, and the two
are joined together by a narrow canal, the canalis re-
uniens, cr.

The osseous labyrinth has a corresponding form,
and may be similarly divided into parts: into a bony
vestibule, with its bony semicircular canals and recessus

160 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

vestibuli, and into a bony cochlea; but the junction
between the cochlea and the bony vestibule is much
wider than the membranous canalis reuniens.

The cavity of the osseous cochlea is partially divided
lengthways by the ductus cochlearis into a scala tym-
pani and a scala vestibuli, which do not however extend
to the lagena.

The auditory nerve, piercing the osseous labyrinth
in various points, is distributed in the walls of the mem-
branous labyrinth.

All these complicated structures are derived from

¥

the simple primary otic vesicle and the surrounding ~

mesoblast by changes in its form and differentiation of

its walls. All the epiblast of the vesicle goes to form

the epithelium of the membranous labyrinth, whose
cavity, filled with endolymph, represents the original
cavity which was first open to the surface but subse-

quently covered in. It gradually attains its curiously —

twisted form by a series of peculiar processes of unequal
growth in the, at first, simple walls of the vesicle. The
corium of the membranous labyrinth, and all the tissues
of the osseous labyrinth, are developed out of the meso-
blastic investment of the vesicle. The space between
the osseous and membranous labyrinths, including the
scala vestibuli and scala tympani, may be regarded as
essentially a series of lymphatic cavities hollowed out
in the mesoblast.

It will be seen then that the ear, while resembling
the eye in so far as the peculiar structures in which the
sensory nerve in each case terminates are formed of
involuted epiblast, differs from it inasmuch as it arises
by an independent involution of the superficial epiblast,

_T- oe

ae

VI] THE OLFACTORY ORGAN. — 161

whereas the eye is a constricted portion of the general
involution which gives rise to the central nervous
system.

The origin of the auditory nerve has already been
described. It is shewn in close contact with the walls
of the auditory pit in Fig. 53.

Organ of Smell, The organ of smell makes its ap-
pearance during the third day, as two depressions or
pits, on the under surface of the head, a little in front
| of the eye (Fig. 56, NV).

Hrap oF AN Empryo CHICK oF THE THIRD Day VIEWED
SIDEWAYS AS AN Opaque OBJECT.

(Chromic acid preparation.)

C.H. Cerebral hemispheres. /.B. Vesicle of third ventricle.
M.B. Mid-brain. Cb. Cerebellum. H#.B. Medulla ob-
longata,

JV. Nasal pit. of. otic vesicle in the stage of a pit with the open-
ing not yet closed up. op. Optic yesicle, with /. lens and
ch.f. choroidal fissure. The superficial epiblast moulds
itself to the form of the optic vesicle and the lens ; hence
the choroidal fissure, though formed entirely underneath the
superficial epiblast, is distinctly visible from the outside.

1 Ff. The first visceral fold; above itis seen a slight indication of
the superior maxillary process.

2, 3,4. Second, third and fourth visceral folds, with the vis-
ceral clefts between them.

F. & B. 11

162 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

Like the lens and the labyrinth of the ear, they are
formed from the external epiblast; unlike them they
are never closed up.

The olfactory nerves arise as outgrowths of the front
end of the cerebral hemispheres, before any trace of a
special division of the brain, forming an olfactory lobe,
has become established. Their peripheral extremities
unite with the walls of the olfactory pits during the
third day. The olfactory lobes arise as outgrowths of
the cerebral hemispheres on the seventh day of incuba-
tion.

Visceral Arches and Visceral Clefts. It must be
borne in mind that, especially in the early stages of
development, owing to the very unequal growth of
different parts, the relative position of the various
structures is continually shifting. This is very well —
seen in the instance of the heart. At its first appear-
ance, the heart is lodged immediately beneath the —
extreme front of the alimentary canal, so far forwards
as to underlie that portion of the medullary canal which
will form the brain. It is, in fact, at that epoch a part
of the head. From that early position it gradually
recedes farther and farther backward, until, at the end
of the third day, a considerable interval is observed
between it and the actual head. In other words, a
distinct neck has been formed, in which most important
changes take place.

The neck is distinguished from the trunk in which
the heart now lies by the important feature that in it
there is no cleavage of the mesoblast into somatopleure
and splanchnopleure, and consequently no pleuroperito-
neal cavity. In passing from the exterior into the ali-

vI.] THE VISCERAL CLEFTS. 163

mentary canal, the three layers of the blastoderm are
successively traversed, without any breach of continuity,
save such as is caused by the cavities of the blood-
vessels. In this neck, so constituted, there appear on
the third day certain fissures or clefts, the visceral or
branchial clefts. These are real clefts or slits passing
right through the walls of the throat, and are placed in
series on either side across the axis of the alimentary
canal, lying not quite at right angles to that axis and
parallel to each other, but converging somewhat to the
middle of the throat in front (Fig. 56). Viewed from
the outside in either fresh or preserved embryos they
are not very distinctly seen to be clefts; but when they
are seen from within, after laying open the throat, their
characters as elongated oval slits can easily be recog-
nised.

Four in number on either side, the most anterior is
the first to be formed, the other three following in suc-
cession. Their formation takes place from within out-
wards. The hypoblast is pushed outwards as a pouch,
which grows till it meets the epiblast, which is then
broken through, while the hypoblast forms a junction
with the epiblast at the outside of the throat.

No sooner has a cleft been formed than its anterior
border (i.e. the border nearer the head) becomes raised
into a thick lip or fold, the wsceral or branchial fold.
Each cleft has its own fold on its anterior border, and in
addition the posterior border of the fourth or last visceral
cleft is raised into a similar fold. There are thus five
visceral folds to four visceral clefts (Fig. 56). The last
two folds however, and especially the last, are not nearly
so thick and prominent as the other three, the second

11—2

164 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

being the broadest and most conspicuous of all. The
first fold meets, or nearly meets, its fellow in the middle
line in front, but the second falls short of reaching the
middle line, and the third, fourth and fifth do so in an
increasing degree. Thus in front views of the neck a
triangular space with its apex directed towards the
head is observed between the ends of the several folds.

Into this space the pleuroperitoneal cavity extends,
the somatopleure separating from the splanchnopleure
along the ends of the folds; and it is here that the
aorta plunges into the mesoblast of the body.

The visceral clefts and arches to a large extent dis-
appear in the adult, and constitute examples of an inte-
resting class of embryonic organs, whose presence is
only to be explained by the fact that, in the ancestors of
the types in which they are now developed in the
embryo, they performed an important function in the
adult. The visceral arches and clefts are in fact the
homologues of the branchial arches and branchial clefts
of Fishes, which continue to be formed in the embryos
of the higher vertebrate types, although they have
ceased to serve as organs of respiration. The skeletal
structures developed in the visceral arches persist as
the jaw-bones and hyoid bone, but the clefts, with the
exception of the first, become obliterated.

Of the history of the skeletal elements we shall —

speak in detail hereafter; meanwhile we may briefly
deal with the general history of these parts.

The first fold on either side, increasing rapidly m
size and prominence, does not, like the others, remain
single, but sends off in the course of the third day a
branch or bud-like process from its anterior edge. This

|

vI.] THE VISCERAL ARCHES. 165

branch, starting from near the dorsal beginning of the
fold, runs ventralwards and forwards, tending to meet the
corresponding branch from the fold on the other side, at
a point in the middle line nearer the front of the head
_ than the junction of the main folds. The two branches
| do not quite meet, being separated by a median process,
_ which at the same time grows down from the extreme
| front of the head, and against which they abut. Between
| the main folds, which are directed somewhat backwards
and the branches which slant forwards, a somewhat
| lozenge-shaped space is developed which, as the folds
become more and more prominent, grows deeper and
deeper. In the main folds are developed the man-
dibles, and in the branches the superior maaille: the
lozenge-shaped cavity between them is the cavity of the
mouth, and the descending process which helps to
complete the upper margin of this cavity is called, from
the parts which will be formed out of it, the fronto-
nasal process.

Part of the mesoblast of the two succeeding pairs of
_ visceral folds is transformed into the hyoid bone, which
will be best considered in connection with the develop-
ment of the skull. The two last arches disappear with-
| out giving rise to any permanent structures.
| With the exception of the first the visceral clefts
|become obliterated at an early stage of embryonic life ;
|but the first persists, although it loses all trace of its
joriginal branchial function and becomes intimately con-
jnected with the organ of hearing, of which in fact it
forms a most essential part, becoming converted into
\the Eustachian tube and tympanic cavity. The outer
jopening and the outer part also of the cleft become

166 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

obliterated at an early date, but from the inner part of
the cleft a diverticulum is given off towards the ex-
terior, which becomes the tympanic cavity. The inner
part of the cleft itself forms the Eustachian tube, while
its mouth forms the oral aperture of this tube.

The meatus auditorius externus first appears as a
shallow depression at the region where the closure of
the first visceral cleft takes place. It is in part formed
by the tissue surrounding this depression growing up in
the form ‘of a wall, but the blind end of the meatus also
becomes actually pushed in towards the tympanic
cavity.

The tympanic membrane is derived from the tissue
which separates the meatus auditorius externus from
the tympanic cavity. This tissue is obviously consti-
tuted of an hypoblastic epithelium on its inner aspect,
an epiblastic epithelium on its outer aspect, and a layer
of mesoblast between them, and these three layers give
rise to the three layers of which this membrane is
formed in the adult. During the greater part of foetal
life it is relatively very thick, and presents a structure
bearing but little resemblance to that in the adult.

The tympanic cavity is bounded on its ner aspect
by the osseous investment of the internal ear, but at
two points, known as the fenestra ovalis and fenestra
rotunda, the bone is deficient and its place is taken by
a membrane.

These two fenestre appear early, and are probably
formed by the nonchrondrification of a small area of
the embryonic cartilage. The upper of the two, or
fenestra ovalis, contains the base of a bone, known as
the columella. The main part of the columella is

vi. THE AORTIC ARCHES. 167

formed of a stalk which is held by Parker to be derived
from part of the skeleton of the visceral arches, while
the base, forming the stapes, appears to be an inde-
pendent formation.

The stalk of the columella extends to the tympanic
membrane; its outer end becoming imbedded in this
membrane, and serving to transmit the vibrations of
the membrane to the fluid in the internal ear.

Vascular system. By the end of the second day
three pairs of aortic arches had been established in
connection with the heart. When the visceral folds
and clefts are formed, a definite arrangement between
them and the aortic arches is always observed. The
first visceral cleft runs between the first and second
aortic arches. Consequently the first aortic arch runs
in the first visceral fold, and the second in the second.
In the same way, the second visceral cleft lies between
the second and third aortic arches, the third aortic arch
running in the third visceral fold. Each aortic arch runs
in the thickened mesoblast of the corresponding fold.

Arrived at the dorsal surface of the alimentary canal,
these arches unite at acute angles to form a common
trunk, the dorsal aorta (Fig. 57, 4.0), which runs along
the back immediately under the notochord. The length
of this common single trunk is not great, as it soon
divides into two main branches, each of which, after
giving off the large vitelline artery, Of.A., pursues its
course with diminished calibre to the tail, where it is
finally lost in the capillaries of that part.

The heart is now completely doubled up on itself.
Its mode of curvature is apparently somewhat compli-
cated. Starting from the point of junction of the vitel-

168 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP. '

Fie 57.
LCA ECA

DIAGRAM OF THE ARTERIAL CIRCULATION ON THE
THirpD Day.

1, 2,3. The first three pairs of aortic arches. A. The vessel
formed by the junction of the three pairs of arches. .0.
Dorsal aorta formed by the junction of the two branches A
and A; it quickly divides again into two branches which
pass down one on each side of the notochord. From each of
these is given off a large branch Of.4., the vitelline artery.
E.CA, I.CA, external and internal carotid arteries,

Se ee Se

line veins (Fig. 37, Ht), there is first a slight curvature Y
towards the left; this is followed by a turn to the right,

and then the heart is completely bent on itself, so that
afterwards it pursues a course directed from behind
quite straight forwards (except perhaps for a little incli-
nation to the ieft) to the point where the aortic arches
branch off. In this way, as shewn in section in Fig. 59, A,
the end of the bulbus arteriosus (v) comes to lie just
underneath (or in front of according to the position of

| vI.] THE HEART. 169

| the embryo) that part which has already been marked
off by the lateral bulgings as the auricular portion (au).

That part of the heart which is turned to the right,
including the point of doubling up, is the ventricular
_portion, and is even at this stage separated from the
! auricular portion by a slight neck. This external con-
}striction corresponds to an internal narrowing of the
lumen of the heart, and marks the position of the future
canalis auricularis.
| The ventricular portion is, on the other hand, lke-
jwise separated by a fainter constriction from the ante-
lrior continuation of the heart which forms the bulbus
arteriosus. The projecting part where the doubling
takes place is at this stage still quite round; we shall
'see that later on it becomes pointed and forms the apex
jof the heart.

The whole venous portion of the heart (if we may so
speak of it, though of course at this stage blood of the
ame quality passes right along the whole cardiac canal)
lies in a plane which is more dorsal than the arterial por-
ion. The point at which the venous roots of the heart,
4.e. the two vitelline trunks, unite into a single canal, is
on this day carried farther and farther away from the
heart itself. By the end of the day there is a consider-
able distance between the auricular portion of the actual
heart and the point where the venous roots separate,
each to pursue its course along the splanchnopleure-fold
of its own side. This distance is traversed by a single
venous trunk, of which the portion close to the auricles
is called the sinus venosus, and the more distant the
luctus venosus. We shall give to the whole trunk the
hame used by the older observers, the meatus venosus.

170 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP —

Small arteries to various parts of the body are now
being given off by the aorta and its branches. The
capillaries in which these end are gathered into veins
which unite to form two main trunks on either side, the
cardinal veins, anterior and posterior (Fig. 36, Fig. 58

Fic. 58.

DIAGRAM OF THE VENOUS CIRCULATION ON THE
TuHirD Day.

H. Heart. J. Jugular or anterior cardinal vein. C. Inferior
or posterior cardinal vein. Of Vitelline vein. de. Ductus
Cuvieri.

J and C), which run parallel to the long axis of the body

in the upper part of the mesoblast, a little external to

the mesoblastic somites. These veins, which do not
attain to any great importance till well on in the third
day, unite opposite to the heart, on each side, to a —
short common trunk at right angles to themselves.

The two short trunks thus formed, which bear the

name of ductus Cuviert (Fig. 36, Fig. 58, de), running

ventralwards and then transversely straight inwards
towards the middle line fall into the sinus venosus.

The two ductus Cuvieri pass from the heart to the
body walls in a special horizontal mesentery, whose for-
mation and function we shall return to in speaking of —
the formation of the pericardial cavity. The position of
one of them is shewn in section in Fig. 59 B, de.

vI.] THE TAIL-FOLD. fal

Fig. 59.

TRANSVERSE SECTIONS THROUGH A CHICK EMBRYO WITH
TWENTY-ONE Mesopiastic SoMITES TO SHEW THE For-
MATION OF THE PERICARDIAL Cavity, A. BEING THE
ANTERIOR SECTION.

pp. body cavity ; pe. pericardial cavity ; al. alimentary cavity ;
au. auricle; v. ventricle; sv. sinus venosus; dc. ductus
Cuvieri ; ao. aorta ; mp. muscle-plate ; mc. medullary cord.

The alimentary canal. As we stated above, the
folding in of the splanchnopleure to form the alimentary
canal is proceeding with great rapidity, the tail-fold as
well as the head-fold contributing largely to this result.

The formation of the tail-fold is very similar to that
of the head-fold. The tail is a solid, somewhat curved,
blunt cone of mesoblast, immediately coated with the

172 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

superficial epiblast except at the upper surface (corre-
sponding to the back of the embryo), where lies the
pointed termination of the neural tube.

So rapid is the closure of the splanchnopleure both
in front and behind, that two of the three parts into
which the digestive tract may be divided, are brought,
on this day, to the condition of complete tubes.

The first division, including the region from the
mouth to the duodenum, is completely folded in by the
end of the day; so likewise is the third division com-
prising the large intestine and the cloaca. The middle
division, corresponding to the future small intestine,
still remains quite open to the yolk-sac below.

The attachment of the newly formed alimentary
canal to the body above is at first very broad, and only
a thin stratum of mesoblast separates the hypoblast of
the canal from the notochord and mesoblastic somites;
even that may be absent under the notochord. During the
third day, however, along such portions of the canal as
have become regularly enclosed, 7.e. the hinder division
and the posterior moiety of the anterior division, the
mesoblastic attachment becomes narrower and (in a ver-
tical direction) longer, the canal appearing to be drawn
more ventralwards (or according to the position of the
embryo forwards), away from the vertebral column.

In what may be regarded as the pleural division of
the general pleuroperitoneal space, along that part of
the alimentary canal which will form the cesophagus,
this withdrawal is very slight (Fig. 59), but it is very
marked in the peritoneal space. Here such parts of the
digestive canal as are formed come to be suspended from
the body above by a narrow flattened band of mesoblas-

| VI] THE CESOPHAGUS. i738

tic tissue which reaches from the neighbourhood of the
| notochord, and becomes continuous with the mesoblas-
| tic coating which wraps round the hypoblast of the
anal. This flattened band is the mesentery, shewn
commencing in Fig. 65, and much more advanced m
Fig. 68, M. It is covered on either side by a layer of
flat cells forming the epithelioid lining of the peritoneal
membrane, while its interior is composed of indifferent
tissue.

The front division of the digestive tract consists of
three parts. The most anterior part, the esophagus,
still ending blindly in front reaches back as far as the
level of the hind end of the heart; and is divided into
two regions, viz. an anterior region, characterized by the
presence of the visceral clefts, whose development has
already been dealt with, and a posterior region without
such clefts.

Its transverse section, which up to the end of the
second day was somewhat crescent-shaped, with the
convexity downwards, becomes on this day more nearly
circular. Close to its hinder limit, the lungs (Fig. 60,
lg), of whose formation we shall speak directly, take
their origin.

The portion of the digestive canal which succeeds
the wsophagus, becomes towards the close of the third
day somewhat dilated (Fig. 60, St); the region of the
stomach is thus indicated.

The hinder or pyloric end of the stomach is separated
by a very small interval from the point where the com-
plete closing in of the alimentary canal ceases, and where
the splanchnopleure-folds spread out over the yolk,
This short tract is nevertheless clearly marked out as

174 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

Fic. 60.

DIAGRAM OF A PORTION OF THE DIGESTIVE TRACT OF A
CHICK UPON THE FourtTH Day.
(Copied from Gétte.)

The black inner line represents the hypoblast, the outer shading
the mesoblast. dg. lung-diverticulum with expanded termi-
nation, forming the primary lung-vesicle. Sz. stomach.
1. two hepatic diverticula with their terminations united by
cords of hypoblast cells. p. diverticulum of the pancreas
with the vesicular diverticula coming from it.

the duodenum by the fact that from it, as we shall
presently point out, the rudiments of the ducts of the
liver and pancreas are beginning to be formed.

The posterior division of the digestive tract, cor-
responding to the great intestine and cloaca, is from
its very first formation nearly circular in section and
of a larger bore than the cesophagus.

During part of the third day the hinder end of this
section of the gut is in communication with the neural
tube by the neurenteric canal already spoken of (Fig.
61, ne). The communication between the two tubes

Or

| VI] THE PROCTODEUM. 17

Fic. 61.

DIAGRAMMATIC LONGITUDINAL SECTION THROUGH THE POS-
TERIOR END OF AN EmBryo BIRD, AT THE TIME OF THE
FORMATION ON THE ALLANTOIS.

ep. epiblast; Sp.c. spinal canal ; ch. notochord ; x.e. neurenteric
canal ; hy. hypoblast; p.a.g. postanal gut; pr. remains of
primitive streak folded in on the ventral side ; aJ. allantois ;
me. mesoblast ; an. point where anus will be formed; p.c,
perivisceral cavity; am. amnion; so. somatopleure; sp.
splanchnopleure.

does not last long, but even after its rupture there re-
mains a portion of the canal continuous with the gut ;
this, however, constitutes a purely embryonic and tran-
sient section of the alimentary canal, and is known
as the postanal gut. Immediately in front of it is a
deep infolding of the epiblast, which nearly meets the
hypoblast (Fig. 61, an) and forms the rudiment of the
anus and of the outer section of the cloaca into which
the bursa Fabricii opens in the adult. It is known to
embryologists as the proctodeum, but does not open
into the alimentary tract till considerably later. The

176 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.
section of the alimentary tract immediately in front of |
the postanal gut is somewhat enlarged, and becomes the
inner section of the adult cloaca receiving the urinary
and genital ducts. The allantois, to whose develop-
ment we shall return directly, opens into it ventrally.

It is to be noted that the two sections of the cloaca
of adult birds have a different origin. The inner section
being part of the primitive alimentary tract and lined by
hypoblast; the outer being part of an involution of the
outer skin and lined by epiblast. ;

The lungs are in their origin essentially buds or
processes from the primitive cesophagus,

At a point immediately behind the region of the
visceral clefts the cavity of the alimentary canal be-
comes compressed laterally, and at the same time con-
stricted in the middle so that its transverse section (Fig.
62,1) is somewhat hourglass-shaped, and shews an upper
or dorsal chamber d, joining on to a lower or ventral
chamber / by a short narrow neck.

The hinder end of the lower tube enlarges (Fig. 62,
2), and then becomes partially divided into two lobes
(Fig. 62,3). All these parts at first freely communicate,
but the two lobes behind, partly by their own growth,
and partly by a process of constriction, soon become
isolated posteriorly (Fig. 60, lg); while in front they
open into the lower chamber of the cesophagus.

By a continuation forwards of the process of con-
striction the lower chamber of the cesophagus, carrying
with it the two lobes above mentioned, becomes gradu-
ally transformed into an independent tube, opening in
front by a narrow slit-like aperture into the cesophagus.
The single tube in front is the rudiment of the trachea

VI. THE LUNGS. Wat

and larynx, while the two diverticula behind (Fig. 60,
lg) become the bronchial tubes and lungs.

While the above changes are taking place in the
hypoblastic walls of the alimentary tract, the splanchnic

Fie. 62.

Four DIAGRAMS ILLUSTRATING THE FORMATION OF THE
Lunes. (After Gitte.)

a. mesoblast; 6. hypoblast; d. cavity of digestive canal; Z.
cavity of the pulmonary diverticulum.

In (1) the digestive canal has commenced to be constricted
into a dorsal and ventral canal; the former the true alimentary
canal, the latter the pulmonary tube; the two tubes communi-
cate with each other in the centre.

In (2) the ventral (pulmonary) tube has become expanded.

In (8) the expanded portion of the tube has become con-
stricted into two tubes, still communicating with each other and
with the digestive canal.

In (4) these are completely separated from each other and
from the digestive canal, and the mesoblast has also begun to
exhibit externally changes corresponding to the internal changes
which have been going on.

F. & B. 12

178 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP. |

mesoblast surrounding these structures becomes very
much thickened; but otherwise bears no marks of the
internal changes which are going on, so that the above
formation of the lungs and trachea cannot be seen from
the surface. As the paired diverticula of the lungs grow
backwards, the mesoblast around them takes however
the form of two lobes, into which they gradually bore
their way.

The further development of the lungs is, at first,
essentially similar to that of a racemose gland. From
each primitive diverticulum numerous branches are
given off. These branches, which are mainly confined
to the dorsal and lateral parts, penetrate into the sur-
rounding mesoblast and continue to give rise to second-
ary and tertiary branches. At right angles to the
finest of these the arborescent branches so charac-
teristic of the avian lung are given off. In the meso-
blast around them numerous capillaries make their
appearance.

The air sacs, which form such important adjuncts
of the avian lungs, are the dilated extremities of
the primary pulmonary diverticula and of their main
branches.

The whole pulmonary structure is therefore the
result of the growth by budding of a system of branched
hypoblastic tubes in the midst of a mass of mesoblastic
tissue, the hypoblastic elements giving rise to the epi-
thelium of the tubes and the mesoblast providing the
elastic, muscular, cartilaginous, connective and other
tissues of the tracheal and bronchial walls.

The liver is the first formed chylopoietic appendage
of the digestive canal, and arises between the 55th and

VI.] THE LIVER. 179

60th hour as a couple of diverticula one from either
side of the duodenum immediately behind the stomach
(Fig. 60, 2). These diverticula are of course lined by
hypoblast. The right one is, in all cases, from the first
longer, but of smaller diameter than the left. Situated
a little behind the heart, they embrace between them
the two vitelline veins forming the roots of the meatus
venosus.

The diverticula soon give rise to numerous hollow
branches or processes, which extend into the surround-
ing mesoblast.

Towards the end of the third day there may further
be observed in the greatly thickened mesoblastic invest-
ment of either diverticulum a number of cylindrical
solid cords of hypoblast which are apparently out-
growths from the hypoblast of the branches of the di-
verticula. These cylinders rapidly increase in number,
apparently by a process of sprouting, and their some-
what swollen peripheral extremities come into contact
and unite. And thus, about the ninetieth hour, a sort
of network of solid thick strings of hypoblastic cells is
formed, the mesoblast in the meshes of the network
becoming at the same time largely converted into
blood-vessels. Each diverticulum becomes in this way
surrounded by a thick mass composed partly of solid
cylinders, and to a less extent of hollow processes, con-
tinuous with the cylinders on the one hand, and the
main diverticulum on the other, all knit together with
commencing blood-vessels and unchanged mesoblastic
tissue. Between the two masses runs the now fused
roots of the meatus venosus with which the blood-
vessels in each mass are connected.

12—2

180 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

Early on the fourth day each mass sends out ventral
to the meatus venosus a solid projection of hypoblas-
tic cylinders towards its fellow, that from the left side
being much the longest. The two projections unite
and form a long solid wedge, which passes obliquely
down from the right (or from the embryo lying on its
left side, the upper) mass to the left (or lower) one. In
this new wedge may be seen the same arrangement of a
network of hypoblastic cylinders filled in with vascular
mesoblast as in the rest of the liver. The two original
diverticula with their investing masses represent respec-
tively the right and left lobes of the liver, and the wedge-
like bridge connecting them is the middle lobe.

During the fourth and fifth days the growth of the
solid, lobed liver thus formed is very considerable; the
hypoblastic cylinders multiply rapidly, and the network
formed by them becomes very close, the meshes contain-
ing little more than blood-vessels. The hollow processes
of the diverticula also ramify widely, each branch being
composed of a lining of hypoblast enveloped in a coating
of spindle-shaped mesoblastic cells. The blood-vessels
are in direct connection with the meatus venosus—have
become, in fact, branches of it. It may soon be observed,
that in those vessels which are connected with the pos-
terior part of the liver (Fig. 74), the stream of blood is
directed from the meatus venosus into the network of
the liver. In those connected with the anterior part the
reverse is the case; here the blood flows from the liver
into the meatus venosus. The thick network of solid
cylinders represents the hepatic parenchyma of the adult
liver, while the hollow processes of the diverticula are
the rudiments of the biliary ducts; and we may suppose

VI.] THE PANCREAS. 181

each solid cylinder to represent a duct with its lumen
almost, but perhaps not quite, completely obliterated.

During the fifth day, a special sac or pouch is deve-
loped from the right primary diverticulum. This pouch,
consisting of an inner coat of hypoblast, and an outer of
mesoblast, is the rudiment of the gall-bladder.

The Pancreas arises nearly at the same time as the
liver in the form of an almost solid outgrowth from the
dorsal side of the intestine nearly opposite but slightly
behind the hepatic outgrowths (Fig. 60, p). Its blind
end becomes somewhat enlarged and from it numerous
diverticula grow out into the passive splanchnic meso-
blast.

As the ductules grow longer and become branched,
vascular processes grow in between them, and the whole
forms a compact glandular body in the mesentery on
the dorsal side of the alimentary tract. The primitive
outgrowth elongates and assumes the character of a duct.

On the sixth day a new similar outgrowth from
the duodenum takes place between the primary diver-
ticulum and the stomach. This, which ultimately
coalesces with its predecessor, gives rise to the second
duct, and forms a considerable part of the adult pan-
creas. A third duct is formed at a much later period.

The Thyroid body. The thyroid body arises at the end of
the second or beginning of the third day as an outgrowth from
the hypoblast of the ventral wall of the throat opposite the
point of origin of the anterior aortic arch. ‘It has at first the
form of a groove extending forwards up to the future mouth, and
in its front part extending ventrally to the epiblast. It has not
been made out whether the whole groove becomes converted into

the permanent thyroid. By the fourth day it becomes a
solid mass of cells, and by the fifth ceases to be connected

182 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

with the epithelium of the throat, becoming at the same time
bilobed. By the seventh day it has travelled somewhat back-
wards, and the two lobes have completely separated from each
other. By the ninth day the whole is invested by a capsule of
connective tissue, which sends in septa dividing it into a number
of lobes or solid masses of cells, and by the sixteenth day its two
lobes are composed of a number of follicles, each with a ‘mein-
brana propria,’ and separated from each other by septa of con-
nective tissue, much as in the adult},

The spleen. Although the spleen cannot be reckoned
amongst the glands of the alimentary tract its development may
conveniently be dealt with here. It is formed shortly after the
first appearance of the pancreas, as a thickening of the me-
sentery of the stomach (mesogastrium) and is therefore entirely
a mesoblastic structure. The mass of mesoblast which forms
the spleen becomes early separated by a groove on the one side
from the pancreas and on the other from the mesentery. Some
of its cells become elongated, and send out processes which,
uniting with like processes from other cells, form the trabecular
system. From the remainder of the tissue are derived the cells
of the spleen pulp, which frequently contain more than one
nucleus. Especial accumulations of these take place at a later
period to form the so-called Malpighian corpuscles of the spleen.

The Allantois. We have already had occasion to
point out that the allantois is essentially a diverticulum
of the alimentary tract into which it opens immediately
in front of the anus. Its walls are formed of vascular
splanchnic mesoblast, within which is a lining of hypo-
blast. It becomes a conspicuous object on the third
day of incubation, but its first development takes place
at an earlier period, and is intimately connected with
the formation of the posterior section of the gut.

At the time of the folding in of the hinder end of

1 Miiller Ueber die Entwickelung der Schilddriise. Jenaische
Zeitschrift, 1871.

VI.] THE ALLANTOIS. 183

the gut the splitting of the mesoblast into somatopleure
and splanchnopleure has extended up to the border of
the hinder division of the primitive streak. The ventral
wall of what we have already termed the postanal
section of the alimentary tract is formed by the prmmi-
tive streak. Immediately in front of this is the involu-
tion which forms the proctodseum; while the wall of
the hindgut in front of the proctodzum owes its origin
to a folding in of the splanchnopleure.

The allantois first appears as a narrow diverticulum
formed by a special fold of the splanchnopleure just in
front of the proctodeum. This protuberance arises, how-
ever, before the splanchnopleure has begun to be tucked
in so as to form the ventral wall of the hindgut; and it
then forms a diverticulum (Fig. 63 A, All) the open
end of which is directed forward, while its blind end
points somewhat dorsalwards and towards the peritoneal
space behind the embryo.

As the hindgut becomes folded in the allantois shifts
its position, and forms (Figs. 63 B and 61) a rather wide
vesicle lying immediately ventral to the hind end of the
digestive canal, with which it communicates freely by a
still considerable opening; its blind end projects into
the pleuroperitoneal cavity below.

Still later the allantois grows forward, and becomes
a large spherical vesicle, still however remaining con-
nected with the cloaca by a narrow canal which forms
its neck or stalk (Fig. 9 G, al). From the first the
allantois lies in the pleuroperitoneal cavity. In this
cavity it grows forwards till it reaches the front limit of
the hindgut, where the splanchnopleure turns back to
enclose the yolk-sac. It does not during the third

184 THE THIRD DAY. [CILAP.

Fic. 63.

Two LoNGITUDINAL SECTIONS OF THE TAIL-END OF AN Em-
BRYO CHICK TO SHEW THE ORIGIN OF THE ALULANTOIS.
A AT THE BEGINNING OF THE THIRD Day; B AT THE
MIDDLE OF THE THIRD Day. (After Dobrynin.)

t. the tail; m. the mesoblast; 2’. the epiblast; «”. the neural
canal; Dd. the dorsal wall of the hindgut; SO. somato-
pleure; Spl. splanchnopleure; w. the mesoblast of the
splanchnopleure carrying the vessels of the yolk-sac ; pp.
pleuroperitoneal cavity; Df. the epithelium lining the
pleuroperitoneal cavity; All. the commencing allantois ;
w. projection formed by anterior and posterior divisions of
the primitive streak; y. hypoblast which will form the
ventral wall of the hindgut; v. anal invagination (procto-
dzeum); G. cloaca.

day project beyond this point; but on the fourth day
begins te pass out beyond the body of the chick, along
the as yet wide space between the splanchnic and soma-
tic stalks of the embryo, on its way to the space between
the external and internal folds of the amnion, which it
will be remembered, is directly continuous with the
pleuroperitoneal cavity (Fig. 9 K). In this space it

v1] THE MESOBLASTIC SOMITES. 185

eventually spreads out over the whole body of the
chick. On the first half of the fourth day the vesicle is
still very small, and its growth is not very rapid. Its
mesoblast wall still remains very thick. In the latter
half of the day its growth becomes very rapid, and it
forms a very conspicuous object in a chick of that date
(Fig. 67, Al). At the same time its blood-vessels be-
come important. It receives its supply of blood from
two branches of the aorta known as the allantoic arte-
ries, and the blood is brought back from it by two allan-
toic veins which run along in the body walls, and after
uniting into a single trunk fall into the vitelline vein
close behind the liver.

Mesoblast of the trunk. Coincidently with the
appearance of these several rudiments of important
organs in the more or less modified splanchnopleure-
folds, the solid trunk of the embryo is undergoing
marked changes.

When we compare a transverse section taken through
say the middle of the trunk at the end of the third day
(Fig. 65), with a similar one of the second day (Fig. 34),
or even the commencement of the third day (Fig. 64),
we are struck with the great increase of depth (from
dorsal to ventral surface) in proportion to breadth. This
is partly due to the slope of the side walls of the body
having become much steeper, as a direct result of the
rapidly progressing folding off of the embryo from the
yolk-sac. But it is also brought about by the great
changes both of shape and structure which are taking
place in the mesoblastic somites, as well as by the
development of a mass of tissue between the notochord
and the hypoblast of the alimentary canal.

186 THE THIRD DAY. [cHaP.

It will be remembered that the horizontal splitting
of the mesoblast into somatic and splanchnic layers
extends at first to the dorsal summit of the vertebral
plates, but after the formation of the somites the split

Fie. 64.

He
vo
Is

an.

Ax
at
ve

i

an
0)

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH THE TRUNK OF A DUcK
EMBRYO WITH ABOUT TWENTY-FOUR MESOBLASTIC So-

MITES.
am. amnion ; so. somatopleure ; sp. splanchnopleure ; wd. Wolf-
fian duct; st. segmental tube; ca.v. cardinal vein; ms.
muscle-plate ; sp.g. spinal ganglion; sp.c. spinal cord ; ch.
notochord ; ao. aorta ; hy. hypoblast.

between the somatic and splanchnic layers becomes to
a large extent obliterated, though in the anterior somites

VI.| THE MUSCLE-PLATES. 187

it appears in part to persist. The somites on the second
day, as seen in a transverse section (Fig. 34, P.v), are
somewhat quadrilateral in form but broader than they
are deep.

Each at that time consists of a somewhat thick
cortex of radiating rather granular columnar cells,
enclosing a small kernel of spherical cells. They are
not, as may be seen in the above figure, completely
separated from the ventral (or rather at this period
lateral) parts of the mesoblastic plate, and the dorsal
and outer layer of the cortex of the somites is continuous
with the somatic layer of mesoblast, the remainder of
the cortex, with the central kernel, being continuous
with the splanchnic layer. Towards the end of the
second and beginning of the third day the dorsal and
outer layer of the cortex, together probably with some
of the central cells .of the kernel, becomes separated
off as a special plate. From this plate, which is
shewn in the act of being formed in Fig. 64, ms, the
greater part of the voluntary muscular system of the
trunk is developed. When once formed the muscle-
plates have in surface views a somewhat oblong form,
and consist of two layers, an inner and an outer, which
enclose between them an almost obliterated central
cavity (Fig. 65, mp). No sooner is the muscle-plate
formed than the middle portion of the inner layer be-
comes converted into longitudinal muscles. The central
space in the muscle-plates is clearly a remnant of the
vertebral portion of the body cavity, which, though it
wholly or partially disappears in a previous stage, re-
appears again on the formation of the muscle-plate.

It is especially interesting to note that the first

188 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP

Fia. 65.
mC
x
Soe
SETS
Zl

ah
r\)

it
als rane

ANI
f \

SECTION THROUGH THE DorsaL REGION OF AN EmBryo CHICK
AT THE END OF THE THIRD Day.

Am.amnion. m.p. muscle-plate. C. V. cardinal vein. Ao. dorsal
aorta. The section passes through the point where the
dorsal aorta is just commencing to divide into two branches.
Ch. notochord. W. d. Wolthan duct. W. 6. commencing
differentiation of the mesoblast cells to form the Wolfhan
body. ep. epiblast. SO. somatopleure. Sp. splanchno-
pleure. hy. hypoblast. The section passes through the
point where the digestive canal communicates with the yolk-
sac, and is consequently still open below.

This section should be compared with the section through
the dorsal region of an embryo at the commencement of the third

V1.] THE INTERMEDIATE CELL-MASS. 189

day (Fig. 64). The chief differences between them arise from
the great increase in the space (now filled with mesoblast-cells)
between the notochord and the hypoblast. In addition to this
we have in the later section the completely formed amnion, the
separation of the muscle-plate from the mesoblastic somites, the
formation of the Wolffian body, etc.

The mesoblast including the Wolffian body and the muscle-
plate (m.p.) is represented in a purely diagrammatic manner.
The amnion, of which only the inner limb or true amnion is
represented in the figure, is seen to be composed of epiblast and a
layer of mesoblast ; though in contact with the body above the
top of the medullary canal, it does not in any way coalesce with
it, as might be concluded from the figure.

formed muscles in embryo birds have an arrangement
like that which is permanent in fishes; being longi-
tudinal in direction, and divided into segments.

The remainder of the somites, after the formation of
the muscle-plates, is of very considerable bulk ; the cells
of the cortex belonging to them lose their distinctive
characters, and their major part becomes converted, in a
manner which will be more particularly described in a
future chapter, into the bodies of the permanent ver-
tebre.

We may merely add here that each of these bodies
sends a process inwards ventral to the medullary cord,
and that the processes from each pair of these bodies
envelope between them the notochord.

The intermediate cell-mass and the Wolffian body.
In a transverse section of a 45 hours’ embryo a consider-
able mass of cells may be seen collected between the meso-
blastic somites and the point where the divergence into
somatopleure and splanchnopleure begins (Fig. 34, just
below W.d). This mass of cells, which we have already

190 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP.

spoken of'as the intermediate cell-mass, is at first indis-
tinguishable from the cells lining the inner end of the
body cavity; but on the third day, a special peritoneal
lining of epithelioid cells is developed which is more or
less sharply marked off from the adjoining part of the
intermediate cell-mass. This latter now also passes
without any very sharp line of demarcation into the
mesoblastic somite itself; and as the folding in of the
side wall progresses, the mass of cells in this position
increases in size and grows in between the notochord
and the hypoblast, but does not accumulate to a sufi-
cient extent to separate them widely until the end of
the third or beginning of the fourth day.

The fusion between the intermediate cell-mass and the inner
portions of the somites becomes so complete on the third day
that it is almost impossible to say which of the cells in the
neighbourhood of the notochord are derived from the somites
and which form the intermediate cell-mass. It seems almost
certain however that the cells which form the immediate invest-
ment of the notochord really belong to the somites.

The intermediate cell-mass is of special importance
to the embryologist, in that the excretory and generative
systems are developed from it.

We have already described (p. 106) the development
of the Wolffian duct, and we have now to deal with the
Wolffian body which is, as the reader has no doubt
gathered, the embryonic excretory organ.

The structure of the fully developed Wolffian body
is fundamentally similar to that of the permanent kid-
neys, and consists essentially of convoluted tubules,
commencing in Malpighian bodies with vascular glome-
ruli, and opening into the duct.

| VI] THE WOLFFIAN BODY. 191

The tubules of the Wolffian body are developed
independently of the Wolffian duct, and are derived
from the intermediate cell-mass, shewn in Fig. 34,
_ between the upper end of the body-cavity and the meso-
blastic somite. In the chick the mode of development
of this mass into the segmental tubules is different in
the regions in front of and behind about the sixteenth
segment. In front of about the sixteenth segment
special parts of the intermediate cell-mass remain
attached to the peritoneal epithelium, on this layer
becoming differentiated ; there being several such parts
to each segment. The parts of the intermediate cell-
mass attached to the peritoneal epithelium become
converted into S-shaped cords (Fig. 64 st) which soon
unite with the Wolftian duct (wd), and constitute the
primitive Wolffian tubules. Into the commencement
of each of these cords the lumen of the body-cavity is
for a short distance prolonged, so that this part con-
stitutes a rudimentary peritoneal funnel leading from
the body-cavity into the lumen of the Wolffian tubule.

In the foremost Wolffian tubules, which never reach
a very complete development, the peritoneal funnels
widen considerably. The section of the tube adjoining
the wide peritoneal funnel becomes partially invaginated
by the formation of a vascular ingrowth known as a
glomerulus, and this glomerulus soon grows to such an
extent as to project through the peritoneal funnel, the
neck of which it completely fills, into the body-cavity
(Fig. 66, gl). There is thus formed a series of glomeruli
belonging to the anterior Wolffian tubuli projecting
freely into the body-cavity. These glomeruli with
their tubuli become however early aborted.

192 THE THIRD DAY.

Fic. 66.

SECTION THROUGH THE EXTERNAL GLOMERULUS OF ONE OF
THE ANTERIOR SEGMENTAL TUBES OF AN EmpBryo CHICK
OF ABOUT 100 HOURS. ¢

g!. glomerulus ; ge. peritoneal epithelium ; Wd. Wolffian duct ;
ao. aorta; me. mesentery.

The Wolffian tubule, and the connection between the external
and internal parts of the glomerulus are not shewn in this figure.

In the case of the remaining tubules developed from
the S-shaped cords, the attachment to the peritoneal
epithelium is very soon lost. The cords acquire a
lumen, and open into the Wolffian duct. Their blind
extremities constitute the commencements of Malpi-
ghian bodies.

In the posterior part of the Wolffian body of the
chick the intermediate cell-mass becomes very early
detached from the peritoneal epithelium, and at a con-
siderably later period breaks up into oval vesicles, which
elongate into Wolffian tubules. In addition to the
primary tubules, whose development has just been
described, secondary and tertiary tubules are formed
on the dorsal side of the primary tubules. They are

VI.] THE WOLFFIAN BODY. 193

differentiated out of the mesoblast of the intermediate
cell-mass and open independently into the Wolffian

* duct.

A tubule of the Wolffian body typically consists of the follow-
ing parts, (1) a section carrying the peritoneal opening, and
known as the peritoneal funnel, (2) a dilated vesicle into which
this opens, (3) a coiled tubulus proceeding from (2), and termi-
nating in (4) a wider portion opening into the Wolffian duct.

In the chick, the peritoneal funnel is only found in the most
anterior tubules and soon atrophies; it is not developed in the
tubules of the posterior part of the Wolffian body. Region No.
4 also is not clearly marked off from region No. 3. One part of
the wall of the dilated vesicle (2) is invaginated by a bunch of
capillaries and gives rise to the Malpighian body.

In consequence of the continual folding in of the
somatopleure and especially of the splanchnopleure, as
well as owing to the changes taking place in the meso-
blastic somites, the Wolffian duct undergoes on the
third day a remarkable change of position. Instead of
lying, as on the second day, immediately under the
epiblast (Fig. 34, W.d), it is soon found to have appa-
rently descended into the middle of the intermediate
cell-mass (Fig. 64, w.d) and at the end of the third day
occupies a still lower position and even projects some-
what towards the pleuroperitoneal cavity. (Fig. 65,
W.d.)

The chief events then which take place on the third
day are as follows:

1, The turning over of the embryo so that it now
lies on its left side.

2. The cranial flexure round the anterior extremity
of the notochord.

F. & B, ils?

194 THE THIRD DAY. [CHAP. VI.

3. The completion of the circulation of the yolk-
sac; the increased curvature of the heart, and the
demarcation of its several parts; the appearance of new
aortic arches, and of the cardinal veins.

4. The formation of four visceral clefts and five
visceral arches.

5. The involution to form the lens, and the forma-
tion of the secondary optic vesicle.

6. The closing in of the otic vesicle.

7. The formation of the nasal pits.

8. The appearance of the vesicles of the cerebral
hemispheres ; the separation of the hind-brain into cere-
bellum and medulla oblongata.

9. The definite establishment of the cranial and
spinal nerves as outgrowths of the central nervous
system.

10. The completion of the fore-gut and of the
hind-gut; the division of the former into cesophagus,
stomach and duodenum, of the latter into large intestine
and cloaca.

11. The formation of the lungs from a diverticulum
of the alimentary canal immediately in front of the
stomach.

12. The formation of the liver and pancreas: the
former as two diverticula from the duodenum, which
subsequently become united by nearly solid outgrowths ;
thé latter as a single diverticulum also from the duo-
denum.

13. The changes in the mesoblastic somites and
the appearance of the muscle-plates.

14. The definite formation of the Wolffian bodies
and the change in position of the Wolffian duct.

CHAPTER VIL.

THE CHANGES WHICH TAKE PLACE DURING THE
FOURTH DAY.

ON opening an egg in the middle or towards the end
of the fourth day, a number of points in which progress
has been made since the third day are at once apparent.
In the first place, the general growth of the embryo has
been very rapid, ‘so that its size is very much greater
than on the previous day. In the second place, the
white of the egg has still further diminished, the em-
bryo lying almost in immediate contact with the shell
membrane, ;

The germinal membrane embraces more than half
the yolk, and the vascular area is about as large as a
halfpenny.

Corresponding to the increased size of the embryo,
there is a great increase in the quantity of blood circu-
lating in the vascular area as a whole, though the sinus
terminalis is already less distinct than it was.

The amnion becomes increasingly conspicuous. It
is now seen as a distinct covering obscuring to a certain
extent the view of the body of the chick beneath, and

13—2

196 THE FOURTH DAY. [CHAP.

all traces of the junction of its folds are by this time
lost. As yet there is very little fluid in the amniotic
sac proper, so that the true amnion hes close upon the
embryo.

The folding off of the embryo from the yolk sac has
made great progress. The splanchnic stalk, which on
the third day was still tolerably wide, inasmuch as about
one third of the total length of the alimentary canal
was as yet quite open to the yolk sac below, now be-
comes so much constricted: by the progressive closing in
of the splanchnopleure folds, that the alimentary canal
may be said to be connected with the yolk sac by a very
narrow neck only. This remnant of the splanchnic
stalk we may now call the witelline duct; though narrow,
it is as yet quite open, affording still free communica-
tion between the inside of the yolk sac and the interior
of the alimentary canal.

The somatic stalk, though narrowing somewhat, is
much wider than the splanchnic stalk, so that a con-
siderable ring-shaped space exists between the two.

Another very prominent feature is the increase in
the cranial flexure. During the third day, the axis of
the front part of the head was about at right angles to
the long axis of the body; the whole embryo being still
somewhat retort-shaped. On this day, however, the
flexure has so much increased that the angle between
the long axis of the body and that of the front segment
of the head is an acute one.

The tail-fold, which commenced to be noticeable
during the third day, has during this day increased very
much, and the somewhat curved tail (Fig. 67) forms.
quite a conspicuous feature of the embryo. The general

VIL] THE TAIL FOLD, 197

Pps

UY Ui mn ANS

EMBRYO AT THE END OF THE FourTH Day SEEN AS
A TRANSPARENT OBJECT.

The amnion has been completely removed, the cut end of the
somatic stalk is shewn at SS. with the allantois (A/.) protruding

from it.

C.H. cerebral hemisphere. /.B. fore-brain or vesicle of the third
ventricle (thalamencephalon) with the pineal gland (Pn.)
projecting from its summit. I.B. mid-brain. Cb. cerebellum.
IV.V. fourth ventricle. Z. lens. ch.s. choroid slit. Owing to
the growth of the optic cup the two layers of which it is com-
posed cannot any longer be seen from the surface; the pos-
terior surface of the choroid layer alone is visible. Cen. V.
auditory vesicle. s.m. superior maxillary process. 1/’, 2F, ete.
first, second, third and fourth visceral folds. V. fifth nerve
sending one branch to the eye, the ophthalmic branch, and

198 THE FOURTH DAY. [ CHAP.

another to the first visceral arch. VZZ, seventh nerve passing
to the second visceral arch. G.Ph. glossopharyngeal nerve °
passing towards the third visceral arch. Pg. pneumogastric
nerve passing towards the fourth visceral arch. 7v. investing
mass (basilar plate). No attempt has been made in the figure
to indicate the position of the dorsal wall of the throat, which
cannot be easily made out in the living embryo. ch. noto-
chord. The front end of this cannot be seen in the living
embryo. It does not end however as shewn in the figure,
but takes a sudden bend downwards and then terminates in
apoint. Ht. heart seen through the walls of the chest. J.P.
muscle-plates. W. wing. #.Z. hind limb. Beneath the
hind limb is seen the curved tail.

curvature of the body has also gone on increasing, and
as the result of these various flexures, the embryo has
become somewhat spirally curled up on itself (Fig. 67).

The distinct appearance of the limbs must be
reckoned as one of the most important events of the
fourth day.

Owing to the continued greater increase of depth
than of breadth, the body of the embryo appears in
section (Fig. 68) higher and relatively narrower than
even on the third day, and the muscle-plates, instead of
simply slanting downwards, come to be nearly vertical
in position. Not far from the line which marks their
lower ends, the somatopleure, almost immediately after
it diverges from the splanchnopleure, is raised up (Fig.
68, W.R.) into a low rounded ridge which runs along
nearly the whole length of the embryo from the neck
to the tail.

It is on this ridge, which is known as the Wolffian
ridge, that the limbs first appear as flattened conical
buds projecting outwards. They seem to be local de-

VII. | THE LIMBS. 199

Fia. 68.

SECTION THROUGH THE LUMBAR REGION OF AN EMBRYO AT
THE END OF THE FourtTH Day.

nc. neural canal. p.r. posterior root of spinal nerve with gan-
glion. a.r. anterior root of spinal nerve. A.G.C. anterior
grey column of spinal cord. A. W.C. anterior white column
of spinal cord just commencing to be formed, and not very
distinctly marked in the figure. m.p. muscle-plate. ch,
notochord. W.R. Wolffian ridge. A.O. dorsal aorta. V.ca.
posterior cardinal vein. W.d. Wolffian duct. W.b. Wolffian
body, consisting of tubules and Malpighian corpuscles. One
of the latter is represented on each side. g.e. germinal

200 THE FOURTH DAY. [ CHAP.

epithelium. d. alimentary canal. J/ commencing me-
sentery. S.0. somatopleure. §.P. splanchnopleure. J.
blood-vessels. pp. pleuroperitoneal cavity.

velopments of the ridge, the rest of which becomes less
and less prominent as they increase in size. Each bud,
roughly triangular in section, consists of somewhat
dense mesoblast covered by epiblast which on the sum-
mit is thickened into a sort of cap. The front limbs or
wings (Fig. 67) arise just behind the level of the heart,
and the hind limbs in the immediate vicinity of the
tail. The first traces of them can be seen towards the
end of the third, but they do not become conspicuous
till the fourth day, by the end of which the two pairs
may be already distinguished by their different shapes.
The front limbs are the narrowest and longest, the hind
limbs being comparatively short and broad. Both are
flattened from above downwards and become more so as
their growth continues.

In the head, the vesicles of the cerebral hemispheres
are rapidly increasing in size, their growth being enor-
mous as compared with that of the thalamencephalon or
vesicle of the third ventricle. The mid-brain is now, as
compared to the other parts of the brain, larger than at
any other epoch, and an indistinct median furrow on its
upper surface indicates its division into two lateral
halves. The great increase of the mesoblastic contents
of the secondary optic vesicle or involuted retinal cup
causes the two eyeballs to project largely from the sides
of the head (Fig. 69, Op). ‘The mass of mesoblast which
invests all the various parts of the brain, is not only
growing rapidly below and at the sides, but is also
undergoing developments which result in the formation

— a 2 a a, ae

VII. | THE HEAD. 201

Fig. 69.

A. Heap oF aN EmpBryo CHICK oF THE FourtTH Day
VIEWED FROM BELOW AS AN OPAQUE OBJECT. (Chromic
acid preparation.)

C.H. cerebral hemispheres. /.B. vesicle of the third ventricle
or thalamencephalon. Op. eyeball. nf. naso-frontal process.
M. cavity of mouth. S.J. superior maxillary process of /. 1,
the first visceral fold (mandibular arch). J. 2, /. 3 second
and third visceral arches. JV. nasal pit.

In order to gain the view here given the neck was cut across
between the third and fourth visceral folds. In the section e
thus made are seen the alimentary canal a, the neural canal n.c.,
the notochord ch., the dorsal aorta AO., and the jugular veins V.
Ao. bulbus arteriosus.

In the drawing the nasal groove has been rather exaggerated
in its upper part. On the other hand the lower and shallower
part of the groove where it runs between the superior maxillary
process S.M/. and the broad naso-frontal process has not been
satisfactorily rendered. Hence the end of the superior maxillary
process seems to join the inner and not, as described in the text,
the onter margin of the nasal groove. A few hours later the
separation of the two would have been very visible.

B. The same seen sideways, to shew the visceral folds. ot. otic
vesicle. Remaining letters as before.

202 THE FOURTH DAY. [CHAP.

of the primitive skull. All these events, added to the
cranial flexure spoken of above, give to the anterior
extremity of the embryo a shape which it becomes more
and more easy to recognize as that of a head.
Meanwhile the face is also being changed. The two
nasal pits were on the third day shallow depressions com-
plete all round. As the pits deepen on the fourth day
by the growth upwards of a rim round them, a deficiency
or break in the ridge may be observed on that side of it
turned towards the mouth; which constitutes a kind of
shallow groove (Fig. 69 V) directed obliquely downwards
towards the cavity of the mouth. The fronto-nasal

process or median ridge (Fig. 69, n/’), which on the third —

day rose up between the superficial projections caused by
the bulging anterior extremities of the vesicles of the
cerebral hemispheres, and on the fourth day becomes
increasingly prominent, separates the two grooves from
each other, and helps to form the inner wall of each of
them, while the depth of the groove also becomes in-
creased by the prolongation along its inner side of the
rim surrounding the nasal pit. Abutting on the outer
side of each groove near the mouth and so helping to
form the outer wall of each, lie the ends of the superior
maxillary processes of the first visceral arch (Fig. 69 B,
SM), which like the fronto-nasal process are increasing
in size. By their continued growth, the groove is more
and more deepened, and leading as it does from the
nasal pit to the cavity of the mouth, may already be
recognized as the rudiment of the passage of the pos-
terior nares.
During the latter half of the fourth day there ap-
pears at the bottom of the deep lozenge-shaped cavity

wie
“

ae a we eS ne > a

0 a a er

Vit. | THE CRANIAL NERVES. 203

of the stomodzum or primitive buccal cavity, in the now
thin wall dividing it from the alimentary canal, a longi-
‘tudinal, or according to Gotte a vertical slit which, soon
‘becoming a wide opening, places the two cavities in
complete communication.

The cavity of the mouth, being, it will be remember-

ed, formed partly by depression, partly by the growth
jof the surrounding folds, is lined entirely with epiblast,
‘from which the epithelium of its surface and of its
various glands is derived. In this respect, as Remak
pointed out, it differs from all the rest of the alimentary
canal, whose whole epithelium is formed out of hypoblast.
By the side of the hind-brain the cerebellum, through
the increased thickening of its upper walls, is becoming
more and more distinct from the medulla oblongata;
while both in front and behind the auditory vesicle,
in which the rudiments of the cochlea and recessus ves-
tibuli are already visible, the cranial ganglia and nerves
are acquiring increased distinctness and size. They may
be very plainly seen when the head of the fresh embryo
is subjected to pressure.
The foremost is the fifth cranial nerve (Fig. 67, VY)
with its Gasserian ganglion; it lies a little way behind
the anterior extremity of the notochord immediately
below the cerebellum. Next to this comes the seventh
nerve (Fig. 67, VJJ.), starting just in front of the ear-
vesicle, and extending far downwards towards the second
visceral arch. The two nerves which lie behind the ear-
vesicle are now obviously separate from each other; the
front one is the glossopharyngeal (Fig. 67, G.Ph.), and
the hinder one already shews itself to be the pneumo-
| gastric (Fig. 67, Pg.).

204 THE FOURTH DAY. [CHAP.

The mesoblastic somites, which by the continued
differentiation of the axial mesoblast at the tail end of
the embryo have increased in number from thirty to
forty, undergo during this day changes of great import- |
ance. Since these changes are intimately connected
with the subsequent development of the vertebral —
column, it will perhaps be more convenient to describe
briefly here the whole series of events through which
the somites become converted into the permanent
structures to which they give rise, though many of the
changes do not take place till a much later date than —
the fourth day.

The separation of the muscle-plates (p. 187) left the
remainder of each somite as a somewhat triangular
mass lying between the neural canal and notochord on
the inside, and the muscle-plate and intermediate cell-—
mass on the outside (Fig. 64). Already on the third day
(Fig. 65) the upper angle of this triangle grows upwards,
between its muscle-plate and the neural canal, and_
meeting its fellow in the middle line above, forms a_

roof of mesoblast over the neural canal, between it and .
the superficial epiblast. At about the same time, the —
inner and lower angle of the triangle grows inwards to-
wards the notochord, and passing both below it (between —
it and the aorta) and above it (between it and the —
neural canal), meets a similar growth from its fellow
somite of the other side, and thus completely invests —
the notochord with a coat of mesoblast, which, as seen 1m ;
Fig. 68, is at first much thicker on the under than on
the upper side.

Both neural canal and notochord are thus furnished
from neck to tail with a complete investment of meso- —

VII. | THE PERMANENT VERTEBRA. 205

olast, still marked, however, by the transparent lines
indicating the fore and aft limits of the several somites.
This mesoblastic investment is sometimes spoken of as
the “membranous” vertebral column.

The portions of the somites thus forming the primary
vertebrze or membranous vertebral column are converted
ito the permanent vertebre; but their conversion is
somplicated by a remarkable new or secondary segmen-
tation of the whole vertebral column.

, On the fourth day, the transparent lines marking
the fore and aft limits of the somites are still distinctly
visible. On the fifth day, however, they disappear, so
hat the whole vertebral column becomes fused into a
homogeneous mass whose division into vertebre is only
indicated by the series of ganglia. This fusion, which
does not extend to the muscle-plates in which the
primary lines of division still remain visible, is quickly
ollowed by a fresh segmentation, the resulting segments
being the rudiments of the permanent vertebre. The
new segmentation, however, does not follow the lines of
the segmentation of the muscle-plates, but is so effected
that the centres of the vertebral bodies are opposite the
epta between the muscle-plates.

| The explanation of this character in the segmentation is not
difficult to find. The primary segmentation of the body is that
of the muscle-plates, which were present in the primitive forms
in which vertebre had not appeared. As soon however as the
jnotochordal sheath was required to be strong as well as flexible,
lit necessarily became divided into a series of segments.

| The condition under which the lateral muscles can best cause
the flexure of the vertebral column is clearly that each muscle-
plate shall be capable of acting on two vertebre ; and this con-
dition can only be fulfilled when the muscle-segments are oppo-

206 THE FOURTH DAY. [ CHAP.

site the intervals between the vertebre. For this reason, when
the vertebrae became formed, their centres were opposite not the
middle of the muscle-plates but the inter-muscular septa.

These considerations fully explain the characters of the
secondary segmentation of the vertebral column. On the other
hand the primary segmentation of the vertebral rudiments is
clearly a remnant of a condition when no vertebral bodies were
present ; and has no greater morphological significance than the
fact that the cells of the vertebrae were derived from the seg-
mented muscle-plates, and then became fused into a continuous
sheath around the notochord and nervous axis; till finally they

became in still higher forms differentiated into vertebre and
their arches.

By these changes this remarkable result is brought

about, that each permanent vertebra is formed out of

portions of two consecutive mesoblastic somites. Thus,
for instance, the tenth permanent vertebra is formed
out of the hind portion of the tenth somite, and the
front portion of the eleventh somite.

The new segmentation is associated with or rather 1s

caused by histological changes. At the time when
the fusion takes place, the mesoblast, which in the form
of processes from the somites surrounds and invests
the notochord, has not only increased in mass but also
has become cartilaginous, so that, as Gegenbaur* points
out, there is present for a short period on the fifth day
a continuous and unsegmented cartilaginous investment
of the notochord.

This cartilagmous tube does not however long re-
main uniform. At a series of points corresponding in
number to the origmal somites it becomes connected

1 Untersuchung zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbelstule bet
Amphibien und Reptilien, Leipzig, 1862.

vu. | THE PERMANENT VERTEBR2. 207

with a number of cartilaginous arches which appear in
the mesoblastic investment of the neural canal. These
arches, which thus roof in the neural canal, are the
cartilaginous precursors of the osseous vertebral arches.
We further find that the portions of the cartilaginous
tube from which the arches spring come to differ histo-
logically from the portions between them not connected
with arches: they are clearer and their cells are less
closely packed. There is however at this period no
distinct segmentation of the cartilaginous tube, but
merely a want of uniformity in its composition.

The clearer portions, from which the arches spring,
form the bodies of the vertebra, the segments between
them the intervertebral regions of the column.

On the fifth day a division takes place of each of the
intervertebral segments into two parts, which respec-
tively attach themselves to the contiguous vertebral
regions. A part of each intervertebral region, immedi-
ately adjoining the notochord, does not however undergo
this division, and afterwards gives rise to the ligamen-
tum suspensorium.

This fresh segmentation is not well marked, if in-
deed it takes place at all in the sacral region.

To recapitulate:—the original somites lying side by
side along the notochord, after giving off the muscle-
plates, grow around, and by fusing together completely
invest, with mesoblast, both neural canal and notochord.

This investment, of which by reason of its greater
growth the original bodies of the somites now seem to be
only an outlying part, becomes cartilaginous in such a
way that while the notochord becomes surrounded with
a thick tube of cartilage bearing no signs of segmenta-

208 THE FOURTH DAY. [CHAP.

tion, but having the ganglia lodged on its exterior at —
intervals, the neural canal is covered in with a series of |
cartilaginous arches, connected to each other by ordinary
mesoblastic tissue only, but passing at their bases di- —
rectly into the cartilaginous tube around the notochord.

By a process of histological differentiation the carti-
laginous tube is divided into vertebral and interverte-
bral portions, the vertebral portions corresponding to —
the arches over the neural canal. Fresh lines of seg-
mentation then appear in the intervertebral portions, —
dividing each of them into two parts, of which one at-
taches itself to the vertebra in front and the other to —
the vertebra behind.

The notochord. Meanwhile from the fourth to the
sixth day important changes take place in the notochord —
itself.

On its first appearance the notochord was, as we —
have seen, composed of somewhat radiately arranged
but otherwise perfectly typical mesoblast-cells.

On the third day some of the central cells become ~
vacuolated, while the peripheral cells are still normal.
The vacuolated cells exhibit around the vacuole a peri-
pheral layer of granular protoplasm in which the nucleus
lies embedded, whilst the vacuoles themselves are filled ;
with a perfectly clear and transparent material, which —
in an unaltered condition is probably fluid. Towards
the end of the day the notochord acquires a delicate
structureless sheath which is no doubt a product of its
peripheral cells.

On the fourth day all the cells become vacuolated
with the exception of a single layer of flattened cells at
the periphery. The vacuoles go on enlarging until

VII. | THE NOTOCHORD. 209

on the sixth day the vacuoles in each cell have so much
- increased at the expense of the protoplasm that only a
very thin layer of the latter is left at the circumference
of the cell, at one part of which, where there is gene-
_ rally more protoplasm than elsewhere, the starved re-
mains of a nucleus may generally be detected. Thus
the whole notochord becomes transformed into a spongy
reticulum, the meshes of which correspond to the vacu-
oles of the cells and the septa to the remains of their
cell-walls.

The notochord is on the sixth day at the maximum
of its development, the change which it henceforward
undergoes being of a retrograde character.

From the seventh day onward, it is at various points
encroached upon by its investment. Constrictions are
thus produced which first make their appearance in the
intervertebral portions of the sacral region. In the cer-
vical region, according to Gegenbaur, the intervertebral
portions are not constricted till the ninth day, though in
the vertebral portions of the lower cervical vertebra con-
strictions are visible as early as the seventh day. By
the ninth and tenth days, however, all the interverte-
bral portions have become distinctly constricted, and at
the same time in each vertebral portion there have also
appeared two constrictions giving rise to a central and
to two terminal enlargements. In the space therefore
corresponding to each vertebra and its appropriate in-
tervertebral portion, there are in all three constrictions
and three enlargements.

On the twelfth day the ossification of the bodies
of the vertebrae commences. The first vertebra to ossify
is the second or third cervical, and the ossification gradu-

F. & B. 14

210 THE FOURTH Day. [CHAP.

ally extends backwards. It does not commence in the
arches till somewhat later. For each arch there are
two centres of ossification, one on each side.

The notochord persists for the greater part of foetal
life and even into post-feetal life. The larger vertebral
portions are often the first completely to vanish. They
would seem in many cases at any rate (Gegenbaur) to
be converted into cartilage and so form an integral part
of the permanent vertebre. Rudiments of the inter-
vertebral portions of the notochord may long be detected
in the ligamenta suspensoria.

We may remind the reader that in the adult bird we find
between each of the vertebra of a neck and back a cartilaginous
disc—the meniscus—which is pierced in the centre. These discs
are thick at the circumference but thin off to a fine edge round
the central hole. Owing to the shape of these discs there are left
between each pair of vertebra two cavities, which only commu-
nicate through the central aperture of the meniscus. Through
this central aperture there passes a band called the ‘ligamen-
tum suspensorium,’ connecting the two vertebre.

In the tail the menisci are replaced by bodies known as the
‘annuli fibrosi,’ which precisely resemble the similarly named
bodies in mammals. They differ from the menisci in being
attached over their whole surface to the ends of the vertebral
bodies, so that the cavities between the menisci and the vertebre
do not exist. They are pierced however by a body corre-
sponding with the ligamentum suspensorium and known as the
‘nucleus pulposus.’

In the intervertebral regions the chorda, soon after the com-
mencement of ossification, entirely disappears. The cartilage
around it however becomes converted (in the region of the neck)
into the ligamentum suspensorium, which unites the two ver-
tebrae between which it is placed.

In the tail the cartilage becomes the nucleus pulposus, which
corresponds exactly to the ‘ligamentum suspensorium’ of the
neck and back.

VIL | THE MUSCLE-PLATES. 211

Shortly after the formation of the ligamentum suspensorium
the remaining cartilage of the intervertebral segments is con-
verted into the meniscus between each two vertebra, and in the
tail into the annulus fibrosus. Both are absent in the sacrum.

Muscle-plates. We shall conclude our account of
the mesoblastic somites by describing the changes which
take place in the muscle-plates.

In the chick these are somewhat complicated, and
have not been fully worked out.

On the third day the muscle-plates end opposite the
point where the mesoblast becomes split into somato-
pleure and splanchnopleure. On the fourth day how-.
ever (Fig. 68 mp.) they extend a certain distance into
the side walls of the body beyond the point of the
division into somatopleure and splanchnopleure.

Into what muscles of the trunk they become con-
verted has been somewhat disputed. Some embryolo-
gists have stated that they only form the muscles of
the back. We have, however, little doubt that all the
episkeletal muscles, to use Professor Huxley’s term
(Vertebrates, p. 46), are their products; a view also
adopted by Professors Huxley and Kolliker.

The development of the subvertebral system of muscles
(hyposkeletal of Huxley) has not been worked out, but on the
whole there is reason to believe that it is derived from the
muscle-plates. Kolliker, Huxley and other embryologists believe
however that these muscles are independent of the muscle-plates
in their origin.

Whether the muscle of the diaphragm is to be placed in the
same category as the hyposkeletal muscles has not been made out.

It is probable that the cutaneous muscles of the trunk are
derived from the cells given off from the muscle-plates. Kélliker
however believes that they have an independent origin.

14—2

212 THE FOURTH DAY. [CHAP,

The limb-muscles, both extrinsic and intrinsic, are in certain
fishes (Elasmobranchii), derived from the muscle-plates, and a
similar origin has been observed in Lacertilia and Amphibia.

In the Chick and other higher Vertebrata on the other hand
the entrance of the muscle-plates into the limbs has not been
made out (Kolliker). It seems therefore probable that by an
embryological modification, of which instances are so frequent,
the cells which give rise to the muscles of the limbs in the higher
Vertebrata can no longer be traced into a direct connection with
the muscle-plates.

At first, as is clear from their mode of origin, the
muscle-plates correspond in number with the protover-
tebree, and this condition is permanent in the lower

vertebrates, such as fishes, where we find that the

lateral muscle is divided by septa into a series of
segments corresponding in number with the vertebre.

Wolffian body or mesonephros. Of all the events
of the fourth day, none perhaps are more important than
those by which the rudiments of the complex urmary
and generative systems are added to the simple Wolffian
duct and body, which up to that time are the sole repre-
sentatives of both systems.

We saw that the duct arose on the second day (pp.
94, 106) as a solid ridge which subsequently became a
tube, lying immediately underneath the epiblast above
the intermediate cell-mass, close against the upper and
outer angles of the somites, and reaching from about
opposite to the seventh somite away to the hinder end
of the embryo.

At first the duct occupies a position immediately
underneath the superficial epiblast, but very soon after
its formation the growth of the somites and the changes
which take place in the intermediate cell-mass, together

vil. ] THE WOLFFIAN BODY. 213

with the general folding in of the body, cause it to
appear to change its place and travel downwards (p.
193). While the shifting is going on, the cells lining
the upper end of the pleuroperitoneal cavity (the kind
of bay which, as seen in sections, is formed by the diver-
gence of the somatopleure and splanchnopleure) become
columnar, and constitute a distinct epithelium. This
epithelium, which is clearly shewn in Fig. 64, and is
also indicated in Fig. 65, is often called the germinal
epithelium, because some of its cells subsequently take
part in the formation of the ovary. Soon after the ap-
pearance of the germinal epithelium, the intermediate
cell-mass increases in size and begins to grow outwards
into the pleuroperitoneal cavity, as a rounded projection
which lies with its dorsal surface towards the somato-
pleure, and its ventral surface towards the splanchno-
pleure, but is in either case separated from these layers
by a narrow chink. The Wolffian duct (Figs. 65, 68,
Wd) travels down, and finally before the end of the third
day is found in the upper part of this projection, near
that face of it which is turned towards the somatopleure.

The tubules of the anterior part of the Wolffian
body have by the end of the fourth day almost entirely
disappeared; but the tubules of that part of the Wolf-
fian body which is found behind the 16th segment
undergo a further development.

Each increases in size especially that portion which
proceeds from the Malpighian body and is known as the
coiled tubulus (region No. 3, see p. 193). This becomes
much elongated and twisted. As a consequence of this
increase in size the intermediate cell-mass comes to
project more and more into the pleuroperitoneal cavity.

214 THE FOURTH DAY. [ CHAP.

The large size of the hinder part of the Wolffian body as
compared with that of the anterior part is due to the presence of
the dorsally placed secondary tubules, whose development was
mentioned on p. 192. These are more numerous in the posterior
than in the anterior part of the Wolffian body. At the hind end
of the Wolffian body there are as many as four to each primary
tubule.

The tubules, which from their contorted course are
in sections (Figs. 68, 71) seen cut at various angles,
possess an epithelium which is thicker than that of the
Wolffian duct. From this difference it is generally easy
to distinguish the sections of the tubules from those of
the duct. The glomeruli of the Malpighian bodies are
in sections of hardened embryos usually filled with
blood-corpuscles.

Towards the hind end of the embryo, the projection
of the intermediate cell-mass spoken of above becomes
smaller and smaller, and the Wolffian duct is thus
brought nearer to the splanchnopleure, and in the
region of the hind-gut comes to lie close to the walls of
the alimentary canal. On the fourth day, the two ducts
meet and open into two horns, into which the side-walls
of the recently formed cloaca are at that time produced,
one on either side.

As we shall afterwards see, the ducts of the perma-
nent kidneys and Miiller’s duct also fall into these two
horns of the cloaca.

The Wolffian bodies thus constituted perform the
offices of kidneys for the greater part of embryonic life.
In the chick they disappear before birth; but in most
of the Ichthyopsida they remain for life as the perma-
nent kidneys.

Miullerian duct. After the establishment of the

| vit.] THE MULLERIAN DUCT. 215

Wolffian body there is formed in both sexes a duct,
which in the female becomes the oviduct, but which in
the male is functionless and usually disappears. This
duct, in spite of certain peculiarities in its development,
is without doubt homologous with the Miillerian duct
of the Ichthyopsida.

The first rudiment of the Miillerian duct appears at
the end of the fourth day, as three successive open involu-
tions of the peritoneal epithelium, connected together
by more or less well-defined ridge-like thickenings of
the epithelium. It takes its origin from the layer of
thickened peritoneal epithelium situated near the dorsal
angle of the body-cavity, close to the Wolffian duct, and
some considerable distance behind the front end of the
Wolffian duct.

In a slightly later stage the ridges connecting the
grooves become partially constricted off from the peri-
toneal epithelium, and develop a lumen. The condition
of the structure at this stage is illustrated by Fig. 70,
representing three transverse sections through two
grooves, and through the ridge connecting them.

The Miillerian duct may in fact now be described as
a short but slightly convoluted duct, opening into the
body-cavity by three groove-like apertures, and con-
tinued for a short distance behind the last of these.

In an embryo not very much older than the one last
described the two posterior apertures vanish and the
anterior opening alone remains as the permanent open-
ing of the Miillerian duct.

The position of these openings in relation to the
Wolffian body is shewn in Fig. 71, which probably passes
through a region between two of the peritoneal openings.

216 THE FOURTH DAY. [CHAP.

Fic. 70.

SECTIONS SHEWING TWO OF THE PERITONEAL INVAGINATIONS
WHICH GIVE RISE TO THE ANTERIOR PART OF THE MUL-
LERIAN Duct (PRONEPHROS).

A is the 11th section of the series.
B ” 15th bP] ”
C ” 18th bP} ”

gr2 second groove. gr3 third groove. 72 second ridge. wd.
Wolffian duct.

As long as the openings persist, the Miillerian duct
consists merely of a very small rudiment, continuous
with the hindermost of them, and its solid extremity
appears to unite with the walls of the Wolffian duct.

After the closure of the two hinder openings the
Miillerian duct commences to grow rapidly backwards,
and for the first part of its subsequent course it
appears to be split off as a solid rod from the outer or
ventral wall of the Wolffian duct (Fig. 72). Into this
rod the lumen, present in its front part, subsequently
extends. Its mode of development in front is thus pre-
cisely similar to that of the Miillerian duct in Elasmo-
branchi and Amphibia.

This mode of development, only occurs however in
the anterior part of the duct. In the posterior part of

| VIL] THE MULLERIAN DUCT. 217

les Als

SEcTION OF THE INTERMEDIATE CELL-MASS ON THE FoURTH
Day. (From Waldeyer.) Magnified 160 times.

m. mesentery. J. somatopleure. a’. portion of the germinal
epithelium from which the involution to form the duct of
Miiller (z) takes place. a. thickened portion of the germinal
epithelium in which the primitive ova C and o are lying.
E£. modified mesoblast which will form the stroma of the
ovary. WAX. Wolffian body. y. Wolffian duct.

its course its growing point lies in a bay formed by the
outer wall of the Wolffian duct, but does not become
definitely attached to that duct. It seems however
possible that, although not actually split off from the

218 THE FOURTH DAY. [CHAP.

Bra. 72.

Two SECTIONS SHEWING THE JUNCTION OF THE TERMINAL
SoLtip PorTION OF THE MULLERIAN DvUcT WITH THE
Wo.uFFIAn Duct.

In A the terminal portion of the duct is quite distinct; in B
it has united with the walls of the Wolffian duct.
md. Miillerian duct. Wad. Wolffian duct.

walls of the Wolffian duct, it may grow backwards from
cells derived from that duct.

The Miillerian duct finally reaches the cloaca though
it does not in the female for a long time open into it,
and in the male never does so.

The anterior part of the commencing Miillerian duct with its

three openings into the body-cavity is probably homologous with
the head kidney or pronephros of the Ichthyopsida.

Permanent kidney or metanephros. Between the
80th and 100th hour of incubation, the permanent kid-
neys begin to make their appearance, and as is the case
with the Wolffian bodies, the first portion of them to
appear is their duct. Near its posterior extremity the
Wolffian duct becomes expanded, and from the expand-
ed portion a diverticulum is constricted off which in a

| VILJ THE PERMANENT KIDNEY. 219

transverse section lies dorsal to the original duct, and
the blind end of which points forwards, that is, towards
_ the head of the chick. This is the duct of the perma-
, nent kidney or ureter. At first the ureter and the
_ Wolffian duct open by a common trunk into the cloaca,
but this state of things lasts for a short time only, and
by the sixth day the two ducts have independent open-
ings.
| The ureter thus beginning as an outgrowth from
| the Wolffian duct grows forwards, and extends along
| the outer side of a mass of mesoblastic tissue which
| lies mainly behind, but somewhat overlaps the dorsal
aspect of, the Wolffian body.

This mass of mesoblastic cells may be called the
| metanephric blastema. It is derived from the interme-
| diate cell-mass of the region reaching from about the
| thirty-first to the thirty-fourth somite. It is at first
continuous with, and indistinguishable in structure
| from, the portion of the intermediate cell-mass of the
region immediately in front of it, which breaks up into
| Wolffian tubules. The metanephric blastema remains
| however quite passive during the formation of the
Wolffian tubules in the adjoining blastema; and on the
formation of the ureter breaks off from the Wolffian
body in front, and, growing forwards and dorsalwards,
| becomes connected with the inner side of the ureter
in the position just described.
| In the subsequent development of the kidney col-
| lecting tubes grow out from the ureter, and become
| continuous with masses of cells of the metanephric
| blastema, which then differentiate themselves into the

kidney tubules.

220 THE FOURTH DAY. [CHAP,

The formation of the kidneys takes place before the
end of the seventh day, but they do not become of func- _
tional importance till considerably later.

From their mode of development it clearly follows
that the permanent kidneys are merely parts of the
same system as the Wolffian bodies, and that their se-
paration from these is an occurrence of a purely secund-
ary importance.

The generative ridge. Before describing the sub-
sequent fate of the Wolffian and Miillerian ducts, it will -
be necessary to give an account of the formation of the |
true sexual glands, the ovaries and testes.

At the first appearance of the projection from the in-
termediate cell-mass, which we may now call the genital
ridge, a columnar character is not only visible in the
layer of cells covering the nascent ridge itself along its
whole length, but may also be traced for some little dis-
tance outwards on either side of the ridge in the cells
lining the most median portions of both somatopleure and _
splanchnopleure. Passing outwards along these layers,
the columnar cells gradually give place to a flat tesse-
lated epithelium. As the ridge continues to increase
and project, the columnar character becomes more and
more restricted to cells covering the ridge itself, over |
which at the same time it becomes more distinct. On
the outer side of the ridge, that is on the side which
looks towards the somatopleure, the epithelium under-
goes, as we have seen, an involution to form the com-
mencement of the duct of Miiller, and for some little
time retains in the immediate neighbourhood of that
duct its columnar character (Fig. 71, a’), though even-_
tually losing it.

VII] THE SEXUAL EMINENCE. 221

The median portion of the ridge is occupied by the

projection of the Wolffian body, and here the epithelium
rapidly becomes flattened.
On the inside of the ridge however, that is on the side
looking towards the splanchnopleure, the epithelium not
only retains its columnar character, but grows several
cells deep (Fig. 71, a), while at the same time the meso-
blast (#) underlying it becomes thickened. In this
way, owing partly to the increasing thickness of the
epithelium, and partly to the accumulation of mesoblast
beneath it, a slight emmence is formed, which when
viewed from below, after opening the abdominal cavity,
appears in direct light as a fusiform white patch or
streak, in its early stages extending along the whole
length of the Wolffian body and genital ridge, but sub-
sequently restricted to its anterior portion. Its appear-
ance under these circumstances has been well described
by Von Baer.

This ‘sexual eminence’ is present in the early stages
of both sexes. In both the epithelium consists of several
layers of short cylindrical cells, a few of which are con-
spicuous on account of their size and their possessing a
highly refractive oval nucleus of considerable bulk; in
both, the underlying thickened mesoblast consists—as
indeed at this epoch it does generally in all parts of the
body—of spindle-shaped cells.

The larger conspicuous cells of the epithelium
which appear to have quite a common origin with their
fellow cells and to arise from them by direct differen-
tiation, and which are seen at the first in male as
well as female embryos, are the primordial ova or pri-
mitive germinal cells (Fig. 71,0). Thus in quite early

222 THE FOURTH DAY. [CHAP,

stages it is impossible to detect the one sex from the
other.

The ovary. In the female the primordial ova en-
large and become more numerous, the whole epithelium
growing thicker and more prominent, and the spindle-
shaped cells of the underlying mesoblast also increase
rapidly and thus form the stroma of the ovary. The
primordial ova after undergoing some further changes,
into which it is not within the scope of this work to
enter, become surrounded by a number of the ordinary
epithelium cells. These form a distinct layer, the folli-
cular epithelium, round the ovum. After a time there
appear numerous vascular ingrowths from the stroma,
which penetrate through all parts of the germinal epi-—
thelium and break it up into a sponge-like structure
formed of trabeculz of germinal epithelium interpene-
trated by vascular strands of stroma. The trabecule
of the germinal epithelium form the egg-tubes of
Pfliiger.

In this way each ovum becomes invested by a cap-
sule of vascular connective tissue lined internally by
a layer of epithelium; the whole constituting a Graafian
follicle.

The large nucleus of the primordial ovum becomes
the germinal vesicle, while the ovum itself remains as
the true ovum; this subsequently becomes enlarged by
the addition of a quantity of yolk derived from a differ-
entiation of its protoplasm.

The testis. ‘The first traces of the testes are found
in the dorsal and inner side of the intermediate cell-
mass, and appear about the sixth day. From the first
they differ from the rudimentary ovaries, by coming into

| VII. ] THE TESTIS. 223

somewhat close connection with the Wolffian bodies;
but occupy about the same limits from before back-
wards. The mesoblast in the position we have men-
tioned begins to become somewhat modified, and by
the eighth day the testis is divided by septa of connec-
tive tissue into a number of groups of cells; which are
the commencing tubuli seminiferi. By the sixteenth
day the cells of the tubuli have become larger and
acquired a distinctly epithelial character.

The history of the primordial cells in the male has
not been so thoroughly worked out as in the female.
The spermatozoa appear to arise by the division of
the primitive ova (present, as we have stated, in the
early stages of both sexes), which probably migrate
into the adjacent stroma, accompanied by some of the
indifferent epithelial cells. Here the primitive germi-
nal cells increase in number and give rise to the cells
lining the secretory tubules of the testes.

Outgrowths from the Malpighian bodies of the
Wolffian body appear to be developed, which extend
into the testis and come into connection with the true
seminiferous stroma.

It is evident from the above account that the male
and female generative products are homodynamous,
but the consideration of the development of the pro-
ducts in the two sexes shows that a single spermatozoon
is not equivalent to an ovum, but rather that the whole
of the spermatozoa derived from a primordial ovum are
together equivalent to one ovum.

We have now described the origin of all the parts
which form the urinary and sexual systems, both of the
embryo and adult. It merely remains to speak briefly

224 THE FOURTH DAY. [CHAP.

of the changes, which on the attainment of the adult
condition take place in the parts described.

The Wolffian body, according to Waldeyer, may be
said to consist of a sexual and urinary part, which can,
he states, be easily distinguished in the just-hatched
chick. The sexual part becomes in the cock the after-
testes or coni vasculosi, and consists of tubules which
lose themselves in the seminiferous tubules. In the
hen it forms part of the epoophoron’ of Waldeyer, and
is composed of well-developed tubes without pigment.
The urinary part forms in both sexes a small rudiment,
consisting of blindly ending tubes with yellow pigment ;
it is most conspicuous in the hen. This rudiment
has been called by ‘Valdeyer parepididymis in the male’
and paroophoron in the female.

The Wolffian duct remains as the vas deferens in °

the male. In the female it becomes atrophied and
nearly disappears.

The duct of Miiller on the right side (that on the
left side with the corresponding ovary generally dis-
appearing) remains in the female as the oviduct. In
the male it is almost entirely obliterated on both
sides.

Vascular system. We may return to the changes
which are taking place in the circulation.

On the fourth day, the point at which the dorsal

aorta divides into two branches is carried much further —

back towards the tail.
A short way beyond the point of bifurcation, each
vessel gives off a branch to the newly-formed allantois.

1 This is also called parovarium (His), and Rosenmiiller’s organ.

q

)
|

VII. | THE ARTERIAL ARCHES. 225

It is not, however, till the second half of the fourth day,
when the allantois grows rapidly, that these allantove,
or, as they are sometimes called, umbilical, arteries
acquire any importance, if indeed they are present
before.

The vitelline arteries are before the end of the day
given off from the undivided aortic trunk as a single
but quickly bifurcating vessel, the left of the two
branches into which it divides being much larger than
the right.

During this day, the arterial arch running in the
first visceral fold becomes obliterated, the obliteration
being accompanied by the appearance of a new (fourth)
arch running in the fourth vise al fold on either
side.

The second pair of arterial arches also becomes
nearly (if not entirely) obliterated; but a new pair of
arches is developed in the last (fifth) visceral fold,
behind the last visceral cleft; so that there are still
three pairs of arterial arches, which however now run
in the third, fourth and fifth visceral folds, the last of
these being as yet small. If we reckon in the slight
remains of the second pair of arches we may consider
that there are in all four pairs of arches. When the
first and second arches are obliterated, it is only the
central portion of each arch on either side which abso-
lutely disappears. The ventral portion connected with
the bulbus arteriosus, and the dorsal portion which
joins the dorsal aorta, both remain, and are both carried
straight forward towards the head. The ventral por-
tions of both first and second arches unite on each side
to form a branch, the external carotid (Fig. 73, Z.C.A.),

F. & B. 15

226 THE FOURTH DAY. [CHAP.

which runs straight up from the bulbus arteriosus to
the head.

Sratt oF ARTERIAL CIRCULATION ON THE FIFTH OR SIXTH

Day.

E.C.A, external carotid. J.C.A. internal carotid. D.A. dorsal
aorta. Of.A. vitelline artery. U-.A. allantoic arteries.

In the same way the dorsal portions form a branch,
the internal carotid, which takes its origin from the
dorsal or far end of the third arch.

In the venous system important changes also occur.

As the liver in the course of its formation wraps
round the common trunk of the vitelline veins, or
meatus venosus, it may be said to divide that vessel
into two parts: into a part nearer the heart which is
called the sinus venosus (Fig. 74, S.V.), and into a part
surrounded by the liver which is called the ductus
venosus. Beyond, 7.e. behind the liver, the ductus veno-
sus is directly continuous with the vitelline veins, or, as
we may now say, vein, for the right trunk has become
so small as to appear a mere branch of the left (Fig.

74, Of).

|
|

he

vil. ] THE VEINS OF THE LIVER. 227

Fic. 74.

7 Hf
|

Hii tiitul
AD

DIAGRAM OF THE VENOUS CIRCULATION AT THE COMMENCE-
MENT OF THE FirtH Day.

Hi. heart. d.c. ductus Cuvieri. Into the ductus Cuvieri of each
side fall J. the jugular vein or superior cardinal vein,
W. the vein from the wing, and e. the inferior cardinal vein.
S.V. sinus venosus. Of. vitelline vein. JU. allantoic vein,
which at this stage gives off branches to the body-walls.
V.CLI, vena cava inferior. J. liver.

The hepatic circulation, which was commenced on
the third day, becomes completely established. Those
branches which come off from the ductus venosus soon
after its entrance between the liver lobes carry blood
into the substance of the liver and are called vene
advehentes, while those which join the ductus venosus
shortly before it leaves the liver (¢.e. nearer the heart)
carry blood away from the hepatic substance into the
ductus and are called venw revehentes. As a result of
this arrangement there is a choice of paths for the
blood in passing from the vitelline vein to the sinus
venosus; it may pass through the capillary net-work
of the liver, gommg in by the vene advehentes and

15—2

228 THE FOURTH DAY, [CHAP. |

coming back again by the venz revehentes, or it may
go straight through the ductus venosus without passing
at all into the substance of the liver.

As the alimentary canal by its continued closing in
becomes on the fourth day more and more distinct from
the yolk-sac, it gradually acquires veins of its own, the
mesenteric veins, which first appear as small branches
of the vitelline vem, though eventually, owing to the
change in the relative size and importance of the yolk- —
sac and intestine, the latter seems to be a branch of
one of the former.

Corresponding to the increase in the size of the
head, the superior cardinal veins (Fig. 74, J.) become
larger and more important and are joined by the wing”
veins (W.). As before, they form the ductus Cuvieri
(d.c.) by joing with the inferior cardinal veins (c.).

The latter are now largely developed, they seem to
take origin from the Wolftian bodies, and their size and
importance is in direct proportion to the prominence of
these bodies. They might be called the veins of the
Wolffian bodies.

As the kidneys begin to be formed a new single
median vein makes its appearance, running from them
forwards, beneath the vertebral column, to fall into the
sinus venosus (Fig. 74, V.C.Z). This is the vena cava
unfervor.

As the lungs are being formed the pulmonary veins
also make their appearance and become connected with
the left side of the auricular division of the heart. |

The blood carried to the allantois by the allantoic
arteries is brought back by two veins, which very soon
after their appearance unite, close to the allantois, into

| vit.] THE HEART. 229

a single trunk, the allantoic vein, which, running along
the splanchnopleure, falls into the vitelline vein (Fig.
e714, U).

Meanwhile the heart is undergoing considerable
changes. Though the whole organ still exhibits a
marked curvature to the right, the ventricular portion
becomes directed more distinctly ventralwards, forming
a blunted cone whose apex will eventually become the
apex of the adult heart. |

The concave (or dorsal) walls of the ventricles be-
come much thicker, as did the convex or ventral walls
on the third day.

Well-marked constrictions now separate the ven-
tricles from the bulbus arteriosus on the one hand, and
from the auricles on the other. The latter constriction
is very distinct, and receives the name of canalis auri-
cularis (Fig. 75, C_A.); the former, sometimes called
the fretum Halleri, is far less conspicuous.

Fig. 75.

Heart oF A CHICK ON THE FourtH Day oF INCUBATION
VIEWED FROM THE VENTRAL SURFACE.

d.a. left auricular appendage. (C.A. canalis auricularis. ¥v. ven-
tricle. 6. bulbus arteriosus.

230 THE FOURTH DAY. [CHAP,

The most important event is perhaps the formation
of the ventricular septum. This, which commenced on
the third day as a crescentric ridge or fold springing
from the convex or ventral side of the rounded ven-
tricular portion of the heart, now grows rapidly across
the ventricular cavity towards the concave or dorsal
side. It thus forms an incomplete longitudinal par-
tition, extending from the canalis auricularis to the
commencement of the bulbus arteriosus, and dividing
the twisted ventricular tube into two somewhat curved
canals, one more to the left and above, the other to the
right and below. These communicate freely with each
other, above the free edge of the partition, along its
whole length.

Externally the ventricular portion as yet shews no —
sign of the division into two parts.

The bulbus arteriosus (Fig. 75, 6.) has increased in
size, and is now very conspicuous.

The venous end of the heart is placed still more
dorsal, and to the left of the arterial end; its walls are
beginning to become thicker.

The auricles are nearly if not quite as far forward
as the ventricles, and the auricular appendages (Fig.
75, l.a.), which were visible even on the third day, are
exceedingly prominent, giving a strongly marked ex-
ternal appearance of a division of the auricular portion
of the heart into two chambers; but Von Baer was
unable to detect at this date any internal auricular
septum.

The chief events then of the fourth day are :—

(1) The increase of the cranial and body flexure.

Vit. ] SUMMARY. 231

(2) The increase in the tail-fold.

(3) The formation of the limbs as local thickenings
of the Wolffian ridge.

(4) The formation of the olfactory grooves.

(5) The absorption of the partition between the
mouth and the throat.

(6) The vacuolation of the cells of the notochord.

(7) The formation of the ureter.

(8) The formation of the duct of Miiller.

(9) The appearance of the primitive ova in the
germinal epithelium.

(10) The development of a fifth pair of arterial
arches, and the obliteration of the first, and partial
obliteration of the second pair.

(11) The development of the ‘canalis auricularis,
the growth of the septum of the ventricles and of the
auricular appendages.

CHAPTER VIII.

THE CHANGES WHICH TAKE PLACE ON THE FIFTH
DAY.

ON opening an egg about the middle of the fifth

day, the observer's attention is not arrested by any new ~

features ; but he notices that the progress of develop-
ment, which was so rapid during the later half of
the fourth day, is being continued with undiminished
vigour.

The allantois, which on the fourth day began to
project from the pleuroperitoneal cavity, has grown very
rapidly, and now stretches away from the somatic stalk
far over the right side of the embryo (which it will be
remembered is lying on its left side) in the cavity
between the two amniotic folds (Fig. 9, A). It is
very vascular, and already serves as the chief organ of
respiration.

The blastoderm has spread over the whole of the
yolk-sac, and the yolk is thus completely enclosed in
a bag whose walls however are excessively delicate and
easily torn. ‘The vascular area extends over about two-
thirds of the yolk.

The splanchnic stalk or vitelline duct has now
reached its greatest narrowness; it has become a solid

| CHAP. VIII. | THE LIMBS. 233

cord, and will undergo no further change till near the
time of hatching. The space between it and the so-
matic stalk is still considerable, though the latter is
narrower than it was on the fourth day.

The embryo remains excessively curved, so much
so indeed that the head and the tail are nearly in
contact.

The limbs have increased, especially in length; in
each a distinction is now apparent between the more
cylindrical stalk and the flattened terminal expansion ;
and the cartilaginous precursors of the several bones
have already become visible.

The fore and hind limbs are still exceedingly alike,
and in both the stalk is already beginning to be bent
about its middle to form the elbow and knee respec-
tively.

The angles of both knee and elbow are in the first ©
instance alike directed outwards and somewhat. back-
wards. By the eighth day, however, the elbow has
come to look directly backwards and the knee forwards.
In consequence of this change, the digits of the fore
limb point directly forwards, those of the hind limb
directly backwards. This state of things is altered by
a subsequent rotation of the hand and foot on the arm
and leg, so that by the tenth day the toes are directed
straight forwards, and the digits of the wing backwards
and somewhat ventralwards, the elbow and knee almost
touching each other.

While these changes are taking place the differences
between wing and foot become more and more distinct.
The cartilages of the digits appear on the fifth day as
streaks in the broad flat terminal expansions, from the

234 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHAP.

even curved edge of which they do not project. On the
sixth or seventh day the three digits of the wing (the
median being the longest) and the four (or in some
fowls five) digits of the foot may be distinguished, and
on the eighth or ninth day these begin to project from —
the edge of the expanded foot and wing, the substance
of which, thin and more or less transparent, remains for
some time as a kind of web between them. By the
tenth day the fore and hind extremities, save for the
absence of feathers and nails, are already veritable
wings and feet.

Within the mesoblast of the limbs a continuous
blastema becomes formed, which constitutes the first —
trace of the skeleton of the limb. The corresponding
elements of the two limbs, viz. the humerus and femur,
radius and tibia, ulna and fibula, carpal and_ tarsal
bones, metacarpals and metatarsals, and phalanges, be-
come differentiated within this, by the conversion of defi-
nite regions into cartilage, which probably are at first
united. These cartilaginous elements subsequently ossify.

The pectoral girdle. The scapulo-coracoid elements of the
shoulder girdle are formed as a pair of cartilaginous plates,
one on each side of the body. The dorsal half of each plate —
ossifies as the scapula, the ventral as the coracoid. The clavicles
are probably membrane bones.

The pelvic girdle is derived from a pair of cartilaginous
plates, one on each side. Each of them is developed in con-
tinuity with,the femur of its side. The dorsal half of each plate
ossifies as the illum; the ventral half becomes prolonged into |
two processes, the anterior of which ossifies as the pubis, the
posterior at the ischium.

Ribs and sternum. The ribs appear to arise as
cartilaginous bars in the connective tissue of the body

VIL] THE CRANIUM. 235

| walls. They are placed opposite the intervals between
| the muscle-plates, and are developed independently of
| the vertebre, with the transverse processes of which
they subsequently become closely united by fibrous
| tissue.

The sternum appears to be formed from the fusion
_ of the ventral extremities of a certain number of the
| ribs. The extremities of the ribs unite with each other
_ from before backwards, and thus give rise to two car-
| tilaginous bands. These bands become segmented off
| from the ribs with which they are at first continuous,
| and subsequently fuse in the median ventral line to
form the unpaired sternum.

The skull. Two distinct sets of elements enter into
| the composition of the avian skull. These are (1) the
cranium proper, (2) the skeleton of the visceral arches.

The cranium. As we mentioned in the last chap-
| ter, the formation of the primitive cranium commenced
| upon the fourth day. This primitive cranium, in its
| earliest stage, masmuch as it is composed of condensed
| but otherwise only slightly differentiated mesoblast, may
| be spoken of as the membranous cranium. On the sixth
| day true hyaline cartilage makes its appearance as a
| differentiation within the membranous cranium. The
| cartilaginous cranium is composed of the following parts.
| (1) A pair of cartilaginous plates placed on each
| side of the cephalic section of the notochord, and known
| as the parachordals (Fig. 76,7.). These plates, together
| with the notochord (nc.) enclosed between them, form a
| floor for the hind- and mid-brain. The continuous plate,
| formed by them and the notochord, is known as the
basilar plate.

236 THE FIFTH DAY. [ CHAP.

Fic. 76.

VIEW FROM ABOVE OF THE PARACHORDALS AND OF THE TRABE-
CUL& ON THE Firra Day or IncuBaTION. (From Parker.)

In order to shew this the whole of the upper portion of the
head has been sliced away. The cartilaginous portions of the
skull are marked with the dark horizontal shading.

cv. 1. cerebral vesicles (sliced off). e. eye. me. notochord.
wv. parachordal. 9. foramen for the exit of the ninth nerve.
el. cochlea. h.s.c. horizontal semi-circular canal. g. quad-
rate. 5. notch for the passage of the fifth nerve. J/g. ex-
panded anterior end of the parachordals. pé.s. pituitary
space. ¢r.trabecule. The reference line ér has accidentally
been made to end a little short of the cartilage.

(2) <A pair of bars forming the floor for the fore-
brain, and known as the trabecule (tr.). These bars are
continued forward from the parachordals, with which, in
the chick, they are from the first continuous. United

| viu.] THE PARACHORDALS. 231

| behind where they embrace the front end of the noto-
| chord, they diverge anteriorly for some little distance and
| then bend in again in such a way as to enclose a space
| —the pituitary space. In front of this space they again
| unite and extend forwards into the nasal region.

| (8) The cartilaginous capsules of the sense organs.
| Of these the auditory and olfactory capsules unite more
| or less intimately with the cranial walls, while the optic
capsules, forming the sclerotics, remain distinct.

| The parachordals and notochord. ‘The first of
| these sets of elements, viz. the parachordals and noto-
chord, forming together the basilar plate, is an unseg-
mented continuation of the axial tissue of the vertebral
column. It forms the floor for that section of the brain
which belongs to the primitive postoral part of the
_ head, and its extension is roughly that of the basiocci-
pital of the adult skull.

Laterally it encloses the auditory sacs (Fig. 76), the
| tissue surrounding these (forming the so-called ‘ periotic
capsules’) is in the chick never separate from the basi-
| lar plate. In front it becomes narrowed, and at the
| same time excavated so as to form a notch on each side
| (Fig. 76, 5) through which the fifth nerve passes; and
| in front of this it again becomes expanded.

In order to render our subsequent account more
intelligible, we may briefly anticipate the fate of the
basilar plate. Behind it grows upwards on both sides, and
_ the two outgrowths meet above so as completely to enclose
| the medulla oblongata, and to circumscribe a hole known
| as the ‘occipital foramen. And it is at this point only
| that the roof of the skull is at any period formed of
| cartilage.

238 THE FIFTH DAY. [ CHAP.

It will be convenient to say a few words here with reference
to the notochord in the head. It always extends along the floor
of the mid- and hind-brains, but ends immediately behind the
infundibulum. The front end of the notochord becomes more or —
less ventrally flexed in correspondence with the cranial flexure ;
its anterior end being in some animals (Elasmobranchii) almost
bent backwards (Fig. 77).

Kie. 77.

LONGITUDINAL SECTION THROUGH THE HEAD OF A YOUNG
PRIstIuRUS EMBRYO.

cer. commencement of the cerebral hemisphere. pn. pineal gland.
Jn. infundibulum. pt. ingrowth from mouth to form the
pituitary body. mb. mid-brain. cb. cerebellum. ch. noto-
chord. al. alimentary tract. Jaa. artery of mandibular
arch.

K6lliker has shewn that in the Rabbit, and a more or less —
similar phenomenon may also be observed in Birds, the anterior
end of the notochord is united to the hypoblast of the throat in
immediate contiguity with the opening of the pituitary body ;
but it is not clear whether this is to be looked upon as the
remnant of a primitive attachment of the notochord to the hypo-
blast, or as a secondary attachment.

Within the basilar plate the notochord often exhibits two or
more dilatations, which have been regarded by Parker and ~
Kolliker as indicative of a segmentation of this plate ; but they
hardly appear to be capable of this interpretation.

VIII. | THE TRABECULZ. 239

The trabecule. The trabecule, so far as their
mere anatomical relations are concerned, play the same
part in forming the floor for the front cerebral vesicle
s the parachordals for the mid- and hind-brains. They
differ however from the parachordals in one important
feature, viz. that, except at their hmder end, they do
aot embrace between them the notochord.

| The notochord constitutes, as we have seen, the
primitive axial skeleton of the body, and its absence in
the greater part of the region of the trabecule would
probably seem to indicate, as pointed out by Gegen-
baur, that these parts, in spite of their similarity to
the parachordals, have not the same morphological
significance.

While this distinction between the parachordals and the
trabecule must be admitted, there seems to be no reason against
upposing that the trabeculae may be plates developed to support
he floor of the fore-brain, for the same physiological reasons
hat the parachordals have become formed at the sides of the
notochord to support the floor of the hind-brain. By some
anatomists the trabecule have been held to be a pair of branchial
bars ; but this view has now been generally given up. They
have also been regarded as equivalent to a complete pair of
neural arches enveloping the front end of the brain. The primi-
itive extension of the base of the fore-brain through the pituitary
Space is an argument, not without force, which has been appealed
to in support of this view.

In the majority of the lower forms the trabecule
arise quite independently of the parachordals, though
ithe two sets of elements soon unite; while in Birds ©
Fig. 76) and Mammals the parachordals and trabecule
are formed as a continuous whole. The junction be-

240 THE FIFTH DAY. all

tween the trabeculee and parachordals becomes marked
by a cartilaginous ridge known as the posterior clinoid.

The trabecule are somewhat lyre-shaped, meeting in
front and behind, and leaving a large pituitary space
between their middle parts (Fig. 76). Into this space
there primitively projects the whole base of the fore-brain,
but the space itself gradually becomes narrowed, till it
usually contains only the pituitary body. The carotid
arteries pass through it in the embryo; but it ceases to
be perforated in the adult. The trabeculz soon unite
together, both in front and behind, and form a complete
plate underneath the fore-brain, ending in two horns in

the interior of the fronto-nasal process. A special ver-—

tical growth of this plate in the region of the orbit

forms the interorbital plate (Fig. 78, ps.), on the upper
surface of which the front part of the brain rests. The
trabecular floor of the brain does not long remain
simple. Its sides grow vertically upwards, forming a
lateral wall for the brain, in which two regions may
be distinguished, viz. an alisphenoidal region (Fig. 78,
as.) behind, growing out from what is known as the
basisphenoidal region of the primitive trabecule, and
an orbitosphenoidal region in front growing out from
the presphenoidal region of the trabecule. These
plates form at first on each side a continuous lateral
wall of the cranium. At the front end of the
brain they are continued inwards, and more or less
completely separate the true cranial cavity from the
nasal region in front. The region of the trabeculz in
front of the brain is the ethmoidal region ; it forms the
anterior boundary of the cranial cavity. The basal part
of this region forms an internasal plate, from which an

VIIL. | THE SENSE CAPSULES. 241

internasal septum, continuous behind with the inter-
orbital septum, grows up (Fig. 78); while the lateral

Fig. 78.

ax .
nk

SIDE VIEW OF THE CARTILAGINOUS CRANIUM OF A FOWL ON THE
SEVENTH DAY OF INCUBATION. (After Parker.)

pn. prenasal cartilage. an. alinasal cartilage. ade. aliethmoid ;
immediately below this is the aliseptal cartilage. eth. eth-
moid. pp. pars plana. ps. presphenoid or inter-orbital.
pa. palatine. pg. pterygoid. z. optic nerve. as. alisphenoid.
g. quadrate. st. stapes. fr. fenestra rotunda. so. horizon-
tal semicircular canal. psc. posterior vertical semicircular
canal: both the anterior and the posterior semicircular
canals are seen shining through the cartilage. so. supra-
occipital. eo. exoccipital. oc. occipital condyle. ne. noto-
chord. mk. Meckel’s cartilage. ch. cerato-hyal. bh. basi-
hyal. cbr. and ebr. cerato-branchial. bdr. basibranchial.

part is known as the lateral ethmoid region, which
is always perforated for the passage of the olfactory
nerve.

The sense capsules. The most important of these
is the auditory capsule, which, as we have seen, fuses
intimately with the lateral walls of the skull. In front
there is usually a cleft separating it from the alisphe-

F. & B. 16

242 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHAP.

noid region of the skull, through which the third
division of the fifth nerve passes out. This cleft be-
comes narrowed to a small foramen. The sclerotic is
free, but profoundly modifies the region of the cranium —
near which it is placed. The nasal investment is de-
veloped in continuity, and is closely united, with the
ethmoid region.

The cartilaginous cranium, the development of
which has been thus briefly traced, persists in the
adult without even the addition of membrane bones
in certain fishes, e.g. the Elasmobranchii. In the Sela-
chioid Ganoids it is also found in the adult, but is
covered over by membrane bones. In all other types
it is invariably present in the embryo, but becomes in
the adult more or less replaced by osseous tissue.

The bones in the adult skull may be divided
roughly into two categories according to their origin.

(1) Cartilage bones, z.e. ossifications in the primi-
tive cartilagmous cranium.

(2) Membrane bones, 2.e. ossifications in membrane
without any cartilaginous precursors.

The names which have been given to the various
parts of the cartilaginous cranium in the above account
are derived from the names given to the bones appear-
ing in the respective regions in the more developed
skull.

The skeleton of the visceral arches. The visceral
arches were all originally branchial in function. They
supported the walls between successive branchial clefts.

The first arch (mandibular) has in all living forms
lost its branchial function, and its bar has become con-
verted into a supporting skeleton for the jaws.

VII. THE MANDIBULAR ARCH. 243

The second arch (hyoid), with its contained bar,
though retaining in some forms (Elasmobranchii) its

branchial function, has in most acquired additional
functions, and has undergone in consequence various

peculiar modifications.

The succeeding arches and their contained bars
retain their branchial function in Pisces and some
Amphibia, but are secondarily modified and largely
aborted in the abranchiate forms.

The ordinary visceral arches in the chick are, as we
have seen, sufficiently obvious, while as yet their meso-
blast is quite undifferentiated ; but in the three ante-
rior of them rods of cartilage are subsequently deve-
loped and begin to make their appearance about the
fifth day.

The first arch (mandibular), it will be remembered,
budded off a process called the superior maxillary pro-
cess. The whole arch, therefore, comes to consist of
two parts, viz. a superior and an inferior maxillary pro-
cess; it is in the latter of these that the cartilaginous rod
on each side is developed. The membranous tissue in the
superior maxillary process is called, from its subsequent
fate, the pterygo-palatine bar, and is in the chick ossified
directly without the intervention of cartilage. In the
inferior maxillary process two developments of cartilage
take place, a proximal and a distal. The proximal
cartilage is situated (Figs. 76 and 79, gq.) at the side
of the periotic capsule, but is not united with it. It is
known as the quadrate, and in the early stage is merely
a small knob of cartilage. The quadrate cartilage os-

}sifies as the quadrate bone, and supplies the permanent

articulation for the lower jaw. The distal rod is called
16—2

244 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHapP,

Meckel’s cartilage (Fig. 79, mk.); it soon becomes
covered by investing (membrane) bones which form
the mandible; and its proximal end ossifies as the
articulare.

lane, (7s)

VIEW FROM BELOW OF THE PAIRED APPENDAGES OF THE SKULL
oF A Fowt on THE FirrH Day oF IncuBation. (From
Parker.)

cv. 1. cerebral vesicles. e. eye. fn. fronto-nasal process. 2. nasal
pit. ¢r. trabecule. pts. pituitary space. mr. superior
maxillary process. pg. pterygoid. pa. palatine. g. quad-
rate. mk. Meckel’s cartilage. ch. cerato-hyal. bh. basi-
hyal. cbr. ceratobranchial. ebr. proximal portion of the —
cartilage in the third visceral arch. 6dr. basikranchial.
1. first visceral cleft. 2. second visceral cleft. 3. third vis-
ceral arch.

In the next arch, usually called the second visceral
or hyoid arch, there is a very small development of —
cartilage. This consists of a central azygos piece, the —

VIII. | THE COLUMELLA. 245

| ‘basi-hyal’ (Fig. 79, bh.), and two rods, one on each
| side, the ‘ cerato-hyals’ (Fig. 79, ch.).

| In the third arch, which corresponds with the first
| branchial arch of the Ichthyopsida, there is on each
| side a large distal cartilaginous rod (Fig. 79, cbr.), the
' “cerato-branchial, and a smaller proximal piece (Fig.
| 79, ebr.); between the two arches lies an undefined
| mass (Fig. 79, bbr), the ‘basibranchial” In the arches
behind this one there is in the bird no development of
| cartilage.

The lower part of the hyoid arch, including the
basi-hyal, unites with the remnants of the arch behind
| to form the hyoid bone of the adult.
| The fenestra ovalis and fenestra rotunda appear
| on the seventh day as spaces in the side walls of the
periotic cartilage. The former is filled up by a small
| piece of cartilage, the stapes (Fig. 78, st.), which in the
| adult forms part of the columella (see pp. 166, 167).

The columella is believed by Huxley and Parker to represent
| the independently developed dorsal element of the hyoid, together
| with the stapes with which it has become united.

| For further details of the development of the skull

| we must refer the student to Professor Parker’s Memoir
; upon the Development of the Skull of the Common
Fowl (Gallus domesticus), Phil. Trans., 1866, Vol. CLVL,

| pt. 1, and to the chapter on the Bird’s skull in the

| Morphology of the Skull, by Professor Parker and
| Mr Bettany.

We shall conclude this account by giving a table of
| those bones which are preformed in cartilage, and of the

| purely splint or membrane bones,

246 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHAP.

Parts of the bird's skull which are either preformed —
m cartilage or remain cartilaginous.

Formed from the parachordal cartilages and their
upgrowths around the foramen magnum.—Supraocci-
pital. Exoccipital. Basioccipital.

Formed in the periotic cartilage—Epiotic. Prootic.
Opisthotic.

Formed from the trabecule and their upgrowths.
—Alisphenoid. Basisphenoid. Orbitosphenoid. Pre-
sphenoid. Ethmoid. Septum nasi, turbinals, prenasal —
and nasal cartilages.

Articulare and quadrate belonging to the first
visceral arch. Skeleton of the second and third visceral
arches and stapes.

Splint-bones not preformed in cartilage.

Parietals. Squamosals. Frontals. _Lacrymals.
Nasals. Premaxille. Maxille. Maxillo-palatines.
Vomer. Jugals. Quadrato-jugals. Dentary and
bones of mandible. Basi-temporal and rostrum, Ptery-
goid and palatine (superior maxillary process).

The face. Closely connected with the development —
of the skull is the formation of the parts of the face.

After the appearance of the nasal grooves on the
fourth day the mouth (Fig. 80, 17.) appears as a deep
depression inclosed by five processes. Its lower border
is entirely formed by the two inferior maxillary pro-
cesses (Fig. 80, F.1), at its sides lie the two superior
maxillary processes S. M., while above it is bounded by
the fronto-nasal process nf.

VIU.] THE FRONTO-NASAL PROCESS. 24:7

Fie. 80.

A. Heap or Empryo Cuick oF THE FourTH Day VIEWED FROM
BELOW AS AN OPAQUE OBJECT. (Chromic acid preparation.)
C.H. cerebral hemispheres. /'B. vesicle of the third ventricle.

Op. eyeball. mf. naso-frontal process. I. cavity of mouth.
S.M. superior maxillary process of /. 1, the first visceral
fold (mandibular arch), /. 2, /. 3, second and third

visceral folds. V. nasal pit.

In order to gain the view here given the neck was cut across
between the third and fourth visceral folds. In the section e
thus made, are seen the alimentary canal al with its collapsed
walls, the neural canal m.c., the notochord ch., the dorsal aorta
AO., and the jugular veins V,

B. The same seen sideways, to shew the visceral folds.
Letters as before.

After a while the outer angles of the fronto-nasal
process, enclosing the expanded termination of the
trabecule, project somewhat outwards on each side,
giving the end of the process a rather bilobed appear-
ance. These projecting portions of the fronto-nasal pro-
cess form on each side the inner margins of the rapidly

248 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHAP.

deepening nasal grooves, and are sometimes spoken of
as the inner nasal processes. The outer margin of each
nasal groove is raised up into a projection frequently
spoken of as the outer nasal process, which runs down-
wards to join the superior maxillary process, from which
however it is separated by a shallow depression. This
depression, which runs nearly horizontally outwards
towards the eyeball, is known as the lacrymal groove
(see p. 155).

On the fifth day the inner nasal processes, or lower
and outer corners of the fronto-nasal process, arching
over, unite on each side with the superior maxillary
processes. (Compare Fig. 81, which, however, is a view
of the head of a chick of the sixth day.) In this way
each nasal groove is converted into a canal, which leads

Fic. 81.
qn

Q
=
-—=\

a wl

ae

HEAD OF A CHICK AT THE SrixtH Day FROM BELOW. (From
Huxley.)

Ja. cerebral vesicles. a. eye, in which the remains of the choroid

slit can still be seen. g. nasal pits. 4. fronto-nasal process.

l, superior maxillary process. 1. inferior maxillary process

VIL] THE MOUTH. 249

or first visceral arch. 2. second visceral arch. z. first vis-
ceral cleft between the first and second visceral arches.

The cavity of the mouth is seen enclosed by the fronto-nasal
process, the superior maxillary processes and the first pair of
visceral arches. At the back of it is seen the opening leading
into the throat. The nasal grooves leading from the nasal pits
| to the mouth are already closed over and converted into canals.

| from the nasal pit above, into the cavity of the mouth
below, and places the two in direct communication.
This canal, whose lining consists of epiblast, is the
!rudiment of the nasal labyrinth.

| By the seventh day (Fig. 82), not only is the union
fof the superior maxillary and fronto-nasal processes
completed, and the upper boundary of the mouth thus
|definitely constituted, but these parts begin to grow
jrapidly forward, thus deepening the mouth and giving
jrise to the appearance of a nose or beak (Fig. 82),
which, though yet blunt, is still distinct. The whole of
\the lower boundary of the buccal cavity is formed by
|the inferior maxillary processes.

As we have before mentioned (p. 240), cartilage suc-
» ceeded by bone is developed in the fronto-nasal process ;
the pterygo-palatine osseous bar (membranous ossifica-
tion) in the superior maxillary process; Meckel’s cartilage
‘the main part of which atrophies, the proximal end only
ossifying as the articulare, and the quadrate succeeded
‘by bone in the inferior maxillary process; the other
bones which form the boundaries of the mouth in the
adult are developed later after all external trace of these
|parts as separate processes has disappeared.

At first the mouth is a simple cavity into which the
jnasal canals open directly. When however the various

250 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHAP. ©

Fic. 82.

12

jwil Ml

| TET \\
1 BN\\\\

Heap oF A CHICK OF THE SEVENTH Day FROM BELOW. (From —
Huxley.)

Ia. cerebral vesicles. a. eye. g. nasal pits. 4&. fronto-nasal
process. J. superior maxillary process. 1. first visceral
arch. 2. second visceral arch. w. first visceral cleft.

The external opening of the mouth has become much con- —
stricted, but it is still enclosed by the fronto-nasal process and
superior maxillary processes above, and by the inferior maxillary
processes (first pair of visceral arches) below.

The superior maxillary processes have united with the fronto-
nasal process, along the whole length of the latter, with the
exception of a small space in front, where a narrow angular
opening is left between the two.

processes unite together to form the upper boundary of
the mouth, each superior maxillary process sends in-
wards a lateral bud. These buds become flattened and _
form horizontal plates which stretch more and more
inward towards the middle line. ‘There they finally
meet, and by their union, which is effected first m front
and thence extends backwards, constitute a horizontal

VIII. | THE SPINAL CORD. 251

plate stretching right across the mouth and dividing
it into two cavities—an upper and a lower one.

In the front part of the mouth their union is quite
complete, so that here there is no communication between
the two cavities. Behind, however, the partition is not
a complete one, so that the two divisions of the buccal
cavity communicate at the back of the mouth. The
external opening of the mouth passes into the lower of
these two cavities, which may therefore be called the
mouth proper. Into the upper chamber the nasal
ducts open; it may be called the respiratory chamber,
and forms the commencement of the chamber of the
nose. In birds generally the upper nasal cavity be-
comes subsequently divided by a median partition into
two chambers, which communicate with the back of
the mouth by separate apertures, the posterior nares.
The original openings of the nasal pits remain as the
nostrils.

The spinal cord.—On this day important changes
take place in the spinal cord; and a brief history of
the development of this organ may fitly be introduced
here.

At the beginning of the third day the cavity of the
neural canal is still of considerable width, and when
examined in vertical section its sides may be seen to be
nearly parallel, though perhaps approximating to each
other more below than above.

The exact shape varies according to the region of
the body from which the section is taken.

The epiblast walls are at this time composed of
radiately arranged columnar cells. The cells are much
elongated, but somewhat irregular; and it is very

252 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHAP.

difficult in sections to make out their individual
boundaries. They contain granular oval nuclei in
which a nucleolus can almost always be seen. The
walls of the canal are both anteriorly and posteriorly
considerably thinner in the median plane than in the
middle,

Towards the end of the third day changes take
place in the shape of the cavity. In the lumbar region
its vertical section becomes more elongated, and at the
same time very narrow in the middle while expanded
at each end into a somewhat bulbous enlargement, pro-
ducing an hour-glass appearance (Fig. 65). Its walls
however still preserve the same histological characters.
as before.

On the fourth day (Fig. 68) coincidently with the
appearance of the spinal nerves, important changes
may be observed in the hitherto undifferentiated epi-
blastic walls, which result in its differentiation into (1)
the epithelium of the central canal, (2) the grey matter
of the cord, and (3) the external coating of white
matter.

The white matter is apparently the result of a
differentiation of the outermost parts of the superficial
cells of the cord into longitudinal nerve-fibres, which
remain for a long period without a medullary sheath.
These fibres appear in transverse sections as small dots.
The white matter forms a transparent investment of
the grey matter; it arises as four patches, viz. an anterior
and a posterior white column on each side, which lie on
a level with the origin of the anterior and posterior
nerve-roots. It is always, at first, a layer of extreme
tenuity, but rapidly increases in thickness in the sub-

| VII. ] THE GREY MATTER. 253

sequent stages, and extends so as gradually to cover the
whole cord (Fig. 83).

DOLE

CO

SECTION THROUGH THE SprnaL Corp oF A SEVEN Days’
CHICK.

pew. dorsal white column. Jcw. lateral white column. acw. ven-
tral white column. . dorsal tissue filling up the part where
the dorsal fissure will be formed. pe. dorsal grey cornu.
ac. anterior grey cornu. ep. epithelial cells. agc. anterior
commissure. pf. dorsal part of spinal canal. spec. ventral
part of spinal canal. af. anterior fissure.

The grey matter and the central epithelium are
formed by a differentiation of the main mass of the
walls of the medullary canal. The outer cells lose their

254 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHAP. —

epithelial-like arrangement, and, becoming prolonged
into fibres, give rise to the grey matter, while the inner-
most cells retain their primitive arrangement, and con-
stitute the epithelium of the canal. The process of
formation of the grey matter would appear to proceed
from without inwards, so that some of the cells which
have, on the formation of the grey matter, an epithelial-
like arrangement, subsequently become converted into
true nerve-cells.

The central epithelium of the nervous system pro- |
bably corresponds with the so-called epidermic layer of
the epiblast.

The grey matter soon becomes prolonged dorsally
and ventrally into the posterior and anterior horns. ‘7
fibres may especially be traced in two directions :—(1)
round the anterior end of the spinal canal, immediately —
outside its epithelium and so to the grey matter on
the opposite side, forming in this way an anterior grey
commissure, through which a decussation of the fibres
from the opposite sides is effected: (2) dorsalwards
along the outside of the lateral walls of the canal.

There is at this period (fourth day) no trace of the
ventral or dorsal fissure, and the shape of the central
canal is not very different from what it was at an earlier
period. This condition of the spinal cord is especially
instructive as it is very nearly that which is permanent
in Amphioxus.

The next event of importance is the formation of
the ventral or anterior fissure. This begins on the fifth
day and owes its origin to a downgrowth of the an-
terior horns of the cord on each side of the middle line.
The two downgrowths enclose between them a some-

Vill. ] THE POSTERIOR FISSURE. 255

what linear space—the anterior fissure—which in-
creases in depth in the succeeding stages (Fig. 83, af).
The dorsal or posterior fissure is formed at a later
period (about the seventh day) than the anterior, and
accompanies the atrophy of the dorsal section of the
embryonically large canal of the spinal cord. The exact
mode of its formation appears to be still involved im
some obscurity.

It seems probable, though further investigations on the point
are still required, that the dorsal fissure is a direct result of the
atrophy of the dorsal part of the central canal of the spinal
cord. The walls of this coalesce dorsally, and the coalescence
gradually extends inwards, so as finally to reduce the central
canal to a minute tube, formed of the ventral part of the original
canal. The epithelial wall formed by the coalesced walls on the
dorsal side of the canal is gradually absorbed.

The epithelium of the central canal, at the period when its
atrophy commences, is not covered dorsally either by grey or
white matter, so that, with the gradual reduction of the dorsal
part of the canal and the absorption of the epithelial wall formed
by the fusion of its two sides, a fissure between the two halves of
the spinal cord becomes formed. This fissure is the posterior or
dorsal fissure. In the process of its formation the white matter
of the dorsal horns becomes prolonged so as to line its walls; and
shortly after its formation the dorsal grey commissure makes its
appearance ; this is not improbably derived from part of the
epithelium of the original central canal.

Meanwhile an alteration is taking place in the ex-
ternal outline of the cord. From being, as on the
fourth and fifth days, oval in section, it becomes, chiefly
through the increase of the white matter, much more
nearly circular.

By the end of the seventh day the following im-

256 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHAP.

portant parts of the cord have been definitely es-
tablished :

(1) The anterior and posterior fissures.

(2) The anterior and posterior horns of grey
matter.

(3) The anterior, posterior and lateral columns
of white matter.

(4) The spinal canal.

As yet, however, the grey masses of the two sides of
the cord only communicate by the anterior grey com-
missure, and the white columns of opposite sides do
not communicate at all. The grey matter, moreover,
still far preponderates over the white matter in
quantity.

By the ninth day the posterior fissure is fully
formed, and the posterior grey commissure has also
appeared.

In the centre of the sacral enlargement this com-
missure is absent, and the posterior columns at a later
period separate widely and form the ‘sinus rhomboi-
dalis, which is not, as has been sometimes stated, the
remains of the primitive ‘sinus rhomboidalis’ visible
during the second day.

The anterior white columns have much increased on
this day, and now form the sides of the already deep
anterior fissure. The anterior white commissure does—
not however appear till somewhat later.

The heart. The fifth day may perhaps be taken
as marking a most important epoch in the history of
the heart. The changes which take place on that and
on the sixth day, added to those previously undergone,

VIII. THE VENTRICULAR SEPTUM. 257

transform the simple tube of the early days of in-
cubation into an almost completely formed heart.

The venous end of the heart, though still lymg
somewhat to the left and dorsal, is now placed as far
forwards as the arterial end, the whole organ appearing
to be drawn together. The ventricular septum is com-
plete.

The apex of the ventricles becomes more and more
pointed. In the auricular portion a small longitudinal
fold appears as the rudiment of the auricular septum,
while in the canalis auricularis, which is now at its
greatest length, there is also to be seen a commencing
transverse partition tending to separate the cavity of
the auricles from those of the ventricles.

About the 106th hour, a septum begins to make its
appearance in the bulbus arteriosus in the form of a
longitudinal fold, which according to Tonge (Proc.
of Royal Soc. 1868) starts, not (as Von Baer thought)
at the end of the bulbus nearest to, but at that farthest
removed from, the heart. It takes origin from the wall
of the bulbus between the fifth and fourth pairs of
arches and grows backwards in such a manner as to
divide the bulbus into two channels, one of which leads
from the heart to the fourth and third pair of arches
and the other to the fifth pair. The free edge of the
septum is somewhat V-shaped, so that its two legs as
it were project backwards towards the heart, further
than its central portion; and this shape of the free
edge is maintained during the whole period of its
growth. Its course backwards is not straight but
spiral, and thus the two channels into which it divides
the bulbus arteriosus wind spirally the one over the

F, & B. 17

258 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHAP.

other. The existence of the septum can only be as-
certained at this stage by dissection or by sections,
there being as yet no external signs of the division.

At the time when the septum is first formed, the —
opening of the bulbus arteriosus into the ventricles is —
narrow or slit-like, apparently in order to prevent the
flow of the blood back into the heart. Soon after the
appearance of the septum, however, semilunar valves
(Tonge, loc. cit.) are developed from the wall of that
portion of the bulbus which lies between the free edge
of the septum and the cavity of the ventricles.

These arise as six solid outgrowths of the wall —
arranged in pairs, a ventral, a dorsal, and an outer pair,
one valve of each pair belonging to the one and the
other to the other of the two main divisions of the
bulbus which are now being established.

The ventral and the dorsal pairs of valves are the
first to appear: the former as two small prominences
separated from each other by a narrow groove, the
latter as a single shallow ridge, in the centre of which
is a prominence indicating the point where the ridge
will subsequently become divided into two. The outer
pair of valves appear opposite each other, at a con-
siderably later period, between the ends of the other
pair of valves on each side.

As the septum grows backwards towards the heart,
it finally reaches the position of these valves. One of
its legs then passes between the two ventral valves,
and the other unites with the prominence on the dorsal
valve-ridge. At the same time the growth of all the
parts causes the valves to appear to approach the heart
and thus to be placed quite at the top of the ventricular —

| -VIIt.] THE BULBUS ARTERIOSUS. 259

cavities. The free edge of the septum of the bulbus
now fuses with the ventricular septum, and thus the
division of the bulbus into two separate channels, each
provided with three valves, and each communicating
with a separate side of the heart, is complete, the po-
‘sition of the valves not being very different from what
it is in the adult heart.

That division of the bulbus which opens into the
fifth pair of arches is the one which communicates with
the right ventricle, while that which opens into
the third and fourth pairs communicates with the left
ventricle (vide Fig. 93). The former becomes the pul-
monary artery, the latter the commencement of the
systemic aorta.

The external constriction actually dividing the bul-
bus into two vessels does not begin to appear till the
septum has extended some way back towards the heart.

The semilunar valves become pocketed at a period
considerably later than their first formation (from the
147th to the 165th hour) in the order of their ap-
pearance.

Towards the end of the fifth and in the course of the
sixth day further important changes take place in the
heart.

The venous end with its two very conspicuous au-
ricular appendages, comes to be situated more dorsal
to the arterial end, though it still turns rather towards
the left. The venous portion of the heart undergoes
on the sixth day, or even near to the end of the fifth,
such a development of the muscular fibres of its walls
that the canalis auricularis becomes almost entirely
oncealed. The point of the heart is now directed

17—2

260 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHAP.

nearly backwards (v.e. towards the tail), but also a little —
ventralwards.

An alteration takes place during the sixth day in
the relative position of the parts of the ventricular
division of the heart. The right ventricle is now turned
towards the abdominal surface, and also winds to a_
certain extent round the left ventricle. It will be
remembered that on the fourth day the right ventricle —
was placed dorsal to the left. |

The right ventricle is now also the smaller of the
two, and the constriction which divides it from the left
ventricle does not extend to the apex of the heart
(Fig. 84). It has, however, a very marked bulge to-
wards the right.

Fic. 84.

Two Views oF THE HEART OF A CHICK UPON THE FIFTH
Day oF INCUBATION.

A. from the ventral, B. from the dorsal side.

ia. left auricular appendage. r.a. right auricular appendage. —
r.v. right ventricle. /.v. left ventricle. 06. bulbus arteriosus.

At first the bulbus arteriosus appeared to come off
chiefly from the left ventricle ; during the fifth day, and
still more on the sixth, it appears to come from the

| VII] THE BULBUS ARTERIOSUS. 261

'right chamber. This is caused by the canal from the
right ventricle into the bulbus arteriosus passing to-
| wards the left, and on the ventral side, so as entirely
to conceal the origin of the canal from the left chamber
| of the heart. On the seventh day the bulbus arteriosus
| appears to come less markedly from the right side of
| the heart.
| All these changes, however, of position of the bulbus
| arteriosus only affect it externally; during the whole
| time the two chambers of the heart open respectively
| into the two divisions of the bulbus arteriosus. The
swelling of the bulbus is much less marked on the
seventh day than it was before.

At the end of the sixth day, and even on the fifth
| day (Figs. 84, 85), the appearance of the heart itself,

Fia. 85.

HEART OF A CHICK UPON THE SIXTH Day oF INCUBATION,
FROM THE VENTRAL SURFACE.

| da. left auricular appendage. r.a. right auricular appendage.
r.v. right ventricle. Jl.v. left ventricle. 06. bulbus arteriosus.

| without reference to the vessels which come from it,
| is not very dissimilar from that which it presents when
adult.

262 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHAP,

The original curvature to the right now forms the
apex of the ventricles, and the two auricular appendages
are placed at the anterior extremity of the heart.

The most noticeable difference (in the ventral view)
is the still externally undivided condition of the bulbus
arteriosus.

The subsequent changes which the heart undergoes
are concerned more with its internal structure than
with its external shape. Indeed, during the next three
days, viz. the eighth, ninth, and tenth, the external
form of the heart remains nearly unaltered.

In the auricular portion, however, the septum which
commenced on the fifth day becomes now more con-
spicuous. It is placed vertically, and arises from the
ventral wall; commencing at the canalis auricularis
and proceeding backwards, it does not as yet reach the
opening into the sinus venosus.

The blood from the sinus, or, as we may call it, the
inferior vena cava, enters the heart obliquely from the
right, so that it has a tendency to flow towards the left
auricle of the heart, which is at this time the larger of
the two.

The valves between the ventricles and auricles are
now well developed, and it is about this time that the
division of the bulbus arteriosus into the aorta and
pulmonary artery becomes visible on the exterior.

By the eleventh or thirteenth day the right auricle
has become as large as the left, and the auricular sep-
tum much more complete, though there is still a small
opening, the foramen ovale, by which the two cavities
communicate with each other. Through this foramen
the greater part of the blood of the vena cava inferior,

VII. | THE EUSTACHIAN VALVE. 263

| which is now joined just at its entrance into the heart
| by the right vena cava superior, is directed into the left
| auricle. The left vena cava superior enters the right
auricle independently; between it and the inferior vena
| cava is a small valve which directs its blood entirely
into the right auricle.

On the sixteenth day the right vena cava superior,
_ when viewed from the exterior, still appears to join the
| inferior vena cava before entering the heart; from the
| interior however the two can now be seen to be sepa-
rated by a valve. This valve, called the ‘Eustachian
valve, extends to the opening of the left vena cava
superior, and into it the valve which in the earlier
stage separated the left superior and inferior ven
cave has apparently become merged. There is also on
| the left side of the opening of the inferior cava a mem-
brane stretching over the foramen ovale, and serving as
a valve for that orifice. The blood from the inferior
| cava still passes chiefly ito the left auricle through
the foramen ovale, while the blood from the other
| two venz cave now falls into the right auricle, bemg
| prevented from entering the left chamber by the
Eustachian valve.

Hence, since at this period also the blood from the
| left ventricle passes to a great extent to the anterior
| portion of the body, there is a species of double-circula-
| tion going on. The greater part of the blood from the
| allantois entering the left auricle from the inferior vena
| cava passes into the left ventricle and is thence sent
| chiefly to the head and anterior extremities through the
third and fourth arches ; from these it is brought back
| through the right auricle to the right ventricle, from

264 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHAP. —

whence through the fifth arch it is returned along the
aorta to the allantois.

From the seventeenth to the nineteenth day the
right auricle becomes larger than the left. The large
Kustachian valve still prevents the blood from the
superior cave from entering the left auricle, while it
conducts the blood from the inferior vena cava into that
chamber through the foramen ovale. The entrance of
the inferior vena cava is however further removed than
it was from the foramen ovale, and the increased flow
of blood from the lungs prevents all the blood of the
inferior cava from entering into the left auricle. At
the same time the valve of the foramen ovale prevents
the blood in the left auricle from entering the right
auricle.

During the period from the seventh day onwards
the apex of the heart becomes more marked, the arte-
rial roots are more entirely separated and the various
septa completed, so that when the foramen ovale is
closed and the blood of the inferior vena cava thereby
entirely confined to the right auricle, the heart has
practically acquired its adult condition.

The pericardial and pleural cavities. The heart
at first lies in the general body cavity attached to the
ventral wall of the gut by a mesocardium (Fig. 86, A),
but the part of the body cavity containing it afterwards
becomes separated off as a distinct cavity known as the
pericardial cavity. It is formed in the following way.
When the two ductus Cuvieri leading transversely from
the sinus venosus to the cardinal veins become deve-
loped (p. 170), a horizontal septum is formed to support
them, stretching across from the splanchnic to the so-

,
i
|
|
|

bo

vill } THE PERICARDIAL CAVITY. 265

matic side of the body cavity, dividing the body cavity
for a short distance in this region into a dorsal section,
(formed ofa right and a left division) constituting the
‘true body cavity (Fig. 86 B, p.p), and a ventral section
(Fig. 86, B, p.c.), the pericardial cavity. The two parts
of the body cavity thus formed are at first in free com-

munication both in front of and behind this septum. The

Fic. 86.

TRANSVERSE SECTIONS THROUGH A CHICK EMBRYO WITH
TWENTY-ONE MESOBLASTIC SOMITES TO SHEW THE FORMA-
TION OF THE PERICARDIAL Cavity, A. BEING THE ANTE-
RIOR SECTION.

yp. body cavity. pe. pericardial cavity. al. alimentary cavity.
au. auricle. v. ventricle. sv. sinus venosus. de. ductus
Cuvieri. ao. aorta. mp. muscle-plate. me. medullary cord.

266 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHAP.

septum however is soon continued forwards so as com-
pletely to separate the ventral pericardial and the
dorsal body cavity in front, the pericardial cavity ex-
tending considerably further forwards than the body
cavity.

es =
eas ay)
SL

SECTION THROUGH THE CARDIAC REGION OF AN EMBRYO OF
_Lacerta MURALIS OF 9 MM. TO SHEW THE MODE OF
FORMATION OF THE PERICARDIAL CAVITY.

At. heart. je. pericardial cavity. al. alimentary tract. /g. lung.
l. liver. jp. body cavity. md. open end of Miillerian duct.
wd, Wolffian duct. ve. vena cava inferior. ao. aorta. ch.
notochord. me. medullary cord.

Since the horizontal septum, by its mode of origin,
is necessarily attached to the ventral side of the gut,
the dorsal part of the primitive body space is, as we
have already mentioned, divided into two halves by
a median vertical septum formed of the gut and its

vut] THE PERICARDIAL CAVITY. 267

‘mesentery (Fig. 86, B). Posteriorly the horizontal sep-
jtum grows in a slightly ventral direction along the
junder surface of the liver (Fig. 87), till it meets the
abdominal wall of the body at the insertion of the
lfalciform ligament, and thus completely shuts off the
pericardial cavity from the body cavity. The horizontal
‘septum forms, as is obvious from the above description,
ithe dorsal wall of the pericardial cavity.

After the completion of this separation the night
jand left sections of the body cavity, dorsal to the peri-
jcardial cavity, rapidly become larger and receive the
jlungs which soon sprout out from the throat.

_ The diverticula which form the lungs grow out into
jsplanchnic mesoblast, in front of the body cavity, but
as they grow they extend into the two anterior com-
jpartments of the body cavity, each attached by its
mesentery to the mesentery of the gut (Fig. 87, lg.).
They soon moreover extend beyond the posterior limit of
jthe pericardium into the undivided body cavity behind.
To understand the further changes in the peri-
jcardial cavity it is necessary to bear in mind its rela-
jtions to the adjoining parts. It lies at this period
completely ventral to the two anterior prolongations of
ithe body cavity containing the lungs. Its dorsal wall is
jattached to the gut, and is continuous with the me-
isentery of the gut passing to the dorsal abdominal wall,
(forming the posterior mediastinum of human anatomy.

| The changes which next ensue consist essentially in
ithe enlargement of the sections of the body cavity
dorsal to the pericardial cavity. This enlargement
\takes place partly by the elongation of the posterior
mediastinum, but still more by the two divisions of the

|

268 THE FIFTH DAY. [ CHAP.

body cavity which contain the lungs extending them-
selves ventrally round the outside of the pericardial
cavity. This process is illustrated by Fig. 88, taken

Fie, 88.

SECTION THROUGH AN ADVANCED EMBRYO OF A RABBIT TO
SHEW HOW THE PERICARDIAL CAVITY BECOMES SUR-
ROUNDED BY THE PLEURAL CAVITIES.

ht. heart. je. pericardial cavity. pl.p. pleural cavity. dg. lung.
al. alimentary tract. ao. dorsal aorta. ch. notochord. rp.
rib. st. sternum. sp.c. spinal cord.

from an embryo rabbit. The two dorsal sections of the
body cavity (pl.p.) finally extend so as completely to
envelope the pericardial cavity (pe.), remaining how-
ever separated from each other below by a lamina ex-
tending from the ventral wall of the pericardial cavity

VII] HISTOLOGICAL DIFFERENTIATION. 269

to the body wall, which forms the anterior mediastinum
lof human anatomy.

By these changes the pericardial cavity is converted
into a closed bag, completely surrounded at its sides by

primitively placed dorsally to it. These two sections of
the body cavity, which in the chick remain in free
communication with the undivided peritoneal cavity
behind, may, from the fact of their containing the
jlungs, be called the pleural cavities.

| Histological differentiation. The fifth day may also
be taken as marking the epoch at which histological
jdifferentiation first fetes distinctly established ad
| begins to make great progress.

It is of course true that long before this date, even
from the earliest hours, the cells in each of the three
‘fundamental layers have ceased to be everywhere alike.
| Nevertheless the changes undergone by the several cells
have been few and slight. The cells of epiblastic origin,
jboth those going to form the epidermis and those in-
jcluded in the neural involution, are up to this time
jsimple more or less columnar cells; they may be seen
|here elongated, there oval, and in another spot spheroi-
‘dal; here closely packed, with scanty protoplasm, there
| scattered, with each nucleus well surrounded by cell-
substance ; but wherever they are found they may still
| be recognized as cells of a distinctly epithelial character.

q

| So also with the cells of hypoblastic origin, whether

| formation of the compound glands. Even in the meso-
| blast, which undergoes far more changes than either of
| the other layers, not only increasing more rapidly in

270 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHAP.

bulk but also serving as the mother tissue for a far
greater number of organs, the alterations in the indi-
vidual cells’ are, till near upon the fifth day, insignifi-
cant. Up to this time the mesoblast may be spoken of
as consisting for the most part of little more than in-
different tissue :—of nuclei imbedded in a protoplasmic
cell-substance. In one spot the nuclei are closely
packed together, and the cell-substance scanty and
compact; at another the nuclei are scattered about
with spindle-shaped masses of protoplasm attached to
each, and there is a large development either of inter-
cellular spaces or of intracellular vacuoles filled with
clear fluid. The protoplasm differs in various places,
chiefly in being more or less granular, and less or more
transparent, having as yet undergone but slight chemi-
cal transformation. Up to this epoch (with the excep-
tion of the early differentiated blood and muscles of the
muscle plates) there are no distinct tisswes, and the
rudiments of the various organs are simply marked out
by greater or less condensation of the simple meso-
blastic substance.

From the fifth day onwards, however, histological
differentiation takes place rapidly, and it soon becomes
possible to speak of this or that part as being composed
of muscular, or cartilaginous, or connective, &c. tissue.
It is not within the scope of the present work to treat
in detail of these histogenetic changes, for information
concerning which we would refer the reader to histolo-
gical treatises. We have already had occasion to refer

1 With the exception of the cells of the middle part of the inner

layer of the muscle-plates, which we have seen become conyerted into
longitudinal muscles on the third day (p. 187).

Vul.] THE EPIBLAST. 271

incidentally to many of the earliest histological events,
and shall content ourselves by giving a brief summary
of the derivation of the tissues of the adult animal from
the three primary layers of the blastoderm.

The epiblast or upper layer of many embryologists

forms primarily two very important parts of the body,
viz. the central nervous system and the epidermis.

It is from the involuted epiblast of the neural tube
that the whole of the grey and white matter of the
brain and spinal cord appears to be developed, the
simple columnar cells of the epiblast being apparently
directly transformed into the characteristic multipolar
nerve-cells. The whole of the sympathetic’ nervous
system and the peripheral nervous elements of the
body, including both the spinal and cranial nerves and
ganglia, are epiblastic in origin.

The epithelium (ciliated in the young animal) lining
the canalis centralis of the spinal cord, together with
that lining the ventricles of the brain, all which cavities
and canals are, as we have seen, derivatives of the
primary neural canal, is the undifferentiated remnant of
the primitive epiblast.

The epiblast, as we have said, also forms the epider-
mis, not however the dermis, which is of mesoblastic
origin. The line of junction between the epiblast and
the mesoblast coincides with that between the epidermis

1 The details of the development of the sympathetic system have
only been imperfectly worked out in the chick. We propose deferring
our account of what is known on this head to the second part of this
work dealing with the Mammalia. We may here state, however, that the
whole of the chain of the sympathetic ganglia is developed in con-

tinuity with the outgrowths from the wall of the neural tube which
give rise to the spinal nerves.

272 THE FIFTH DAY. [CHAP.

and the dermis. From the epiblast are formed all such
tegumentary organs or parts of organs as are epidermic
in nature.

In addition to these, the epiblast plays an important
part in the formation of the organs of special sense. )

According to their mode of formation these organs
may be arranged into two divisions. In the first come
the cases where the sensory expansion of the organ of
special sense is derived from the involuted epiblast of
the medullary canal. To this class belongs the retina,
including the epithelial pigment of the choroid, which
is formed from the original optic vesicle budded out
from the fore-brain.

To the second class belong the epithelial expansions
of the membranous labyrinth of the ear and the cavity
of the nose, which are formed by involution from the
superficial epiblast covering the external surface of the
embryo. These accordingly have no primary connection ©
with the bra. We may also fairly suppose that the
‘taste bulbs’ and the nervous cells, which have lately
been described as present in the epidermis, are also
structures formed from the epiblast.

In addition to these we have the crystalline lens
formed of involuted epiblast, and the cavity of the
mouth and anus lined by it. The pituitary body is
also epiblastic in origin. These are the most important
parts which are derived from the epiblast.

From the hypoblast are derived the epithelium of
the digestive canal, the epithelium of the trachea, —
bronchial tubes and air cells, the cylindrical epithelium
of the ducts of the liver, pancreas and other glands of
the alimentary canal, as well as the hepatic cells con-_

| vitl.] THE HYPOBLAST AND MESOBLAST. 273

| stituting the parenchyma of the liver, developed, as we
| have seen, from the hypoblast cylinders given off around
| the primary hepatic diverticula.

Homologous, probably with the hepatic cells, and
| equally of hypoblastic origin, are the more spheroidal
| ‘secreting cells’ of the pancreas and other glands, The
_ epithelium of the salivary glands, though these so exactly
| resemble the pancreas, is of epiblastic origin, masmuch
as the cavity of the mouth (p. 119) is entirely lined by
| epiblast.

| The hypoblast lines the allantois, and the notochord
also is an hypoblastic product.

From the mesoblast are formed all the remaining
parts of the body. The muscles, the bones, the connec-
tive tissue and the vessels, both arteries, veins, capillaries
and lymphatics, with their appropriate epithelium, are
entirely formed from the mesoblast.

The generative and urinary organs are also de-
rived from the mesoblast. It is worthy of notice that
their epithelium, though resembling the hypoblastic
| epithelium of the alimentary canal, is undoubtedly
mesoblastie.

From the mesoblast lastly are derived all the mus-
| cular, connective and vascular elements, as well of the
_ alimentary canal and its appendages as of the skin and
the tegumentary organs. Just as it is only the epider-
| mic moiety of the latter which is derived from the
| epiblast, so it is only the epithelium of the former
| which comes from the hypoblast.

The important events then which characterize the
fifth day are :—

1. The growth of the allantois.

F. & B. is

274 THE FIFTH DAY. . [CHAP. VIII.

2. The appearance of the knee and elbow, and of
the cartilages which precede the bones of the digits and
limbs. :

3. The formation of the primitive. cartilaginous
cranium, more especially of the investing mass and the
trabecule, and the appearance of rods of cartilage in
the visceral arches.

4, The developments of the parts of the face: the
closing in of the nasal passages by the nasal processes.

5. A large development of grey matter in the
spinal cord as the anterior and posterior cornua; con-—
siderable growth both of the anterior and _ posterior
white columns, and the commencement of the anterior
and: posterior fissures.

6.. The appearance of the auricular (enna of a
septum in the bulbus arteriosus, and of the semilunar
valves.

7. The establishment of the several tissues.

CHAPTER IX.

FROM THE SIXTH DAY TO THE END OF INCUBATION.

THE sixth day marks a new epoch in the develop-
ment of the chick, for distinctly avian characters then
first make their appearance.

Striking and numerous as are the features, which
render the class Aves one of the most easily recognizable
in the whole animal. kingdom, the embryo of a bird does
not materially differ in its early phases from that of a
reptile or a mammal, even in the points of structure
which are most distinctively avian. It may, it is true,
be possible to infer, even at a comparatively early stage,
from some subsidiary tokens, whether any given em-
- bryo belongs to this class or that (and indeed the same
inference may be drawn from the ovum itself); but up
to a certain date it is impossible to point out, in the
~ embryo of the fowl, the presence of features which may
be taken as broadly characteristic of an avian organiza-
tion. This absence of any distinctive avian differen-
tiation lasts in the chick roughly speaking till the com-
mencement of the sixth day.

18—2

276 THE SIXTH DAY. [CHAP.

We do not mean that on the sixth day all the organs
suddenly commence to exhibit peculiarities which mark
them as avian. There are no strongly marked breaks
in the history of development; its course is perfectly
gradual, and one stage passes continuously into the
next. The sixth and seventh days do however mark
the commencement of the period in which the spe-
cialization of the bird begins to be apparent. Then for
the first time there become visible the main features
of the characteristic manus and pes; the crop and the
intestinal cca make their appearance; the stomach
takes on the form of a gizzard; the nose begins to de-
velope into a beak; and the commencing bones of the
skull arrange themselves after an avian type. Into
these details we do not propose to enter, and shall
therefore treat the history of the remaining days with
great brevity.

We will first speak of the F@TAL APPENDAGES.

On the sixth and seventh days these exhibit
changes which are hardly less important than the
events of previous days.

The amnion at its complete closure on the fourth
day very closely invested the body of the chick; the
true cavity of the amnion was at that time therefore very
small. On the fifth day fluid begins to collect in the
cavity, and raises the membrane of the amnion to some
distance from the embryo. The cavity becomes still
larger by the sixth day, and on the seventh day is of
very considerable dimensions, the fluid increasing with
it. On the sixth day Von Baer observed movements of
the embryo, chiefly of the limbs; he attributes them
to the stimulation of the cold air on opening the egg.

1eX.] THE YOLK. 277

By the seventh day very obvious movements begin to
appear in the amnion itself; slow vermicular con-
tractions creep rythmically over it. The amnion in
fact begins to pulsate slowly and rythmically, and by
its pulsation the embryo is rocked to and fro in the
egg. This pulsation is due probably to the contraction
of involuntary muscular fibres, which seem to be present
in the attenuated portion of the mesoblast, forming
part of the amniotic fold. (Cf. Chap. 1. p. 45.) Similar
movements are also seen in the allantois at a con-
siderably later period.

The growth of the allantois has been very rapid,
and it forms a flattened bag, covering the right side of
the embryo and rapidly spreading out in all directions,
between the primitive folds of the amnion, that is be-
tween the amnion proper and the false amnion (serous
membrane). It is filled with fluid, so that in spite of
its flattened form its opposite walls are distinctly sepa-
rated from each other.

The vascular area has become still further extended
than on the previous day, but with a corresponding loss
in the definite character of its blood-vessels. The sinus
terminalis has indeed by the end of the seventh day
lost all its previous distinctness, and the vessels which
brought back the blood from it to the heart are no
longer to be seen.

Both the vitelline arteries and veins now pass to
and from the body of the chick as single trunks, as-
suming more and more the appearance of being merely
branches of the mesenteric vessels.

The yolk is still more fluid than on the previous
day, and its bulk has (according to Von Baer) increased.

278 THE SIXTH DAY. [CHAP.

This can only be due to its absorbing the white of the
egg, which indeed is diminishing rapidly.

During the eighth, ninth, and tenth days the
amnion does not undergo any very important changes.
_ Its cavity is still filled with fluid, and on the eighth
day its pulsations are at their height, henceforward
diminishing in intensity.

The splittmg of the mesoblast has now extended to
the outer limit of the vascular area, viz. over about
three quarters of the yolk-sac. The somatopleure at
this point is continuous (as can be easily seen by
reference to Fig. 9) with the original outer fold of
the amnion.

It thus comes about that the further splitting of the
mesoblast merely enlarges the cavity in which the
allantois les. The growth of this organ keeps pace
with that of the cavity in which it is placed. Spread
out over the greater part of the yolk-sac as a flattened
bag filled with fluid, it now serves as the chief organ of
respiration.

Hence it is very vascular, the vessels on that side of
the bag which is turned to the serous membrane and
shell being especially large and numerous.

The yolk now begins to diminish rapidly in bulk.
The yolk-sac becomes flaccid, and on the eleventh day
is thrown into a series of internal folds, abundantly
supplied with blood-vessels. By this means the surface
of absorption is largely increased, and the yolk is more
and more rapidly taken up by the blood-vessels, and in
a partially assimilated condition transferred to the body
of the embryo.

By the eleventh day the abdominal parietes though

arX. | THE ALLANTOIS. 279

still much looser and less firm than the walls of the
chest may be said to be definitely established, and the
loops of intestine, which have hitherto been hanging
down into the somatic stalk, are henceforward confined
within the cavity of the abdomen. The body of the
embryo is therefore completed; but it still remains
- connected with its various appendages by a narrow
somatic umbilicus, in which run the stalk of the allan-
tois and the solid cord suspending the yolk-sac.

The cleavage of the mesoblast still progressing, the
yolk is completely invested by the (splanchnopleuric)
yolk-sac except at the pole opposite to the embryo,
where for some little time a small portion remains
unenclosed ; at this spot the diminished white of the
egg adheres as a dense viscid plug.

The allantois meanwhile spreads out rapidly, and
lies over the embryo close under the shell, being sepa-
rated from the shell membrane by nothing more than
an attenuated membrane, the serous membrane, formed
out of the outer primitive fold of the amnion and the
remains of the vitelline membrane. With this serous
membrane the allantois partially coalesces, and in
opening an egg at the later stages of incubation, unless
care be taken the allantois is in danger of being torn
in the removal of the shell membrane. As the allantois
increases in size and importance, the allantoic vessels
are correspondingly developed. They are very con-
spicuous when the egg is opened, the pulsations of the
allantoic arteries at once attracting attention.

On about the sixteenth day, the white having
entirely disappeared, the cleavage of the mesoblast is
carried right over the pole of the yolk opposite the

280 THE SIXTH DAY. [CHAP.

embryo, and is thus completed (Fig. 9). The yolk-sac
now, like the allantois which closely wraps it all round,
lies loose in a space bounded outside the body by the
serous membrane, and continuous with the pleuro-
peritoneal cavity of the body of the embryo. Deposits
of urates now become abundant in the allantoic fluid.

The loose and flaccid walls of the abdomen enclose
a space which the empty intestines are far from filling,
and on the nineteenth day the yolk-sac, diminished
greatly in bulk but still of some considerable size, is
withdrawn through the somatic stalk imto the ab-
dominal cavity, which it largely distends. Outside the
embryo there remains nothing now but the highly
vascular allantois and the practically bloodless serous
membrane andamnion. The amnion, whose fluid during
the later days of incubation rapidly diminishes, is con-
tinuous at the umbilicus with the body-walls of the
embryo. The serous membrane (or outer primitive
amniotic fold) is by the completion of the cleavage of
the mesoblast and the invagination of the yolk-sac,
entirely separated from the embryo. The cavity of the
allantois by means of its stalk passing through the um-
bilicus is of course continuous with the cloaca.

In the EMBRYO itself a few general points only de-
serve notice.

By the sixth or seventh day the flexure of the
body has become less marked, so that the head does
not lie so near to the tail as on the previous days; at
the same time a more distinct neck makes its ap-
pearance.

Though the head is still disproportionately large, its
growth ceases to be greater than that of the body.

IXx.] THE BRAIN. 281

Up to this period the walls of the somatic stalk
_ have remained thin and flaccid, almost membranous in
fact, the heart appearing to hang loosely out of the
body of the embryo. About this time however the
_ stalk, especially in front, rapidly narrows and its meso-
blast becomes thickened. In this way the heart and
| the other thoracic viscera are enclosed by definite firm
| chest walls, along the sides of which the ribs grow
| forwards and in front of which the cartilaginous rudi-
_ ments of the sternum appear.

The abdominal walls are also being formed, but not
to the same extent, and the stalk of the allantois still
passes out from the peritoneal cavity between the
somatic and the splanchnic stalks.

In the brain one of the most marked features is the
growth of the cerebral hemispheres. The median division
between these has in front increased in depth, so that
the lateral ventricles are continued forwards as two
divergent horns, while backwards they are also con-
tinued as similar divergent horns separated from one
another by the vesicle of the third ventricle.

We propose to treat more fully of the development of ‘the
brain in the second part of this work, the importance of the
/ mammalian brain rendering it undesirable to go too much into
the details of the brain of the bird.

All the visceral clefts are closed by the seventh day.
, It will be remembered that the inner part of the first
| cleft persists as the Eustachian tube (p. 166).

The structures which surround the mouth are be-
ginning to become avian in form, though the features
are as yet not very distinctly marked.

282 THE SIXTH DAY. [CHAP

The tongue has appeared on the floor of the mouth
as a bud of mesoblast covered by epiblast.

During the eighth, ninth, and tenth days the
embryo grows very rapidly, the head being still especially
large, and at the same time becoming more round, the
mid-brain not being so prominent.

From the eleventh day onwards the embryo suc-
cessively puts on characters which are not only
avian, but even distinctive of the genus, species and
variety.

So early as the ninth or tenth day the sacs con-
taining the feathers begin to protrude from the surface
of the skin as papillz, especially prominent at first along
the middle line of the back from the neck to the rump,
and over the thighs, the sacs of the tail feathers being
very conspicuous. On the thirteenth day these sacs,
generally distributed over the body, and acquiring the
length of a quarter of an inch or more, appear to the
naked eye as feathers, the thin walls of the sacs allow-
ing their contents, now coloured according to the variety
of the bird, to shine through. ‘hey are still however
closed sacs, and indeed remain such even on the nine-
teenth day, when many of them are an inch in length.

Feathers are epidermal structures. They arise from an in-
duration of the epidermis of papilla containing a vascular core,

On the eighth day a chalky-looking patch is ob-
servable on the tip of the nose. This by the twelfth
day has become developed into a horny but still soft
beak.

On the thirteenth day, nails are visible at the ex-
tremities, and scales on the remaining portions of the

1x. ] OSSIFICATION. 283

toes. These on the sixteenth day become harder and
more horny, as does also the beak.

Nails are developed on special regions of the epidermis,
known as the primitive nail beds. They are formed by the
cornification of a layer of cells which makes its appearance
between the horny and mucous layers of the epidermis. The
distal border of the nail soon becomes free, and the further
growth is effected by additions to the under side and attached
extremity of the nail. ;

By the thirteenth day the cartilaginous skeleton is
completed and the various muscles of the body can be
made out with tolerable clearness.

Ossification begins according to Von Baer on the
eighth or ninth day by small deposits in the tibia, in
the metacarpal bones of the hind-limb, and in the sca-
pula. On the eleventh or twelfth day a multitude of
points of ossification make their appearance in the
limbs, in the scapular and pelvic arches, in the ribs, in
the bodies of the cervical and dorsal vertebrae and in
the bones of the head, the centres of ossification of the
vertebral arches not being found till the thirteenth day.

The events which we have thus briefly narrated are
accompanied by important changes in the arterial
and venous systems.

The condition of the venous system at about the
end of the third day was fully described in Chap. VI.
_p. 170, and the changes which have taken place between
that date and the latter days of incubation may be seen
by comparing the diagram Fig. 58 with the diagrams

Figs. 89 and 90.
On the third day, nearly the whole of the venous
blood from the body of the embryo was carried back to

284 THE SIXTH DAY. [CHAP.

the heart by two main venous trunks, the superior (Fig.
58, J) and inferior (Fig. 58, C) cardinal veins, joining
on each side to form the short transverse ductus Cuvieri,
both which in turn united with the sinus venosus close
to the heart. As the head and neck continue to enlarge

and the wings become developed, the single superior —

cardinal or jugular vein, as it is usually called (Figs. 89,
90, J), of each side, is joined by two new veins: the

Fie. 89.

DIAGRAM OF THE VENOUS CIRCULATION AT THE COMMENCEMENT
OF THE FirrH Day.

H. heart. d.c. ductus Cuvieri. Into the ductus Cuvieri of each
side fall J. the jugular vein, W. the vein from the wing and
(. the inferior cardinal vein. S.V. sinus venosus. Of. vitel-
line vein. JU. allantoic vein, which at this stage gives off
branches to the body-walls. V.C./. inferior vena cava.
1. liver.

vertebral vein (Su. J. V.), bringing back blood from the
head and neck, and the vein from the wing (W).

The inferior cardinal veins have their roots in the
Wolffian bodies; they become developed, part passu,

Ix.] THE VENOUS SYSTEM. 285

with those organs, and may be called the veins of the
Wolffian bodies. On the third day they are the only
‘veins which bring the blood back from the hinder part
of the body of the embryo.

About the fourth or fifth day, however, a new single
‘venous trunk, the vena cava inferior (Fig. 89, V.C.L.),
makes its appearance in the middle line, in a plane more
dorsal than that of the cardinal veins. This, starting
from the sinus venosus not far from the heart, is on the
fifth day a short trunk running backward in the middle
line below the aorta, and speedily losing itself in the
tissues above the Wolffian bodies. When the kidneys
are formed it receives blood from them, and thencefor-
ward enlarging rapidly eventually becomes the channel
by which the greater part of the blood from the hind limbs
and the hinder part of the body finds its way to the heart.
In proportion as this vena cava inferior increases in size,
and the Wolffian bodies give place to the permanent
kidneys, the posterior cardinal veins diminish. The
blood originally coming to the posterior cardinals from
the posterior part of the spinal cord and trunk is trans-
ported into two posterior vertebral veins; which are
placed dorsal to the heads of the ribs and join the
anterior vertebral veins. With the appearance of these
veins the anterior part of the posterior cardinals dis-
appears.

At its first appearance the vena cava inferior may
be considered as a branch of the trunk which we have
called the sinus venosus, but as development proceeds,
and the vena cava becomes larger and larger, the sinus
venosus assumes more and more the appearance of being
merely the cardiac termination of the vena cava, and

286 THE SIXTH DAY. [ CHAP.

the ductus venosus from the liver may now be said to join |
the vena cava instead of being prolonged into the sinus,

While this growth of the vena cava is going on, the

points at which the ductus Cuvieri enter into the sinus
venosus are drawn in towards the heart itself, and finally
these trunks fall directly and separately into the auricular —
cavities, and are henceforward known as the right and —

left vena cava superior (Fig. 90, V.S.2., V.S.L.). There

i

wil
i

HT
il

DIAGRAM OF THE VENOUS CIRCULATION DURING THE LATER
Days oF INCUBATION.

H. heart. V.S.R. right vena cava superior. V.S.Z. left vena cava
superior. The two ven cavee superiores are the original
‘ductus Cuvieri,’ they still open into the sinus venosus and
not independently into the heart. J. jugular vein. SU.V.
superior vertebral vein. Jn.V, inferior vertebral vein. W.
vein for the wing. V.C./. vena cava inferior, which receives
most of the blood from the inferior extremities, ete. D.V.
ductus venosus. P.V. portal vein. Jf. a vein bringing
blood from the intestines into the portal vein. Of. vitelline
vein. U. allantoic vein. The three last mentioned veins
unite together to form the portal vein. J. liver.

The remnants of the inferior cardinal veins are not shewn.

IXx.] THE VENOUS SYSTEM. 287

are therefore, when these changes have been effected,
three separate channels, with their respective orifices,
by which the blood of the body is brought back to the
heart, viz. the right and left superior and the inferior
ven cave.

While the auricular septum is as yet unformed, the
blood from these veins falls into both auricles, perhaps
more into the left than into the right. As the septum
however grows up, the three vessels become connected
with the right auricle only, while the left receives the
two pulmonary veins coming from the lungs. (Compare
Chap. VII. p. 228).

On the third day the course of the vessels from the
yolk-sac is very simple. The two vitelline veins, of
which the right is already the smaller, form the meatus
venosus from which, as it passes through the liver on its
way to the heart, are given off the two sets of vens
advehentes and venz revehentes.

With the appearance of the allantois on the fourth
day, a new feature is introduced. From the meatus
venosus, a short distance behind the liver, there is given
off a vein which quickly divides into two branches.
These, running along the ventral side of the body from
the walls of which they receive some amount of blood,
pass to the allantois. They are the allantoic or um-
bilical veins. The single vein which they unite to form
becomes, by reason of the rapid growth of the allantois,
very long; and hence it is perhaps better to speak of it
as the allantoic vein (Fig. 90, VU). The right branch
soon diminishes in size and finally disappears. Mean-
while the left on reaching the allantois bifurcates ; and,
its two branches becoming large and conspicuous, there

288 THE SIXTH DAY. [CHAP.

still appear to be two main allantoic veins uniting at a
short distance from the allantois to form the single long
allantoic vein. At its first appearance the allantoic
vein seems to be but a small branch of the vitelline,
but as the allantois grows rapidly, and the yolk-sac
dwindles, this state of things is reversed, and the less
conspicuous vitelline appears as a branch of the larger
allantoic.

On the third day the blood returning from the walls
of the intestine is insignificant in amount. As however
the intestine becomes more and more developed, it —
acquires a distinct venous system, and the blood sent to
it by branches of the aorta is returned by veins which
form a trunk, the mesenteric vein (Fig. 90, .W), falling
into the vitelline vein at its junction with the allantoic
vein. |

These three great veins in fact, viz. the vitelline,
the allantoic, and the mesenteric, form a large common
trunk which enters at once into the liver, and which we
may now call the portal vein (Fig. 90, P.V.). This, at
its entrance into the liver, partly breaks up into the ~
ven advehentes, and partly continues as the ductus
venosus straight through the liver, emerging from which ~
it joins the vena cava inferior. Before the establish-
ment of the vena cava inferior, the venz revehentes,
carrying back the blood which circulates through the
hepatic capillaries, jomed the ductus venosus close to
its exit from the liver (Fig. 89). By the time however
that the vena cava has become a large and important
vessel it is found that the venz revehentes or as we
may now call them the hepatic veins have shifted their
embouchment and now fall directly into that vein, the

Ix.] THE VENOUS SYSTEM. 289

ductus venosus making a separate junction rather higher
up (Fig. 90).

This state of things continues with but slight changes
till near the end of incubation, when the chick begins
to breathe the air in the air-chamber of the shell, and
respiration is no longer carried on by the allantois.
Blood then ceases to flow along the allantoic vessels;
they become obliterated. The vitelline vein, which as
the yolk becomes gradually absorbed proportionately
diminishes in size and importance, comes to appear as
a mere branch of the portal vein. The ductus venosus
becomes closed, remaining often as a mere ligament;
and hence the whole of the blood coming through the
portal vein flows into the substance of the liver, and
so by the two hepatic veins into the vena cava (Fig.
pas Er).

Previous to these changes one of the veins passing
from the rectum into the vena cava has given off a
branch which effects a junction with one of the mesen-
teric veins. This now forms a somewhat conspicuous
connecting branch between the systems of the vena
cava and the portal vein (Fig. 91, Cy. W.).

All three vene cave now fall exclusively into the
‘right auricle, and by the closure of the foramen ovale
the blood flowing through them is entirely shut off from
the left auricle, into which passes the blood from the
two pulmonary veins (Fig. 91, Z.V.).

Such is the history of the veins in the chick. As
will be seen in the second part of this work, the course
of events in the mammal, though in the main similar,
differs in some unimportant respects.

It remains for us to speak of the changes which

F. & B. 19

290 THE SIXTH DAY. [CHAP.

Fig. 91.

DIAGRAM OF THE VENOUS CIRCULATION OF THE CHICK AFTER —
THE COMMENCEMENT OF RESPIRATION BY MEANS OF THE
LUNGS.

W. wing vein. J. jugular vein. Su.V. superior vertebral vein.
In. V. inferior vertebral vein. These unite together on each
side to form the corresponding superior vena cava. L.V.
pulmonary veins, V.C./. vena cava inferior. H.P. hepatic
veins. P.V. portal vein. Jf. mesenteric veins. Cy.J/. con-
necting vessel between the branches of the portal vein and
the system of the vena cava inferior. It is called the coccy-
geo-mesenteric vein, and unites the cross branch connecting
the two hypogastrics with the mesenteric vein. The ductus
venosus has become obliterated. The three ven cave fall
independently into the right auricle and the pulmonary
veins into the left auricle. Cr. crural vein. 4&. kidney.
i. liver. pp. hypogastric veins. @C.V. caudal vein.

have in the meantime been taking place in the arterial
system. The condition of things which exists on the
fifth or sixth day is shewn in the diagram (Fig. 92).

re | THE ARTERIAL ARCHES. 29]

Fie, 92.

ECA
Tey

es

- Es ‘
=

3

State oF ARTERIAL CIRCULATION ON THE FIFTH oR SIXTH
Day.

E.C.A. external carotid. J.C.A. internal carotid. D.A. dorsal
aorta. Of.A. vitelline artery. U-.A. allantoic artery.

We have already seen (Chap. vu. p. 225) that of
the three aortic arches which make their appearance on
the third day, the first two disappear: the first on the
fourth, the second on the fifth day; but that their dis-
appearance is accompanied by the formation behind
them of two new aortic arches, the fourth and the fifth.
Thus there are generally three, never more than three,
pairs of aortic arches present and functional at one time.

This statement needs some limitation ; for according to Von
Baer there are four arches present both on the fourth and
fifth days. In the case of the fourth day a slight remnant of the
first pair of arches still persists when the fourth pair is already
formed ; and on the fifth day the second pair has not entirely
disappeared when the fifth pair is formed. In both of these
cases however the first pair of arches of the four is only present
for a very short time, and then is so diminished in size as to be
of no importance.

19—2

292 THE SIXTH DAY. [CHAP.

The first pair of arches, before it entirely disappears,
sends off on each side two branches towards the head.
Of these, one forms the direct continuation of the bulbus
arteriosus in a straight line from the point where the
first aortic arch leaves it; primarily distributed to the
tongue and inferior maxillary region, it becomes the
external carotid (Fig. 92, H.C.A.). The other, starting
from the point where the aortic arch of each side joins
its fellow, dorsal to the alimentary canal, to form the
dorsal aorta, is primarily distributed to the brain, and
becomes the internal carotid (Fig. 92, I.0.A.).

When the first arch disappears, the external carotid
arteries still remain as the anterior continuations of the
bulbus arteriosus. And since the dorsal trunks uniting
the distal ends of the first and second arches do not
become obliterated at the time when the first pair of
arches disappears, the internal carotids remain as
branches springing from the distal ends of the second
pair of arches; they are supplied with blood from that
pair, the stream in which flows chiefly towards the head
instead of backwards towards the dorsal aorta, as is the
case with the succeeding arches. When the second
pair of arches is obliterated, the connecting branch with
the next arch is again left, and thus the internal carotids
appear as branches from the distal ends of the third
pair of arches.

On the third day the dorsal aorta does not for any
distance remain single in its backward course along the
body, but soon divides into two trunks which run one
on either side of the middle line of the body. These
two trunks, as development proceeds, gradually unite
along their whole length, and there is thus formed a

Ix. THE PULMONARY ARTERIES. 293

| single median aorta terminating behind in the caudal
| artery (Figs. 92, 94). The arteries to the kidneys,
| hind limbs, etc. are developed as branches of this aorta.
As the allantois grows rapidly and becomes an im-
| portant respiratory organ, the allantoic or umbilical
| arteries increase in size. As a general, though ap-
_ parently not invariable rule, the right allantoic artery
| gets gradually smaller and soon disappears.

| The vitelline artery (Of. A.) now leaves the aorta
as a single but quickly bifurcating trunk, which at the
| end of the fifth day is still very large.

By the fifth day the ventricular portion of the heart
(compare Chap. VIL. p. 257) is completely divided into
| two chambers. The bulbus arteriosus is also divided
| by a septum into two channels, one of which com-
| municates with the right ventricle of the heart and the
| other with the left.
| One result of this arrangement is that all the
| blood which passes to the anterior extremity. of the
) body comes from the left ventricle of the heart.

At about the seventh day an entire separation

h oO

begins to take place between the arterial roots which °

come respectively from the right and left chambers of
} the heart. The root from the right chamber (Fig. 93)
| remains connected with the fifth pair of arches. The
root from the left ventricle is connected with the third
| and fourth pairs of arches.

The lower part of the body still receives blood from
| both the right and left ventricles, since the blood which
| enters the fifth arch still flows into the common dorsal
| aorta. As the lungs however increase in size, a com-
| munication is set up between them and the fifth pair of

294 THE SIXTH DAY. [ CHAP.

DIAGRAM OF THE CONDITION OF THE ARCHES OF THE AORTA
TOWARDS THE CLOSE OF INCUBATION.

I, 2, 3, 4, 5. the several aortic arches. 2#.C.A. external carotid.
J.C.A. internal carotid. C.C.A. common carotid. V.a. ver-
tebral artery. £.sc. right subclavian. J.se. left subclavian.
R.P., LP. right and left pulmonary arteries. &.P.A. right
arterial root or division of the bulbus arteriosus, or pul-
monary artery; the left root or division, constituting the
aorta, is seen by its side. The system of the fifth arch is
in lighter shading. The dotted lines shew the portions of
the arches which have been obliterated.

arches in the shape of two vessels which, springing one
from the arch of each side, grow downwards towards the
lungs. At first small and narrow, these pulmonary
arteries, for such they are, grow rapidly larger and
larger, so that more and more of the blood from the
right ventricle is carried to the lungs.

At the same time the connection between the third
and fourth pairs of arches on each side grows weaker ; so

| 1x.] THE CAROTID ARTERIES. 295

that less and less of the blood which flows along the
| third pair of arches is able to pass backwards to the
| hind end of the body.

The fourth arch of the right side now becomes the

| most important of all the arches; and nearly the whole
| of the blood supplying the hinder parts of the body
passes through it. It is this arch which remains as
| the permanent aortic arch of the adult; and it is im-

portant to notice that the arch which forms the great

| dorsal aorta in birds is the fourth on the right side, and

not as in mammals the fourth on the left side. The

fourth arch of the left side in birds, after giving off the

subclavian, is continued as an exceedingly small and
unimportant vessel to join the fourth night arch. It is

| soon obliterated.

In consequence of these changes the condition of
the aortic arches during the latter days of incubation,

| before respiration by the lungs has commenced, is as
| follows (Fig. 93).

The first and second arches are completely ob-

| literated. The third arch on each side is continued at

its dorsal end as the internal carotid, J.C.A, the con-
nection between it and the fourth arch having become

| entirely obliterated. From its ventral end as the direct
| continuation of the trunk which originally supplied the
| first and second arches the external carotid, L.C.A., is
| given off. Each pair of carotids arises therefore from a
} common trunk—the common carotid (C.C.A.). Each
| of these trunks gives off near its proximal end a branch,
| the vertebral artery (V.a.).

The common carotid on the right side comes off

| from the fourth arch of the right side (the arch of the

296. THE SIXTH DAY. [CHAP,

dorsal aorta), and is not as yet connected with the right
subclavian, R.sc. The common carotid of the left side
comes off from the fourth arch of the left side; but since
this arch becomes the left subclavian, L.sc. (the connec-
tion between the fourth and fifth left arches being
obliterated), the portion of the trunk between the fourth
arch and the bulbus arteriosus (or as it must now be
called the common aortic root) is called the left
innominate artery.

The fourth arch of the right side forms the com-
mencement of the great dorsal aorta, and gives off the
right subclavian (A. sc.) just before it is joined by the
fifth arch.

The fifth arch of each side gives off branches (R.P.,
L.P.) to the lungs; their distal continuations, by which
these arches are connected with the systemic circulation,
though much reduced, are not obliterated.

The final changes undergone by the arterial system
after the commencement of the pulmonary respiration
consist chiefly in the complete separation of the pul-
monary and systemic circulations. As the branches to
the lungs become stronger and stronger, less and less
blood from the right ventricle enters into the dorsal
aorta; and the connecting vessels become smaller and
smaller.

Each of these fifth arches from the right ventricle
may therefore be considered at about the sixteenth or
eighteenth day as divided into two parts, an inner part
which connects the heart with the lung, and an outer
part which still connects the arch with the main dorsal
aorta. As these outer parts become smaller they re-
ceive the name of the ‘ductus or canales Botalli’ or

Ix.] SUMMARY. 297

‘ductus arteriosi.’ The one on the right side is short;
that on the left side is much longer and narrower.

When respiration commences the blood ceases to
pass through these canals, which either remain as mere
ligaments or else become absorbed altogether. By this
means, the foramen ovale becoming at the same time
closed, a complete double circulation is established. All
the blood from the right ventricle passes into the lungs,
and all that from the left ventricle into the body at
large.

Two other changes take place about the same time
in the aortic branches. That portion of the right fourth
or aortic arch which lies between the origin of the right
subclavian and the common carotid becomes shortened,
and is finally swallowed up in such a fashion that the
right subclavian (Fig. 94, R. sc.) comes off from the
right common carotid, a very short trunk being formed
by the union of the two to serve as the right innomi-
nate artery.

At the same time, corresponding to the increase in
the length of the neck, the common carotids are very
greatly lengthened. They lie close together in the
neck, and in many birds actually unite to form a com-
mon trunk.

It will of course be understood that with the dis-
appearance of the allantois and the absorption of the
yolk, the allantoic and vitelline arteries also disappear.

It may perhaps be of advantage to the reader if we
here briefly summarize the condition of the circulation
at its four most important epochs; viz. on the third
day, on the fifth day, during the later days of incu-
bation before respiration by the lungs has commenced,

298 THE SIXTH DAY. [CHAP,

Fie. 94.

DIAGRAM OF THE ARTERIAL SYSTEM OF THE ADULT FOWL.

P.A. root of pulmonary artery. J.n. left innominate artery.
D.A. dorsal aorta. Ce. celiac arteries. mes. mesenteric
artery. ars. renal arteries. fem. femoral arteries. Is.
ischiatic arteries. Ayp. hypogastric arteries. caw. caudal
artery. The other letters as in Fig. 93.

and after the chick has begun to breathe by the

lungs.
On the third day the circulation is of an exceed-
ingly simple character.

Ix.] SUMMARY. 299

The heart is to all intents and purposes a simple
twisted tube marked off by constrictions into a series of
three consecutive chambers. The blood coming from
‘the venous radicles passes through the heart and then
through the three pairs of arterial arches.

From these it is collected into the great dorsal
aorta. Upon this dividing into two branches, the stream
of blood passes down on each side of the notochord
along the body, and thence out by the vitelline arteries,
which distribute it to the yolk-sac.

In the yolk-sac it partly passes into the sinus termi-
nalis and so into the fore and aft trunks, partly directly
into the lateral trunks, of the vitelline veins. In both
cases it is brought back to the two venous radicles and
so to the heart.

On this day the blood is aérated in the capillaries of
the yolk-sac.

On the fifth or sixth day the two auricles are
present though having a common cavity. The septum
of the ventricles is nearly complete, so that the blood
on entering the ventricles from the auricles is divided
into two streams. These two streams pass respectively
from the right and left chambers of the heart into the
two divisions of the bulbus arteriosus. The blood from
the right ventricle passes into the fifth pair of arches
and that from the left ventricle into the third and
fourth pairs of arches.

From the anterior parts the blood is brought back
by the anterior cardinal or jugular veins; from the
hinder parts of the body, chiefly by the cardinal veins,
but also in part by the now commencing vena cava
inferior.

300 THE SIXTH DAY. [ CHAP.

The blood from the yolk-sac and allantois, together
with a small quantity from the intestine, is collected
into the portal vein, and by that vessel carried to the
liver. Here it becomes divided into two streams, part
flowing directly by the ductus venosus into the sinus
venosus, and the remainder passing through the capil-
laries of the liver, being brought back to the ductus
venosus by the hepatic veins.

During this period the blood is aérated both by the
allantois and yolk-sac, but as yet chiefly by the latter.

At a somewhat late period of incubation the
blood from the ventricles passes into two entirely dis-
tinct roots. The one of these, that from the right
chamber, sends the blood to the fifth pair of arches;
passing through which the greater part of the blood
flows into the dorsal aorta, a small portion only finding
its way into the lungs through the as yet unimportant
pulmonary arteries.

Through the other aortic root, viz. that from the
left ventricle, the blood flows into the third and fourth
pairs of arches. That part of the blood which flows
into the third pair, passes almost entirely to the head —
and upper extremities by the external and internal
carotids; that which flows into the right arch of
the fourth pair is chiefly brought to the dorsal aorta,
but some of it passes to the right wing; that, on the
contrary, which goes into the left fourth arch is for the
most part sent to the left wing, a small part only reach-
ing the dorsal aorta. There is still a mixture of the
blood from the two chambers of the heart, so that the
blood in the dorsal aorta is composed partly of blood
from the left, and partly from the right chambers.

X.] SUMMARY. 301

[he blood of the upper (anterior) end of the body
somes entirely from the left ventricle.
The blood of the dorsal aorta passes to the yolk-
ac and allantois, and to all the hinder parts of the
ody. It is brought back from the yolk-sac, from the
ilantois, and to a certain extent from the intestines, by
he portal vein, part of the blood from which passes to
he inferior vena cava by the direct course (ductus
venosus), and part indirectly by the more circuitous
‘ourse of the capillaries of the liver and hepatic veins.
The blood from the generative and urinary organs,
nd from the hinder extremities, is brought back to the
eart by the vena cava inferior; that from the upper
extremities and head by the jugular, vertebral and
ving veins into the two vene cave of the right and
eft side, and so to the heart. Of these three ven
ave, the right superior and the inferior join the
uricle by a common entrance, but the left superior
as an entrance of its own. All of these open into
he cavity of the right auricle, but the opening of
he inferior vena cava is so directed (vide Chap. VIII.
». 263) that the blood carried by this vessel flows
chiefly through the foramen ovale into the left auricle.
he blood from the two superior venz cavee enters the
ight auricle only. Now the blood of the inferior
ena cava has been partly aérated by the allantois;
nd, since it is this blood which passing through the
ft auricle and ventricle is distributed to the third
ortic arch, unmixed by any blood from the right ven-
ricle (the mixture with the blood from the fifth arch
eaching only as far as the fourth arch), it happens
at the blood which flows to the anterior extremities

302 THE SIXTH DAY. [CHAP.

and head is more aérated than that in any other part
of the body.

From the anterior extremities the blood is to a
great extent returned by the left superior cava, and
goes into the right auricle, whence, by the right ven-
tricle, it is distributed through the fifth pair of arches
over the body, after joming the more aérated blood
passing through the fourth pair of arches.

The blood from the lungs is brought back by two
small veins into the left auricle.

The characteristics of the circulation at this time are
that the blood is aérated by the allantois, and that there
is a partial double circulation. (Vide Chap. VIII. p. 263.)

As soon as respiration commences the canals
leading to the dorsal aorta from the fifth pair of arches,
which communicate only with the right ventricle, be-
come closed. The blood passing along the fifth arch
now flows only into the lungs, through the pulmonary
arteries. The blood from the left ventricle owing to
the cessation of the circulation of the yolk-sac and of the
allantois is distributed exclusively to the body of the
chick, from whence it is all brought back into the right
auricle by the three now independently opening vene
cave.

The portal veins henceforward receive blood from
the intestines only, and the ductus venosus is ob-
literated, so that all the blood of the portal vein passes
through the capillaries of the liver.

The partition between the auricles is rendered com-
plete by the closure of the foramen ovale; into the
tight auricle the veins of the body enter, and into the
left the pulmonary veins.

Ix. | HATCHING. 303

| ‘There is thus a completely double circulation formed,
in which all the blood of the left ventricle is arterial,
land all the blood of the right ventricle venous, and
there is at no part of the circulation a mixture of venous
land arterial blood.

As early as the sixth day movements, as we have
jsaid, may be seen in the limbs of the embryo upon
opening the egg. We may conclude that after this
epoch spontaneous movements occur from time to time
in the unopened egg. They cannot however be of any
great extent until the fourteenth day, for up to this
time the embryo retains the position in which it was
rst formed, viz. with its body at right angles to the
long axis of the egg.

On the fourteenth day a definite change of position
takes place ; the chick moves so as to lie lengthways in
the egg, with its beak touching the chorion and shell
membrane where they form the inner wall of the
rapidly increasing air-chamber at the broad end (Chap.
. p. 3).

On the twentieth day or thereabouts the beak is
thrust through these membranes, and the bird begins
ito breathe the air contained in the chamber. There-
pon the pulmonary circulation becomes functionally
active, and at the same time blood ceases to flow
through the umbilical arteries. The allantois shrivels
up, the umbilicus becomes completely closed, and the
chick piercing the shell at the broad end of the egg
jwith repeated blows of its beak, casts off the dried re-
mains of allantois, amnion and chorion, and steps out
nto the world.

PART II.

THE HISTORY OF THE MAMMALIAN
EMBRYO.

F. & B. 20

iS

INTRODUCTION.

THE most important difference between the de-
| velopment of Mammalia and Aves depends upon the
/ amount and distribution of the food-yolk in the ovum.
| In birds, as we have seen (Ch. 1.), the ovum is large and
| the greater part of it so heavily charged with food-yolk
| that it is unable to segment. The segmentation is con-
| fined to one small portion, the germinal disc, the pro-
| toplasm of which is less burdened with food-yolk than
| that of the remainder of the ovum. Such partial seg-
| mentation is known as meroblastic.

| In Mammals, on the other hand, the ovum is small’,
| and contains but a slight amount of food-yolk ; the little
| there is being distributed uniformly throughout. In con-
| sequence of this the whole ovum is able to segment; the
| segmentation therefore belongs to the holoblastic type.
| This fundamental difference in the constitution of the
| ovum of Birds and Mammals is accompanied not only by
| differences in the segmentation but also by important
| differences, as we shall see, in the stages of development
| which immediately follow segmentation. Finally, in

1 The human ovarian ovum is +3~ to +4. of an inch in diameter.
tas 013%

20—2

308 INTRODUCTION.

birds, as we have seen, the nutrition of the developing
embryo is entirely effected at the expense of the food-
yolk and albumen with which the ovum was charged
in the ovary and oviduct respectively, and the eggs
leave the parent very soon after the close of segmenta-
tion. In the Mammalia the absence of sufficient food-
yolk necessitates the existence of some other source of
nutriment for the embryo, and that source is mainly the
maternal blood.

The development of Mammalia may be divided into
two periods: 1. the development within the uterus; 2.
the development after birth.

Tn all the higher Mammalia the second period is very
unimportant, as compared with the first; for the young
are born in a condition closely resembling that of the
adult of the species to which they belong. The de-
velopment during the first period takes place in the
uterus of the mother, and nutriment passes from the
maternal blood to that of the embryo by means of a
structure, to be described in detail hereafter, known as
the placenta. This difference between the development
of Birds and Mammals may be briefly expressed by saying
that the former are oviparous, while the latter are vivi-
parous.

The source of nutriment during the second period
is the Mammary glands. In certain of the lower Mam-
malia (Marsupials) the young are born in a very im-
mature condition, and become attached by their mouths
to the nipples of these glands. They are carried
about, usually in a special pouch (marsupium) by the
mother, and undergo in this position the greater part of
the remainder of their development.

CHAPTER X.
GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMBRYO.

THERE is a close agreement in the history of the
development of the embryo of the various kinds of
Mammals. We may therefore take one, the Rabbit, as
a type. There are without doubt considerable varia-
tions to be met with in the early development even of
species nearly allied to the Rabbit, but at present the
true value of these variations is not understood, and
they need not concern us here.

The ovarian ovum. Mammals possess two ovaries
situated in the body cavity, one on either side of the
vertebral column immediately posterior to the kidneys.
They are somewhat flattened irregularly oval bodies, a
portion of the surface being generally raised into pro-
tuberances due to projecting follicles.

In an early stage of development the follicle in the
mammalian ovary is similar to that of the fowl, and is
formed of flat cells derived from the germinal cells ad-
joining the ovum. As development proceeds however
it becomes remarkably modified. These flat cells sur-
rounding the ovum become columnar and then one or
two layers deep. Later they become thicker on one
side of the ovum than on the other, and there appears

3510 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO. [CHAP.

in the thickened mass a cavity which gradually becomes
more and more distended and filled with an albuminous
fluid.

As the cavity enlarges, the ovum, around which are
several layers of cells, forms a prominence projecting -
into it. The follicle cells are known as the membrana
granulosa, and the projection in which the ovum lies as
the discus or cumulus proligerus. The whole structure
with its tunic is known as the Graafian follicle.’

If the ovary of a mature female during the breeding
season be examined, certain of the protuberances on its
surface may be seen to be considerably larger than others;
they are more transparent than their fellows and their
outer covering appears more tense; these are Graafian
follicles containing nearly or quite ripe ova. Upon piere-
ing one of these follicles with a needle-point the ovum
contained therein spirts forth together with a not incon-
siderable amount of clear fluid.

Egg Membranes. The ovum is surrounded by a
radiately striated membrane, the zona radiata, internal
to which in the nearly ripe egg a delicate membrane
has been shown, by Ed. v. Beneden, to exist. The cells
of the discus are supported upon an irregular granular
membrane external to the zona radiata. This mem-
brane is more or less distinctly separated from the zona,
and the mode of its development renders it probable
that it is the remnant of the first formed membrane
in the young ovum and is therefore the vitelline mem-
brane.

Maturation and impregnation of the ovum. As
the ovum placed in the Graafian follicle approaches
maturity the germinal vesicle assumes an excentric

x.] IMPREGNATION. 311

position and undergoes a series of changes which have
not been fully worked out, but which probably are of
the same nature as those which have been observed in
other types (p.17). The result of the changes is the
formation of one or more polar bodies, and the nucleus
of the mature ovum (female pronucleus).

At certain periods one or more follicles containing a
ripe ovum burst’, and their contents are received by
the fimbriated extremity of the Fallopian tube which
appears according to Hensen to clasp the ovary at the
time. The follicle after the exit of the ovum becomes
filled with blood and remains as a conspicuous object on
the surface of the ovary for some days. It becomes
eventually a corpus luteum. The ovum travels slowly
down the Fallopian tube. It is still invested by the
zona radiata, and in the rabbit an albuminous envelope
is formed around it in its passage downwards. Im-
pregnation takes place in the upper part of the Fallo-
pian tube, and is shortly followed by the segmentation,
which is remarkable amongst the Amniota for being
complete’.

The entrance of the spermatozoon into the ovum
and its subsequent fate have not been observed. Van
Beneden describes in the rabbit the formation of the
first segmentation nucleus (1e. the nucleus of the ovum
after fertilization) from two nuclei, one peripheral and
the other ventral, and deduces from his observations

1 So far as is known there is no relation between the bursting of
the follicle and the act of coition.

2 It is stated by Bischoff that shortly after impregnation, and
before the commencement of the segmentation, the ova of the rabbit
and guinea-pig are covered with cilia and exhibit the phenomenon of
rotation. This has not been noticed by other observers.

312 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO. [ CHAP,

that the peripheral nucleus was derived from the sper-
matic element.

Segmentation. The process of segmentation oc-
cupies in the rabbit about 72 hours; but the time of
this and all other stages of development varies con-
siderably in different animals.

The details of segmentation in the rabbit are differ-
ently described by various observers ; but at the close of
segmentation the ovum appears undoubtedly to be
composed of an outer layer of cubical hyaline cells,
almost entirely surrounding an inner mass of highly
granular rounded or polygonal cells.

OpticAL SECTIONS oF A MRABBIT’S OVUM AT TWO STAGES
CLOSELY FOLLOWING UPON THE SEGMENTATION.

(After E. van Beneden.) . P
ep. outer layer ; hy. inner mass ; bp. Van Beneden’s blastopore.
The shading of the outer and inner layers is diagrammatic.

In a small circular area however the inner mass of
cells remains exposed at the surface (Fig. 95, A). This

. SEGMENTATION. 313

xposed spot may for convenience be called with v. Bene-
en the blastopore, though, as will be seen by the ac-
ount given of the subsequent development, it in no
ay corresponds with the blastopore of other vertebrate
va.

In the following account of the segmentation of the rabbit’s
vum, v. Beneden’s description is followed as far as the details
re concerned, his nomenclature is however not adhered tol.

According to v. Beneden the ovum first divides into two
early equal spheres, of which one is slightly larger and more
ransparent than the other. The larger sphere and its products
vill be spoken of as the outer spheres, and the smaller one
nd its products as the inner spheres, in accordance with their
ifferent destinations.

Both the spheres are soon divided into two, and each of the
our so formed into two again; and thus a stage with eight
pheres ensues. At the moment of their first separation these
pheres are spherical, and arranged in two layers, one of them
ormed of the four outer, and the other of the four inner spheres.
his position is not long retained, for one of the inner spheres
asses to the centre; and the whole ovum again takes a spherical
orm.

In the next phase of segmentation each of the four outer
spheres divides into two, and the ovum thus becomes constituted
of twelve spheres, eight outer and four inner. The outer spheres
haye now become markedly smaller than the inner.

The four inner spheres next divide giving rise, together with
the eight outer spheres, to sixteen spheres in all; which are
nearly uniform in size. Of the eight inner spheres four soon
pass to the centre, while the eight now superficial outer spheres
form a kind of cup partially enclosing the inner spheres. The
outer spheres now divide in their turn, giving rise to sixteen

1 The cells spoken of as the outer layer correspond to Van Beneden’s
epiblast, whilst those cells spoken of as the inner correspond to his
primitive hypoblast.

314 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO. [CHAP.

spheres which largely enclose the inner spheres. The segmenta-
tion of both outer and inner spheres continues, and in the course
of it the outer spheres spread further and further over the inner,
so that at the close of segmentation the inner spheres constitute a
central solid mass almost entirely surrounded by the outer
spheres. In a small circular area however the inner mass of
spheres remain for some time exposed at the surface (Fig. 95 A).

The blastodermic vesicle. After its segmentation
the ovum passes into the uterus. The outer cells soon
grow over the blastopore and thus form a complete
superficial layer. A series of changes next take place
which result in the formation of what has been called
the blastodermac vesicle.

These changes commence with the appearance of a
narrow cavity between the outer and inner layers, which
extends so as completely to separate them except in the
region adjoining the original site of the blastopore (Fig.
95 B)*. The cavity so formed rapidly enlarges, and
with,it the ovum also; so that this soon takes the form
of a thin walled vesicle with a large central cavity.
This vesicle is the blastodermic vesicle. The greater
part of its walls are formed of a single row of flattened —
outer layer cells; while the inner mass of cells forms
a small lens-shaped mass attached to the’ inner side of
the outer layer (Fig. 96).

Although by this stage, which occurs in the rabbit
between seventy and ninety hours after impregnation,
the blastodermic vesicle has by no means attained its
greatest dimensions, it has nevertheless grown from

1 Van Beneden regards it as probable that the blastopore is —
situated somewhat excentrically in relation to the area of attachment
of the inner mass to the outer layer.

= | BLASTODERMIC VESICLE. 315

out 0:09 mm.—the size of the ovum at the close
ementation—to about 0:28 in diameter. It is en-
Josed by the zona radiata and the albuminous layer

ABBIT’S OvUM BETWEEN 70—90 HourRS AFTER IMPREGNATION.
(After E. van Beneden.)

. cavity of blastodermic vesicle (yolk-sac); ep. outer layer ;
hy. inner mass ; Zp. albuminous envelope.

round it. The blastodermic vesicle continues to
nlarge rapidly, and during the process the inner mass
dergoes important changes. It spreads out on the
ner side of the outer layer and at the same time loses
ts lens-like form and becomes flattened. The central

316 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO. [CHAP,

part of it remains however thicker, and is constituted
of two rows of cells, while the peripheral part, the outer
boundary of which is irregular, is formed of an imperfect
layer of amoeboid cells which continually spread further
and further beneath the outer layer. The central thick- |
ening of the inner layer forms an opaque circular spot —
on the blastoderm, which constitutes the commencement
of the embryonic area.

The formation of the layers. The history of the
stages immediately following, from about the com-
mencement of the fifth day to the seventh day, when a ~
primitive streak makes its appearance, is not perfectly —
understood, and has been interpreted very differently by _
various observers. The following account must there-
fore be considered as a tentative one.

About five days after impregnation the cells of the
Inner mass in the embryonic area become divided into
two distinct strata, an upper stratum of rounded cells
adjoining the flattened outer layer and a lower stratum
of flattened cells. This lower stratum is the true hypo-—
blast (Fig. 97). At the edge of the embryonic area the
hypoblast is continuous with a peripheral ring of the
ameeboid cells of the earlier stage, which now form,
except at the edge of the ring, a continuous layer of
flattened cells in contact with the outer layer. During
the sixth day the middle layer becomes fused with the
outer layer, and gives rise to a layer of cells which are
columnar and are arranged in the rabbit in a single
row (Fig. 98). They form together the true epiblast of
the embryonic area.

At this stage therefore the embryonic area, which is
circular, is formed throughout of two single layers of

\

FORMATION OF THE LAYERS. oe

Veells, a columnar epiblast and a layer of flattened hypv-
J blast.
res .9/f

= — SS ——
— a a NE Sa
= ————s SS —e = —

ISECTION THROUGH THE NEARLY CIRCULAR EMBRYONIC AREA OF
A RABBIT Ovum oF Six Days.

(From Allen Thomson, after E. van Beneden.)

ect. upper layer; mes. middle layer; ent. true hypoblast.

Fic. 98.

_ SECTION THROUGH THE BLASTODERM OF A RABBIT ON THE
SeventH Day: TAKEN IN FRONT OF THE PRIMITIVE
STREAK.

Half of the area is represented.

Towards the end of the sixth day the embryonic
area of the rabbit, which has hitherto been round, be-
comes oval. ,

A diagrammatic view of the whole blastodermic
vesicle at about the beginning of the seventh day is
given in Fig. 99. The embryonic area is represented in
white. The line ge in B shows the extension of the

hypoblast round the inside of the vesicle. The blas-

?-

318 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO. [ CHAP.

Fic. 99.

VIEWS OF THE BLASTODERMIC VESICLE OF A KABBIT ON THE
SEVENTH Day WITHOUT THE Zona. A. from above, B.
from the side. (From Kolliker.)

ag. embryonic area; ge. boundary of the hypoblast.

2 BX. | PRIMITIVE STREAK. 319

odermic vesicle is therefore formed of three areas,
(1) the embryonic area with two layers, a columnar
2piblast and flat hypoblast; (2) the region around the
embryonic area where the walls of the vesicle are formed
of flattened epiblast* and of hypoblast; (3) the area
eyond this again where the vesicle is formed of flat-
ened epiblast* only.

The changes which next take place begin with the
ormation of a primitive streak, homologous with, and in
ost respects similar to, the primitive streak in Birds.

Fic. 100.

Empryonic AREA OF AN E1cut Days’ Rapsir.
(After K@lliker.)
arg. embryonic area ; pr. primitive streak.

The formation of the streak is preceded by that of a
dark spot near the middle of the blastoderm, forming
the nodal point of Hensen. This spot subsequently
constitutes the front end of the primitive streak.

Early on the seventh day the embryonic area be-
comes pyriform, and at its posterior and narrower end

1 The epiblast of the blastodermic vesicle beyond the embryonic
area is formed of the outer layer only.

320 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO. (CHAP.

the primitive streak makes its appearance ; it 1s due to
a proliferation of rounded cells from the epiblast.

Fic. 101.

SECTION THROUGH AN OvaL BLASTODERM OF A RABBIT ON
THE SEvENTH Day. THE LENGTH oF THE AREA WAS
ABOUT 1:2 MM. AND ITS BREADTH ABOUT ‘86 MM.

Through the front part of the primitive streak; ep. epiblast ;
m. mesoblast ; hy. hypoblast ; pr. primitive streak.

These cells give rise to a part of the mesoblastic
layer of the embryo, and may be termed from their —
origin the primitive streak mesoblast.

During the seventh day the primitive streak be- —
comes a more pronounced structure (Fig. 101), the
mesoblast in its neighbourhood increases in quantity,
while an axial groove (Fig. 100)—the primitive groove ©
—is formed on its upper surface. |

The formation of the medullary groove. In the
part of the embryonic area in front of the primitive
streak there arise during the eighth day two folds
bounding a shallow median groove, which meet in front,
but diverge behind, and enclose between them the
foremost end of the primitive streak (Fig. 103). These
folds are the medullary folds and they constitute the
first definite traces of the embryo. The medullary plate
bounded by them rapidly grows in length, the primitive —
streak always remaining at its hinder end. While the —

ex.) THE MESOBLAST. 321
Fie. 102.
A,
rp
\ 2 aK
d SOR BecE es eee

—GDOCOOR AGA
pues

2 os

Boe oe oF

Two TRANSVERSE ee THROUGH THE EMBRYONIC AREA
OF AN Empryo RABBIT OF SEVEN Days.

The embryo has nearly the appearance represented in Fig. 100.

A. is taken through the anterior part of the embryonic area.
It represents about half the breadth of the area, and there is no
trace of a medullary groove or of the mesoblast.

B. is taken through the posterior part of the primitive
streak.
ep. epiblast ; hy. hypoblast.

lateral epiblast is formed of several rows of cells, that of
the medullary plate is at first formed of but a single
row (Fig. 104, mg).

The mesoblast and notochord. The mesoblast in
mammalia has, as in the chick, a double origin, and the
details of its development appear to resemble essentially
those in the chick. It arises (1) from the epiblast of
the primitive streak; this has been already described ;
(2) from the primitive hypoblast in front and at the
sides of the primitive streak. The latter is known as
hypoblastic mesoblast, and as in the chick appears to
originate as two lateral plates split off from the primi-
tive hypoblast. These two plates are at first continuous

F. & B. 21

322 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO. [cHAaP.

Fic. 103.

Empryonic AREA OF A SEVEN Days’ Empryo RABBIT.
(From Koélliker.)

o. place of future area vasculosa ; rf. medullary groove ; pr. pri-
mitive streak ; ag. embryonic area.

In the region o. a layer of mesoblast has already grown ; there
are however as yet no signs of blood-vessels in it.

This mesoblast is derived from the mesoblast of the primitive
streak (K6lliker).

in the axial line with the primitive hypoblast. When
the medullary groove is formed the lateral bands of
mesoblast become separate from the axial hypoblast and
give rise to two independent lateral plates of mesoblast

( hw /
x] *| THE PRIMITIVE STREAK. 323

(Fig. 104). The axial band of hypoblast eventually
gives rise to the notochord.

Fie. 104.

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH AN EMBRYO RABBIT OF EIGHT
Days.

ep. epiblast ; me. mesoblast ; Ay. hypoblast ; mg. medullary
groove.

The mesoblastic elements from these two sources,
though at first characterised by the difference in the
appearance of their cells (Fig. 102, B), those of the
primitive streak mesoblast being more rounded, soon
become blended and indistinguishable from one another;
so that it is difficult to say to what parts of the fully
formed mesoblast they severally contribute.

In tracing the changes which take place in the rela-
tions of the layers, while passing from the region of the
embryo to that of the primitive streak, it will be con-
venient to follow the account given by Schafer for the

pL guinea-pig, which on this point is far fuller and more
satisfactory than that of other observers. In doing so
we shall leave out of consideration the fact that the
layers in the guinea-pig are inverted. Fig. 105 repre-
sents a series of sections through this part in the guinea-
pig. The anterior section (D) passes through the medul-
lary groove near its hinder end. The commencement of
the primitive streak is marked by a slight prominence on
the floor of the medullary groove between the two diverg-

21—2

324 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO. [CHAP,

ing medullary folds (Fig. 105 C,ae). Where this promi-
nence becomes first apparent the epiblast and hypoblast

Fia. 105.

A Serres oF TRANSVERSE SECTIONS THROUGH THE JUNCTION
OF THE PRIMITIVE STREAK AND MEDULLARY GROOVE OF
A Youne Gurnea-Pia. (After Schiifer.)

A. is the posterior section.

e. epiblast ; m. mesoblast ; 4. hypoblast; ae. axial epiblast of
the primitive streak ; ah. axial hypoblast attached in B. and
C. to the epiblast at the rudimentary blastopore ; ng. me-
dullary groove ; f rudimentary blastopore.

x] THE NOTOCHORD. 325

are united together. The mesoblast plates at the two
sides remain in the meantime quite free. Slightly
further back, but before the primitive groove is reached,
the epiblast and hypoblast are connected together by a
cord of cells (Fig. 105 B, f), which in the section next
following becomes detached from the hypoblast and
forms a solid keel projecting from the epiblast. In the
following section the hitherto independent mesoblast
plates become united with this keel (Fig. 105 A); and
in the posterior sections, through the part of the primi-
tive streak with the primitive groove, the epiblast and
mesoblast continue to be united in the axial line, but
the hypoblast remains distinct. These peculiar relations
may shortly be described by saying that in the axial
lme the hypoblast becomes united with the epiblast at
the posterior end of the embryo; and that the cells
which connect the hypoblast and epiblast are posteriorly
continuous with the fused epiblast and mesoblast of
the primitive streak, the hypoblast in the region of the
primitive streak having become distinct from the other
layers.

The notochord. The thickened axial portion of the
hypoblast in the region of the embryo becomes sepa-
rated, as we have already pointed out, from the lateral
parts as the notochord.

Very shortly after the formation of the notochord,
the hypoblast grows in from the two sides, and becomes
quite continuous across the middle line. The formation
of the notochord takes place from before backwards;
and at the hinder end of the embryo it is continued
into the mass of cells which forms the axis of the primi-
tive streak, becoming therefore at this point continuous

326 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO. [CHAP.

with the epiblast. The notochord in fact. behaves exactly
as did the axial hypoblast in the earlier stage,

The peculiar relations just mentioned are precisely similar to
those we have already described in the chick (p. 60). They
receive their explanation by comparison with the lower types.

The cells which form the junction between the epiblast and
the axial hypoblast constitute in the lower types the front wall of
a passage perforating the blastoderm and leading from the ex-
terior into the alimentary canal. This passage is the vertebrate
blastopore.

In the chick we have seen (p. 72) this passage is present at a
certain stage of development as the neurenteric canal ; and in the
duck at a still earlier stage. It is also present at an early stage
in the mole.

The presence of this blastopore renders it clear that the blas-
topore discovered by Ed. van Beneden cannot have the meaning
he assigned to it in comparing it with the blastopore of the
frog.

To recapitulate. At the stage we have now reached
the three layers are definitely established.

The epiblast is derived partly from the outer layer
of segmentation spheres and partly from the larger pro-
portion of those segmentation spheres which constitute
the inner mass. The hypoblast arises from the few
remaining cells of the inner mass; while the mesoblast
has its origin partially from the epiblast of the primitive
streak and partially from the hypoblast cells anterior to
the primitive streak.

During the period in which these changes have been taking
place, the rudiments of a vascular area become formed, and while
as Kolliker has shewn, the mesoblast of this portion is to some
extent derived from the mesoblast of the primitive streak, it is
possible that a portion of it owes its origin to hypoblastic meso-
blast.

x4] THE MEDULLARY PLATE. 327

General growth of the embryo. We have seen
that the blastodermic vesicle becomes divided at an
early stage of development into an embryonic area, and
a non-embryonie portion. The embryonic area gives
rise to the whole of the body of the embryo, while the
non-embryonic part forms an appendage known as the
umbilical vesicle, which becomes gradually folded off
from the embryo, and has precisely the relations of the
yolk-sac of the chick. It is almost certain that the
Mammalia are descended from ancestors, the embryos
of which had large yolk-sacs, but that the yolk has
become reduced in quantity owing to the nutriment
received from the wall of the uterus taking the place
of that originally supplied by the yolk. A rudiment of
the yolk-sac being thus retained in the umbilical vesi-
cle, this structure may be called indifferently umbilical
vesicle or yolk-sac.

The yolk which fills the yolk-sac in Birds is re-
placed in Mammals by a coagulable fluid; while the
gradual extension of the hypoblast round the wall of
the blastodermic vesicle, which has already been de-
scribed, is of the same nature as the growth of the hy-
poblast round the yolk-sac in Birds.

The whole embryonic area would seem to be em-
ployed in the formation of the body of the embryo. Its
long axis has no very definite relation to that of the
blastodermic vesicle. The first external trace of the
embryo to appear is the medullary plate, bounded by
the medullary folds, and occupying at first the anterior
half of the embryonic area (Fig. 103). The two me-
dullary folds diverge behind and enclose the front end
of the primitive streak. As the embryo elongates the

328 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO. [CHAP.

medullary folds nearly meet behind and so cut off the
front portion of the primitive streak, which then ap-
pears as a projection in the hind end of the medullary
groove. At the hind end of the medullary groove
(mole) a deep pit perforates its floor and enters the
mass of mesoblast cells lying below. The pit is a rudi-
ment of the blastopore (described on p. 326) which has
been enclosed by the medullary folds.

Henceforward the general course of development is ©
very similar to that in the chick and so will be only briefly
described. The special features in the development of
particular organs will be described later. In an embryo
rabbit, eight days after impregnation, the medullary
groove is about 180 mm. in length. At this stage a
division may be clearly seen in the lateral plates of
mesoblast into a vertebral zone adjoining the embryo
and a more peripheral lateral zone; and in the verte-
_ bra] zone indications of two somites, about 0°37 mm.
from the hinder end of the embryo, become apparent.
The foremost of these somites marks the junction, or
very nearly so, of the cephalic region and trunk. The
small size of the latter as compared with the former is
very striking, but is characteristic of Vertebrates gene-
rally. The trunk gradually elongates relatively to the
head, by the addition behind of fresh somites. The
embryo has not yet begun to be folded off from the
yolk-sac.

In a slightly older embryo of nine days there appears
(Hensen, Kolliker) round the embryonic area a delicate
clear ring which is narrower in front than behind (Fig.
106 A. ap). This ring is regarded by these authors as
representing the peripheral part of the area pellucida of

x.] THE CEREBRAL VESICLES. 329

Birds, which does not become converted into the body
of the embryo. Outside the area pellucida, an area
vasculosa has become very well defined. In the em-
bryo itself (Fig. 106 A) the disproportion between head
and trunk is less marked than before; the medullary
plate dilates anteriorly to form a spatula-shaped ce-
phalic enlargement; and three or four somites are
established. In the lateral parts of the mesoblast of
the head there may be seen on each side a tube-like
structure (hz). Each of these is part of the heart, which
arises as two independent tubes. The remains of the
primitive streak (pr) are still present behind the me-
dullary groove.

In somewhat older embryos (Fig. 106 B) with about
eight somites, in which the trunk considerably exceeds
the head in length, the first distinct traces of the
folding off of the head end of the embryo become ap-
parent, and somewhat later a fold also appears at the
hind end. In the formation of the hind end of the
embryo the primitive streak gives rise to a tail swelling
and to part of the ventral wall of the post-anal gut. In
the region of the head the rudiments of the heart (A)
are far more definite. The medullary groove is still
open for its whole length, but in the head it exhibits a
series of well-marked dilatations. The foremost of
these (vk) is the rudiment of the fore-brain from the
sides of which there project the two optic vesicles (ab) ;
the next is the mid-brain (mh) and the last is the hind-
brain (hA), which is again divided into smaller lobes by
successive constrictions. The medullary groove behind
the region of the somites dilates into an embryonic

sinus rhomboidalis like that of the bird. Traces of the

330 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO. [CHAP.

Fic. 106.

Mtn
mi

i sl Hanh
Empryo RABBITS OF ABOUT NINE DAYS FROM THE DoRSAL SIDE.
(From Kélliker. |
A. magnified 22 times, and B. 21 times.

ap. area pellucida; rf. medullary groove ; 2’. medullary plate in
the region of the future fore-brain ; 2”. medullary plate in
the region of the future mid-brain ; vh. fore-brain ; ab. optic
vesicle ; mh. mid-brain; hh. and hk”. hind-brain ; ww. meso-
blastic somite ; s¢z. vertebral zone ; pz. lateral zone ; Az. and
h. heart ; ph. pericardial section of body-cavity; vo. vitelline’
vein ; af. amnion fold.

px. ] GENERAL DEVELOPMENT. 331

amnion (af) are now apparent both in front of and
behind the embryo.

The structure of the head and the formation of the
heart at this age are illustrated in Fig. 107. The
widely open Peller groove (rf) is shewn in the
| centre. Below it the hypoblast is thickened to form
-Jthe notochord dd’; and at the sides are seen the two
tubes, which, on the folding-in of the fore-gut, give rise
ito the unpaired heart’. Each of these is formed of
jan outer muscular tube of splanchnic mesoblast (ahh),
mot quite closed towards the hypoblast, and an inner
jepithelioid layer (*hh); and is placed in a special section
jof the body cavity (ph), which afterwards forms the
pericardial cavity.

| Before the ninth day is completed great external
ichanges are usually effected. The medullary groove
becomes closed for its whole length with the exception
jof a small posterior portion. The closure commences,
as in Birds, in the region of the mid-brain. Anteriorly
lthe folding-off of the embryo proceeds so far that the
head becomes quite free, and a considerable portion of
ithe throat, ending blindly in front, becomes established.
In the course of this folding the, at first widely sepa-
rated, halves of the heart are brought together, coalesce
jon the ventral side of the throat, and so give rise to a
median undivided heart. The fold at the tail end of
‘Wthe embryo progresses considerably, and during its ad-
‘}vance the allantois is formed in the same way as in
} Birds. The somites increase in number to about twelve.
‘The amniotic folds nearly meet above the embryo.

| 1 The details of the development of the heart are described below
(ch. x11.).

!

332 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO. [CHAP,

Fie. 107.

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH THE HEAD oF A RABBIT OF
THE SAME AGE AS Fic. 106 B. (From Kélliker.)

B. is a more highly magnified representation of part of A.

rf. medullary groove ; mp. medullary plate ; rw. medullary fold;
h. epiblast ; dd. hypoblast ; da’. notochordal thickening of |
hypoblast ; sp. undivided mesoblast ; hp. somatic mesoblast;

.] THE CRANIAL FLEXURE. 333

dfp. splanchnic mesoblast; ph. pericardial section of body-
cavity ; ah. muscular wall of heart ; chk. epithelioid layer of
heart ; mes. lateral undivided mesoblast ; sw. fold of hypo-
blast which will form the ventral wall of the pharynx; sv.
commencing throat.

The later stages in the development proceed in the
main in the same manner as in the Bird. The cranial
exure soon becomes very marked, the mid-brain form-
ing the end of the long axis of the embryo (Fig. 108).
he sense organs have the usual development. Under
he fore-brain appears an epiblastic involution giving

Fie. 108.

ADVANCED Empryo oF A Rapsit (ABouT TWELVE Days)’.

mb. mid-brain ; th. thalamencephalon ; ce. cerebral hemisphere;
op. eye; w.v. fourth ventricle; mx. maxillary process ; md.
mandibular arch; Ay. hyoid arch ; 7. fore-limb ; //. hind-
limb ; wm. umbilical stalk.

1 This figure was drawn by Mr Weldon.

334 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO. [CHAP.

rise both to the mouth and to the pituitary body. Be-
hind the mouth are three well marked pairs of visceral
arches. The first of these is the mandibular arch
(Fig. 108 md), which meets its fellow in the middle
line, and forms the posterior boundary of the mouth,
It sends forward on each side a superior maxillary pro-
cess (ma) which partially forms the anterior margin of
the mouth. Behind the mandibular arch are present a
well-developed hyoid (dy) and a first branchial arch
(not shewn in Fig. 108). There are four clefts, as in
the chick, but the fourth is not bounded behind by a
definite arch. Only the first of these clefts persists as
the tympanic cavity and Eustachian tube.

At the time when the cranial flexure appears, the
body also develops a sharp flexure immediately behind
the head, which is thus bent forwards upon the pos-
terior straight part of the body (Fig. 108). The amount
of this flexure varies somewhat in different forms. It
is very marked in the dog (Bischoff). At a later period,
and in some species even before the stage figured, the
tail end of the body also becomes bent (Fig. 108), so
that the whole dorsal side assumes a convex curvature,
and the head and tail become closely approximated. In
most cases the embryo, on the development of the tail,
assumes a more or less definite spiral curvature (Fig.
108). With the more complete development of the
lower wall of the body the ventral flexure partially dis-
appears, but remains more or less persistent till near
the close of intra-uterine life. The limbs are formed as
simple buds in the same manner as in Birds. The buds
of the hind-limbs are directed somewhat forwards, and
those of the fore-limb backwards.

“gq THE HUMAN EMBRYO. 335

The human embryo. Our knowledge as to the
early development of the human embryo is in an un-
satisfactory state. The positive facts we know are com-
paratively few, and it is not possible to construct from
them a history of the development which is capable of
satisfactory comparison with that in other forms, unless
all the early embryos known are to be regarded as
abnormal. The most remarkable feature in the develop-
ment, which was first clearly brought to light by Allen
Thomson in 1839, is the very early appearance of
branched villi. In the last few years several ova, even
younger than those described by Allen Thomson, have
been met with, which exhibit this peculiarity.

The best preserved of these ova is one described by
Reichert’. This ovum, though probably not more than
thirteen days old, was completely enclosed by a decidua
reflexa. It had (Fig. 109 A and B) a flattened oval
form, measuring in its two diameters 5°5 mm. and
3°55 mm. The edge was covered with branched villi,
while in the centre of each of the flattened surfaces
there was a spot free from villi. On the surface ad-
joining the uterine wall was a darker area (e) formed of
two layers of cells. Nothing certain has been made out
about the structure of ova of this age.

The villi, which at first leave the flattened poles
free, seem soon to extend first over one of the flat sides
and finally over the whole ovum (Fig. 109 C).

Unless the two-layered region of Reichert’s ovum is
the embryonic area, nothing which can clearly be
identified as an embryo has been detected in these

1 Abhandlungen der Kénigl. Akad. d. Wiss. zu Berlin, 1873.

336 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO. [CHAP.

Fie. 109.
A B
\\\ Wy rh,
Oy, My
GE SS
LG, % wWS
: ss

THE HuMAN OVA DURING EARLY STAGES OF DEVELOPMENT.
(From Quain’s Anatomy.)
A.and B. Front and side view of an ovum figured by Reichert,
supposed to be about thirteen days. e. embryonic area.
C. An ovum of about four or five weeks shewing the general
structure of the ovum before the formation of the placenta.

Part of the wall of the ovum is removed to shew the embryo
in situ. (After Allen Thomson.)

early ova. In an ovum described by Breus, and in one
described long ago by Wharton-Jones, a mass found in
the interior of the ovum may perhaps be interpreted
(His) as the remains of the yolk. It is, however, very
probable that all the early ova so far obtained are
more or less pathological.

The youngest ovum with a distinct embryo is one
described by His. This ovum, which is diagrammati-
cally represented in Fig. 111 in longitudinal section,
had the form of an oval vesicle completely covered by
villi, being about 85 mm. and 5°%5 mm. in its two
diameters, and flatter on one side than on the other.
An embryo with a yolk-sac was attached to the inner
side of the flatter wall of the vesicle by a stalk, which
must be regarded as the allantoic stalk; the embryo

| x.] THE HUMAN EMBRYO. 337
Fie. 110.

Ue.

Tree Earty Human Empryos. (Copied from His.)

A. Side view of an early embryo described by His.

B. Embryo of about 12—14 days described by Allen Thom-
son.
C. Young embryo described by His.

am. amnion; md. medullary groove; wm. umbilical vesicle ;
ch, chorion, to which the embryo is attached by a stalk.

and yolk-sac filled up but a very small part of the
whole cavity of the vesicle.

The embryo, which was probably not quite normal
(Fig. 110 A), was very imperfectly developed; a me-
dullary plate was hardly indicated, and, though the
mesoblast was unsegmented, the head fold, separating
the embryo from the yolk-sac (wm), was already in-

F, & B. 22

338 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO. [CHAP,

Fie. 111,
WINYIMV y y

DIAGRAMMATIC LONGITUDINAL SECTION OF THE Ovum TO
WHICH THE Empryo (Fic. 110 A.) BELONGED. (After His.)

am. amnion; Vb. umbilical vesicle.

dicated. The amnion (am) was completely formed, and
vitelline vessels had made their appearance.

Two embryos described by Allen Thomson are but
slightly older than the above embryo of His. Both of
them probably belong to the first fortnight of preg-
nancy. In both cases the embryo was more or less
folded off from the yolk-sac, and in one of them the
medullary groove was still widely open, except in the
region of the neck (Fig. 110 B). The allantoic stalk, if
present, was not clearly made out, and the condition of
the amnion was also not fully studied. The smaller of
the two ova was just 6 mm. in its largest diameter, and
was nearly completely covered with simple villi, more
developed on one side than on the other.

In a somewhat later period, about the stage of a
chick at the end of the second day, the medullary folds
are completely closed, the region of the brain already
marked, and the cranial flexure commencing. The
mesoblast is divided up into numerous somites, and the
mandibular and first two branchial arches are indicated.

Bx.) THE HUMAN EMBRYO. 339

In a still older stage the cranial flexure becomes
still more pronounced, placing the mid-brain at the end
| of the long axis of the body. The body also begins to
_ be ventrally curved (Fig. 110 C).

Externally human embryos at this age are charac-
| terized by the small size of the anterior end of the
| head.

The flexure goes on gradually increasing, and in the
| third week of pregnancy in embryos of about 4 mm. the
| limbs make their appearance.

The embryo at this stage (Fig. 112), which is about

Fre. 112,

| Two views oF A HumMAN EMBRYO OF BETWEEN THE THIRD
AND FourtH WEEK.
| A. Side view. (From Kolliker; after Allen Thomson.) a.
amnion; 6. umbilical vesicle; c. mandibular arch; e. hyoid
arch; f. commencing anterior limb; g. primitive auditory
vesicle; h. eye; 2. heart.
B. Dorsal view to shew the attachment of the dilated allantoic
stalk to the chorion. (From a sketch by Allen Thomson.)
am. amnion; all. allantois ; vs. yolk-sac.

22—2

340 THE MAMMALIAN EMBRYO, [CHAP.

equivalent to that of a chick on the fourth day, re-
sembles in almost every respect the normal embryos of
the Amniota. The cranial flexure is as pronounced as
usual, and the cerebral region has now fully the normal
size. The whole body soon becomes flexed ventrally,
and also somewhat spirally. The yolk-sac(B; ys) forms a
small spherical appendage with a long wide stalk, and
the embryo is attached by an allantoic stalk with a
slight swelling, probably indicating the presence of a
small hypoblastic diverticulum, to the inner face of the
chorion.

A detailed history of the further development of
the human embryo does not fall within the province of

Byres 13:

FIGURES SHEWING THE EARLY CHANGES IN THE FORM OF THE
Human Heap. (From Quain’s Anatomy.)
A. Head of an embryo of about four weeks. (After
Allen Thomson.)
B. Head of an embryo of about six weeks. (After Ecker.)
C. Head of an embryo of about nine weeks.
1, mandibular arch; 1’. persistent part of hyomandibular cleft ;
a. auditory vesicle.

.

|

ax. | INVERSION OF THE LAYERS. 341

| this work; while the later changes in the embryonic
| membranes will be dealt with in the next chapter. For
_ the changes which take place on the formation of the
| face we may refer the reader to Fig.113. Fora full dis-
; cussion as to the relation between the human embryos
| just described and those of other Mammals, we refer the
| reader to the Comp. Embryology, Vol. 1. p. 224 et seq.
| The guinea pig, rat and mouse present a pe-
| culiar method of development, the details of which are
| not entirely understood, and we do not propose to
| examine them here. Suffice it to say that the mode of
| development gives rise to the so-called inversion of the
| layers; so called because the outer layer of the em-
| bryonic vesicle appeared to the older observers to be
| formed of hypoblast and the embryonic epiblast to be
enclosed within.

lets s

CHAPTER XI.
EMBRYONIC MEMBRANES AND YOLK-SAC.

In the Mammalia the early stages in the develop-
ment of the embryonic membranes are nearly the same
as in Aves; but during the later stages the allantois
enters into peculiar relations with the uterine walls,
and the two, together with the interposed portion of
the subzonal membrane or false amnion (the nature of
which will be presently described), give rise to a very
characteristic Mammalian organ—the placenta—into
the structure of which it will be necessary to enter
at some length. The embryonic membranes vary so
considerably in the different forms that it will be ad-
vantageous to commence with a description of their
development in an ideal case.

We may commence with a blastodermic vesicle closely
invested by the delicate remnant of the zona radiata at
the stage in which the medullary groove is already
established. Around the embryonic area a layer of
mesoblast would have extended for a certain distance ;
so as to give rise to an area vasculosa, in which how-
ever the blood-vessels would not have become definitely

CHAP. XI.] MEMBRANES OF RABBIT. 343

established. Such a vesicle is represented diagram-
matically in Fig. 114, 1; Somewhat later the embryo
- begins to be folded off first in front and then behind
(Fig. 114, 2). These folds result in a constriction sepa-
rating the embryo and the yolk-sac (ds), or as it is
called in Mammalian embryology, the wmbilical vesicle.
The splitting of the mesoblast into a splanchnic and a
somatic layer has taken place, and at the front and
hind end of the embryo a fold (ks) of the somatic meso-
blast and epiblast begins to rise up and grow over the
head and tail of the embryo. These two folds form the
commencement of the amnion. The head and tail folds
of the amnion are continued round the two sides of the
embryo till they meet and unite into a continuous fold.
This fold grows gradually upwards, but before it has
completely enveloped the embryo the blood-vessels of
the area vasculosa become fully developed. They are
arranged in a manner not very different from that in
the chick.

The following is a brief account of their arrange-
ment in the rabbit :—

The outer boundary of the area, which is continually extend-
ing further and further round the umbilical vesicle, is marked by
a venous sinus terminalis (Fig. 114, st). The area is not, as in
the chick, a nearly complete circle, but is in front divided by a
deep indentation extending inwards to the level of the heart. In
consequence of this indentation the sinus terminalis ends in
front in two branches, which bend inwards and fall directly into
the main vitelline veins. The blood is brought from the dorsal
aorte by a series of lateral vitelline arteries, and not by a single
pair as in the chick. These arteries break up into a more deeply
situated arterial network, from which the blood is continued
partly into the sinus terminalis, and partly into a superficial venous

344 EMBRYONIC MEMBRANES AND YOLK-SAC. [CHAP.

Fig. 114,

® \ . 4 Le US

x1.] EMBRYONIC MEMBRANES. 345

Five DIAGRAMMATIC FIGURES ILLUSTRATING THE FORMATION
oF THE FortaAL MEMBRANES OF A Mammat. (From Kolli-
ker.)

In 1, 2,3, 4 the embryo is represented in longitudinal section.

1. Ovuin with zona pellucida, blastodermic vesicle, and
embryonic area.

2. Ovum with commencing formation of umbilical vesicle
and amnion.

3. Ovum with amnion about to close, and commencing
allantois.

4, Ovum with villous subzonal membrane, larger allantois,
and mouth and anus.

5. Ovum in which the mesoblast of the allantois has ex-
tended round the inner surface of the subzonal membrane and
united with it to form the chorion. The cavity of the allantois
is aborted. This fig. is a diagram of an early human ovum.

d. zona radiata; d’ and sz. processes of zona; sh. subzonal mem-
brane, outer fold of amnion, false amnion; ch. chorion; ch. 2.
chorionic villi ; am. amnion; /s. head-fold of amnion; ss. tail-
fold of amnion; a. epiblast of embryo; a’. epiblast of non-em-
bryonic part of the blastodermic vesicle; m. embryonic meso-
blast ; m’. non-embryonic mesoblast ; df. area vasculosa ; st.
sinus terminalis; dd. embryonic hypoblast; 7. non-embryo-
nic hypoblast; 4h. cavity of blastodermic vesicle, the greater
part of which becomes the cavity of umbilical vesicle ds. ;
dg. stalk of umbilical vesicle; al. allantois; e. embryo; 7.
space between chorion and amnion containing albuminous
fluid; vl. ventral body wall ; hd. pericardial cavity.

346 EMBRYONIC MEMBRANES AND YOLK-SAC. [CHAP.

network. The hinder end of the heart is continued into two
vitelline veins, each of which divides into an anterior and a
posterior branch. The anterior branch is a limb of the sinus
terminalis, and the posterior and smaller branch is continued
towards the hind part of the sinus, near which it ends. On its
way it receives, on its outer side, numerous branches from the
venous network. The venous network connects by its anasto-
moses, the posterior branch of the vitelline vein and the sinus
terminalis.

Shortly after the establishment of the circulation of
the yolk-sac the folds of the amnion meet and coalesce
above the embryo (Fig. 114, 3 and 4,am). . After this the
inner or true amnion becomes severed from the outer
or false amnion, though the two sometimes remain con-
nected by a narrow stalk. The space between the true
and false amnion is a continuation of the body cavity.
The true amnion consists of a layer of epiblastic epi-
thelium and generally also of somatic mesoblast, while
the false amnion consists as a rule of epiblast only;
though it is possible that in some cases (the rabbit ?)
the mesoblast may be continued along its inner
face.

Before the two limbs of the amnion are completely
severed the epiblast of the umbilical vesicle becomes sepa-
rated from the subjacent mesoblast and hypoblast of the
vesicle (Fig. 114, 3), and, together with the false am-
nion (sh) with which it is continuous, forms a complete
lining for the inner face of the zona radiata. The space
between this membrane and the umbilical vesicle with
the attached embryo is obviously continuous with the
body cavity (wide Figs. 114, 4 and 115). To this mem-
brane Turner has given the appropriate name of sub-
zonal membrane: by Von Baer it was called the serous

ee ee eee eee

| XI.] ATTACHMENT OF THE OVUM. 347

_envelope. It soon fuses with the zona radiata, or at
| any rate the zona ceases to be distinguishable.

While the above changes have been taking place
' the whole blastodermic vesicle, still enclosed in the
zona, has become attached to the walls of the uterus.
| In the case of the typical uterus with two tubular
| horns, the position of each embryo, when there are
| several, is marked by a swelling in the walls of the
| uterus, preparatory to the changes in the wall which
| take place on the formation of the placenta. In the
| region of each swelling the zona around the _blasto-
| dermic vesicle is closely embraced in a ring-like fashion
by the epithelium of the uterine wall. The whole
vesicle assumes an oval form, and it lies in the uterus
| with its two ends free. The embryonic area is placed
close to the mesometric attachment of the uterus. In
many cases peculiar processes or villi grow out from
the ovum (Fig. 114, 4, sz) which fit into the folds of
the uterine epithelium The nature of these processes
requires further elucidation, but in some instances
they appear to proceed from the zona (rabbit) and in
other instances from the subzonal membrane (dog).
In any case the attachment between the blastodermic
vesicle and the uterine wall becomes so close at the
time when the body of the embryo is first formed out
of the embryonic area, that it is hardly possible to
separate them without laceration; and at this period—
from the 8th to the 9th day in the rabbit—it requires
the greatest care to remove the ovum from the uterus
without injury. It will be understood of course that
the attachment above described is at first purely super-
ficial and not vascular.

348 EMBRYONIC MEMBRANES AND YOLK-SAC. [CHAP.

During the changes above described as taking place
in the amnion, the allantois grows out from the hind-
gut as a vesicle lined by hypoblast, but covered ex-
ternally by a layer of splanchnic mesoblast (Fig. 114, 3
and 4, al)’. It soon becomes a flat sac, projecting into
the now largely developed space between the subzonal
membrane and the amnion, on the dorsal side of the
embryo (Fig. 115, AZC). In some cases it extends so
as to cover the whole inner surface of the subzonal
membrane; in other cases again its extension is much
more limited. Its lumen may be retained or may be-
come nearly or wholly aborted. A fusion takes place
between the subzonal membrane and the adjoining
mesoblastic wall of the allantois, and the two together
give rise to a secondary membrane round the ovum
known as the chorion. Since however the allantois
does not always come in contact with the whole inner
surface of the subzonal membrane the term chorion js
apt to be somewhat vague; in the rabbit, for instance,
a considerable part of the so-called chorion is formed
by a fusion of the wall of the yolk-sac with the sub-
zonal membrane (Fig. 116). The region of the chorion
which gives rise to the placenta may in such cases be
distinguished as the true chorion from the remaining
part which will be called the false chorion.

The mesoblast of the allantois, especially that part
of it which assists in forming the chorion, becomes
highly vascular; the blood being brought to it by two
allantoic arteries continued from the terminal bifur-

1 The hypoblastic element in the allantois is sometimes very much
reduced, so that the allantois may be mainly formed of a vascular layer
of mesoblast.

XI. ] THE CHORION. 349

eee

id
1‘

.
DIAGRAM OF THE Fara MEMBRANES OF A Mammat. (From
Turner.)

Structures which either are or have been at an earlier period
of development continuous with each other are represented by
the same character of shading.

pe. zona with villi; sz. subzonal membrane; £. epiblast of
embryo; am. amnion; AC. amniotic cavity; I. mesoblast
of embryo ; H. hypoblast of embryo; UV. umbilical vesicle ;
al. allantois; ALC. allantoic cavity.

cation of the dorsal aorta, and returned to the body
by one, or rarely two, allantoic veins, which join the
vitelline veins from the yolk-sac. From the outer sur-
face of the true chorion (Fig. 114, 5, ch. z, 116) villi grow
out and fit into crypts or depressions which have in the

350 EMBRYONIC MEMBRANES AND YOLK-SAC. [CHAP. |

meantime made their appearance in the walls of the :

uterus’. The villi of the chorion are covered by an
epithelium derived from the subzonal membrane, and
are provided with a connective-tissue core containing
an artery and vein and a capillary plexus connecting
them. In most cases they assume a more or less ar-
borescent form, and have a distribution on the surface
of the chorion varying characteristically in different
species. The walls of the crypts into which the villi
are fitted also become highly vascular, and a nutritive
fluid passes from the maternal vessels of the placenta
to the foetal vessels by a process of diffusion; while
there is probably also a secretion by the epithelial
lining of the walls of the crypts, which becomes ab-
sorbed by the vessels of the foetal vili, The above
maternal and fcetal structures constitute together the
organ known as the placenta. The maternal portion
consists essentially of the vascular crypts in the
uterine walls, and the foetal portion of more or less
arborescent villi of the true chorion fitting into these
crypts.

While the placenta is being developed the folding
off of the embryo from the yolk-sac becomes more
complete; and the yolk-sac remains connected with the
ileal region of the intestine by a narrow stalk, the vi-
telline duct (Fig. 114, 4 and 5 and Fig. 115), consisting
of the same tissues as the yolk-sac, viz. hypoblast and
splanchnic mesoblast. While the true splanchnic stalk

1 These crypts have no connection with the openings of glandsin
the walls of the uterus. They are believed by Ercolani to be formed

to a large extent by a regeneration of the lining tissue of the uterine
walls.

XI] THE PLACENTA. 351

of the yolk-sac is becoming narrow, a somatic stalk
connecting the amnion with the walls of the embryo is
also formed, and closely envelopes the stalk both of the
allantois and the yolk-sac. The somatic stalk together
with its contents is known as the umbilical cord. The
mesoblast of the somatopleuric layer of the cord de-
velops into a kind of gelatinous tissue which cements
together the whole of the contents. The allantoic ar-
teries in the cord wind in a spiral manner round the
allantoic vein. The yolk-sac in many cases atrophies
completely before the close of intra-uterine life, but in
other cases it, like the other embryonic membranes, 1s
not removed till birth. The intra-embryonic portion of
the allantoic stalk gives rise to two structures, viz. to
(1) the urinary bladder formed by a dilatation of its
proximal extremity, and to (2) a cord known as the
urachus connecting the bladder with the wall of the
body at the umbilicus. The urachus, in cases where
the cavity of the allantois persists till birth, remains as
an open passage connecting the intra- and extra-em-
bryonic parts of the allantois. In other cases it gradually
closes, and becomes nearly solid before birth, though a
delicate but interrupted lumen would appear to persist
in it. It eventually gives rise to the ligamentum vesice
medium.

At birth the foetal membranes, including the foetal
portion of the placenta, are shed; but in many forms
the interlocking of the foetal villi with the uterine
crypts is so close that the uterine mucous membrane is
carried away with the fcetal part of the placenta. It
-thus comes about that in some placentz the maternal
and foetal parts simply separate from each other at birth,

352 EMBRYONIC MEMBRANES AND YOLK-SAC, [CHAP, |

and that in others the two remain intimately locked |
together, and both are shed together as the after-birth, —

These two forms of placenta are distinguished as non- |
deciduate and deciduate, but no sharp line can be drawn

between the two types. Moreover, a larger part of the —
uterine mucous membrane than that actually entering
into the maternal part of the placenta is often shed in _

the deciduate Mammalia, and in the non-deciduate —

Mammalia it is probable that the mucous membrane
(not including vascular parts) of the maternal placenta —
is either shed or absorbed.

Comparative history of the Mammalian feetal
membranes.

Two groups of Mammalia—the Monotremata’ and —
the Marsupialia—are believed not to be provided with —
a true placenta. Nothing is known of the arrangement —
of the fcetal membranes in the former group of animals —
(Monotremata). In the latter (Marsupialia) the yolk-—
sac is large and vascular, and is, according to Owen,
attached to the subzonal membrane. The allantois on
the other hand is but small, and is not attached to the
subzonal membrane; it possesses however a vascular
supply.

Observations have hitherto been very limited with
regard to the foetal membranes of this group of animals,
but it appears highly probable that both the yolk-sae
and the allantois receive nutriment from the walls of
the uterus.

All Mammalia other than the Monotremata and
Marsupialia have a true allantoic placenta. The pla-

x1.] DISCOIDAL PLACENTA. 353

centa presents a great variety of forms, and we propose
first to treat the most important of these in succession,
and then to give a general exposition of their mutual
affinities.

The discoidal placenta is found in the Rodentia,
Insectivora, and Cheiroptera. The Rabbit may be
taken as an example of this type of placenta.

The Rabbit. In the pregnant female Rabbit several ova are
generally found in each horn of the uterus. The general condi-
tion of the foetal-membranes at the time of their full development
is shewn in Fig. 116.

The embryo is surrounded by the amnion, which is compara-
tively small. The yolk-sac (ds) is large and attached to the
embryo by a long stalk. It has the form of a flattened sac
closely applied to about two-thirds of the surface of the subzonal
membrane. The outer wall of this sac, adjoining the subzonal
membrane, is formed of hypoblast only ; but the inner wall is
covered by the mesoblast of the area vasculosa, as indicated by
the thick black line (fd). The vascular area is bordered by
the sinus terminalis (st). In an earlier stage of development the
yolk-sac had not the compressed form represented in the figure.
It is, however, remarkable that the vascular area never extends
over the whole yolk-sac ; but the inner vascular wall of the yolk-
sac fuses with the outer wall, and with the subzonal membrane,
and so forms a false chorion, which receives its blood supply
from the yolk-sac. This part of the chorion does not develop
vascular villi.

The allantois (aZ) is a simple vascular sac with a large cavity.
Part of its wall is applied to the subzonal membrane, and gives rise
to the true chorion from which there project numerous vascular
villi. These fit into corresponding uterine crypts. It seems pro-
bable, from Bischoff’s and Kolliker’s observations, that the sub-
zonal membrane in the area of the placenta becomes attached,
by means of villi, to the uterine wall even before its fusion with
the allantois. In the later periods of gestation the intermingling
of the maternal and fetal parts of the placenta becomes very

F. & B. 23

354 EMBRYONIC MEMBRANES AND YOLK-SAC. [CHAP.

close, and the placenta is truly deciduate. The cavity of the
allantois persists till birth. Between the yolk-sac, the allantois,
and the embryo, there is left a large cavity filled with an albumi-
_ nous fluid.

Fic. 116.

DiacRamMatic LonerrupinaL Section or a Rapeit’s Ovum

AT AN ADVANCED Stage or Preenancy. (From Kéolliker
after Bischoff.)

e. embryo; a. amnion; a. urachus; al. allantois with blood-
vessels ; sh. sub-zonal membrane; pl. placental villi; fa.
vascular layer of yolk-sac; ed. hypoblastic layer of yolk-
sac; ed’. inner portion of hypoblast, and ed”. outer portion
of hypoblast lining the compressed cavity of the yolk-sac;
ds. cavity of yolk-sac; st. sinus terminalis; 7. space filled
with fluid between the amnion, the allantois and the yolk-
sac.

The metadiscoidal type of placenta is found in
Man and the Apes. The placenta of Man may be con-
veniently taken as an example of this type.

XI.] METADISCOIDAL PLACENTA. 395

Man. The early stages in the development of the fetal
membranes in the human embryo have not been satisfactorily
observed; but it is known that the ovum, shortly after its
entrance into the uterus, becomes attached to the uterine wall,
which in the meantime has undergone considerable preparatory
changes. A fold of the uterine wall appears to grow round the
blastodermic vesicle, and to form a complete capsule for it, but
the exact mode of formation of this capsule is a matter of infer-
ence and not of observation. During the first fortnight of preg-
nancy villi grow out, over the whole surface of the ovum. The
further history of the early stages is extremely obscure: what
is known with reference to it will be found on p. 335 et seq. ; we
will here take up the history at about the fourth week.

At this stage a complete chorion has become formed, and is
probably derived from a growth of the mesoblast of the allantois
(unaccompanied by the hypoblast) round the whole inner surface
of the subzonal membrane. From the whole surface of the
chorion there project branched vascular processes, covered by
an epithelium. The allantois is without a cavity, but a hypo-
blastic epithelium is present in the allantoic stalk, though
not forming a continuous tube. The blood-vessels of the
chorion are derived from the usual allantoic arteries and vein.
The general condition of the embryo and of its membranes at
this period is shewn diagrammatically in Fig. 114, 5. Around
the embryo is seen the amnion, already separated by a consider-
able interval from the embryo. The yolk-sac is shewn at ds.
Relatively to the other parts it is considerably smaller than
it was at an earlier stage. The allantoic stalk is shewn at al.
Both it and the stalk of the yolk-sac are enveloped by the
amnion, am. ‘The chorion with its vascular processes surrounds
the whole embryo.

It may be noted that the condition of the chorion at this
stage is very similar to that of the normal diffused type of pla-
centa, described in the sequel.

While the above changes are taking place in the embryonic
membranes, the blastodermic vesicle greatly increases in size, and
forms a considerable projection from the upper wall of the
uterus. Three regions of the uterine wall, in relation to the

23—2

356 EMBRYONIC MEMBRANES AND YOLK-SAC. [CHAP.

blastodermic vesicle, are usually distinguished; and since the
superficial parts of all of these are thrown off with the after-birth,
each of them is called a decidua. They are represented at a
somewhat later stage in Fig. 117. There is (1) the part of the
wall reflected over the blastodermic vesicle, called the decidua
refleca (dr); (2) the part of the wall forming the area round
which the reflexa is inserted, called the decidua serotina (ds) ; (3)
the general wall of the uterus, not related to the embryo, called
the decidua vera (du).

The decidua reflexa and serotina together envelop the chorion
(Fig. 114. 5), the processes of which fit into crypts in them.
At this period both of them are highly and nearly uniformly
vascular. The general cavity of the uterus is to a large extent
obliterated by the ovum, but still persists as a space filled with
mucus, between the decidua reflexa and the decidua vera.

The changes which ensue from this period onwards are fully
known. The amnion continues to dilate (its cavity being tensely
filled with amniotic fluid) till it comes very close to the chorion
(Fig. 117, am); from which, however, it remains separated by a
layer of gelatinous tissue. The villi of the chorion in the region
covered by the decidua reflexa, gradually cease to be vascular,
and partially atrophy, but in the region in contact with the
decidua serotina increase and become more vascular and more
arborescent (Fig. 117, z). The former region becomes known as
the chorion leve, and the latter as the chorion frondosum. The
chorion frondosum, together with the decidua serotina, gives rise
to the placenta.

The umbilical vesicle (Fig. 117, nd), although it becomes
greatly reduced in size and flattened, persists in a recognisable
form till the time of birth.

The decidua reflexa, by the disappearance of the vessels in the
chorion lave, becomes non-vascular. Its tissue and that of the
decidua vera undergo changes which we do not propose to
describe here; it ultimately fuses on the one hand with the
chorion, and on the other with the decidua vera. The mem-
brane resulting from its fusion with the latter structure becomes
thinner and thinner as pregnancy advances, and is reduced toa
thin layer at the time of birth.

x1] THE CHORION. 357

Fie. 117.

DIAGRAMMATIC SECTION OF PREGNANT Human UTERUS WITH
CONTAINED Fatus. (From Huxley after Longet.)

al. allantoic stalk; nb. umbilical vesicle; am. amnion; ch. cho-
rion; ds. decidua serotina; du. decidua vera; dr. decidua —
reflexa; /. fallopian tube ; c. cervix uteri; w. uterus; z. foetal
villi of true placenta; 7. villi of non-placental part of
chorion.

The placenta has a somewhat discoidal form, with a slightly
convex uterine surface and a concave embryonic surface. At its
edge it is continuous both with the decidua reflexa and decidua
vera. Near the centre of the embryonic surface is implanted the
umbilical cord. As has already been mentioned, the placenta is
formed of the decidua serotina and the fetal villi of the chorion
frondosum. The foetal and maternal tissues are far more closely
united than in the placenta of the rabbit. The villi of the
chorion, which were originally comparatively simple, become
more and more complicated, and assume an extremely arborescent
form. At birth the whole placenta, together with the fused de-

358 EMBRYONIC MEMBRANES AND YOLK-SAC. [CHAP.

cidua vera, and reflexa, with which it is continuous, is shed; and
the blood-vessels thus ruptured are closed by the contraction of
the uterine walls.

The metadiscoidal placenta of Man and Apes and the discoidal
placenta of the Rabbit are usually classified by anatomists as
discoidal placentie, but it must be borne in mind that they differ
very widely.

In the Rabbit there is a dorsal placenta, which is co-extensive
with the area of contact between the allantois and the subzonal
membrane, while the yolk-sac adheres to a large part of the
subzonal membrane. In Apes and Man the allantois spreads
over the whole inner surface of the subzonal membrane ; the
placenta is on the ventral side of the embryo, and occupies only a
small part of the surface of the allantois.

Zonary placenta. Another form of deciduate pla-
centa is known as the zonary. This form of placenta
occupies a broad zone of the chorion, leaving the two
poles free, It is found in the Carnivora, Hyrax, Elephas,
and Orycteropus.

In the Dog, which may be taken as a type, there is a large
vascular yolk-sac formed in the usual way, which does not how-
ever fuse with the chorion. It has at first an oval shape, and
persists till birth. The allantois first grows out on the dorsal
side of the embryo, where it coalesces with the subzonal mem-
brane, over a small discoidal area, and there is thus formed a
rudimentary discoidal placenta closely resembling that of the
Rabbit.

The area of adhesion between the outer part of the allantois
and subzonal membrane gradually spreads over the whole inte-
rior of the subzonal membrane, and vascular villi are formed over
the whole area. of adhesion except at the two extreme poles of the
ovum.

With the full growth of the allantois there is formed a broad
placental zone, with numerous branched villi fitting into corre-
sponding pits which are not true glands but special develop-

XI] NON-DECIDUATE PLACENTA. 359

ments of the uterine surface. The maternal and foetal structures
become closely interlocked and highly vascular; and at birth a
large part of the maternal part is carried away with the placenta;
some of it however still remains attached to the muscular wall of
the uterus. The zone of the placenta diminishes greatly in pro-
portion to the chorion as the latter elongates, and at the full
time the breadth of the zone is not more than about one-fifth of
the whole length of the chorion.

At the edge of the placental zone there is a very small portion
of the uterine mucous membrane reflected over the non-placental
part of the chorion, so as to form a small reflexa analogous with
the reflexa in Man,

The most important of the remaining types of pla-
centa are the diffuse and the polycotyledonary, and
these placentze are for the most part non-deciduate. In
the diffuse placenta, found in the Horse, Pig, Le-
murs, etc., the allantois completely envelopes the em-
bryo, and villi are formed on all parts of the chorion,
excepting over a small area at the two poles.

In the polycotyledonary placenta, which is charac-
teristic of the Ruminantia, the allantois grows round the
whole inner surface of the subzonal membrane; the
placental villi are however not uniformly distributed,
but collected into patches or cotyledons, which form as
it were so many small placente. The feetal villi of
these patches fit into corresponding pits in thickened
patches of the wall of the uterus.

Comparative histology of the Placenta.

It does not fall within the province of this work to
treat from a histological standpoint the changes which
take place in the uterine walls during pregnancy. It
will, however, be convenient to place before the reader

960 EMBRYONIC MEMBRANES AND YOLK-SAC. [CHAP.

a short statement of the relations between the maternal
and foetal tissues in the different varieties of placenta.

The simplest known condition of the placenta is
that found in the pig (Fig. 118 IL). The papilla-like
foetal villi fit into the maternal crypts. The villi (v) are
formed of a connective tissue core with capillaries, and
are covered by a layer of very flat epithelium (e) de-
rived from the subzonal membrane. . The maternal
crypts are lined by the uterine epithelium (é’), imme-
diately below which is a capillary plexus. The maternal
and foetal vessels are here separated by a double epi-
thelial layer. The same general arrangement holds
good in the diffused placentze of other forms, and in the
polycotyledonary placenta of the Ruminantia, but the
foetal villi in the latter (III.) acquire an arborescent form.
The maternal vessels retain the form of capillaries.

In the deciduate placenta a much more compli-
cated arrangement is usually found. In the typical
zonary placenta of the fox and cat (IV. and V.), the
maternal tissue is broken up into a complete trabecular
meshwork, and in the interior of the trabecule there
run dilated maternal capillaries (d’). The trabecule
are covered by a more or less columnar uterine epi-
thelium (e’), and are in contact on every side with foetal
villi. The capillaries of the fcetal villi preserve their
normal size, and the villi are covered by a flat epithelial
layer (e).

In the Sloth (VL.) which has a discoidal placenta the
maternal capillaries become still more dilated, and the
epithelium covering them is formed of very flat poly-
gonal cells.

HISTOLOGY OF THE PLACENTA. 361

Fic. 118.

ITT. IN;

<=

qucsoaps)
pee NOL ol
Lak A CZ

362 EMBRYONIC MEMBRANES AND YOLK-SAC. [CHAP. —

LTS KON IOISA TA G |P
MN, A OE:
5 p

g00N=

MVP
ot
ny

XT. | HISTOLOGY OF THE PLACENTA. 263

DIAGRAMMATIC REPRESENTATIONS OF THE MINUTE STRUCTURE
OF THE PuacENTA. (From Turner.)

_ F. the fetal; Jf the maternal placenta; e. epithelium of cho-
rion; ¢. epithelium of maternal placenta; d. foetal blood-
vessels ; d’. maternal blood-vessels; v. villus.

I. Placenta in its most generalized form. II. Structure of
placenta of a Pig. III]. Of a Cow. IV. OfaFox. V. Ofa
Cat.

VI. Structure of placenta of a Sloth. On the right side of
the figure the flat maternal epithelial cells are shewn in situ.
On the left side they are removed, and the dilated maternal vessel
with its blood-corpuscles is exposed.

VII. Structure of Human placenta. In addition to the let-
ters already referred to, ds, ds. represents the decidua serotina of
the placenta ; ¢, ¢. trabecule of serotina passing to the fetal villi ;
ca. curling artery ; up. utero-placental vein; x. a prolongation of
maternal tissue on the exterior of the villus outside the cellular
layer e’, which may represent either the endothelium of the
maternal blood-vessel or delicate connective tissue belonging to
the serotina, or both. The layer e’ represents maternal cells
derived from the serotina. The layer of foetal epithelium cannot
be seen on the villi of the fully-formed human placenta.

In the human placenta (VII), as in that of Apes,
the greatest modification is found. Here the maternal
vessels have completely lost their capillary form, and
have become expanded into large freely communicating
sinuses (d’). In these sinuses the foetal villi hang for
the most part freely, though occasionally attached to
their walls by strands of tissue (¢). In the late stages
of foetal life there is only one epithelial layer (e’) be-
tween the maternal and fetal vessels, which closely
invests the foetal villi, but is part of the uterine tissue.
In the fcetal villi the vessels retain their capillary form.

364 EMBRYONIC MEMBRANES AND YOLK-SAC. [CHAP. XI.

Evolution of the placenta, Excluding the mar-
supials whose placentation is not really known, the
arrangement of the foetal membranes of the Rabbit is
the most primitive observed. In this type the allantois
and yolk-sac both function in obtaining nutriment
from the mother; and the former occupies only a small
discoidal area of the subzonal membrane. In all higher
types the allantois gradually spreads out over the whole
inner surface of the subzonal membrane and its im-
portance increases; while that of the yolk-sac as a nu-
tritive organ decreases. In the diffuse type of placenta
simple villi are present over nearly the whole surface of
the chorion. In the remaining types the villi become
more complicated and restricted to a smaller area
(meta-discoidal, zonary, &c.) of the chorion; though in
the early stages they are more scattered and simpler,
in some cases occupying nearly the whole surface of the
chorion. It therefore seems probable that the placenta
of Man has been derived not directly from the discoidal
placenta of the Rabbit, but from the diffuse placenta
* such as is seen in the Lemurs, etc., and that generally
the zonary, cotyledonary, &c. types of placenta have
been derived from the diffuse by a concentration and
increase in the complexity of the foetal villi.

CHAPTER XII.

THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE ORGANS IN MAMMALIA.

In chap. X. we-have described the early stages and
general development of the mammalian embryo. In
the present chapter we propose to examine the for-
mation of such mammalian organs as differ in their
development from those of the chick. This will not be
a work of any considerable extent, as in all essential
points the development of the organs in the two groups
is the same. They will be classified according to the
germinal layers from which they originate.

THE ORGANS DERIVED FROM THE EPIBLAST.

Hairs are formed in solid processes of the deep
(Malpighian) layer of the epidermis, which project into
the subjacent dermis. The hair itself arises from a
cornification of the cells of the axis of one of the above
processes ; and is invested by a sheath similarly formed
from the more superficial epidermic cells. A small
papilla of the dermis grows into the inner end of the
epidermic process when the hair is first formed. The

366 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

first trace of the hair appears close to this papilla, but
soon increases in length, and when the end of the hair
projects from the surface, the original solid process of
the epidermis becomes converted into an open pit, the
lumen of which is filled by the root of the hair.

The development of nails has been already described
on p. 283.

Glands. ‘The secretory part of the various glandular
structures belonging to the skin is invariably formed
from the epidermis. In Mammalia it appears that
these glands are always formed as solid ingrowths of the
Malpighian layer. The ends of these ingrowths dilate

to form the true glandular part of the organs, while the —

stalks connecting the glandular portions with the sur-
face form the ducts. In the case of the sweat-glands
the lumen of the duct becomes first established; its
formation is inaugurated by the appearance of the
cuticle, and appears first at the inner end of the duct
and thence extends outwards. In the sebaceous glands
the first secretion is formed by a fatty modification of
the whole of the central cells of the gland.

The muscular layer of the secreting part of the
sweat-glands is said to be formed from a modification of
the deeper layer of the epidermic cells.

The mammary glands arise in essentially the same
manner as the other glands of the skin. The glands of

each side are formed as a solid bud of the Malpighian |

layer of the epidermis. From this bud processes sprout
out; each of which gives rise to one of the numerous
glands of which the whole organ is formed.

|
|

exit. | THE HIND BRAIN. 367

The central nervous system.

The development of the spinal cord in Mammals
differs in no important respects from that of the chick,
and we have nothing to add to the account we have
already given of its general development and histoge-
nesis in that animal. The development of the brain
however will be described at greater length, and some
‘additional facts relative to the development of the
Avian brain will be mentioned.

The first differentiation of the brain takes place in
Mammalia before the closure of the medullary folds,
and results as in the chick in the formation of the three
cerebral vesicles, the fore-, mid- and hind-brain (Fig.
106, B). A cranial flexure precisely resembling that of
the chick soon makes its appearance.

The hind brain early becomes divided into two
regions, the rudimentary medulla oblongata and cere-
bellum.

The posterior section, the medulla, undergoes changes
of a somewhat complicated character. In the first place
its roof becomes very much extended and thinned
out. At the raphe, where the two lateral halves
of the brain originally united, a separation, as it were,
takes place, and the two sides of the brain become
pushed apart, remaining united by only a very thin
layer of nervous matter, consisting of a single row of
flattened cells (Fig. 40). As a result of this peculiar
growth in the brain, the roots of the nerves of the two
sides, which were originally in contact at the dorsal
summit of the brain, become carried away from one
another, and appear to rise at the sides of the brain.

368 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP. ©

The thin roof of the fourth ventricle thus formed
is somewhat rhomboidal in shape.

At a later period the blood-vessels of the pia
mater form a rich plexus over the anterior part of
this thin roof which becomes at the same time some-
what folded. The whole structure is known as the
tela vasculosa or choroid plexus of the fourth ventricle
(Fig. 119, chd 4). The floor of the whole hind-brain
becomes thickened, and there very soon appears on its
outer surface a layer of longitudinal non-medullated —
nerve-fibres, similar to those which first appear on the
spinal cord (p. 252). They are continuous with a similar
layer of fibres on the floor of the mid-brain, where
they constitute the crura cerebri. On the ventral floor
of the fourth ventricle is a shallow continuation of the
anterior fissure of the spinal cord.

Subsequently to the longitudinal fibres already spoken of,
there develope first the olivary bodies of the ventral side of the
medulla, and at a still later period the pyramids. The fasciculi

teretes in the cavity of the fourth ventricle are developed shortly
before the pyramids.

When the hind-brain becomes divided into two
regions the roof of the anterior part does not become
thinned out like that of the posterior, but on the. con-
trary, becomes somewhat thickened and forms a band-
like structure roofing over the anterior part of the
fourth ventricle (Fig. 39 cb).

This is a rudiment of the cerebellum, and in all
Craniate Vertebrates it at first presents this simple
structure and insignificant size.

In Birds the cerebellum attains a very considerable —
development (Fig. 119 cbl), consisting of a folded central

XII. THE HIND-BRAIN. 369

lobe with an arbor vitze, into which the fourth ventricle
is prolonged. There are two small lateral lobes, ap-
parently equivalent to the flocculi.

In Mammalia the cerebellum attains a still greater
development. The median lobe or vermiform process

Fie. 119.

LONGITUDINAL SECTION THROUGH THE BRAIN OF A CHICK OF
Ten Days. (After Mihalkovics.)

hms. cerebral hemispheres ; a/f. olfactory lobe; aif, olfactory
nerve; ggt. corpus striatum; oma. anterior commissure ;
chd 3. choroid plexus of the third ventricle; pin. pineal
gland; emp. posterior commissure ; trm. lamina terminalis;
chm. optic chiasma ; 7. infundibulum ; ph. pituitary body ;
bgm. commissure of Sylvius (roof of iter a tertio ad quartum
ventriculum) ; vma. velum medulle anterius (valve of Vieus-
sens) ; cbl. cerebellum ; chd 4. choroid plexus of the fourth
ventricle; obt 4. roof of fourth ventricle ; 0b. medulla oblon-
gata; pns. commissural part of medulla; znv. sheath of
brain ; b/s. basilar artery ; erts. internal carotid.

1D) fee 18. 24

370 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

is first developed. In the higher Mammalia the lateral —
parts constituting the hemispheres of the cerebellum —
become formed as swellings at the sides at a consider-
ably later period; these are hardly developed in the
Monotremata and Marsupialia.

The cerebellum is connected with the roof of the mid-brain in
front and with the choroid plexus of the fourth ventricle behind
by delicate membranous structures, known as the velum me-
dullz anterius (valve of Vieussens) (Fig. 119 vma) and the velum
medulle posterius.

The pons Varolii is formed on the ventral side of the floor of
the cerebellar region as a bundle of transverse fibres at about the
same time as the olivary bodies. It is represented in Birds by
a small number of transverse fibres on the floor of the hind-brain
immediately below the cerebellum.

The mid-brain, The changes undergone by the
mid-brain are simpler than those of any other part of ©
the brain. It forms, on the appearance of the cranial —
flexure, an unpaired vesicle with a vaulted roof and
curved floor, at the front end of the long axis of the
body (Fig. 67, Jb). It is at this period in Mammalia —
as well as in Aves relatively much larger than in the
adult: its cavity is known as the ver a tertio ad
quartum ventriculum or aqueductus Sylvit.

The roof of the mid-brain is sharply constricted
off from the divisions of the brain in front of and
behind it, but these constrictions do not extend to the
floor. ;

In Mammalia the roof and sides give rise to two
pairs of prominences, the corpora quadrigemina.

These prominences, which are simply thickenings —
not containing any prolongations of the iter, become

| X11] THE FORE-BRAIN. 371

first visible on the appearance of an oblique transverse
furrow, by which the whole mid-brain is divided into an
| anterior and posterior portion. The anterior portion is
further divided by a longitudinal furrow into the two
anterior tubercles (nates); but it is not until later on
that the posterior portion is similarly divided longitu-
dinally into the two posterior tubercles (testes).

The floor of the mid-brain, bounded posteriorly by
the pons Varolii, becomes developed and thickened into
the crura cerebri. The corpora geniculata interna also
belong to this division of the brain.

Fore-brain. The early development of the fore-
brain in Mammals is the same as in the chick. It forms
at first a single vesicle without a trace of separate
divisions, but very early buds off the optic vesicles,
whose history is described with that of the eye. The
anterior part becomes prolonged and at the same tin
somewhat dilated. At first there is no sharp boundary
between the primitive fore-brain and its anterior
prolongation, but there shortly appears a constriction
which passes from above obliquely forwards and down-
wards.

Of these two divisions the posterior becomes the
thalamencephalon, while the anterior and larger division
forms the rudiment of the cerebral hemispheres (Fig.
39 cer) and olfactory lobes. For a considerable period
this rudiment remains perfectly simple, and exhibits no
signs, either externally or internally, of a longitudinal
constriction dividing it into two lobes.

The thalamencephalon forms at first a simple
vesicle, the walls of which are of a nearly uniform thick-
ness and formed of the usual spindle-shaped cells.

24—2

372 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

The cavity it contains is known as the third ventricle.
Anteriorly it opens widely into the cerebral rudiment,

and posteriorly into the ventricle of the mid-brain. #

The opening into the cerebral rudiment becomes the
foramen of Monro.

For convenience of description we may divide the
thalamencephalon into three regions, viz. (1) the floor,
(2) the sides, and (3) the roof.

The floor becomes divided into two parts: an an-
terior part, giving origin to the optic nerves, in which is
formed the optic chiasma; and a posterior part, which
becomes produced into a prominence at first incon-
spicuous—the rudiment of the infundibulum (Fig. 39 n).
This comes in contact with the involution from the
mouth which gives rise to the pituitary body (Fig.
39 pt).

In Birds, although there is a close connection be-
tween the pituitary body and the infundibulum, there
is no actual fusion of the two. In Mammalia the case
is different. The part of the infundibulum which lies
at the hinder end of the pituitary body is at first a
simple finger-like process of the brain (Fig. 120 inf);
but its end becomes swollen, and the lumen in this
part becomes obliterated. Its cells, originally similar to
those of the other parts of the nervous system, and even
containing differentiated nerve-fibres, partly atrophy
and partly assume an indifferent form, while at the
same time there grow in amongst them numerous
vascular and connective-tissue elements. The process
of the infundibulum thus metamorphosed becomes in-
separably connected with the true pituitary body, of
which it is usually described as the posterior lobe.

II.| THE THALAMENCEPHALON. 373

In the later stages of development the unchanged
portion of the infundibulum becomes gradually pro-
longed and forms an elongated diverticulum of the
third ventricle, the apex of which is in contact with
the pituitary body (Fig. 120 hph).

The posterior part of the primitive infundibulum becomes the
corpus albicans, which is double in Man and the higher Apes ;
the ventral part of the posterior wall forms the tuber cinereum.
Laterally, at the junction of the optic thalami and infundibulum,
there are continued some of the fibres of the crura cerebri, which
are probably derived from the walls of the infundibulum.

The sides of the thalamencephalon become very
early thickened to form the optic thalami, which con-
stitute the most important section of the thalamen-
cephalon. These are separated on their inner aspect
from the infundibular region by a somewhat S-shaped
groove, known as the sulcus of Monro, which ends in
the foramen of Monro. They also become secondarily
united by a transverse commissure, the grey or middle
commissure, which passes across the cavity of the third
ventricle.

The roof undergoes more complicated changes. It
becomes divided, on the appearance of the pineal gland
as a small papilliform outgrowth (the development of
which is dealt with below), into two regions—a longer
anterior in front of the pineal gland, and a shorter pos-
terior. The anterior region becomes at an early period
excessively thin, and at a later period, when the roof of
the thalamencephalon is shortened by the approach of
the cerebral hemispheres to the mid-brain, it becomes
(vide Fig. 120 chd 3) considerably folded, while at the
same time a vascular plexus is formed in the pia mater

374 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

Fie. 120.

Tihod

LONGITUDINAL VERTICAL SECTION THROUGH THE ANTERIOR
Part OF THE BRAIN OF AN EMBRYO RABBIT OF FOUR
CENTIMETRES. (After Mihalkovics.)

The section passes through the median line so that the cere-
bral hemispheres are not cut ; their position is however indicated
in outline.

spt. septum lucidum formed by the coalescence of the inner walls
of part of the cerebral hemispheres; cma. anterior com-
missure ; fra. vertical pillars of the fornix; cal. genu of
corpus callosum; ¢rm. lamina terminalis; Ams. cerebral
hemispheres ; off. olfactory lobes; acl. artery of corpus
callosum ; fmr. position of foramen of Monro ; chd 3. choroid
plexus of third ventricle ; pin. pineal gland ; emp. posterior
commissure; bgm. lamina uniting the lobes of the mid-
brain ; chm. optic chiasma ; Aph. pituitary body ; inf infun-
dibulum ; prs. pons Varolii; pde. cerebral peduncles ; agd.
iter a tertio ad quartum ventriculum.

XL | THE PINEAL GLAND. 375

| above it. On the accomplishment of these changes it
| is known as the tela choroidea of the third ventricle.

| In the roof of the third ventricle behind the pineal
| gland there appear transverse commissural fibres, form-
, ing a structure known as the posterior commissure,
_ which connects together the two optic thalami.

: The most remarkable organ in the roof of the thala-
| mencephalon is the pineal gland, which is developed as
| a holiow papilliform outgrowth of the roof, and is at
| first composed of cells similar to those of the other
| parts of the central nervous system (Fig. 120 pin). It
| is directed backwards over the hinder portion of the
) roof of the thalamencephalon.

| In Birds (p. 116) the primitive outgrowth to form
| the pineal gland becomes deeply indented by vascular
| connective-tissue ingrowths, so that it assumes a den-
| dritic structure (Fig. 119 pin). The proximal extremity
| attached to the roof of the thalamencephalon soon
| becomes solid and forms a special section, known as
| the infra-pineal process. The central lumen of the
| free part of the gland finally atrophies, but the branches
still remain hollow. The infra-pineal process becomes
| reduced to a narrow stalk, connecting the branched
| portion of the body with the brain.

In Mammalia the development of the pineal gland
| is generally similar to that of Birds. The original out-
| growth becomes branched, but the follicles or lobes to
| which the branching gives rise eventually become solid
(Fig. 120 pin). An infra-pineal process is developed
| comparatively late, and is not sharply separated from
| the roof of the brain.

No satisfactory suggestions have yet been offered as

376 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP. —

to the nature of the pineal gland. It appears to possess
in all forms an epithelial structure, but, except at the
base of the stalk (infra-pineal process) in Mammalia, in
the wall of which there are nerve-fibres, no nervous
structures are present in it in the adult state.

The cerebral hemispheres. It will be convenient
to treat separately the development of the cerebral
hemispheres proper, and that of the olfactory lobes.

In the cerebral rudiment two parts may be dis-
tinguished, viz. the floor and the roof. The former gives
rise to the ganglia at the base of the hemispheres, the
corpora striata, the latter to the hemispheres proper.

The first change which takes place consists in the
roof growing out into two lobes, between which a shallow
median constriction makes its appearance (Fig. 121).

Fie. 121.

DIAGRAMMATIC LONGITUDINAL HoRIZONTAL SECTION THROUGH
THE FORE-BRAIN.

3.v. third ventricle; @v. lateral ventricle ; 7¢. lamina terminalis ;
ce. cerebral hemisphere ; op.th. optic thalamus.

| XII] THE CEREBRAL HEMISPHERES. 377

The two lobes thus formed are the rudiments of the
| two hemispheres. The cavity of each of them opens
by a widish aperture into a cavity at the base of the
| cerebral rudiment, which again opens directly into the
cavity of the third ventricle (3 v). The Y-shaped aper-
ture thus formed, which leads from the cerebral hemi-
| spheres into the third ventricle, is the foramen of
| Monro. The cavity (lv) in each of the rudimentary
| hemispheres is a lateral ventricle. The part of the
| cerebrum which lies between the two hemispheres, and
| passes forwards from the roof of the third ventricle
|round the end of the brain to the optic chiasma below,
jis the rudiment of the lamina terminalis (Figs. 121 lé
jand 123 trm). Up to this point the development of
|the cerebrum is similar in all Vertebrata, and in some
| forms it practically does not proceed much further.

| The cerebral hemispheres undergo in Mammalia the
}most complicated development. The primitive un-
paired cerebral rudiment becomes, as in lower Ver-
|tebrates, bilobed, and at the same time divided by the
‘ingrowth of a septum of connective tissue into two
jdistinct hemispheres (Figs. 125 and 124 f and 122 1).
|From this septum is formed the fal« cerebri and other

| The hemispheres contain at first very large cavities,
jcommunicating by a wide foramen of Monro with the
jthird ventricle (Fig. 124). They grow rapidly in size,
jand extend, especially backwards, and gradually cover
jthe thalamencephalon and the mid-brain (Fig. 122 1, f).
(The foramen of Monro becomes very much narrowed

and reduced to a mere slit.

| The walls are at first nearly uniformly thick, but

378. DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

Fic. 122.

BRAIN oF A THREE Montus’ HuMAN EMBRYO : NATURAL SIZE.
(From Kolliker.)

1. From above with the dorsal part of hemispheres and mid-
brain removed ; 2. From below. f anterior part of cut wall
of the hemisphere ; f’. cornu ammonis ; tho. optic thalamus ;
est. corpus striatum; to. optic tract ; em. corpora mammil-
laria ; p. pons Varolii.

the floor becomes thickened on each side, and gives rise
to the corpus striatum (Figs. 124 and 125 st). The
corpus striatum projects upwards into each lateral ven-
tricle, and gives to this a somewhat semilunar form, the
two horns of which constitute the permanent anterior
and descending cornua of the lateral ventricles (Fig. 126
st).

With the further growth of the hemisphere the cor-
pus striatum loses its primitive relations to the de-
scending cornu. The reduction in size of the foramen
of Monro above mentioned is, to a large extent, caused
by the growth of the corpora striata.

The corpora striata are united at their posterior
border with the optic thalami. In the later stages of
development the area of contact between these two
pairs of ganglia increases to a large extent (Fig. 125),

XII] THE CORPORA STRIATA. 579

and the boundary between them becomes somewhat
obscure, so that the sharp distinction which exists
in the embryo between the thalamencephalon and
cerebral hemispheres becomes lost.

Bie. 123.

gol

cor

_-- AMAL

Gm ir 3

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH THE BRAIN OF A RABBIT OF
Five Centimetres. (After Mihalkovics.)

The section passes through nearly the posterior border of the
septum lucidum, immediately in front of the foramen of Monro.

hms. cerebral hemispheres; cal. corpus callosum; amm. cornu
ammonis (hippocampus major); ems. superior commissure
of the cornua ammonis ; spt. septum lucidum ; frv 2. anterior
pillars of the fornix ; ema. anterior commissure ; ¢7m. lamina
terminalis; str. corpus striatum; J#f. nucleus lenticularis
of corpus striatum; vér 1. lateral ventricle; vtr 3. third
ventricle ; zpl. slit between cerebral hemispheres.

380 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP. —

The outer wall of the hemispheres gradually thick- .
ens, while the inner wall becomes thinner. In the |
latter, two curved folds, projecting towards the interior —

of the lateral ventricle, become formed. ‘These folds _
extend from the foramen of Monro along nearly the
whole of what afterwards becomes the descending cornu _

of the lateral ventricle. The upper fold becomes the —
hippocampus major (cornu ammonis) (Figs. 123 amm, —
124 and 125 h, and 126 am).

The wall of the lower fold becomes very thin, and a
vascular plexus, derived from the connective-tissue —
septum between the hemispheres, and similar to that of —
the roof of the third ventricle, is formed outside it. It
constitutes a fold projecting into the cavity of the
lateral ventricle, and together with the vascular con-
nective tissue in it gives rise to the choroid plexus of _
the lateral ventricle (Figs. 124 and 125 pl).

It is clear from the above description that a marginal —
fissure leading into the cavity of the lateral ventricle —
does not exist in the sense often implied in works on —
human anatomy, since the epithelium covering the
choroid plexus, and forming the true wall of the brain,
is a continuous membrane. The epithelium of the
choroid plexus of the lateral ventricle is quite inde-
pendent of that of the choroid plexus of the third
ventricle, though at the foramen of Monro the roof of —
the third ventricle is of course continuous with the
inner wall of the lateral ventricle (Fig. 124 s), The
vascular elements of the two plexuses form however a |
continuous structure.

The most characteristic parts of the Mammalian —
cerebrum are the commissures connecting the two —

ext). THE CEREBRAL COMMISSURES. 381

) hemispheres. These commissures are (1) the anterior
| commissure, (2) the fornix, and (8) the corpus callosum,
| the two latter being peculiar to Mammalia.

Fie. 124.

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH THE BRAIN OF A SHEEP’S
EMBRYO OF 2°7 CM. IN LENGTH. (From Kélliker.)

The section passes through the level of the foramen of
| Monro,

st. corpus striatum; m. foramen of Monro; ¢. third ventricle ;
pl. choroid Aas of lateral ventricle ; f. falx cerebri ; th.
anterior part of optic thalamus ; ch. optic chiasma ; o. Olle
nerve; c. fibres of the cerebral peduncles; 4. cornu am-
monis; p. pharynx; sa. pre-sphenoid bone; a. orbito-
sphenoid bone ; s. points to part of the roof of the brain at
the junction between the roof of the third ventricle and
the lamina terminalis ; 7. lateral ventricle.

382 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP,

By the fusion of the inner walls of the hemispheres’
in front of the lamina terminalis a solid septum is
formed, continuous behind with the lamina terminalis,

Iaiges, 11P55,

TRANSVERSE SECTION THROUGH THE BRAIN OF A SHEEP'S
Empryo or 2°7 cM. IN LENGTH. (From Kolliker.)

The section is taken a short distance behind the section
represented in Fig. 124, and passes through the posterior part of
the hemispheres and the third ventricle.

st. corpus striatum ; ¢h. optic thalamus; to. optic tract; ¢. third
ventricle; d. roof of third ventricle; ¢. fibres of cerebral
peduncles ; ¢’. divergence of these fibres into the walls of the
hemispheres; ¢. lateral ventricle with choroid plexus pl;
h. cornu ammonis; f. primitive falx; am. alisphenoid ; a.
orbito-sphenoid ; sa. presphenoid ; p. pharynx ; mi. Meckel’s”
cartilage.

XII. THE CORPUS CALLOSUM, 383

and below with the corpora striata (Figs. 120 and 128 spt).
It is by a series of differentiations within this septum,
the greater part of which gives rise to the septum luci-
dum, that the above commissures originate. In Man
there is a closed cavity left in the septum known as the
fifth ventricle, which has however no communication
with the true ventricles of the brain.

In this septum there become first formed, below and
behind, the transverse fibres of the anterior commissure
(Fig. 120 and Fig. 123 cma), while above and behind
these the vertical fibres of the fornix are developed
(Fig. 120 and Fig. 123 frx 2). The vertical fibres meet
above the foramen of Monro, and thence diverge back-
wards, as the posterior pillars, to lose themselves in the
cornu ammonis (Fig. 123 amm). Ventrally they are
continued, as the descending or anterior pillars of the
fornix, into the corpus albicans, and thence into the
optic thalami’.

The corpus callosum is not formed till after the
anterior commissure and fornix. It arises in the upper
part of the septum formed by the fusion of the lateral
walls of the hemispheres (Figs. 120 and 123 cal), and
at first only its curved anterior portion—the genu or
rostrum—is developed. This portion is alone found
in Monotremes and Marsupials. The posterior portion,
which is present in all the Monodelphia, is gradually
formed as the hemispheres are prolonged further back-
wards.

' 1 Recent observations tend to show that the anterior pillars of the
fornix end in the corpus albicans; and that the fibres running from
the latter into the optic thalami are independent of the anterior
pillars,

384 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP,

Primitively the Mammalian cerebrum, like that of
the lower Vertebrata, is quite smooth. In some of the
Mammalia, Monotremata, Insectivora, etc., this condition —
is retained nearly throughout life, while in the majority of _
Mammalia a more or less complicated system of fissures —

Tien MOXY,

AH

H ; ; i
|

qe im ps

LATERAL VIEW OF THE BRAIN OF A CALF EMBRYO OF 5 CM.
(After Mihalkovics.) %

The outer wall of the hemisphere is removed, so as to give a
view of the interior of the left lateral ventricle.

hs. cut wall of hemisphere; s¢. corpus striatum ; am. hippo-
campus major (cornu ammonis) ; d. choroid plexus of lateral —
ventricle ; fm. foramen of Monro ; op. optic tract; in. in-
fundibulum ; mb. mid-brain ; cb. cerebellum ; JV.V. roof of
fourth ventricle ; ps. pons Varolii, close to which is the fifth
nerve with Gasserian ganglion.

is developed on the surface. The most important, and
first formed, of these is the Sylvian fissure. It arises at_
the time when the hemispheres, owing to their growth
in front of and behind the corpora striata have assumed
somewhat the form of a bean. At the root of the
hemispheres—the hilus of the bean—there is formed a_

fexIT. | HISTOGENESIS. 385

shallow depression which constitutes the first trace of
the Sylvian fissure. The part of the brain lying in this
fissure is known as the island of Reil.

The fissures of the cerebrum may be divided into two classes ;
(1) the primitive, (2) the secondary fissures. The primitive fissures
are the first to appear; they owe their origin to a folding of the
entire wall of the cerebral vesicles. Many of them are transient
structures and early disappear. The most important of those
which persist are the hippocampal, the parieto-occipital, the
calcarine (in Man and Apes) sulci and the Sylvian fissures.
The secondary fissures appear later, and are due to folds which
implicate the cortex of the hemispheres only.

The olfactory lobes. The olfactory lobes, or rhinen-
cephala, are secondary outgrowths of the cerebral hemi-
spheres, and contain prolongations of the lateral ven-
tricles, which may however be closed in the adult state ;
they arise at a fairly early stage of development from
the under and anterior part of the hemispheres (Fig.
127).

Histogenetic changes. The walls of the brain are
at first very thin and, like those of the spinal cord, are
formed of a number of ranges of spindle-shaped cells.
In the floor of the hind- and mid-brain a superficial
layer of delicate nerve-fibres is formed at an early
period. This layer appears at first on the floor and
sides of the hind-brain, and almost immediately after-
wards on the floor and the sides of the mid-brain.
The cells internal to the nerve-fibres become differen-
tiated into an innermost epithelial layer lining the
cavities of the ventricles, and an outer layer of grey
matter.

The similarity of the primitive arrangement and

F. & B. 25

386 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

Fie. 127.

SECTION THROUGH THE BRAIN AND OLFACTORY ORGAN OF AN
EMBRYO OF SCYLLIUM.

ch. cerebral hemispheres ; ol.v. olfactory vesicle; o/f. olfactory
pit ; Sch. Schneiderian folds ; Z. olfactory nerve (the reference
line has been accidentally carried through the nerve so as to
appear to indicate the brain); pn. anterior prolongation of
pineal gland.

histological characters of the parts of the brain behind
the cerebral hemispheres to those of the spinal cord is
very conclusively shewn by the examination of any good
series of sections. In both brain and spinal cord the
white matter forms a cap on the ventral and lateral
parts some considerable time before it extends to the
dorsal surface. In the medulla oblongata the white
matter does not eventually extend to the roof owing to
the peculiar degeneration which that part undergoes.
In the case of the fore-brain the walls of the hemi-
spheres become first divided (Kélliker) into a superficial
thinner layer of rounded elements, and a deeper and
thicker epithelial layer, and between these the fibres of

xi | THE EYE. 387

the crura cerebri soon interpose themselves. At a
slightly later period a thin superficial layer of white
matter, homologous with that of the remainder of the
brain, becomes established.

The inner layer, together with the fibres from the
crura cerebri, gives rise to the major part of the white
matter of the hemispheres and to the epithelium lining
the lateral ventricles.

The outer layer of rounded cells becomes divided
into (1) a superficial part with comparatively few cells,
which, together with its coating of white matter, forms
the outer part of the grey matter, and (2) a deeper
layer with numerous cells, which forms the main mass
of the grey matter of the cortex.

The eyes. The development of the Mammalian eye
is essentially similar to that of the chick (ch. v1.) There
are however two features in its development which de-
serve mention. These are (1) the immense foetal develop-
ment of the blood-vessels of the vitreous humour and
the presence in the embryo of a vascular membrane sur-
rounding the lens, known as the membrana capsulo-
pupillaris, (2) the absence of any structure comparable
to the pecten, and the presence of the arteria centralis
retine.

In the invagination of the lens (rabbit) a thin
layer of mesoblast is carried before it, and is thus
transported into the cavity of the vitreous humour.
In the folding in of the optic vesicle which accom-
panies the formation of the lens the optic nerve is
included, and on the development of the cavity of the
vitreous humour an artery, running in the fold of
the optic nerve, passes through the choroid slit into the

25—2

388 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

cavity of the vitreous humour (Fig. 128 acr). The sides
of the optic nerve subsequently bend over, and com-
pletely envelope this artery, which then gives off

t Hone
cath

iW
\

ANG DD

IF
WAY 9 i
RE” A

fi) __.--mee

Shee

Ads

SECTION THROUGH THE EYE oF A RABBIT EMBRYO OF ABOUT
TWELVE Days.

c. epithelium of cornea: 7. lens; mec. mesoblast growing in from
the side to form the cornea; rt. retina; a.c.r. arteria cen-
tralis retinse ; of. optic nerve.

The figure shews (1) the absence at this stage of mesoblast
between the lens and the epiblast; the interval between the
two has however been made too great ; (2) the arteria centralis
retinee forming the vascular capsule of the lens and continuous
with vascular structures round the edges of the optic cup.

xi. ] MEMBRANA CAPSULO-PUPILLARIS. 389

branches to the retina, and becomes known as the
arteria centralis retine. It is homologous with the
arterial limb of the vascular loop projecting into the
vitreous humour in Birds.

Before becoming enveloped in the optic nerve this
artery is continued through the vitreous humour (Fig.
128), and when it comes in close proximity to the lens
it divides into a number of radiating branches, which
pass round the edge of the lens, and form a vascular
sheath which is prolonged so as to cover the anterior
wall of the lens. In front of the lens they anastomose
with vessels, coming from the iris, many of which are
venous, and the whole of the blood from the arteria
centralis is carried away by these veins. The vascular
| sheath surrounding the lens is the membrana capsulo-
| pupillaris. The posterior part of it is either formed
| simply by branches of the arteria centralis, or out
of the mesoblast cells involuted with the lens. The
| anterior part of the vascular sheath is however enclosed
| in a very delicate membrane, the membrana pupillaris,
continuous at the sides with the membrane of Descemet.

The membrana capsulo-pupillaris is simply a pro-

| visional embryonic structure, subserving the nutrition
| of the lens.
: In many forms, in addition to the vessels of the
vascular capsule round the lens, there arise from the
| arteria centralis retine, just after its exit from the optic
_ herve, provisional vascular branches which extend them-
| selves in the posterior part of the vitreous humour.
| Near the ciliary end of the vitreous humour they anas-
| tomose with the vessels of the membrana capsulo-pu-
| pillaris.

390 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

The choroid slit closes very early, and is not per-
forated by any structure homologous with the pecten.
The only part of the slit which can be said to remain
open is that in which the optic nerve is involved ; in the
centre of the latter is situated the arteria centralis
retine as explained above. From this artery there
grow out the vessels to supply the retina, which however
are distinct from the provisional vessels of the vitreous
humour just described, the blood being returned from
them by veins accompanying the arteries. On the
atrophy of the provisional vessels the whole of the blood
of the arteria centralis passes into the retina.

Of the cornea, aqueous humour, eyelids and lacrymal
duct no mention need here be made, the account given in
Part I. being applicable equally to mammalian embryos.

The auditory organ. In Mammals, as we have
seen to be the case in the chick (chap. V1.), the auditory
vesicle is at first nearly spherical, and is imbedded in
the mesoblast at the side of the hind-brain. It soon
becomes triangular in section, with the apex of the tri-
angle pointing imwards and downwards. ‘This apex
gradually elongates to form the rudiment of the cochlear
canal and sacculus hemisphericus (Fig. 129, CC). At
the same time the recessus labyrinthi (&.L) becomes
distinctly marked, and the outer wall of the main body
of the vesicle grows out into two protuberances, which
form the rudiments of the vertical semicircular canals
(V.B). In the lower forms (Fig. 1382) the cochlear
process hardly reaches a higher stage of development than
that found at this stage in Mammalia.

The parts of the auditory labyrinth thus established
soon increase in distinctness (Fig. 130); the cochlear —

XII] THE MEMBRANOUS LABYRINTH. 391

a Bee
<<

GC

TRANSVERSE SECTION OF THE Heap oF A FataL SHEEP

(16 MM. IN LENGTH) IN THE REGION OF THE HIND-BRAIN.
(After Bottcher.)

HB. the hind-brain. The section is somewhat oblique, hence
while on the right side the connections of the recessus vestibuli
R.L., and of the commencing vertical semicircular canal V.B.,
and of the ductus cochlearis CC., with the cavity of the primary
otic vesicle are seen : on the left side, only the extreme end of the
ductus cochlearis CC, and of the semicircular canal V.B. are shewn.

Lying close to the inner side of the otic vesicle is seen the
cochlear ganglion GC ; on the left side the auditory nerve G’ and
its connection V with the hind-brain are also shewn.

Below the otic vesicle on either side lies the jugular vein.

392 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

canal (CC) becomes longer and curved; its inner and
concave surface being lined by a thick layer of columnar —
epiblast. The recessus labyrinthi also increases in —
length, and just below the point where the bulgings to
form the vertical semicircular canals are situated, there
is formed a fresh protuberance for the horizontal semi-

Fie. 130.

SecTION OF THE HEAD OF A Fa@raL SHEEP 20 MM. IN
LENGTH. (After Béttcher.)

R.V. recessus labyrinthi; V.B. vertical semicircular canal; HB.
horizontal semicircular canal ; C.C. cochlear canal; G'‘. coch-
lear ganglion.

| x11] THE MEMBRANOUS LABYRINTH. 393

circular canal. At the same time the central parts of
the walls of the flat bulgings of the vertical canals grow
together, obliterating this part of the lumen, but leaving
a canal round the periphery; and, on the absorption of
their central parts, each of the original simple bulgings
of the wall of the vesicle becomes converted into a true
semicircular canal, opening at its two extremities into
the auditory vesicle. The vertical canals are first es-
tablished and then the horizontal canal.

Shortly after the formation of the rudiment of the
horizontal semicircular canal a slight protuberance be-
comes apparent on the inner commencement of the
cochlear canal. A constriction arises on each side of
the protuberance, converting it into a prominent hemt-
spherical projection, the sacculus hemisphericus (Fig.
131 SR).

The constrictions are so deep that the sacculus is
only connected with the cochlear canal on the one hand,
and with the general cavity of the auditory vesicle on
the other, by, in each case, a narrow short canal. The
former of these canals (Fig. 131 6b) is known as the
canalis reuniens.

At this stage we may call the remaining cavity of
the original otic vesicle, into which all the above parts
open, the utriculus.

Soon after the formation of the sacculus hemispheri-
cus, the cochlear canal and the semicircular canals
become invested with cartilage. The recessus labyrinthi
remains however still enclosed in undifferentiated meso-
blast.

Between the cartilage and the parts which it sur-
rounds there remains a certain amount of indifferent

394 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHA Ps

Brea lsc

SECTION THROUGH THE INTERNAL EAR OF AN EMBRYONIC
SHEEP 28 MM. IN LENGTH. (After Bottcher.)

D.M. dura mater ; R.V. recessus labyrinthi; H.V.B. posterior
vertical semicircular canal; U. utriculus ; H.B. horizonta

11.] THE MEMBRANOUS LABYRINTH. 395

semicircular canal; 6. canalis reuniens ; a. constriction by
means of which the sacculus hemisphericus S.2. is formed ;
f. narrowed opening between sacculus hemisphericus and
utriculus; @.C. cochlea; C.C’. lumen of cochlea; A.A.
cartilaginous capsule of cochlea; A.B. basilar plate; Ch.
notochord.

ronnective tissue, which is more abundant around the
bochlear canal than around the semicircular canals.

As soon as they have acquired a distinct connective-
tissue coat, the semicircular canals begin to be dilated
ht one of their terminations to form the ampullx. At
| bout the same time a constriction appears opposite the
mouth of the recessus labyrinthi, which causes its open-
ing to be divided into two branches—one towards the
htriculus and the other towards the sacculus hemispheri-
pus; and the relations of the parts become so altered
shat communication between the sacculus and utriculus
tan only take place through the mouth of the recessus
labyrinthi (Fig. 132).

When the cochlear canal has come to consist of two
ind a half coils, the thickened epithelium which lines
the lower surface of the canal forms a double ridge
om which the organ of Corti is subsequently de-
veloped. Above the ridge there appears a delicate
vuticular membrane, the membrane of Corti or mem-
yrana tectoria.
| The epithelial walls of the utricle, the saccule, the
lecessus labyrinthi, the semicircular canals, and the
ochlear canal constitute together the highly complicated
wroduct of the original auditory vesicle. The whole
tructure forms a closed cavity, the various parts of
yhich are in free communication. In the adult the

396 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

fluid present in this cavity is known as the endo-
lymph.

In the mesoblast lying between these parts and the
cartilage, which at this period envelopes them, lymphatic
spaces become established, which are partially de-
veloped in the Sauropsida, but become in Mammals
very lmportant structures.

They consist in Mammals partly of a space sur-
rounding the utricle and saccule and called the vestibule,
into which open spaces surrounding the semicircular
canals, and partly of two very definite channels, which
largely embrace between them the cochlear canal. The
latter channels form the scala vestibuli on the upper side
of the cochlear canal and the scala tympani on the lower.
The scala vestibuli is in free communication with the
lymphatic cavity surrounding the utricle and saccule,
and opens at the apex of the cochlea into the scala tym-
pani. The latter ends blindly at the fenestra rotunda.

The fluid contained in the two scalx, and in the
remaining lymphatic cavities of the auditory labyrinth,
is known as perilymph.

The cavities just spoken of are formed by an absorp-
tion of parts of the embryonic mucous tissue between
the perichondrium and the walls of the membranous
labyrinth.

The scala vestibuli is formed before the scala tympani,
and both scalze begin to be developed at the basal end
of the cochlea: the cavity of each is continually being
carried forwards towards the apex of the cochlear canal
by a progressive absorption of the mesoblast. At first
both scale are somewhat narrow, but they soon increase
in size and distinctness.

.

XII] THE COCHLEA. 397

The cochlear canal, which is often known as the
scala media of the cochlea, becomes compressed on the
formation of the scale so as to be triangular in section,
with the base of the triangle outwards. This base is
only separated from the surrounding cartilage by a
narrow strip of firm mesoblast, which becomes the stria
vascularis, etc. At the angle opposite the base the coch-
lear canal is joined to the cartilage by a narrow isthmus
of firm material, which contains nerves and vessels. This
isthmus subsequently forms the lamina spiralis, separ-
ating the scala vestibuli from the scala tympani.

The scala vestibuli lies on the upper border of the
cochlear canal, and is separated from it by a very thin
layer of mesoblast, bordered on the cochlear aspect by
flat epiblast cells. This membrane is called the mem-
brane of Reissner. The scala tympani is separated from
the cochlear canal by a thicker sheet of mesoblast, called
the basilar membrane, which supports the organ of
Corti and the epithelium adjoiing it. The upper ex-
tremity of the cochlear canal ends in a blind extremity
called the cupola, to which the two scalz do not for
some time extend. This condition is permanent in
Birds, where the cupola is represented by a structure
known as the lagena (Fig. 132, II. Z). Subsequently
the two scale join at the extremity of the cochlear
canal; the point of the cupola still however remains in
contact with the bone, which has now replaced the
cartilage, but at a still later period the scala vestibuli,
growing further round, separates the cupola from the
adjoining osseous tissue.

Accessory auditory structures. The development
of the Eustachian tube, tympanic cavity, tympanic

398 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

Fie. 132.

Diagrams oF THE MrmBranovus LaByrintH. (From Gegen-
baur.)

tee bishs JUL, Bios k Ill. Mammal.

U. utriculus; S. sacculus; US. utriculus and sacculus; Cr.
canalis reuniens; /. recessus labyrinthi; UC. commence-
ment of cochlea; C. cochlear canal; Z. lagena; A. cupola
at apex of cochlear canal; JV. cecal sac of the vestibulum of
the cochlear canal.

membrane and external auditory meatus resembles that
in Birds (p. 166). Asin Birds two membranous fenestre,
the fenestra ovalis and rotunda, in the bony inner wall of
the tympanic cavity are formed. The fenestra ovalis
opens into the vestibule, and is in immediate contiguity
with the walls of the utricle, while the fenestra rotunda
adjoins the scala tympani. In place of the columella of
Birds, three ossicles, the malleus, incus and stapes reach
across the tympanic cavity from the tympanic membrane

XIL.] THE NASAL ORGAN. 399

to the fenestra ovalis. These ossicles, which arise
mainly from the mandibular and hyoid arches (wide
p. 403), are at first imbedded in the connective tissue in ©
the neighbourhood of the tympanic cavity, but on the
full development of this cavity, become apparently
placed within it, though really enveloped in the mucous
membrane lining it.

Nasal organ. In Mammalia the general formation
of the anterior and posterior nares is the same as in
Birds; but an outgrowth from the imner side of the
canal between the two openings arises at an early period ;
and becoming separate from the posterior nares and
provided with a special opening into the mouth, forms
the organ of Jacobson. The general relations of this
organ when fully formed are shewn in Fig. 133.

SECTION THROUGH THE NASAL CaviITY AND JACOBSON’S ORGAN.
(From Gegenbaur.)
sn. septum nasi; cn. nasal cavity ; J. Jacobson’s organ ; d. edge
of upper jaw.

400 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP,

The development of the cranial and spinal
nerves in Mammals is as far as is known essentially
the same as in the chick, for an account of which see
p. 125 et seq.

Sympathetic nervous system. The development
of the sympathetic system of both Aves and Mammalia
has not been thoroughly worked out. There is how-
ever but little doubt that in Mammalia the main por-
tion arises in continuity with the posterior spinal
ganglia.

The later history of the sympathetic system is inti-
mately bound up with that of the so-called supra-renal
bodies, the medullary part of which is, as we shall see
below, derived from the peripheral part of the sympa-
thetic system.

THE ORGANS DERIVED FROM MESOBLAST.

The vertebral column. The early development of
the perichordal cartilaginous tube and rudimentary
neural arches is almost the same in Mammals as in
Birds. The differentiation into vertebral and inter-
vertebral regions is the same in both groups; but instead
of becoming divided as in Birds into two segments
attached to two adjoining vertebre, the intervertebral
regions become in Mammals wholly converted into the
intervertebral ligaments (Fig. 135 lz). There are three
centres of ossification for each vertebra, two in the arch
and one in the centrum.

The fate of the notochord is in important respects
different from that in Birds. It is first constricted in
the centres of the vertebrae (Fig. 184) and disappears
there shortly after the beginning of ossification ; while in

xu] THE SKULL. 401

the intervertebral regions it remains relatively uncon-
stricted (Figs. 134 and 135 c) and after undergoing
certain histological changes remains through life as part
of the nucleus pulposus in the axis of the intervertebral
ligaments. There is also a slight swelling of the noto-
chord near the two extremities of each vertebra (Fig.
135 oc’ and c’”).

In the persistent vertebral constriction of the notochord
Mammals retain a more primitive and piscine mode of formation

of the vertebral column than the majority either of the Reptilia
or Amphibia.

Fia. 134.

LONGITUDINAL SECTION THROUGH THE VERTEBRAL COLUMN
oF AN EiaHt WEEKS’ HumMAN Empryo IN THE THO-
RAcIC REGION. (From Kélliker.)

v. cartilaginous vertebral body; di. intervertebral ligament ;
ch. notochord.

The skull. Excepting in the absence of the inter-
orbital plate, the early development of the Mamma-
lian cranium resembles in all essential points that of
Aves, to our account of which on p. 235 et seq. we refer
the reader.

B&B, 26

‘4

402 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP. _

Fie. 135.

LONGITUDINAL SECTION THROUGH THE INTERVERTEBRAL LIGA- —
MENT AND ADJACENT Parts oF Two VERTEBR& FROM THE
THORACIC REGION OF AN ADVANCED EMBRYO OF A SHEEP.
(From Kélliker.)

la. ligamentum longitudinale anterius ; 7p. ligamentum long. pos-
terius ; Zi. ligamentum intervertebrale; %, k’. epiphysis of
vertebra ; w. and w’. anterior and posterior vertebre ; c¢. in-
tervertebral dilatation of notochord ; ¢.’ and ¢”. vertebral di-
latation of notochord.

ens) aT

The early changes in the development of the visceral
arches and clefts have already been described, but the —
later changes undergone by the skeletal elements of the
first two visceral arches are sufficiently striking to need
a special description.

XI1.] MANDIBULAR AND HYOID ARCHES. 403

The skeletal bars of both the hyoid and mandibular
arches develop at first more completely than in any
of the other types above Fishes; they are articulated to
each other above, while the pterygo-palatine bar is
quite distinct.

The main features of the subsequent development
are undisputed, with the exception of that of the upper
end of the hyoid, which is still controverted. The
following is Parker’s account for the Pig.

The mandibular and hyoid arches are at first very
similar, their dorsal ends being somewhat incurved, and
articulating together.

In a somewhat later stage (Fig. 136) the upper end
of the mandibular bar (mb), without becoming segmented

Fic. 136.

Empryo Pia, AN INCH AND A THIRD LONG; SIDE VIEW OF
MANDIBULAR AND Hyorp ArcHEes. THE Main Hyoip
ARCH IS SEEN AS DISPLACED BACKWARDS AFTER SEGMEN-
TATION FROM THE Incus. (From Parker.)

tg. tongue; mk. Meckelian cartilage ; ml. body of malleus; mb.
manubrium or handle of the malleus ; ¢.ty. tegmen tympani;
z. incus ; st. stapes ; 7.hy. interhyal ligament ; st.h. stylohyal
cartilage ; h.h. hypohyal; 6.4. basibranchial ; ¢h.h. rudiment
of first branchial arch ; 7a. facial nerve.

26—2

404 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

from the ventral part, becomes distinctly swollen, and
clearly corresponds to the quadrate region of other types.
The ventral part of the bar constitutes Meckel’s carti-
lage (mk).

The hyoid arch has in the meantime become seg-
mented into two parts, an upper part (7), which eventually
becomes one of the small bones of the ear—the incus—
and a lower part which remains as the anterior cornu
of the hyoid (st.h). The two parts continue to be con-
nected by a ligament.

The incus is articulated with the quadrate end of
the mandibular arch, and its rounded head comes in
contact with the stapes (Fig. 136, st) which is segmented
from the fenestra ovalis.

According to some authors the stapes is independently formed
from mesoblast cells surrounding a branch of the internal carotid
artery.

The main arch of the hyoid becomes divided into
a hypohyal (h.h) below and a stylohyal (st.h) above, and
also becomes articulated with the basal element of the
arch behind (bh).

In the course of further development the Meckelian
part of the mandibular arch becomes enveloped in a
superficial ossification forming the dentary. Its upper
end, adjoining the quadrate region, becomes calcified
and then absorbed, and its lower, with the exception of
the extreme point, is ossified and subsequently incorpo-
rated in the dentary.

The quadrate region remains relatively stationary in
growth as compared with the adjacent parts of the skull,
and finally ossifies to form the malleus. The processus

XU.] THE AUDITORY OSSICLES. 405

gracilis of the malleus is the primitive continuation into
Meckel’s cartilage.

The malleus and incus are at first embedded in the
connective tissue adjoining the tympanic cavity, which
with the Eustachian tube is the persistent remains of
the hyomandibular cleft; and externally to them a bone
known as the tympanic bone becomes developed so that
they become placed between the tympanic bone and the
periotic capsule. In late foetal life they become trans-
ported completely within the tympanic cavity, though
covered by a reflection of the tympanic mucous mem-
brane.

The dorsal end of the part of the hyoid separated
from the incus becomes ossified as the tympano-hyal,
and is anchylosed with the adjacent parts of the periotic
capsule. The middle part of the bar just outside the
skull forms the stylo-hyal (styloid process in man) which
is attached by ligament to the anterior cornu of the
hyoid (cerato-hyal). The tympanic membrane and ex-
ternal auditory meatus develop as in the chick (p. 166).

The ribs and sternum appear to develop in Mammals as in
Birds (p. 234).

The pectoral girdle, as in Birds (p. 234), arises as a con-
tinuous plate of cartilage, the coracoid element of which is how-
ever much reduced.

The clavicle in Man is provided with a central axis of car-
tilage, and its mode of ossification is intermediate between that of
a true cartilage bone and a membrane bone.

The pelvic girdle is formed in cartilage as in Birds, but in Man
at any rate the pubic part of the cartilage is formed independently
of the remainder, There are the usual three centres of ossification,
which unite eventually into a single bone—the innominate bone.
The pubis and ischium of each side unite ventrally, so as com-
pletely to enclose the obturator foramen.

406 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

The skeleton of the limbs develops so far as is known as in
Birds, from a continuous mesoblastic blastema, within which the
corresponding cartilaginous elements of the limbs become dif-
ferentiated.

The body cavity. The development of the body
cavity and its subsequent division into pericardial
pleural and peritoneal cavities is precisely the same in
Mammalia as in Aves (p. 264 et seq.). But in Mam-
malia a further change takes place, in that by the for-
mation of a vertical partition across the body cavity,
known as the diaphragm, the pleural cavities, contain-
ing the lungs, become isolated from the remainder of
the body or peritoneal cavity. As shewn by their
development the so-called pleura or pleural sacs are
simply the peritoneal linings of the anterior divisions
of the body cavity, shut off from the remainder of the
body cavity by the diaphragm.

The vascular system.

The heart. The two tubes out of which the heart
is formed appear at the sides of the cephalic plates,
opposite the region of the mid- and hind-brain (Fig.
107). They arise at a time when the lateral folds
which form the ventral wall of the throat are only just
becoming visible. Each half of the heart originates in
the same way as in the chick; and the layer of the
splanchnic mesoblast, which forms the muscular wall for
each part (ahh), has at first the form of a half tube open
below to the hypoblast.

On the formation of the lateral folds of the splanchnic
walls, the two halves of the heart become carried inwards

XII] ARTERIAL SYSTEM, 407
and downwards, and eventually meet on the ventral
side of the throat. For a short time they here remain
distinct, but soon coalesce into a single tube.

In Birds, it will be remembered, the heart at first has the
form of two tubes, which however are in contact in front. It
arises at a time when the formation of the throat is very much
more advanced than in Mammalia; when in fact the ventral
wall of the throat is established as far back as the front end of
the heart.

In the lower types the heart does not appear till the ventral
wall of the throat is completely established, and it has from the
first the form of a single tube.

It is therefore probable that the formation of the heart as two
cavities is a secondary mode of development, which has been
brought about by variations in the period of the closing in of the
wall of the throat.

The later development of the heart is in the main similar to
that of the chick (p. 256 et seq.).

The arterial system. ‘The early stages of the
arterial system of Mammalia are similar to those in
Birds. Five arterial arches are formed, the three poste-
rior of which * wholly or in part persist in the adult.

The bulbus arteriosus is divided into two (fig. 137
B), but the left fourth arch (e), instead of, as in Birds,
the right, is that continuous with the dorsal aorta, and
the right fourth arch (2) is only continued into the right
vertebral and right subclavian arteries.

The fifth pair of arches which is continuous with
one of the divisions of the bulbus arteriosus gives origin
to the two pulmonary arteries. Both these however are
derived from the arch on one side, viz. the left (fig. 137
B); whereas in Birds, one pulmonary artery comes from
the left and the other from the right fifth arch (fig.
137 A).

408 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

The ductus Botalli of the fifth arch (known in Man
as the ductus arteriosus) of the side on which the
pulmonary arteries are formed, may remain (e.g. in Man)
as a solid cord connecting the common stem of the
pulmonary aorta with the systemic aorta.

The diagram, Fig. 137, copied from Rathke, shews
at a glance the character of the metamorphosis the
arterial arches undergo in Birds and Mammals.

Fig. 137.

DIAGRAMS ILLUSTRATING THE METAMORPHOSIS OF THE AR-
TERIAL ARCHES IN A Birp A. AND A MAmMAL B.

(From Mivart after Rathke.)

A. a. internal carotid; 6. external carotid ; ¢ common carotid ;
d, systemic aorta ; e. fourth arch of right side (root of dorsal
aorta); f. right subclavian ; g. dorsal aorta; A. left subcla-
vian (fourth arch of left side); 2 pulmonary artery ; &. and
i. right and left ductus Botalli of pulmonary arteries,

B. a. internal carotid ; 6. external carotid ; ce. common carotid ;
d. systemic aorta ; e. fourth arch of left side (root of dorsal
aorta) ; f. dorsal aorta ; g. left vertebral artery ; A. left sub-
clavian artery; 2 right subclavian (fourth arch of right
side) ; 4. right vertebral; 7. continuation of right subcla-
vian ; m. pulmonary artery ; ». ductus Botalli of pulmonary
artery.

XII] VENOUS SYSTEM. 409

In some Mammals both subclavians spring from
a trunk common to them and the carotids (arteria
anonyma); or as in Man and some other Mammals,
the left one arises from the systemic aorta just beyond
the carotids. Various further modifications in the origin
of the subclavians are found in Mammalia, but they
need not be specified in detail. The vertebral arteries
arise in close connection with the subclavians, whereas
in Birds they arise from the common carotids.

The venous system. In Mammals the same venous
trunks are developed in the embryo as in Birds (Fig.
138 A). The anterior cardinals or external jugulars
form the primitive veins of the anterior part of the
body, and the internal jugulars and anterior vertebrals
are subsequently formed. The subclavians (Fig. 138
A, s), developed on the formation of the anterior limbs,
also pour their blood into these primitive trunks. In
the lower Mammalia (Monotremata, Marsupialia, Insec-
tivora, some Rodentia, etc.) the two ductus Cuvieri
remain as the two superior venz cave, but more usually
an anastomosis arises between the right and left in-
nominate veins, and eventually the whole of the blood
of the left superior cava is carried to the right side, and
there is left only a single superior cava (Fig. 138 B and
C). A small rudiment of the left superior cava remains
however as the sinus coronarius and receives the coronary
vein from the heart (Figs. 138 C, cor and 139 cs).

The posterior cardinal veins form at first the only
veins receiving the blood from the posterior part of the
trunk and kidneys; and on the development of the hind
limbs receive the blood from them also.

An unpaired vena cava inferior becomes eventually

{

410 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA, [CHAP.

Fie. 138.

DIAGRAM OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PAIRED VENOUS
System oF Mammats (Man). (From Gegenbaur.)

j. jugular vein ; cs. vena cava superior; s. subclavian veins; ¢.
posterior cardinal vein; v. vertebral vein; az. azygos vein ;
cor. coronary vein.

A. Stage in which the cardinal veins have already disap-
peared. Their position is indicated by dotted lines.

B. Later stage when the blood from the left jugular vein is
carried into the right to form the single vena cava superior; a
remnant of the left superior cava being however still left.

C. Stage after the left vertebral vein has disappeared; the
right vertebral remaining as the azygos vein. The coronary vein
remains as the last remnant of the left superior vena cava.

developed, and gradually carries off a larger and larger
portion of the blood originally returned by the posterior
cardinals. It unites with the common stem of the
allantoic and vitelline veins in front of the liver.

At a later period a pair of trunks is established
bringing the blood from the posterior part of the cardinal
veins and the crural veins directly into the vena cava

XI. | VERTEBRAL VEINS. 411

inferior (Fig. 139, il). These vessels, whose development
has not been adequately investigated, form the common

DIAGRAM OF THE CuHlEF VENouS Trunxs oF May.
(From Gegenbaur.)
cs. coronary sinus; s. subclavian vein; jz. internal jugular ;
je. external jugular; az. azygos vein; ha. hemiazygos vein ;
c. dotted line shewing previous position of cardinal veins ;
ci. vena cava inferior ; 7. renal veins; i. iliac; hy. hypogas-
tric veins ; h. hepatic veins.
The dotted lines shew the position of embryonic vessels
aborted in the adult.

iliac veins, while the posterior ends of the cardinal veins
which join them become the hypogastric veins (Fug.
139 hy).

Posterior vertebral veins, similar to those of Birds,
are established in connection with the intercostal and

412 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

lumbar veins, and unite anteriorly with the front part |

of the posterior cardinal veins (Fig. 138 A).

Upon the formation of the posterior vertebral veins, ©
and upon the inferior vena cava becoming more im-
portant, the middle part of the posterior cardinals be-
comes completely aborted (Fig. 139 c), the anterior and
posterior parts still persisting, the former as the con-
tinuations of the posterior vertebrals into the anterior
vena cava (az), the latter as the hypogastric veins (hy).

Though in a few Mammalia both the posterior verte-
brals persist,a transverse connection is usually established
between them, and the one (the right), becoming the
more important, constitutes the azygos vein (Fig. 139
az), the persisting part of the left forming the hemi-
azygos vein (ha).

The remainder of the venous system is formed in the
embryo by the vitelline and allantoic veins, the former
being eventually joined by the mesenteric vein so as to
constitute the portal vein.

The vitelline vein is the first part of this system
established, and divides near the heart into two veins
bringing back the blood from the yolk-sac (umbilical
vesicle). The right vein soon however aborts.

The allantoic (anterior abdominal) veins are origin-
ally paired. They are developed very early, and at first
course along the still widely open somatic walls of the
body, and fall into the single vitelline trunk in front.
The right allantoic vein disappears before long, and the
common trunk formed by the junction of the vitelline
and allantoic veins becomes considerably elongated.
This trunk is soon enveloped by the liver, and later in
its passage through, gives off branches to, and also

| x11] SUPRA-RENAL BODIES. 413

| receives branches from this organ near its anterior exit.

| The main trunk is however never completely aborted, as

in the embryos of other types, but remains as the ductus
venosus Arantit.

| With the development of the placenta the allantoic
_ vein becomes the main source of the ductus venosus,
| and the vitelline or portal vein, as it may perhaps be
now conveniently called, ceases to join it directly, but
| falls into one of its branches in the liver.

The vena cava inferior joins the continuation of the

+ ductus venosus in front of the liver, and, as it becomes

| more important, it receives directly the hepatic veins
) which originally brought back blood into the ductus
| venosus. The ductus venosus becomes moreover merely
a small branch of the vena cava.

At the close of foetal life the allantoic vein becomes

obliterated up to its place of entrance into the liver;
the ductus venosus becomes a solid cord—the so-called
| round ligament—and the whole of the venous blood is
| brought to the liver by the portal vein.
Owing to the allantoic (anterior abdominal) vein
having merely a foetal existence an anastomosis between
the iliac veins and the portal system by means of the
anterior abdominal vein is not established.

The supra-renal bodies, These are paired bodies
lying anterior to the kidneys and are formed of two
parts, (1) a cortical and (2) a medullary portion. They
first appear in the Rabbit on the 12th or 13th day of
gestation, and arise as masses of mesoblast cells lyimg
between the aorta and the mesentery and to one side of
the former. On the 14th day they are well marked,
and lying dorsal to them is another mass of cells which

414 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP,

is found to be continuous with the sympathetic nervous
system.

On the 16th day processes from the sympathetic
mass enter the mesoblastic tissue and become trans-
formed into the medullary portion of the adult supra-
renal; while the mesoblastic tissue gives rise to the
cortical layer.

The urinogenital organs.

The history of these organs in Mammalia, excepting
so far as concerns the lower parts of the urimogenital
ducts, is the same as in the Chick.

The Wolffian body and duct first appear, and are
followed by the Mullerian duct and the kidney. The
exact method of development of the latter structures
has not been followed so completely as in the Chick;
and it is not known whether the peculiar structures
found at the anterior end of the commencing Miillerian
duct in Aves occur in Mammalia.

The history of the generative glands is essentially
the same as in the Chick.

Outgrowths from a certain number of Malpighian
bodies in the Wolffian body are developed along the
base of the testis, and enter into connection with the
seminiferous stroma. . It is not certain to what parts of
the testicular tubuli they give rise, but they probably
form at any rate the vasa recta and rete vasculosum.
Similarly intrusions from the Malpighian bodies make
their way into the ovary of the female, and give rise to
cords of tissue which may persist throughout life.

The vasa efferentia (cont vasculosi) appear to be
derived from the glandular tubes of part of the Wolftian

———-

XII] GENITAL CORD, 415

body. The Wolffian duct itself becomes in the male the
vas deferens and the convoluted canal of the epididy-
mis; the latter structure except the head being entirely
derived from the Wolffian duct.

The functionless remains of the embryonic organs described
for the chick (p. 224) are found also in mammals.

The Miillerian ducts persist in the female as the
Fallopian tubes and uterus.

The lower parts of the urinogenital ducts are some-
what further modified in the Mammalia than the Chick.

The genital cord. The lower part of the Wolffian
ducts becomes enveloped in both sexes in a special cord
of tissue, known as the genital cord (Fig. 140 gc), within
the lower part of which the Miillerian ducts are also
enclosed. In the male the Miillerian ducts in this cord
atrophy, except at their distal end where they unite to
form the uterus masculinus. The Wolffian ducts, after
becoming the vasa deferentia, remain for some time
enclosed in the common cord but afterwards separate
from each other. The seminal vesicles are outgrowths of
the vasa deferentia. 4). 4

In the female the Wolfiian ducts within the genital
cord atrophy, though rudiments of them are for a long
time visible or even permanently persistent. The lower
_ parts of the Miillerian ducts unite to form the vagina
_ and body of the uterus while the upper become the
| horns of the uterus and the Fallopian tubes. The

junction commences in the middle and extends forwards

_ and backwards; the stage with a median junction being
retained permanently in Marsupials.

The urinogenital sinus and external generative
organs, The dorsal part of the cloaca with the alimen-

416 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP.

tary tract becomes partially constricted off from the —
ventral, which then forms a urinogenital sinus (Fig. 140
ug). In the course of development the urinogenital

Fie, 140.

ee | ls—

\

DIAGRAM OF THE URINOGENITAL ORGANS OF A MAMMAL AT
AN Earty Stace. (After Allen Thomson; from Quain’s
Anatomy.)

The parts are seen chiefly in profile, but the Miillerian and

Wolffian ducts are seen from the front.

3. ureter; 4. urinary bladder; 5. urachus; of. genital ridge
(ovary or testis); W. left Wolffian body; x. part at apex
from which coni vasculosi are afterwards developed; w.
Wolffian duct ; m. Miillerian duct ; ge. genital cord consist-
ing of Wolffian and Miillerian ducts bound up in a common
sheath ; 7 rectum; wg. urinogenital sinus; cp. elevation
which becomes the clitoris or penis; Js. ridge from which the
labia majora or scrotum are developed.

| XII] EXTERNAL GENERATIVE ORGANS. 417

sinus becomes, in all Mammalia but the Ornithodelphia.
|; completely separated from the intestinal cloaca, and the
two parts obtain separate external openings. The
ureters (Fig. 140, 3) open higher up than the other
| ducts into the stalk of the allantois which here dilates
' to form the bladder. That part of the stalk which con-
| nects the bladder with the ventral wall of the body
' constitutes the urachus, and loses its lumen before the
close of embryonic life. The part of the stalk of the
allantois below the openings of the ureters narrows to
form the urethra, which opens together with the Wolffian
and Miillerian ducts into the urogenital cloaca.

In front of the urogenital cloaca there is formed
a genital prominence (Fig. 140 cp) with a groove con-
tinued from the urinogenital opening, and on each side a
genital fold (/s). In the male the sides of the groove on
the prominence coalesce together, embracing between
them the opening of the urinogenital cloaca, and the
prominence itself gives rise to the penis, along which the
common urinogenital passage is continued. The two
genital folds unite from behind forwards to form the
scrotum.

In the female the groove on the genital prominence
gradually disappears, and the prominence remains as the
clitoris, which is therefore the homologue of the penis:
the two genital folds form the labia majora. The urethra
and vagina open independently into the common uro-
genital sinus.

THE ALIMENTARY CANAL AND ITS APPENDAGES.

Tt is convenient to introduce into our account of the
organs derived from the hypoblast, a short account of
F. & B. rl

418 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. [CHAP, —

certain organs connected with the alimentary canal
such as the mesentery, stomodzeum, etc., which are not
hypoblastic in origin.

The origin of the hypoblast, and the process of
foldg by which the cavity of the mesenteron is
established have already been described. The mesen-
teron may be considered under three heads.

1. The anterior or respiratory division of the
mesenteron. ‘The pharynx, thyroid body, Eustachian
tube, tympanic cavity, cesophagus, trachea, bronchi, lungs
and stomach are developed from this portion, and their
development in the Mammal so closely resembles that in
the Chick that it is unnecessary for us to add to the
account we have already given in the earlier part of this
work,

This section of the alimentary canal, as in the Chick,
is distinguished in the embryo by the fact that its walls
send out a series of paired diverticula which meet the
skin, and, after perforation has been effected at the
regions of contact, form the visceral clefts.

2. The middle division of the mesenteron, from
which the liver and pancreas are developed, as in the
Chick, forms the intestinal and cloacal region and is at
first a straight tube. It remains for some time connected
with the yolk sack.

The Cloaca appears as a dilatation of the mesen-
teron which receives, as in Aves, the opening of the
allantois almost as soon as the posterior section of
the alimentary tract is established. The eventual
changes which it undergoes have already been dealt
with in connection with the urogenital organs.

The intestine. The posterior part of this becomes

X11. | THE MESENTERY. 419

enlarged to form the large intestine, while the anterior
portion becoming very much elongated and coiled forms
the small intestine, and moreover gives rise anteriorly
to the liver and pancreas.

From the large intestine close to its junction with the small
intestine an outgrowth is developed, the proximal part of which

enlarges to form the cecum, while the distal portion in Man
forms the vermiform appendix.

3. The postanal division of the mesenteron atro-
phies at an early period of embryonic life. In the Chick
and lower types it communicates for a short time with
the hind end of the neural canal.

Splanchnic mesoblast and mesentery. The mesen-
teron consists at first of a simple hypoblastic tube, which
however becomes enveloped by a layer of splanchnic
mesoblast. This layer, which is not at first continued
over the dorsal side of the mesenteron, gradually grows
in, and interposes itself between the hypoblast of the
mesenteron, and the organs above. At the same time
it becomes differentiated into two layers, viz. an outer
epithelioid layer which gives rise to part of the peritoneal
epithelium, and an inner layer of undifferentiated cells
which in time becomes converted into the connective
tissue and muscular walls of the mesenteron. The
connective tissue layers are first formed, while of the
muscular layers the circular is the first to make its
appearance.

Coincidently with the differentiation of these layers
the connective tissue stratum of the peritoneum becomes
established.

The mesentery is developed as in the Chick (p. 172).
In the thoracic region it is hardly if at all developed.

27—2

Sore

420 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA, [CHAP.

The primitive simplicity in the arrangement of the
mesentery is usually afterwards replaced by a more com-
plicated disposition, owing to the subsequent elongation
and consequent convolution of the intestine and stomach.

The layer of peritoneal epithelium on the ventral
side of the stomach is continued over the liver, and
after embracing the liver, becomes attached to the
ventral abdominal wall. Thus in the region of the liver
the body-cavity is divided into two halves by a mem-
brane, the two sides of which are covered by the peri-
toneal epithelium, and which encloses the stomach
dorsally and the liver ventrally. The part of the mem-
brane between the stomach and liver is narrow, and
constitutes a kind of mesentery suspending the liver
from the stomach: it is known to human anatomists as
the lesser omentum.

The part of the membrane connecting the liver with
the anterior abdominal wall constitutes the falczform or
suspensory ligament of the liver. It arises by a secondary
fusion, and is not a remnant of a primitive ventral
mesentery (vide p. 264).

The mesentery of the stomach, or mesogastrium,
enlarges in Mammalia to form a peculiar sack known as
the greater omentum.

The stomodeum. The anterior section of the per-
manent alimentary tract is formed, as in the Chick, by
an invagination of epiblast, constituting a more or less
considerable pit, with its inner wall in contact with the
blind anterior extremity of the mesenteron.

From the epiblastic lining of this pit are developed
the pituitary body and the salivary as well as the other
buccal glands.

xi] THE TEETH. 421

Fie. 141.

DIAGRAM SHEWING THE DIVISION OF THE PRIMITIVE Buccan
CAVITY INTO THE RESPIRATORY SECTION ABOVE AND THE
TRUE MovutH BELOW. (From Gegenbaur.)

p. palatine plate of superior maxillary process; m. permanent
mouth; . posterior part of nasal passage; ¢. internasal
septum.

A palate grows inwards from each of the superior
maxillary processes (Fig. 141), which, meeting in the
middle line, form a horizontal septum dividing the front
part of the stomodzeum into a dorsal respiratory section,
containing the opening of the posterior nares, and a
ventral cavity forming the permanent mouth. These
two divisions open into a common cavity behind. This
septum on the development within it of an osseous
plate constitutes the hard palate. A posterior pro-
longation in which no osseous plate is formed consti-
tutes the soft palate. An internasal septum (Fig. 141 e)
may more or less completely divide the dorsal cavity
into two canals, continuous respectively with the two
nasal cavities.

The teeth are special products of the oral mucous
membrane. They are formed from two distinct organs,
viz. an epithelial cap and a connective tissue papilla,

422 DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANS IN MAMMALIA. ~ [XII.

which according to most authors give rise to the enamel
and dentine respectively.

The proctodeum. The cloacal section of the ali-
mentary canal is placed in communication with the
exterior by means of a shallow epiblastic invagination
constituting the proctodzum.

APPENDIX.

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR STUDYING THE DE-
VELOPMENT OF THE CHICK.

J. A. Incubators.

OF all incubators, the natural one, 7.¢. the hen,
is in some respects the best. The number of eggs
which fail to develope is fewer than with an arti-
ficial incubator, and the development of monstrosi-
ties is rarer. A good sitter will continue to sit
for thirty or more days at least, even though the
eggs are daily being changed. She should never
be allowed to want for water, and should be well
supplied according to her appetite with soft food.
It is best to place the food at some little distance
from the eggs, in order that the hen may leave
the eggs when feeding. She will sit most per-
sistently in a warm, quiet, somewhat darkened
spot. When an egg is placed under her, the date
should be marked on it, in order that the duration
of its incubation may be exactly known. When
the egg is intended to remain for some time, e.g.
for seven days or more, the mark should be bold
and distinct, otherwise it will be rubbed off.

4

4

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP.

On the whole however we have found it more
convenient to use a good artificial incubator. We
have ourselves used with success two different
incubators, One made by the Cambridge Scientific
Instrument Company, and the other by Wiesnegg
of 64, Rue Gay-Lussac, Paris (Fig. 65 in his
catalogue for 1881). We have had the longest ex-
perience with the former, and have found it work
exceedingly well: having been able to hatch chicks
without more attention than now and then turning
over the eggs.

Both these incubators consist essentially of a
large water-bath fitted with a gas regulator. They
are both perfectly automatic and when once regu-
lated require no further attention.

The temperature within the incubator should
be maintained at from 37° to 40°C. A rise above
40° is fatal; but it may be allowed to descend to
35° or in the young stages lower, without doing
any further harm than to delay the development.

The products of the combustion of the gas
should be kept as much as possible from the eggs,
while a supply of fresh air and of moisture is
essential,

Tolerably satisfactory results may be obtained with
an ordinary chemical double-jacketed drying water-bath,
thoroughly covered in with a thick coat of cotton wool
and flannel baize, and heated by a very small gas-jet.
If the vessel be filled with hot water, and allowed to cool
down to 40° or thereabouts, before the eggs are introduced,
a very small gas flame will be sufficient to maintain the
requisite temperature. A small pin-hole-nozzle, giving
with ordinary pressure an exceeding narrow jet of flame
about two inches high, is the most convenient. By turn-
ing the gas off or on, so as to reduce or increase the height

APP. | HARDENING EMBRYOS. 425

of the jet as required, a very steady mean temperature
may be maintained.

In the absence of gas, a patent night-light placed at a
proper distance below the bath may be made to answer
very well. When a body of water, once raised to the
necessary temperature, is thoroughly surrounded with
non-conducting material, a very slight constant amount of
heat will supply all the loss.

B. On preparing sections of the embryo.
1. HARDENING.
a. Picric acid.

We find this reagent the most satisfactory
for hardening the chick and in most instances
mammalian embryos.

Kleinenberg’s solution of picric acid is the
best.

With 100 parts of water, make a cold
saturated solution of picric acid; add to this
two parts of concentrated sulphuric acid or
nitric acid: filter and add to the filtrate three
times its bulk of water.

In this solution of picric acid’ the embryo
must be placed and left for from 2—5 hours.
It should then be washed in alcohol of 30 p.e.
and placed in alcohol 50 p.c. for one hour.
From this it must be removed into alcohol
of 70 p.c. in which it should be left until
all the picric acid is extracted; to facilitate
this the 70 p.c. alcohol should be frequently
changed: when free from picric the embryo

1 It is sometimes advantageous to add to this solution of picric
acid as much pure kreasote as it will dissolve (vide Kleinenberg,
‘** Development of Earthworm,” Quarterly Journal of Mic. Sci. 1879).

426 PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP.

should be placed in 90 p.c. alcohol and kept
there until required for further use,

N.B. Hardened embryos should always be
kept in 90 p.c. spirit and only placed in abso-
lute before imbedding, or staining with haema-
toxylin.

Some histologists prefer to keep hardened tissues }
in alcohol 70 p.c.

6. Corrosive sublimate.

Place the embryo in a large quantity of a
saturated aqueous solution of corrosive subli-
mate to which a few drops of glacial acetic acid
have been added, and allow it to remain for ~
half-an-hour’. It is necessary thoroughly to ex-
tract the corrosive sublimate from the cells of the
embryo; to accomplish this, wash it thoroughly
with water for from 10 minutes to 3 hours ac-
cording to the size of the object. The washing
may be limited to frequent changes of water or
the embryo may be placed in a vessel through
which a continuous stream of water is kept
running. When all the sublimate is removed,
place it in 50 p.c. alcohol acidulated with nitric
acid (half-a-dozen drops of acid to a 4 oz
bottle of spirit) for five minutes. The preser-
vation of the embryo is completed by treating
it with 70 p.c. alcohol for twenty-four hours and
then keeping it in 90 p.c. alcohol. We have
not found that corrosive sublimate gives such
good results as picric acid in the case of chicks
and mammalian embryos.

1 If there is only a small quantity of acetic acid mixed with the
sublimate, a prolonged immersion will do the embryo no harm.

Barr]

d.

HARDENING EMBRYOS. 427

Osmic acid.

Osmic acid is a difficult reagent to use, but
when properly applied it gives most excellent
results.

It should be used as a weak solution (‘1 to
‘5 p.c.). The object should be left in it until
it has acquired a light brown tint. The stronger
the solution the less time is required for the
production of this tint. It should then be
removed and placed in picro-carmine, which
arrests the action of the osmic and stains the
embryo. The time required for the picro-car-
mine staining must be determined by practice.
From the picro-carmine the object must be
washed in 70 p.c. spirit; and then placed in
90, or may be preserved directly in glycerine.

If it is desired to use other staining agents
(borax-carmine is good for some preparations),
the object must be removed from osmic into
water or weak spirit, thence through 50 into
70 p.c., stained, and passed through 70 to
90 p.c. spirit.

After using osmic it is well in some cases
(mammalian segmenting ova) to place the
object in Miiller’s fluid for 2 or 3 days, after
which it may be preserved in glycerine or spirit.

Miiller’s fluid is made by dissolving 25 grms.,
of bichromate of potash and 10 grms. of sodic
sulphate in 1000 ce. of water.

With chromic acid.

The embryo must be immersed in a solution
of the strength of ‘1 p.c. for 24 hours. From
this it should be removed and placed in a stronger

428

(1)

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [ APP,

solution (‘3 p.c.) for another 24 hours. If it
then appears sufficiently hard, it may be at
once placed in alcohol of 70 p.c., in which it
should remain for one day, and then be trans-
ferred to alcohol of 90 p.e.

Absolute alcohol has also been employed as
a hardening reagent, but is by no means so good
as the reagents recommended above.

The object of these so-called hardening reagents is
to kill the tissues with the greatest possible rapidity
without thereby destroying them. The subsequent
treatment with alcohol completes the hardening which
is only commenced by these reagents.

There is room for the exercise of considerable skill
in the use of alcohol, and this skill can only be acquired
by experience. A few general rules may however be
laid down.

Tissues should not, generally, be changed from water
or an aqueous solution of the first hardening reagent
into an alcoholic solution of too great strength, nor
should the successive solutions of alcohol used differ
too much in strength. The distortion produced by
the violence and inequality of the diffusion currents
is thus diminished. This general rule should be
remembered in transferring tissues from alcohol to
the staining agents and vice versa.

The tissues should not be left too long (more than

one or two hours) in alcoholic solutions containing
less than 70 p.c. of alcohol.

They should not be kept in absolute alcohol longer
than is necessary to dehydrate them (see B. 1, p. 426).
The alcoholic solutions we generally use contain 30,
50, 70, 90 p.c. of alcohol.

STAINING.

In most cases it will be found of advantage
to stain the embryo. The best method of doing

| APP. ] STAINING EMBRYOS. 429

this is to stain the embryo as a whole, rather
than to stain the individual sections after they
have been cut.

We have found hematoxylin and _ borax-
carmine the best reagents for staining embryos
as a whole.

a. With hematoxylin.

The best solution of hematoxylin, one for
which we are indebted to Kleinenberg, is made
in the following way.

(1) Make a saturated solution of crystallized cal-
cium chloride in 70 p.c. alcohol, and add
alum to saturation.

(2) Make also a saturated solution of alum in 70
p-c. alcohol, and add 1 to 2 in the proportion
OL le o:

(3) To the mixture of 1 and 2 add a few drops of
a saturated solution of hematoxylin in ab-
solute alcohol.

(4) It is often the case that hematoxylin solution
prepared in this way has not the proper
purple tint ; but a red tint. This is due to
acidity of the materials used. The proper
colour can be obtained by treating it with
some alkaline solution. We have found it
convenient to use for this purpose a saturated
solution of sodium bi-carbonate in 70 p.c.
spirit. (The exact amount must be deter-
mined by experiment, as it depends upon the
amount of acid present.)

The embryo should be placed for some hours
in absolute alcohol, before staining with he-

430

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP.

matoxylin, and should be removed directly from
absolute into the hematoxylin.
The time required for staining varies with

the size of the object and the strength of the ©
staining fluid. Hematoxylin will not stain if —

the embryo is not quite free from acid.

If the embryo is stained too dark, it should
be treated with a solution of 70 p.c. alcohol
acidulated with nitric acid (‘25 p.c. of acid)
until the excess of staining is removed; and in
all cases the hematoxylin staining is improved
by treating the embryo with acidulated 70 p.c.
alcohol.

After staining the embryo must be well
washed in 70 and placed in 90 p.c. spirit.

With borax-carmine.

Make an aqueous solution of 2 to 3 p.c.
carmine and 4 p.c. borax, by heating: add an
equal volume of 70 p.c. alcohol, and let the
mixture stand for thirty-six hours; after which
carefully filter.

Stain the object thoroughly by leaving it in
this solution for one or even two days; it will
attain a dull maroon colour: transfer it then to
acidulated alcohol (see a) until it becomes a
bright red, and afterwards keep it as before in
90 p.c. alcohol.

This staining solution permeates more tho-
roughly and uniformly a large object than does
hematoxylin: therefore when a four or five day
chick is to be stained, borax-carmine is the best
staining reagent to use. Embryos that have
been preserved in corrosive sublimate will be

APP. |

STAINING EMBRYOS. 431

found to stain more thoroughly in this than in
the hematoxylin solution.

With carmine.

Beale’s carmine or some alcoholic solution is
the best. Into this the embryo may be removed
directly from 90 p.c. alcohol, lett for 24 hours, .
and then placed again in alcohol until required.

With picro-carmine.

This reagent is useful as will be seen later
for staining mammalian segmenting ova and
very young blastoderms; it is used with the
greatest success after hardening in osmic acid.

There are several methods of making picro-
carmine, the following is the simplest, and we
have found it answer our purpose fairly well.

To a solution made up of 1 grm. of car-
mine 4 cc. of liquor ammonia and 200 ce. of
distilled water add 5 grms. of picric acid; agitate
the mixture for sume minutes, and then decant,
leaving the excess of acid.

The decanted fluid must remain for several
days, being stirred up from time to time; even-
tually evaporated to dryness in a shallow vessel,
and to every 2 grms. of the residue add 100 ce.
of distilled water.

With alum carmine.

To make it, boil a strong aqueous solution of
ammonia-alum with excess of carmine for 10 to
20 minutes, filter, and dilute the filtrate until
it contains from 1 to 5 p.c. of alum. Add a
few drops of carbolic acid to prevent the growth
of fungus.

432

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP.

Well hardened tissues may be left in this
aqueous solution for 24 hours. It is especially
good for staining nuclei; as a rule the staining
is not diffuse, but it is necessary after staining
to treat with acid alcohol (see a).

IMBEDDING AND CuTTING SECTIONS.

It is not possible to obtain satisfactory sec-
tions of embryos without employing some
method of imbedding, and using a microtome.
Many imbedding solutions and methods of cut-
ting sections have been used, but we find the
following far superior to any other. It combines
several advantages ; 1n the first place it renders
it comparatively easy to obtain, what is so
essential, a complete consecutive series of sec-
tions of the embryo; and secondly, all the sec-
tions when mounted are in the same relative
position ; and the various parts of each section
retain their normal position with regard to
each other,

Imbedding.

The substance we prefer for imbedding is
paraffin. As will be seen below it is necessary
to have at hand paraffins of various melting
points, according to the temperature of the
room at the time when the sections are cut.

It will be found most convenient to obtain
parafiins of the highest and lowest melting
points and to mix them together as experience
dictates.

Place the stained embryo in absolute alco-
hol until completely dehydrated (two hours is
sufficient for small embryos): and when ready

IMBEDDING. 433

to imbed soak it in turpentine’ until it is com-
pletely saturated: and transfer it thence with as
little turpentine as possible to a dish of melted
parafin.

In cases of very delicate tissues, it is better to use
chloroform instead of turpentine. The chloroform
should be carefully added by means of a pipette to the
absolute alcohol in which the tissue is placed. The
chloroform sinks to the bottom of the bottle or tube
and the embryo, which at first lies at the junction of the
two liquids, gradually sinks into the chloroform. When
this is accomplished, remove all the absolute with a
pipette and add pieces of solid paraffin to the chloroform.
Gently warm this on a water bath till all the chloroform
is driven off; then imbed in the usual way.

Care must be taken that no more heat is
used than is necessary to melt the paraffin; for
this purpose the paraffin should be warmed over
a water bath the temperature of which is kept
constant (from 50 to 60°C. but not more than
60°C.).

A paraffin melting at 44°C. is of the proper consistency
for. cutting when the temperature of the room is 15°C.
(60°F).

With care a porcelain evaporating dish and
a gas flame may be made to answer, but the
student is advised not to imbed without a
water bath.

The embryo may be left in the paraffin two,
three or more hours, after which it is imbedded
by placing it along with the melted paraffin in
either a box made by bending up the sides and
folding in the corners of a piece of stiff paper,
or what is better, a box formed by two L-shaped

1 If the alcohol is not quite absolute kreasote should be used
instead of turpentine.

F. & B. 28

434 PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS, [APP.

pieces of lead, placed on a glass slide in such a
manner as to enclose a space, The latter is _
preferable because the object can be placed
in any position required with great ease by
moving it with a hot needle, and the whole can
be cooled rapidly. It is advisable, at any rate at
first, to arrange the embryo so as to cut it into
transverse sections. 3

When cool a block of paraffin is formed, in
the midst of which is the embryo.

Other imbedding agents have been used. The best
of these are, (1) pure cocoa butter; (2) a mixture of i
spermaceti and castor oil or cocoa butter (4 parts of
the former to one of the latter). With these imbedding
substances, it is generally necessary to moisten the razor,

either with olive oil or turpentine and ribbons of sec-
tions cannot be made (see 0).

b. Cutting sections.

When the imbedding block is cold pare away
the edges, then gradually slice it away until the
end of the embryo is near the surface, and
place it in a microtome.

app hm am

The microtome we are most accustomed to is
a ‘sliding microtome’ made by Jung of Heidel- —
berg; it gives excellent results. Recently how- —
ever Messrs Caldwell and Threlfall have designed
an automatic microtome which has been used
with success at the Cambridge Morphological
Laboratory and promises to effect a great saving
of time and trouble in cutting sections (vide p.471
and Proceedings of the Cambridge Phil. Soc. 1883).
A convenient small microtome is one made by —
Zeiss of Jena (also by the Cambridge Scientific _
Instrument Company), in which the object is
fixed and by means of a finely divided screw

APP. |

CUTTING SECTIONS. 435

raised through a hole in a glass plate, across
which a razor held in the hand is pushed. We
will briefly describe the method of manipulation
for the small microtome, it will be found easily
applicable to Jung’s sliding microtome.

The paraffin block is pared in such a manner
that the edge nearest to the operator and that
opposite to him are parallel. A dry razor is
then pushed upon the glass plate over the hole
through which the block of paraffin projects up-
wards, and a section cut which remains upon
the razor. Care must be taken that the edge of
the razor is parallel to the parallel edges of the
paraffin block. The block having been raised
by the screw, a second section is made in the
same way and on the same part of the razor as
the first; in consequence of which, the first
section will be pushed backwards by the second.
Similarly each new section pushes backwards
those already made; and a ribbon of sections
formed which, if the paraffin is of the right
consistency, will adhere firmly together.

Experience must teach the manipulator how
to mix the paraffin in such a manner that it is
neither too hard nor too soft ; if it is too hard,
the sections will not adhere together and will
curl up on the razor, if too soft they will
stick to the razor and be found to be creased.
When it is not possible to keep the temperature
of the room constant it will be found convenient
to use a hard paraffin, and when necessary to
raise the temperature by means of a lamp.

The paraffin should completely surround the
embryo and fill up all the spaces within it.

28—2

436

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP.

Mounting sections.

When the sections are cut, place them in
rows on a slide prepared in the following manner,
Make a solution of white shellac in kreasote
by heating, and let it be of the consistency of
glycerine, or slightly more fluid. With a camel's
hair-brush paint a very thin and uniform layer
of this gum over the slide which must be clean
and dry, and while the gum is wet place the sec-
tions In rows upon it. Now place the slide on a
water bath which is heated up to the melting
point of the paraffin. The sections sink down
into the thin layer of shellac and kreasote, the
kreasote slowly evaporates and the shellac be-
coming hard fixes the section in the position in
which it was placed on the slide. When the
kreasote has been evaporated, pour turpentine
carefully upon the slide, this dissolves the pa-
raffin and clears the sections which may at once
be mounted in canada balsam.

A turpentine or chloroform solution of canada balsam
should be used.

This method of cutting ribbons of sections
was first introduced by Mr Caldwell, to whom
we are also indebted for the account given above
for mounting sections (vide Note B, p. 471).
The latter however is a modification and im-
provement of Dr Giesbrecht’s method. (Zoolo-
gischer Anzeiger No. 92, 1881.)

C. Preservation of the embryo as a whole.

Chick embryos of the first or second day may be

easily preserved whole as microscopic objects. For
this purpose, the embryo, which has been preserved

q
E
4

APP. | OPENING THE EGG. 437

Il.

in the ordinary way (B, a) should be stained slightly,
dehydrated, soaked in oil of cloves until transparent
and mounted in balsam.

Whole embryos of a later date cannot be satis-
factorily preserved as microscopic objects.

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS FOR OBTAINING AND STUDYING
CHICK EMBRYOS.

Examination of a 36 to 48 hours’ embryo.

The student will find it by far the best plan to begin
with the study of an embryo of this date. The manipu-
lation is not difficult; and the details of structure are
sufficiently simple to allow them to be readily grasped.
Earlier embryos are troublesome to manage until some
experience has been gained; and the details of later
ones are so many as to render it undesirable to begin
with them.

A. Opening the Ege.

Take the egg warm from the hen or the incu-
bator, and place it (it does not matter in what posi-
tion, since the blastoderm will at this stage always
be found at the uppermost part of the egg) in a
small basin large enough to allow the egg to be
covered with fluid. It is of advantage, but not
necessary, to place at the bottom of the basin a
mould, e.g. a flat piece of lead with a concavity on
the upper surface, in which the egg may rest securely
without rolling. Pour into the basin so much of a
‘75 per cent. solution of sodium chloride warmed to
38°C. as will cover the egg completely. With a sharp
tap break through the shell at the broad end over
the air-chamber, and let out as much air as has
already been gathered there. Unless this is done,

438

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP.

the presence of air in the air-chamber will cause the
broad end to tilt up. At this date there will be
very little air, but in eggs of longer incubation, in-
convenience will be felt unless this plan be adopted.

Instead of being broken with a blow, the shell
may be filed through at one point, and the opening
enlarged with the forceps; but a little practice will
enable the student to use the former and easier
method without doing damage.

With a blunt pair of forceps, remove the shell
carefully bit by bit, leaving the shell-membrane
behind; begin at the hole made at the broad end,
and work over the upper part until about a third or
half of the shell has been removed.

Then with a finer pair of forceps remove the
shell-membrane; it will readily come away in strips,
torn across the long axis of the egg in a somewhat
spiral fashion. The yolk and embryo will now come
into view.

It is the practice of some simply to break the egg
across and pour the yolk and white together into a
basin, very much as the housewife does. We feel
sure, however, that the extra trouble of the method
we have given will be more than repaid by the
results.

During this time, and indeed during the whole
period of the examination of the embryo in situ, the
basin and its contents must be maintained, either by
renewal of the salt solution, or by the basin being
placed on a sand-bath, at about 38°C.

Examination of the blastoderm in situ.

This may be done with the naked eye, or with a
simple lens of low power. Observe :—

bo

REMOVAL OF THE EMBRYO. 439

Lying across the long axis of the egg, the pellucid
area, in the middle of which the embryo may be
obscurely seen as a white streak.

The mottled vascular area, with the blood-vessels
just beginning to be formed.

The opaque area spreading over the yolk with the
changes in the yolk around its periphery.

(With a simple lens), the contractions of the heart ;
perhaps the outlines of the head of the embryo
may be detected.

Removal of the embryo.

Plunge one blade of a sharp fine pair of scissors
through the blastoderm, just outside the outer margin
of the vascular area, and rapidly carry the incision
completely round until the circle is complete, avoid
as much as possible any agitation of the liquid in the
basin.

With a little trouble, the excised blastoderm may
now be floated into a watch-glass, care being taken to
keep it as flat as possible. With a pair of forceps or
with a needle, aided by gentle shaking, remove the
piece of vitellme membrane covering the blastoderm.

If any yolk adheres to the blastoderm, it may with
a little gentle agitation easily be washed off. Some-
times it is of advantage to suck up the yolk with a
glass syringe, replacing the fluid removed with clean
(‘75 p.c.) salt solution.

The blastoderm should now be removed from the
watch-glass to a microscopic glass slide ; since it is
difficult in the former to prevent the edges of the
blastoderm from curling up.

440)

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP.

The transference may easily be effected, if both
the watch-glass and slide are plunged into a basin of
clean .warm salt solution. With a little care, the
blastoderm can then be floated from the one to the
other, and the glass slide, having the blastoderm with
its upper surface uppermost spread flat upon it, very
gently raised out of the liquid.

A thin ring of putty may now be placed round
the blastoderm, a small quantity of salt solution
gently poured within the ring, and the whole covered
with a glass slide, which may be pressed down until
it is sufficiently close to the embryo. The presence
of any air-bubbles must of course be avoided.

Provided care be otherwise taken to keep the
embryo well covered with liquid, the putty ring and
the coverslip may be dispensed with. They are often
inconvenient, as when the embryo has to be turned
upside down.

The object is now ready for examination with a
simple lens or with a compound microscope of low
objective. It is by far the best for the student to
begin at least with the simple lens. In order that
everything may be seen at its best, the slide should
be kept warmed to about 38°, by being placed on a
hot stage.

D. Surface view of the transparent embryo

Jrom above.

The chief points to be observed are:

1. The head-fold.

2. The indications of the amnion; especially the

Jalse amnion, or outer amniotic fold.

APP. | SURFACE VIEW. 44]

3. The neural tube: the line of coalescence of the
medullary folds, the jirst cerebral vesicle, the com-
mencing optic vesicles, the indications of the
second and third cerebral vesicles, the as yet open
medullary folds at the tail end.

4, The heart seen dimly through the neural tube; note
its pulsation if present.

nr

The fold of the somatoplewre anterior to the heart
(generally very faintly shewn).

6. The fold of the splanchnopleure (more distinctly
seen): the vitelline veins.

Su

The mesoblastic somites.
Indications of the vitelline arteries.
The as yet barely formed tail-fold.

10. The commencing blood-vessels in the pellucid and
vascular areas.

E. Surface view of the transparent embryo from
below.

The coverslip must now be removed and the glass
slide again immersed in a vessel of clean salt solu-
tion. By gently seizing the extreme edge of the
opaque area with a pair of forceps, no difficulty will
be found in so floating the blastoderm, as to turn it
upside down, and thus to replace it on the slide with
the under surface uppermost.

The points which most deserve attention in this
view, are :—

1. The heart; its position, its union with the vitelline
veins, its arterial end.

bo

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP.

The fold of the splanchnopleure marking the hind
limit of the gut ; the vitelline veins running along
its wings.

The mesoblastic somites on each side of the neural
canal behind the heart; farther back still, the ver-
tebral plates not divided into somites.

The examination of the embryo as an opaque
object.

This should never be omitted. Many points in
the transparent embryo only become intelligible after
the examination of it as an opaque object.

Having removed the putty ring and coverslip, if
previously used, allow the blastoderm so far to be-
come dry, that its edge adheres to the glass slide.
Care must of course be taken that the embryo itself
does not become at all dry. Place the glass slide
with the blastoderm extended flat on it, in a shallow
vessel containing a solution of picric acid (I. B.).

If the blastoderm be simply immersed by itself in
the picric acid solution, the edges of the opaque
area will curl up and hide much of theembryo. The
method suggested above prevents these inconveni-
ences.

The embryo thus hardened and rendered opaque
by immersion in the acid (a stay of 2 to 3 hours in
the solution will be sufficient) may be removed to a
watch-glass, containing either some of the solution, or
plain water, and examined with a simple lens, under
a strong direct light. The compound microscope will
be found not nearly so advantageous for this purpose
as the simple lens. A piece of black paper placed
under the watch-glass, will throw up the lights and

| APP. |

bo

SURFACE VIEW. 443

shadows of the embryo, with benefit, The watch.
glass should have a flat bottom; or a shallow flat

glass cell should be used instead.

a.

b.

Looking at the embryo from above, observe :—

The head-fold ; the head distinctly projecting from
the plane of the blastoderm, and formed chiefly by
the forebrain and optic vesicles.

The elevation of the medullary canal, and the
indications of the side walls of the embryo.

The indications of the tail.
The Amnion partly covering the head. Tear it

open with needles. Observe its two folds.

Having turned the blastoderm upside down,

observe the following points, looking at the embryo

from below.

The hinder limit of the splanchnopleure in the
head-fold, marking the hind limits of the fore-
gut. The opaque folds now conceal the head almost
entirely from view.

The commencing tail-fold, and the shallow boat-
shaped cavity (of the alimentary canal) between it
and the head-fold.

The student should not fail to make sketches
of the embryo, both as a transparent, and as an
opaque object, seen from below as well as from
above. These sketches will be of great service to
him when he comes to study the sections of the
same embryo.

444
G.

a:

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP.

The following transverse sections will perhaps be

bo

Or

the most instructive.

Manipulation as in I. B. 3.

Through the optic vesicles, shewing the optic
stalks.

Through the hind-brain, shewing the auditory
sacs.

Through the middle of the heart, shewing its re-
lations to the splanchnopleure and alimentary canal.

Through the point of divergence of the splanch-
nopleure folds, shewing the venous roots of the
heart.

Through the dorsal region, shewing the medullary
canal, mesoblastic somites and commencing cleavage
of the mesoblast.

Through a point where the medullary canal is still
open, shewing the mode in which its closing takes
place.

Longitudinal sections should also be made and
compared with the transverse sections.

Examination of an Embryo of about 48—50 hours.

A. Opening the egg—as in II. A.

B:

Examination of the blastoderm in situ.

Observe

The form of the embryo, which is much more dis-
tinct than at the earlier stage.

The beating of the heart.

The general features of the circulation.

i)

t.

TRANSPARENT EMBRYO. 445

Removal of the Embryo from the yolk, as in
Hie:

Surface view of the transparent embryo from
above.
Notice :—
General form of the embryo.
a. Commencing cranial flexure.
b. The tail and side folds.

Amnion. Notice the inner and outer (false amnion)
limbs and remove them with a needle. When the
amnion has been removed the features of the
embryo will be much more clearly visible.

The organs of sense,

a. Hye. Formation of the lens already nearly
completed.

b. Auditory involution, now a deep sac with a
narrow opening to the exterior.

The brain.

The vesicles of the fore-,.mid-, and hind-brain.

b. The cerebral vesicle.

ec. The cranial flexure taking place at the mid-
brain.

Transparent embryo from below.

Manipulation as in II. E.

Notice :— .

The increase of the hea folds of the somatopleure
and splanchnopleure, especially the latter, and the
commencement of these folds at the tail.

446

we)

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [ APP.

The now m-shaped heart ; for further particulars —
vide Chap. Iv.

The commencing Ist and 2nd visceral clefts and
the aortic arches.

The circulation of the yolk sac, vide Fig. 36. Make
out all the points there shewn and ascertain
by examination that what have been called the
veins aud arteries in that figure, are truly such.

The embryo as an opaque object.
Treatment as in II. F.
FROM ABOVE:
Observe the amnion, which is a very conspicuous

object, and remove it with needles if not done pre-
viously. The external form of the brain and the
auditory sac appear very distinctly.

FROM BELOW :

Observe the nature of the head- and tail-folds,
which are much more easily understood from the
opaque than from the transparent embryos.

Observe also the alimentary canal, the widely
open hind end of the fore-gut, and the front end of
the as yet very short hind-qut.

Sections.

Manipulation as in I. B. 3.
The more important sections to be observed, are
Through optic lobes, shewing :
The formation of the lens.
6. The involution of the primary optic vesicle.

c. The constriction, especially from above, of the
optic stalk,

|

| APP. | THIRD DAY EMBRYO. 447

2. Through auditory sac, shewing :
a. Auditory sac still open.
b. The thin roof and thick sides of the hind-brain.
c. Notochord.
d. Heart.

e. Closed alimentary canal.

3. Through dorsal region, shewing the general appear-
ance of a section of an embryo at this stage, which
should be compared with a similar section of the
earlier stage.

It shews:
a. The commencement of the side folds; the ali-
mentary canal still however open below.
b. The Wolffian duct lying close under the epiblast
on the outside of the mesoblastic somites.

c. The notochord with the aortz on each side.

IV. Examination of an Embryo at the end of the third
day.

A. Opening the egg, as in II. A.

B. Examination of the blastoderm in situ.
Observe :—

1. The great increase of the vascular area both in size
and distinctness. The circulation is now better
seen in situ than after the blastoderm has been
removed.

2. That the embryo now lies completely on its left
side and that it is only connected with the yolk-sac
by a somewhat broad stalk.

448

bo

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [ APP.

Removal of the embryo. See II. C.

It is now unnecessary to remove the whole of the
blastoderm with the embryo; indeed it is better to
cut away the vascular area unless it is wanted for
examination.

Surface view of the transparent embryo.

Since the embryo now lies on its side we shall
not have to speak of the view from above and below.
The views from the two sides differ chiefly as to the
appearance of the heart.

The embryo (freed from the blastoderm and the
amnion) is to be floated on to a glass slide in the
usual way. It is necessary to protect it while under
examination, with a coverslip, which must not be
allowed to compress it. To avoid this, we have found
it a good plan to support the coverslip at one end
only, since by moving it about when thus supported,
a greater or less amount of pressure can be applied
at will to the object.

The details which can at this stage be seen in a
transparent embryo are very numerous and we re-
commend the student to try and verify everything
shewn in Fig. 37. Amongst the more important and
obvious points to be noticed are

The increase of the cranial flexure and the body-
jlexure.

The condition of the brain. The mid-brain now
forms the most anterior point of the head.

The fore-brain consists of the inconspicuous
vesicle of the third ventricle and the two large
cerebral lobes.

OO EOE OEE

APP. |

a.

a.

OPAQUE EMBRYO. 449

The hind-brain consists of a front portion, the
cerebellum with a thickened roof; and a hinder
portion, the fourth ventricle with a very thin and
delicate roof.

Organs of sense.

The eye especially is now in a very good state
to observe. The student may refer to Fig. 51,
and the description there given.

The ear-vesicle will be seen either just closing
or completely closed.

In the region of the heart attention must also be
paid to:
The wisceral clefts,

The investing-mass, i.e. the growth of mesoblast
taking place around the end of the notochord.

The condition of the heart.

In the region of the body the chief points to be
observed are :

The increase in the number of the somites.

The Wolfian duct, which can be seen as a streak
along the outer side of the hinder somites.

The allantois, which is now a small vesicle lying
between the folds of the somatopleure and
splanchnopleure at the hind end of the body, but
as yet hardly projects beyond the body cavity.

The embryo as an opaque object.

Preparation as in II. F.

The general form of the embryo can be very satis-

factorily seen when it is hardened and examined as an

opaque object; but the most important points to be
F. & B. 29

450

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP,

made out at this stage in the hardened specimens are
those connected with the visceral clefts and folds and
the mouth.

If the amnion has not been removed it will be
necessary to pick it completely away with needles.
Without further preparation a view of the visceral
folds and clefts may be obtained from the side ; but
a far more instructive view is that from below, in
order to gain which the following method may be

adopted.

Pour a small quantity of melted black wax (made
by mixing together lampblack and melted wax) into
a watch-glass, using just enough to cover the bottom
of the glass. While still soft make a small depression
in the wax with the rounded end of a pen-holder or
handle of a paint-brush and allow the wax to cool.
In the meantime cut off the head of the hardened
embryo by a sharp clean transverse incision carried
just behind the visceral clefts, transfer it to the
watch-glass and cover it with water or spirit. By a
little manipulation the head of the embryo may now
be shifted into the small depression in the wax,
and thus be made to assume any required position.
It should then be examined with a simple lens
under a strong reflected light, and a drawing made
of it.

When the head is placed in the proper position,
the following points may easily be seen.

The opening of the mouth bounded below by the
first pair of visceral folds, and commencing to be
enclosed above by the now very small buds which
are the rudiments of the superior maxillary pro-
cesses. Compare Fig. 56.

1
:
:

APP. | FOURTH DAY EMBRYO. 451

2. The second and third visceral arches and clefts.
3. The nasal pits.
F. Sections. Manipulation as in I. B. 3.
The most important sections are :—

1. Through the eyes in the three planes, vide Fig. 50,
A. BG,

Through the auditory sac.

bo

3. Through the dorsal region, shewing the general
changes which have taken place.

Amongst these, notice
a. The changes of the mesoblastic somites: the com-
mencing formation of the muscle-plates.

b. The position of the Wolffian duct and the forma-
tion of the germinal epithelium.

The aorte and the cardinal veins.

Ss

d. The great increase in depth and relative diminu-
tion in breadth of the section.

\Y. Examination of an Embryo of the Fourth Day.

A. Opening the egg, as in II. A.

Great care will be required not to injure the
embryo, which now lies close to the shell-membrane,

B. Examination in situ. Observe:—

1, The now conspicuous amnion.
2. The allantois, a small, and as yet hardly vascular
vesicle, beginning to project from the embryo into
the space between the true and the false amnion.
3. The rapidly narrowing somatic stalk.
29—2,

od

452

bo

~I

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [ APP.

Removal of the embryo, as in II. C. and IV. C.

The remarks made in the latter place apply with
still greater force to an embryo of the fourth and
succeeding days.

Surface view of the transparent embryo. For
manipulation, vzde IV. D.

The points to be observed are :—
The formation of the ji/th, seventh, and ninth
cranial nerves.

To observe these, a small amount of pressure

is advantageous.

The formation of the fourth visceral cleft, and the
increase in size of the superior maxillary process.

The formation of the nasal pits and grooves.

The great relative growth of the cerebral lobes and
the tormation of the pineal gland from the roof of
the vesicle of the third ventricle.

The great increase in the investing mass.

The formation and growth of the muscle-plates,
which can now be easily seen from the exterior.
The allantois. Make out its position and mode of
opening into the alimentary canal.

E. The embryo as an opaque object. Manipulation

as II. F. For mode of examination wide
ye

The view of the mouth from underneath, shewing
the nasal pit and grooves, the superior and inferior
maxillary processes and the other visceral folds and

clefts, is very instructive at this stage. Compare
Fig. 69.

APP. | TWENTY HOURS EMBRYO. 453

F. Sections. Manipulation as in I. B. 3.
The most important sections are,

Through the eyes.

RS as

Transverse section immediately behind the visceral

arches, shewing the origin of the lungs.

3. Transverse section just in front of the umbilical
stalk, shewing the origin of the liver.

4. Transverse section at about the centre of the
dorsal region, to shew the general features of the
fourth day. Compare Fig. 68.

Amongst the points to be noticed in this section, are

Muscle-plates.

Spinal nerves and ganglia.

Wolffian duct and bodies.

Miiller’s duct.

Mesentery.

“Se & e Se

Commencing changes in the spinal cord.
5. Section passing through the opening of the allan-
tois into the alimentary canal.

For the points to be observed in embryos of
the fifth and sixth days, the student must consult
the chapters devoted to those days.

In the hardened specimens, especial attention
should be paid to the changes which take place in
the parts forming the boundaries of the mouth.

_ VI. Examination of a Blastoderm of 20 hours.
| A. Opening the egg, as in II. A.

B. Examination in situ.

Tt will not be found possible to make out anything
very satisfactory from the examination of a blasto-

454

i;

to

eo

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP.

derm in situ at this age. The student will however
not fail to notice the halones, which can be seen
forming concentric rings round the blastoderm.

Removal of the embryo.

Two methods of hardening can be adopted at
this age. One of these involves the removal of the
blastoderm from the yolk, asin II. C. In the other
case, the yolk is hardened as a whole. If the latter
method be employed, the embryo cannot be viewed
as a transparent object.

In the cases where the blastoderm is removed
from the yolk, the manipulation is similar to that
described under II. C, with the exception of more
care being required in freeing the blastoderm from
the vitelline membrane.

Surface view transparent, from above.
Observe :—

The medullary groove between the two medullary
folds, whose hind ends diverge to enclose between
them the end of the primitive groove.

The head-fold at the end of the medullary groove.

The one or two pairs of mesoblastic somites flanking
the medullary groove.

The notochord as an opaque streak along the floor
of the medullary groove,

E. Surface view transparent, from below.

Same points to be seen as from above, but less
clearly.

APP. |

BE;

TWENTY HOURS EMBRYO. 455

Embryo as an opaque object.

As an opaque object, whether the embryo is hard-
ened im situ or after being removed from the yolk,
the same points are to be seen as when it is viewed
as a transparent object, with the exception of the
notochord and mesoblastic somites (vide D). The
various grooves and folds are however seen with far
greater clearness.

Sections.

Two methods of hardening may be employed ;
(1) with the embryo in situ, (2) after it has been
removed.

To harden the blastoderm in situ the yolk must
be hardened asa whole. After opening the egg either
leave the yolk in the egg-shell or pour it out into a
Berlin capsule; in any case freeing it as much as
possible from the white, and taking especial care to
remove the more adherent layer of white which im-
mediately surrounds the yolk.

Place it in picric acid or a weak solution of chromic
acid (first of -1 p.c. and then of ‘5 p.c.) with the
blastoderm uppermost and leave it in that position
for two or three days.

Care must be taken that the yolk does not roll
about ; the blastoderm must not be allowed to alter
its position ; otherwise it may be hard to find it when
everything has become opaque. If at the end of the
second day the blastoderm is not sufficiently hard,
the strength of the solution, if chromic acid be used,
should be increased and the specimen left in it for
another day.

After it has become hardened by the acid, the
yolk should be washed with water and treated suc-

456

1

bo

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP.

cessively with weak and strong spirit, wide I. B.
After it has been in the strong spirit (90 p.c.) for two
days, the vitelline membrane may be safely peeled off
and the blastoderm and embryo will be found in
situ. The portion of the yolk containing them must
then be sliced off with a sharp razor, and placed in
absolute alcohol.

The staining, &c. may be effected in the ordinary
way.

If osmic acid, which we believe will be found
serviceable for these early stages, is employed, it will
be necessary to remove the blastoderm from the yolk
before treating it with the reagent.

The following transverse sections are the most 1m-
portant at this stage :

Through the medullary groove, shewing
a. The medullary folds with the thickened meso-
blast.
b. The notochord under the medullary groove.

ce. The commencing cleavage of the mesoblast.

Through the region where the medullary folds
diverge, to enclose the end of the primitive groove,
shewing the greatly increased width of the medul-
lary groove, but otherwise no real alteration in
the arrangement of the parts.

Through the front end of the primitive groove
with the so-called axis cord underneath it, while
on each side of it are still to be seen the medul-
lary folds.

Through the primitive groove behind this point,
shewing the typical characters of the primitive
groove.

| ApP.]

UNINCUBATED BLASTODERM. 457
Examination of an unincubated Blastoderm.
Opening the egg. Vide II. A.

Examination of the blastoderm in situ.

Observe the central white spot and the peripheral
more transparent portion of the blastoderm and the
halones around it.

Removal of the blastoderm. Vide VI. C.

With the unincubated blastoderm still greater care
is required in removal than with the 20 hours’ blasto-
derm, and there is no special advantage in doing so
unless it is intended to harden it with osmic acid.

Surface view transparent from above.

Observe the absence of the central opacity.

Surface view transparent from underneath.

Nothing further to be observed than from above.

As an opaque object.

There is nothing to be learnt from this.

Sections.

Manipulation as in VI. G.

The sections shew

The distinct epiblast.

b. The lower layer cells not as yet differentiated
into mesoblast and hypoblast.

The thickened edge of the blastoderm.

d. The segmentation cavity and formative cells.

S

458 PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP.
VIII. Examination of the process of Segmentation.

To observe the process of segmentation it will be
found necessary to kill a number of hens which are
laying regularly. The best hens lay once every 24
hours, and by observing the time they usually lay (and
they generally lay pretty regularly about the same
time), a fair guess may be made beforehand as to
the time the egg has been in the oviduct. By this
means a series of eggs at the various stages of seg-
mentation may usually be obtained without a great
unnecessary sacrifice of hens. For making sections,

the yolk must in all cases be hardened as a whole, _
which may be done as recommended in VI. G ©
Chromic acid is an excellent reagent for this and

it will be found very easy to make good sections.

In the sections especial attention should be paid,

1. To the first appearance of nuclei in the segments,

and their character.

bo

To the appearance of the horizontal furrows.

oo

As to whether new segments continue to be formed
outside the limits of the germinal disc, or whether
the fresh segmentation merely concerns the already
formed segments.

4. In the later stages, to the smaller central and
larger peripheral segments, both containing nuclei.
For surface views, the germinal disc, either
fresh or after it has been hardened, can be used.
In both cases it should be examined by a strong
reflected light. The chief point to be noticed is
the more rapid segmentation of the central than of
the peripheral spheres.

APP. STUDY OF BLOOD-VESSELS. 459

| 1X. Examination of the later changes of the Embryo.

For the later stages, and especially for the deve-
lopment of the skull and the vascular system of the
body of the chick, it will be found necessary to dissect
the embryo. This can be done either with the fresh
embryo or more advantageously with embryos which
have been preserved in spirit.

If the embryos are placed while still living into
spirit a natural injection may be obtained. And such
an injection is the best for following out the arrange-
ment of the blood-vessels.

Sections of course will be available for study,
especially when combined with dissections.

eX. Study of the development of the Blood-vessels.

Observations on this subject must be made with
blastoderms of between 30—40 hours. These are to
be removed from the egg, in the usual way (vide II.
A. and C.), spread out over a glass slip and examined
from below, vide II. E.

The blastoderm when under examination must be
protected by a coverslip with the usual precautions
against pressure and evaporation, and a hot stage
must also be employed.

Fresh objects so prepared require to be examined
with a considerable magnifying power (400 to 800
diameters). From a series of specimens between 30
and 40 hours old all the points we have mentioned
in Chapter tv. p. 92, can without much difficulty be
observed.

Especial attention should be paid in the earlier
specimens to the masses of nuclei enveloped in pro-
toplasm and connected with each other by proto-

4.60 PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP,

plasmic processes; and in the later stages to the F
breaking up of these masses into blood corpuscles —
and the conversion of the protoplasmic processes

into capillaries, with cellular walls.

Blastoderms treated in the following ways may
be used to corroborate the observations made on the
fresh ones.

With gold chloride.

Immerse the blastoderm in gold chloride (‘5 p.c.)
for one minute and then wash with distilled water
and mount in glycerine and examine.

By this method of preparation, the nuclei and
protoplasmic processes are rendered more distinct,
without the whole being rendered too opaque for
observation.

The blastoderm after the application of the gold
chloride should become a pale straw colour; if it
becomes in the least purple, the reagent has been
applied for too long a time.

With potassium bichromate.
Immerse in a 1 p.c. solution for one day and then
mount in glycerine.

With osmic acid.
Immerse in a ‘5 p.c. solution for half an hour and

then in absolute alcohol for a day, and finally mount
in glycerine.

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS FOR OBTAINING AND STUDYING
MAMMALIAN EMBRYOS.

XI. Animals and breeding.

For class work the Rabbit is the most convenient
animal from which to obtain embryos, it will breed

.

APP.]

XLT.

MAMMALIAN SEGMENTING OVA. 461

freely in the early spring months of the year and will
give ample opportunity for the student to observe the
exact time when the female is covered. A number
of does should be kept together in a large pen, and
two or three bucks in separate small cages also placed
within the pen ; at the period of heat, the doe should
be temporarily placed with the buck and the exact
time of copulation noted, the age of the embryo
being calculated from that hour.

Examination of segmenting ova.

It will be well to mention here that although
a doe may have been satisfactorily covered, embryos
are not always obtained from her. A superficial
examination of the ovaries will determine whether or
no fertilized ova are present. If ova have been
recently dehisced from the ovary, the Graafian follicles
from which they were discharged will be found to be
of a distinctly red colour. In case no such ‘ corpora
lutea’ as they are called are present further search is
useless.

To obtain ova from 1 to 60 hours old.

Cut open the abdomen from pubis to sternum,
and from the pubis round the thigh of each side, and
turn back the flaps of the body wall so formed.
Remove the viscera and observe below (dorsal) the
single median vagina, from the anterior end of which
the uterine horns diverge.

Observe at the anterior end of each uterine horn
a small much coiled tube, the oviduct (Fallopian
tube) near the anterior end of which a little below
the kidney lies the ovary. Cut out the uterus and
oviduct together and lay them in a small dissecting

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP. |

dish. Carefully stretch out the oviduct by cutting
the tissue which binds it, and separating it from
the uterus, taking care to obtain its whole length,
lay it upon a glass slide.

With the aid of a lens it is frequently possible to
distinguish the ovum or ova, through the wall of the
oviduct. Jn this case cut a transverse slit into the
lumen of the duct with a fine pair of scissors a little
to one side of an ovum; press with a needle upon
the oviduct on the other side of the ovum, which will
glide out through the slit, and can be with ease trans-
ported upon the point of a small scalpel, or what is
better spear-headed needle. In case the ovum cannot
be distinguished in the oviduct by superficial obser-
vation, the latter must be slit up with a fine pair of
scissors, When it will easily be seen with the aid of an
ordinary dissecting lens.

Treatment of the ovum.

The ovum may be examined fresh in salt solution,
it is however more instructive when preserved and
stained in the following manner.

a, Immerse it in a } p.c. solution of osmic acid for
5 or even 10 minutes, transfer it thence to
the picrocarmine solution described above (1).
After staining the ovum should then be washed
in distilled water and placed in a weak solu-
tion of glycerine in a watch-glass—half gly-
cerine, half water. It should be allowed to
remain thus under a bell jar for several days
(7 to 14 or longer) in a warm room until the
water has evaporated. By this means shrinkage
and distortion are avoided, the glycerine becoming

APP. | EXAMINATION OF OVUM. 463

very gradually more and more dense. It should
be mounted in glycerine in which 1 p.c. formic
acid has been mixed to prevent fungoid growths.
Care must be taken that there is no pressure
upon the ovum this being insured by the inser-
tion of a couple of slips of paper one on each side
of the ovum under the cover glass.

b. Another method of preservation is used, but
does not appear to us so successful as the one
already described. It consists of an immersion
of the ovum for 5 minutes in + to } p.c. osmic
acid, subsequent treatment with Miiller’s fluid
for two or three days, and finally mounting in
glycerine.

C. Examination of the ovum.
The most instructive stages to observe are ova of
a. 18 hours old, when four segmentation spheres
will be observed.
b. 36 hours old when the segmentation is more
advanced and the spheres numerous.
The chief points to be noted are :—
1. The number and size of the segmentation spheres ;
in each of which, when treated as described in B. a.,
a large deeply stained nucleus will be visible. The
spheres themselves are also stained slightly.

bo

The presence of one or two polar bodies on the
outer side of the segments in ova of not more than
48 hours old: these also are slightly stained.

3. The zona radiata immediately surrounding the
segments, and

4, The thick albuminous coat, marked with con-
centric rings.

464
1:

bo

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP.

The fully segmented ovum. 70 hours old.

The fully segmented ovum is found in the uterus
at its anterior end close to the place where the
oviduct opens into the uterus.

To obtain this stage the uterus must be slit open —
and examined carefully with a dissecting lens: the
ovum will be seen as a somewhat opaque spot on the
glistening moist mucous epithelium of the uterus.

It may be treated in the manner described under —

B. a., but the segments being closely pressed to- —
gether their outlines are not rendered distinct by _

this method. A more advantageous mode of treatment ~
is the following: wash the ovum rapidly in distilled
water, and place it in a 1 p.c solution of silver
nitrate for about 3 minutes: then expose it to the
light in a dish of distilled water until it be tinged
a brown colour.

The brown colour is due to the reduction of the
silver, which takes place chiefly in the cement sub-
stance between the cells and thus defines very exactly
their size and shape. The ovum may now be treated —
with glycerine and mounted as described in B.

The points to be observed are :—

The division of the segmentation spheres into the
layers—an outer layer of cubical hyaline cells, and
an inner of rounded granular cells.

The blastopore of van Beneden.

The presence of a thin layer of mucous outside
the concentrically ringed albuminous coat of the
ovum.

APP. | BLASTODERMIC VESICLE. 465

XIIL. Examination of the blastodermic vesicle, 72—90 hours.

A. To obtain the embryo see XII. D.
B. Prepare the ovum either as in XII. B. or D.
or in picric acid see 1. B. 1.
C. Surface view, or in section see 1. B. 3.
Observe :—

1. The great increase in size of the ovum and the
reduction in the thickness of the membranes.

bo

The flattened layer of outer cells enclosing a cavity.

3. The rounded cells of the inner mass attached as a
lens-shaped mass to one side of the vesicle.

XIV. Examination of a blastodermic vesicle of 7 ‘days,
in which the embryonic area and primitive streak are
present.

A. To obtain the embryo.

On opening the body cavity the uterus will be
found to be uniformly swollen and very vascular.

Remove the uterus and open it carefully with
fine scissors along the free, non-mesometric edge,
taking care to keep the point of the scissors within
the uterus close against its wall.

Observe

1. The oval thin-walled vesicles lying at intervals
on the walls of the uterus.

bo

The presence of the pyriform embryonic area, at
the posterior end of which is seen the primitive
streak.

oie 30

466 PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP.

3. The commencement of the area vasculogsa around
the hind end of the area. ‘This is seen better
after treatment with picric acid,

B. Treatment and Examination of the embryo.

a. Preserve the vesicle in picric see I. B 1.
Stain in haematoxylin, cut out the embryonic
area, leaving a considerable margin, imbed and
cut into sections.

b. In transverse sections observe :—

1. At the anterior end of the area the single row of
columnar epiblast and the single row of flattened
hypoblast cells.

2. Immediately in front of the primitive streak be-
tween these two layers a few irregularly shaped
mesoblast cells.

3. Through the middle of the primitive streak,

a. Several layers of rounded mesoblast cells attached
to, and continuous with, the epiblast in the
middle line, and stretching out laterally beyond
the edge of the area.

b. <A single layer of flattened hypoblast.

4. The epiblast outside the embryonic area in the
form of flattened cells and, except in the region
around the primitive streak, overlying a layer of
flattened hypoblast.

XV. Examination of an eight days’ embryo.

A. To obtain the embryo.

The uterus will be found here and there to be
swollen. In these swellings the embryos lie; and

APP. |

EIGHT DAYS EMBRYO. 467

owing to the fact that the wall of the embryonic
vesicle is exceedingly thin, and attached to the ute-
rine wall, they are very difficult to obtain whole.

Cut the uterus transversely on each side of the
swellings and pin the pieces so obtained slightly
stretched out in small dissecting dishes. Cover the
tissue with picric acid solution and allow it to remain
untouched for an hour. Then with two pairs of fine
pointed forceps carefully tear the uterus longitu-
dinally, slightly to one side of the median line of the
free side. This operation will necessarily take some
time, for but a small portion should be done at once,
the picric acid being allowed time to penetrate into
that part of the uterus which has been most recently
torn open.

With care, however, the student will be able to
open completely the swelling and will observe within
the thin walled vesicle. Great care must also be
exercised in freeing the vesicle from the uterus.

This dissection should be performed with the aid
of a dissecting lens. In case the embryonic vesicle
is burst it will still be possible to extract the embryonic
area which lies on the mesometric side of the uterus;
the area itself is not attached to the uterine walls.

Examination of surface view.
Observe :

The increased size of the embryonic area.

In the anterior region the medullary folds; di-
verging behind and enclosing between them,

The primitive streak.
The area opaca now completely surrounding the
embryo.

A6S PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP,

C. Examination of sections.
Prepare and cut into transverse sections as advised —
ia; Ve.
Notice
1. In the sections of the anterior region,

a. The lateral epiblast composed o several layers
of columnar cells.

6. The epiblast in the median line one layer thick
and in the form of a groove (medullary groove).

c. The lateral plates of mesoblast.

d. The flattened lateral hypoblast, and columnar
hypoblast underlying medullary groove (noto-
chord).

bo

In sections through the anterior end of the primi-
tive streak.

Note the continuation of the epiblast, mesoblast
and hypoblast in the middle line.

3. In sections through the posterior end of the area
the same points to be seen as in XIV. B. 6. 3.
XVI. Examination of an embryo about 8 days 12 hours.
A. Manipulation asin XV. A.
B. In surface view observe (cf. Fig. 106) :

1. Area pellucida surrounding embryo, outside which
is the well marked area vasculosa.

bo

Widely open neural canal, at anterior end dilated,
and partially divided into the three primary vesi-
cles of the brain: note the optic vesicles. At the
posterior end, the sinus rhomboidalis.

3. The mesoblastic somites, 4 to 8.

APP. | FETAL MEMBRANES. 469

4. The two lateral tubes of the heart, and the com-
mencement of the two vitelline veins.

5. The rudiment of the primitive streak.
6. The commencing head and tail folds.
7. The commencing folds of the amnion.

Compare Fig. 106.

X VII. Examination of the foetal membranes of an embryo
of 14 days.

A. To obtain the embryo, with its membraies.

Manipulate as in XV. A. only dissect under salt
solution instead of picric acid.

B. Observe before removing the embryo from the
uUlerus

1. The attachment of the vesicle to the mesometric
side of the uterus over a discoidal area, the
placental area.

bo

The position and form of the placenta.

C. Remove the embryo with its membranes intact,
and observe :

1. the vascular yolk sac, extending completely round
the chorion with the exception of a comparatively
small area where

2. the allantois is situated. The vascularity of the
allantois. The fetal villi projecting into the
maternal placental tissue.

470 PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS. [APP.
D. Separate the membranes from one another with-
out tearing then,
and notice :

1, The embryo surrounded by the amnion.

bo

The allantois; its position dorsal to the embryo; its
attachment to the chorion ; its circulation.

3. The flattened yolk sac, ventral to the embryo ; its
long stalk ; its circulation.

4. The heart.

E. The embryo in surface view.
The points to be observed are

1. The cranial and body flexure, the spiral curvature
of the hinder portion of the body.

be

The vesicles of the brain: cerebral hemispheres,
fore-brain, mid-brain and hind-brain.

The eye, and the ear.
The heart.
The visceral arches and clefts.

The fore and hind limbs, and the tail.

aS oa ae

APP. | NOTES. 471

Note A.

Since writing the account of section-cutting on p. 434,
we have obtained more experience as to the practical work-
ing of Messrs. Caldwell and Threlfall’s microtome there
mentioned. We find that it cuts more accurately and better
than any other microtome with which we are acquainted,
and can confidently recommend it to investigators and
teachers with large classes. In the Cambridge Laboratory,
it is driven by a small water engine and will cut at a rate
of 500 a minute, without detriment to the sections.

Norte B.

Mr Threlfall, of Caius College, has recently elaborated
a method of mounting sections which in our opinion has
many important advantages over the shellac method. It is
as follows. Make a solution of pure india-rubber in benzine
or chloroform. Spread a thin film of this on a clean glass
slide, and allow it to dry. Arrange the sections on the
film; melt the paraffin; allow the slide to cool, then
immerse the slide for a moment in benzoline (liquid
paraffin), which dissolves the paratlin, and mount in balsam.
The chief advantages of this method are that the sections
do not adhere to the india-rubber until warmed, and they can
be stained after they are fixed on the slide if necessary.
For the latter purpose, wash the benzoline away with
absolute alcohol; treat with weaker alcohol; stain ; return
to absolute ; clear with oil of cloves or kreasote, and mount
in balsam (vide Zoologischer Anzeiger, 1883).

‘
,
‘
‘
\
“si
f
* %
j

IN DEX.

A

Abdominal wall of chick, 281

Air-chamber, 3

Albumen: composition of, 3;
arrangement of, in hen’s egg,
3; formation of, in hen, 16;
fate of, in hen’s egg, 109; of
incubated egg, 185

Alimentary canal of chick, 28—33,
39; of third day and append-
ages of, 171—185 ; mammalia,
417421

Alisphenoid region of chick, 240,

24

Allantoice arteries: of chick, 225,
293, 298; in mammals, 348,
410—413

Allantoic veins of chick, 228, 287,
290; of mammals, 342

Allantoic stalk, 351

Allantois: of chick, 28—33, 46
LOW hO2—— Los. 2717 2501s
as a means of respiration, 232;
pulsation of, 277; of rabbit, for-
mation of, 331, 353; of human
embryo, 336—340, 355—358;
of mammalia, structure of, 348;
of marsupials, 352; of dog, 358

Alum carmine, to make and use,

431

Amnion: of chick, 28—33, 43—46,
63, 107, 1953; of third day, 113,
276—280; pulsation of, 277,
278; false, of chick, 46; of
rabbit, 330, 353; of human
embryo, 338—340; of mam-

malia, 343; structure of mam-
malian, 346; of dog, 358

Amphioxus, spinal cord of, 254

Annuli fibrosi of birds, 210

Anterior commissure of cerebral
hemisphere, mammalia, 381

Aorta of chick, 224, 292, 298;
of mammals, 407

Aortz of chick of second day,
89, 103

Aortic arches of chick, 103, 106,
167; of fourth day, 225, 291—
298

Apes’ placenta, 355; histology of,
363; derivation of, 364

Aqueductus vestibuli of chick,
158

Aqueductus sylvii (see iter.)

Aqueous humour: of chick, 153—
154; of mammalia, 390

Arbor vitae of birds, 369

Area opaca of chick, 7, 49, 1953
mesoblast of, 65; hypoblast of,
65; vascular portion of, 74—75,
110; of third day, 109

Area pellucida: of chick, 8, 49, 55;
of third day, r10; of mammals,

28

ieee vasculosa: of mammalia,
formation of, 342; circulation
of, 343346,

Arteria centralis retine of mam-
malia, 387—390

Arterial system: of chick, 224—
226, 29I—303; Mammalia, 407
499

Arterial arches, mammalia, 407

474

Articulare of chick, 244
Attachment of ovum in uterus,

4
adieoty capsule of chick, 241
Auditory pits of chick, 81, rox
Auricles of chick, 84, 102, 229,
259, 262
Auricular: appendages of chick of
second day, 102; septum of
chick, 257
Avian characteristics, 275 °
Azygos vein, mammalia. 412

B

Basi-hyal chick, 245

Basilar: plate, 235—238; mem-
brane, mammalia, 397

Basi-occipital region Ss chick, 237

Basi-sphenoid of chick, 240, 246

Basi-temporal bone, chick, 246

Beak of chick, 249; formation of,

282

Biliary ducts of chick, 180—181

Birds, oviparous, 308

Bladder: derivation of, in mam-
mals, 351; mammalian, 417

Blastoderm of chick, 4; struc-
ture of, in unincubated hen’s
egg, 7—10; area pellucida of,
8; formative cells of, 23, 24;
extension of, 26, 27; lateral
folds of, 37; head fold of, 27,
37; tail fold of, 29, 37; vas-
cular area of, 27; hypoblast
of, 51; germinal wall of, 52;
epiblast, &5; of third day, 109,
IIo

Blastoderm of mammal, forma-
tion of layers of, 314— 325 ; vas-
cular area of, 326; pellucid
area of, 328; head and tail
folds, 329

Blastodermic vesicle, 314—316,
319; outer layer of, 314; inner
mass of, 314; to examine, 465

Blastopore of mammalian ovum
(van Beneden’s), 3143; of chick
and mammals, see neurenteric
canal

INDEX.

Blood islands of vascular area of
chick, g1

Blood corpuscles of chick, for-
mation of, 92—94

Blood-vessels: of area opaca of
chick, formation of, 92—94;
development of, practical di-
rections for study of, 459, 460

Body cavity: of chick, 39 ; forma-
tion of, 40, 41; posterior medi-
astinum of, 267 ; of mammalia,
406

Body flexure of chick, 196; on
third day, 116

Body flexure: in rabbit, 334; in
dog, 334; of human embryo,
239—240

Borax carmine, to make and use,
430°

Brain: of chick, 117—123, 281;
of mammalia, 367—387 ; divi-
sions of, 367; hind brain, 367—
370; mid brain, 370, 371; fore
brain, 371—385 ; histogeny of,
385—387

Branchial clefts and arches (see
Visceral)

Breeding mammals for study, 460

Bronchi, mammalian, 418

Bronchial tubes of chick, 177

Bulbus arteriosus of chick, 84, 225,
229, 257; septum of, 257, 259,
260—262; of mammalia, 407

Cc

Cecum, mammalia, 419

Canales Botalli (see Ductus Bo-
talli)

Canalis auricularis of chick, 257,
25

Gan wig reuniens, 160; auricularis
of chick, 169, 229 ; reuniens of
ear of mammalia, 393—398

Cardinal veins: of chick, 170; 284
—285; anterior and posterior
of mammalia, 4o9—413

Carmine, 431

Carnivora, placenta of, 358

INDEX,

Carotid: common artery of chick,
295, 298; external and internal
artery, 292, 295; of bird and
mammal, 408

Carpus of chick, 234

Cartilage bones, 242; of skull of
chick, 246

Cerato-hyals of chick, 245

Cerebellum: of chick, 122, 203,
368—370; of mammalia, 367
—370; ventricle of, 368; cho-
roid plexus of, 368; pyramids,
and olivary bodies of, 368;
arbor vite, flocculi of, 369;
pons varolii of, 369, 370; velum
medullz ant. 370

Cerebral hemispheres: of chick,
117; of mammalia, 376—385;
ventricles of, 377; lamina ter-
minalis, 377; corpus striatum,
378; commissures of, 381—383;
septum lucidum, 383; fissures
of, 384—385

Cerebral vesicles of chick, 200;
of second day, 79, 100

Cerebro-spinal canal in chick, 40

Cerebrum of mammalia, mono-
tremata, insectivora, 384

Chalaze, 4

Cheiroptera, placenta of, 353

Chest wall, of chick, 281

Chorion: of hen’s egg, 47; of
mammal, true and false, 348;
of rabbit, true and false, 353;
of human ovum, 355—358;
of dog, 358

Chorion lave, 356—358

Chorion frondosum, 356—358

Chorionic villi of mammal, 349

Choroid coat of eye, of chick,

T4I

Choroid plexuses of mammalia,
368, 380

Choroidal fissure of chick, 136—
141, 147—149; of mammalia,

3

pions acid, 427—428

Cicatricula, 4

Ciliary: ganglion of chick, 128 ;
ridges of chick, 142; muscles,
144

475

Circulation: in chick of second
day, 105; of third day, r1o—
113; of chick, later stages,
263—264

Circulatory system of chick, ré-
sumé, 298 —303

Clavicle: man, 405; of chick, 234

Clinoid ridge, posterior, chick,
240

Clitoris, mammalia, 417

Cloaca of chick, 174; mammalia,

418

Cochlea of chick, 203

Cochlear canal, mammalia, 390—
398

Gack: coni-vasculosi, parepidi-
dymis and vas deferens of, 224

Columella of chick, 166, 245

Commissures of spinal cord, 253,
256

Goat saacclves of cock, 224

Cornea of chick, 150—153; of
mammalia, 390

Cornu ammonis,
major)

Coracoid of chick, 234

Coronary vein, mammalia, 409—

I

Gorman, bigemina of chick, 121

Corpora mammilaria, 378

Corpora quadrigemina of mam-
malia, 370; geniculata, 371

Corpus albicans, 373

Corpus callosum: mammalia, 381;
rostrum of, 383; of marsupials,
383; of monotremes, 383

Corpus luteum, 311

Corpus striatum, mammalia, 378

Corrosive sublimate, how to use,
426

Cotyledonary placenta, derivation
of, 364

Cotyledons, 359

Cranial flexure: of chick, 116, 196;
of second day, 101; of rabbit,
323; of human embryo, 338

Cranialnerves: of chick, 123—129,
203; of second day, ior ; de-
velopment of, 127—129; of
mammalia, 400

Cranium of chick,

(see Hippoe.

235—242

476 INDEX.
cartilaginous, 242; cartilage day, 447—451; of fourth day,
bones of, 242; membrane bones 451—453; of 20 hours, 453—
of, 242 456; before incubation, 457 ;

Cranium, mammalia, 4ot
Crura cerebri, 371

Crypts of placenta, 360—363
Cumulus proligerus, 310

Cupola, 397, 398
D

Decidua: of human placenta, 356;
reflexa in human, 356—358;
vera, 356—358; serotina, 356—
358; reflexa in dog, 359

Deciduate placenta, 352 ; histology
of, 360

Dentary bones, 246

Dentine, mammalia, 421

DerscemMEt’s membrane, chick, 151

Diaphragm, muscles of, 211;
mammalia, 406

Diffuse placenta, 359; histology
of, 360

Discoidal placenta, 353

Dog, placenta of, relation with
placenta of rabbit, 358

Dorsal aorta of chick, 167

Ductus arteriosus, man, 408
Ductus cochlearis of chick, 159
uctus Botalli of chick, 287, 289,
296; of mammalia, 408

Ductus Cuvieri of chick, 170, 228,
28

madi venosus of chick, 169, 226;
of mammalia, 413

Duodenum of chick, 172—174

EK

Ear: of chick, 156—161; of mam-
malia, 390—397; accessory
structures of, 397—399

Egg tubes of Pfliiger, 222

Egg membranes of mammal, 310

Kgg, to open, 437, 438

Hlephas, placenta of, 358

Embryo of chick: directions for
examining, 439—459; of 36—
48 hours, 437—444; of 48 to
50 hours, 444—447; of third

segmentation, 458; blood-ves-
sels of, 459

Embryo of mammals: directions
for examination of, 461—470;
of segmenting ova, 1—72 hours,
461—464; of blastodermic vesi-
cle of, 72—90 hours, 465 ; of 7
days, 465; of 8 days, 466; of
8 days 12 hours, 468; of 14
days, 469; of foetal mem-
branes, 469

Embryonic area of rabbit, 317;
composition of, 317

Embryonic membranes: in mam-
malia, ideal type, 342—352 3;
yolk sac of, 345—351; amnion
of, 345—351 ; allantois of, 345—
351; zona radiata of, 345; se-
rous membrane of, 345; cho-
rion of, 345; shedding of, at
birth, 351; monotremata, 352;

marsupialia, 352; rodentia,
353, 354; imsectivora, 3533
cherioptera, 353; man and

apes, 355—358; carnivora, 358 ;
hyrax, 358; elephas, 358 ; oryc-
teropus, 358, horse, 359; pig,
3593 lemurs, 359

Embryonic sac in chick, 37-38

Embryonic shield of chick, 49,
52—54

Enamel, 421

Endolymph, mammalia, 396

Epiblast: formation of, in chick,
25, 26; derivation of, 26; of
rabbit embryo, 316; histological
differentiation of, in chick, 271 ;
epidermis, 271 ; nervous system,
271; sense organs, 272; mouth,
2723 anus, 272; pituitary body,
272; salivary glands, 273; of
blastoderm from 8th to 12th
hour, 55

Epididymis, mammalia, 415

Epiotic of chick, 246

Epithelioid lining of heart of
chick, 88

Epithelium of throat of chick, 182

F
4
\
,
$
}

INDEX.

Epoophoron, of hen, 224
Ethmoid: region, chick, 240;
lateral, 241 ; bone, chick, 246
Eustachian tube: of chick, 165;

of rabbit, 334; of mammalia,

397—418

Eustachian valve: of heart of
chick, 263—4

External auditory meatus of mam-
malia, 398

External carotid artery, chick, 225

Eye; of chick, 200; development
of, 132—155; of mammalia,
387—390 -

Hyelids, of chick, 155; of mam-
malia, 390

F

Face of chick, 246; of human
embryo, 340

Facial nerve (see Seventh)

Falciform ligament, mammalia,

20

Beiianien tubes, mammalia, 415

False amnion of chick, 46

Falx cerebri mammalia, 377

Fasciculi teretes, 368

Feathers, formation of, 282

Female pronucleus, 17

Femur, chick, 234

Fenestra ovalis, of chick, 166, 245;
mammalia, 398

Fenestra rotunda of chick, 166,
245; mammalia, 398

Fibula, chick, 234

Fifth nerve of chick, 126—1209,
20

marth ventridle of man, 383

First cerebral vesicle of chick,
second day, 97

Fissures of spinal cord, 254

Flocculi of cerebellum of birds, 369

Fotal appendages : of chick, 276—
280; amnion, 276—278; allan-
tois, 277; yolk-sac, 277; mem-
branes of mammal, to examine,

469
Folding-off of embryo chick, 113,

zee
Follicle, ovarian, 12—15

477

Foramen ovale: of heart of chick,
262, 264, 289, 297, 302

Foramen of Monro, 372

Fore brain: of chick, 100; of rab-
bit, 329; of mammalia, 371-—
385; opticvesicles of, 387390;
thalamencephalon, 371—376;
cerebral hemispheres, 376—
385; olfactory lobes, 385

Foregut of chick, formation of,
Si)

Formation of the layers in mam-
mals, 314—325

Formative cells, 23—24

Fornix, mammalia, 381; pillars
of, 383

Fourth ventricle,
mammalia, 368

Fourth nerve, chick, 128

Fretum Halleri, chick, 229

Frontal bones, chick, 246

Fronto nasal process, chick, 165,
202, 246

chick, 122;

G

Gall-bladder of chick, 181

Gasserian ganglion, chick, 128

Generativeglands: of chick, 220—
224; of mammalia, 414—415

Generative organs, external, mam-
malia, 415—417

Genital cord, mammalia, 415

Genital ridge, chick, 220

Germ cells, primitive, of chick,
221

Germinal dise of chick, 12

Germinal epithelium, 213

Germinal layers of chick, 26

Germinal vesicle of chick, 12

Germinal wall, 52; structure of,
65—66; function of, 66

Glomeruli of kidney of chick,
21

Glande epidermic, of mammalia,
366

Glomerulus of Wolffian body of
chick, 191

Glossopharyngeal nerve(see Ninth
nerve)

Gold chloride, 460

478

Graafian follicle, chick, 222, 310

Grey matter, of spinal cord of
chick, 253; of brain of mam-
malia, 387

Growth of embryo of chick, 70

Guinea-pig, structure of blasto-
derm of, 323; relation of em-
bryonic layers of, 323; inver-
sion of the layers in, 341

H

Hematoxylin, to make and use,
429

Hairs, 365

Hardening reagents, 425—428;
picrice acid, 425; corrosive sub-
limate, 426; osmic acid; 427;
chromic acid, 427; absolute
alcohol, 428; the necessity of,

428
Head of chick, 200; of rabbit,

331

Headfold of chick, 27—29, 3337;
16 to 20 hours, 60; 20 to 24
hours, 66; of second day, 77;
of mammal, 329

Heart of chick, 229—230, 256—
264; formation of, 82—89, 102;
beating of, on second day, 89;
of third day, 167; auricles,
259—262; ventricles, 260—262 ;
auricular septum, 257—262;
ventricular septum, 257 ; canalis
reuniens, 257—259; bulbus ar-
teriosus, 257—262; foramen
ovale, 262—264; Eustachian
valve, 263—264; circulation in,
263—264; structure of, 287—
289, 293—297; résumé of, 299
ERO

Heart of mammals, 329; struc-
ture of, 331; formation of, 406;
comparison of, with birds, 407

Hemiazygos vein, mammalia, 412

Hen: formation of albumen in,
16; ovarian follicle of, 12—15 ;
mesovarium of, 11; ovary of,
II; Ovarian ovum of, 11, 15;
oviduct of, 15; epoophoron,
paroophoron and oviduct, 22

INDEX.

Hen’s egg, albumen of, 3, 16;
blastoderm, 7—10, 26, 27:
chalaze, 4; cicatricula, 4 ; im-
pregnation of, 17; laying of,
17; polar bodies of, 17; seg-
mentation of, 18—24; vitelline
membrane of, 4, 1 3—15; yolk
of, 4—7; chorion of, 47; shell
of, 1, 16; irregular develop-
ment of, 48, 49; segmentation,
cavity of, 50

Hepatic cylinders of chick, 179;
circulation of chick, 227; veins,
288—290

Hind brain: of chick, 100; of
rabbit, 329 ; of mammals, and
birds, 367—370; medulla of,
367; cerebellum of, 367—370

Hippo-campus major, mammalia,
380

Hippo-campal fissure of cerebrum
of mammalia, 385

Histological differentiation, in
chick, 269—273; of epiblast,
269, 271; of hypoblast, 269;
of mesoblast, 269

Histology of placenta, 359

Holoblastic segmentation, 307

Human embryo: villi of, 335;
early stages of, 335; allantois
of, 336—340; yolk-sac of, 336—
340; medullary plate of, 337;
amnion of, 338—340; cranial
flexure of, 338—340; limbs of,
339; body flexure of, 339—
340; face of, 340; relation of,
with other mammals, 341 ; pla-
centa of, 355

Human ovum, size of, 307

Human placenta, histology of,
363; derivation of, 64

Humerus, chick, 234

Hyaloid membrane, chick, 144,

146

Hyoid arch of chick, 243—245;
of rabbit, 334; of mammalia,
403—404 :

Hyoid bone of chick, 245

Hypoblast of chick: formation of,
25, 51, 59; derivation of, 26;
of area opaca, 65; histological

INDEX.

differentiation of, 269; of di-
gestive canal, 272; of respira-
tory ducts, 272; of allantois,
273; notochordal, 273
Hypoblast of rabbit embryo, 316,
321, 417. ;
Hypoblastic mesoblast of chick,
59—62; of mammal, 321
Hypogastric veins: chick, 289;
mammalia, 41I—413
Hypohyal, mammalia, 403
Hypophysis cerebri (see Pituitary
body)
Hyrax, placenta of, 358

I

Tleum, chick, 234

Tliac veins, mammalia, 411I—413

Imbedding, methods of, 432—434

Impregnation of hen’s egg, 17;
of ovum of mammal, 310—312

Incubators, makers of, and how
to manage, 423

Incus, mammalia, 398, 404

Inferior cardinal veins, chick, 228

Infundibulum: chick, 11gq—121 ;
ventricle of, 373; tuber cinereum
of, 373; of mammalia, 372; of
birds, 372 :

Inner mass of segmented ovum,
3143 Of blastodermic vesicle,

314

Innominate artery of chick, 296—
8

Insectivora, placenta of, 353

Intercostal veins, mammalia,
4t1—413

Interhyal ligament, 403

Intermediate cell mass of chick,
95, 189, 190

Internal carotid artery, chick, 225

Inter-nasal plate, chick, 240

Inter-orbital plate of chick, 240

Intervertebral ligaments, mam-
malia, 400

Interyertebral regions, chick, 207,
20

Tessin, mammalia, 419

Inyersion of the layers, 341

479

Ischium, chick, 234

Island of Reil, 385

Iter a tertio ad quartum ventricu-
lum, 121, 370

J

Jugal bones, chick, 246
Jugular vein, 284—290

K

Kidney : of chick, 218—220; tu-
bules of, 219 ; of mammalia,
414

L

Labia majora, mammalia, 416

Lacrymal bones, chick, 246; ducts,
chick, 155, 156; glands, chick,
155, 1503; groove, chick, 248;
duct, mammalia, 390

Lagena, chick, 159; birds, 397,
398 meee

Lamina, dorsalis of chick, 29, 62

Lamina spiralis, mammalia, 397

Lamina terminalis, atari

ee intestine of chick, 174

Larynx of chick, 177

Lateral folds of blastoderm of
chick, 37; of chick of second
day, 9

Lateral plates of mesoblast, 68

Lateral ventricles of chick, 117 ;
of mammalia, 377; cornua of,
378

Laying of eggs, 17

Lecithin, 6

Legs of chick, 200

Lens, chick, formation of, 134,
I

i arientn suspensoria, of birds,
210

Ligamentum, pectinatum, 144;
vesice medium, 351

Ligamentum longitudinale an-
terius and posterius,mammalia,
402

480

Limbs, of chick, t98—200, 233;
of rabbit, 334; of human em-
bryo, 339 ; mammalia, 406

Liver of chick, 178—181 ; mam-
malia, 419

Lumbar veins, mammalia, 412—

413
Lungs of chick, 176—178, 267;
mammalia, 418

M

Male pronucleus, 17
Malleus, 398, 404
Malpighian corpuscles, chick, 182;
bodies of chick, 190
Mammalia, two periods of develop-
ment, 308; viviparous, 308
Mammary glands, 366; a source
of nutriment for the embryo,
08
Min (see Human embryo)
Mandible, chick, 246
Mandibular arch, chick, 242—
244; maxillary process of,
chick, 243; rabbit, 334; mam-
malia, 403—404
Manubrium of malleus, 403
Marsupialia, foetal membranes of,
52
Mier supiem. 308
Maturation of ovum of mammal,
Io
Meetila bones, chick, 246
Maxilla-palatine bones, chick, 246
Maxillary, processes of mandibu-
lar arch of chick, 243
Meatus auditorius externus, of
chick, 166; of mammal, 397
Meatus venosus, of chick, 169,

28

Medeslean cartilage, chick, 244;
mammalia, 403

Medulla oblongata, of chick, 122;
of mammalia, 367

Medullary canal, of chick, 40, 62,

6
Medullary folds, of chick, 40, 62,
66 77,97; of mammal, 327

INDEX.

Medullary groove, of chick, 20,
62—65; of rabbit, 320, 321;
of man, 338; closure of, in
mammal, 327—331

Medullary plate, of chick, 62; of
rabbit, 320; of man, 338

Membrana capsulo pupillaris of
mammalia, 387—389

Membrana limitans externa, 145;
granulosa, 310

Membrana propria of follicles,
chick, 182

Membrane: of shell of hen’s egg,
t; serous, of chick, 32—41;
vitelline of hen’s egg, 13—15

Membrane bones, 242; of skull,
chick, 246

Membrane of Reissner, mamma-
lia, 397

Membrane of Descemet, 389

Membrane of Corti, and tectoria
mammalia, 395

Membranous labyrinth,
158

Meniscus of birds, 210

Meroblastic segmentation, 18

Mesenteric veins of chick, 228,
288—290

Mesentery, of chick, 173; mam-
malia, 419—20

Mesoblast: derivatives of,in chick,
25—26; of primitive streak of
chick, 54, 57; derived from
lower layer cells in chick, 55,
57, 59; of area opaca in chick,
65; splitting of, in chick, 68; of
trunk of embryo chick, 185—
189; histological differentiation
of, in chick, 269; of primitive
streak of rabbit, 320; of mam-
mal, double origin of, 321—
323; vertebral zone of, 328;
lateral zone of, 328; somites
of, 328

Mesoblastic somites, formation of
in chick, 70; of chick, 81, 185—
187, 204—208

Mesocardium of chick, 88; forma-
tion of, 264

Mesogastrium, chick, 182

Mesonephros of chick, 212

chick,

INDEX. 481

Mesovarium of fowl, 11
Metacarpus, chick, 234
Metadiscoidal placenta, histology
of, 362; derivation of, 364
Metamorphosis of arterial arches,
bird and mammalia, 408
Metanephos (see Kidney)
Metanephric blastema, of chick,

a1

Rehctom cb; and makers of, 434
54353 472 _.

Mid brain: of chick, 100, 200; of
rabbit, 329; of mammalia, 370
37 3 ventricle of, 370; nates
and testes of, 371; corpora
geniculata, and crura cerebri of,

371

Monotremata, foetal membranes
of, 352

Mouse, inversion of the layers in,

341

Mouth, chick, 249, 281; of rabbit,
formation of, 334

Miillerian duct : chick, 214—218;
mammalia, 414—415

Muscle plates of chick, 187—189,
204—208, 211; segmentation
of, 212

Muscles: hyposkeletal, chick, 211 ;
episkeletal, chick, 211; cuta-
neous, chick, 211; extrinsic and
intrinsic of limb, chick, 212

Muscular walls of heart of chick,
88

N

Nails, of chick, 283

Nares : posterior, chick, 251; an-
terior and posterior, of mam-
malia, 399

Nasal capsule, chick, 242; car-
tilages, chick, 246; bones, chick,
246; groove, chick, 246; pro-
cesses of chick, inner, 248;
outer, 248; labyrinth, chick,
249—51

Nasal organ (see Olfactory organ)

Nasal pits, of birds, 71; chick,
202

Nates of mammalia, 371

BF. & B.

Nerves, of chick of second day,
ror; of mammalia, 400
Nervous system of mammalia,

367—400
Neural band, chick, 123; crest,
126

Neural canal of chick, 31—39, 66;
second and third day, 122; de-
velopment of, 251—256

Neurenteric canal, of chick, 71—
74, 175; mammalia, 399; of
mole, 326, 328

Ninth nerve, chick, 126—129, 203

Node of Hensen, 319

Non-deciduate placenta, 352

Nose, chick, 249

Nostrils, chick, 251

Notochord: of chick, 29, 60—62,
208—210, 237—238; of second
day, 101; sheath of chick, 208,
of mammal, 323, 400; forma-
tion of, 325

Nuclei, 16

Nucleolus, 13

Nucleus, 13

Nucleus of Pander, 7

Nucleus pulposus, of birds, 210,

ot

Seven of mammalian embryo :
308; by means of placenta, 350

10)

Occipital: supra-, basi-, ex-, of
chick, 246; foramen, chick, 237

(Esophagus of chick, 173 ; mam-
malia, 418

Olfactory organ of chick, 161;
nerve of chick, 162; grooves,
chick, 202; lobes of mammalia,
385 ;

Olivary bodies, 368

Omentum, mammailia, lesser, 420;
greater, 420

Opisthotic of chick, 246

Optic vesicles: of chick of second
day, 79, 973 chick, 133—134:
formation of, 141—144; of
rabbit, 329

31

482

Optic lobes, chick, 121

Optic nerves, chick, 133, 146

Optic cup, 134

Optic chiasma, chick, 147; mam-
malia, 372

Optic thalami of mammalia, 373

Orbitosphenoid, 246

Orbitosphenoidal region, chick,
240

Organ of Corti, mammalia, 395

Organ of Jacobson, mammalia,

39

Ge ctera pie, placenta of, 358

Osmic acid, how to use, 427

Osseous labyrinth, chick, 158

Otic vesicle, chick, 157

Outer layer, of blastodermic vesi-
cle, 314

Ova, primordial, of chick, 221

Ovarian follicle: of hen, 12—15 ;
mammal, 309

Ovarian ovum: of hen, 11—15;
of mammals, 309

Ovary: of adult hen, 11; of
chick, 222; of mammals,
309; follicles of, 309; corpus
luteum of, 311

Oviduct of adult hen, 15; of
chick, 224

Oviparous animals, 308

Ovum: of birds and mammals
compared, 307; of mammal—
in follicle, 309 ; membranes of,
310; maturation and impreg-
nation of, 310—312; polar
bodies of, 311; segmentation
of, 312—314; blastopore of
(Beneden), 314

P

Palate, mammalia, 420, 421
Palatine bones, chick, 246
Pancreas: of chick, 181; mam-
malia, 419
Pander, nucleus of, 7.
Parachordals, chick, 235—238
Paraffin, 432—434
Parepididymis of cock, 224
Parietal bones of chick, 246

INDEX.

Parieto-occipital fissure of cere-
brum of man and apes, 38:

Parker on the fowl’s skull, 245

Paroophoron of hen, 224

Pecten, chick, 147

Pectoral girdle, chick, 234; mam-
malia, 405

Pelvic girdle, chick, 234; mam-
malia, 405

Penis, mammalia, 417

Pericardial cavity, chick, develop-
ment of, 264—269; of rabbit,
331; mammalia, 406

Perilymph, mammalia, 396

Periotic capsules, chick, 237

Peritoneal covering of heart of
chick, 88; cavity, mammalia,
406

Peritoneum, mammalia, 419—420

PFLucer, egg tubes, 222

Phalanges, chick, 234

Pharynx, mammalia, 418

Picric acid, how to use, 425

Picro-carmine, to make and use,

431

Pig, placenta, histology of, 360

Pineal glands, chick, 117—119;
of mammalia and birds, 373—

76

Pigaery body: chick, r1gq—121;
rabbit, 334; of birds, 372;
mammalia, 372, 420

Pituitary space, chick, 240

Placenta: 342; discoidal, deci-
duate, type of, 353, 354; meta-
discoidal, type of, 354—358;
decidua of, 356; chorion leve
of, 356—358; chorion frondo-
sum of, 356—358; comparison
of, 358; zonary type of, 358;
diffuse form, 359; polycotyle-
donary form, 359; histology of,
359-—363; evolution of, 364;
of sloth, 360.
Pleural cavity, chick, development
of, 264—269; mammalia, 406
Pleuroperitoneal space of chick,
28—33, 84; formation of, 40,
41, 68

Pneumogastric nerve (see Tenth
nerve)

INDEX.

Polar bodies, 17 ; of ova of mam-
mals, 311

Polycotyledonary placenta, 359;
histology of, 360

Pons Varolii of birds, 369; of
mammals, 370

Position of embryo chick of third
and fourth days, 113—116

Postanal gut, of chick, 175; of
rabbit, relation of, to primitive
streak, 329

Posterior nares, chick, 202

Potassium bichromate, 460

Premaxilla bones, chick, 246

Prenasal bones of chick, 246

Presphenoid region, chick, 240—
246

Primitive groove of chick, 56; of
rabbit, 320

Primitive streak of chick, 52—62;
of chick from 20 to 24 hours,
70; of rabbit, 319

Processus infundibuli, chick, 121

Proctodeum of chick, 175; of
mammal, 422

Pronephros, 218

Pronucleus, female, 17; male, 17

Prootic, chick, 246

Protovertebre (see Mesoblastic
somites)

Pterygo-palatine bar, chick, 243

Pterygoid bones, chick, 246

Pubis, chick, 234

Pulmonary veins of chick, 228,
289—290

Pulmonary arteries of chick, 294—
298; mammalia, 407

Pupil, chick, 142

Pyramids of cerebellum, 368

Q
Quadrato-jugal bones, 246
Quadrate, chick, 243

R

Rabbit embryo, growth of, 327—

334; Placenta of, 353
Radius, chick, 234

483

Rat, inversion of the layers in,

I
eeesan labyrinthi, mammalia,
pices
Recessus vestibuli (see Aqueductus
vestibuli) chick, 203
Respiration of chick, 303; of third
day, 110
Rete vasculosum, mammalia, 414
Retina, chick, 142, 144—146
Ribs, chick, 234; mammalia, 405
Rodentia, placenta of, 353
Rods and cones of retina, chick,
146
reat chick, 246
Ruminants’ placenta, histology of,
360

V

Sacculus hemisphericus, mam-
malia, 390—398

Salivary glands, mammalia, 420

Scala media (see Cochlear canal)

Scala tympani, mammalia, 395—

[i ae
Scala vestibuli, mammalia, 395—

397

Beapula of chick, 234

Sclerotic coat of eye of chick, 141

Sclerotic capsules, mammalia, 405

Scrotum, mammalia, 416

Sebaceous glands, 366

Secondary optic vesicle (see Optic
cup

Sections, method of cutting, 434
—436; mounting of, 436

Segmentation: of hen’s egg, 18
—24; meroblastic, 18; of mam-
malian ovum, 312—314; of
hen’s egg to observe, 4583; of
mammalian ovum to observe,

61

Seminiteulat canal: of chick,
158; mammalia, 390—398

Semi-lunar valves, chick, 258

Sense capsules of chick, 211—212

Septum lucidum, mammalia, 383

Septum-nasi, chick, 246

Serous membrane of chick, 32—
41

484

Serous envelope of chick, 107;
of mammals, 346
Seventh nerve of chick, 127—129,

203

Shell-membrane of chick, 1

Shell of hen’s egg, 1; formation
of, 16

Shield, embryonic, of chick, 49

Sinus rhomboidalis: of embryo
chick, 71, 81; of rabbit, 329

Sinus terminalis, of chick of
second day, 91, 104; in rabbit,

343 ;

Sinus venosus of chick, 169, 226,
285—290

Skeleton of limb, chick, 234

Skull of chick, 235—251; cartilage
and membrane bones of, 246;
of mammalia, 401—405

Sloth, placenta, histology of, 360

Somatic stalk of chick, 29—42;
of mammals, 351

Somatopleure of chick, 29—33;
formation of, 4o—41, 68

Spermatozoa of chick, 223

Spinal nerves: of chick, 123; de-
velopment of, 129—132; of
mammalia, 400

Spinal cord of chick: develop-
ment of, 251—256 ; white mat-
ter of, 252; grey matter of,
253; canal of, 252—256; epi-
thelium of, 251, 252; anterior
grey commissure of, 256; an-
terior fissure of, 254—256;
dorsal fissure of, 255—256;
posterior grey commissure of,
256; sinus rhomboidalis of,
256; anterior columns of, 256;
posterior columns of, 256;
lateral columns of, 256; an-
terior white commissure of,
256; posterior white commis-
sure of, 256

Splanchnic stalk of chick, 29—
42, 232

Splanchnopleure of chick, 29—
33; formation of, 40—42, 68

Spleen of chick, 182

Splint bones of chick, 246

Squamosal bones of chick, 246

INDEX.

Staining reagents, 428—432; he-
matoxylin, 429; borax carmine,
430; Carmine, 431; picro-car-
mine, 431; alum carmine, 431

Stapes, of chick, 245; mammalia,
398, 404

Sternum of chick, 235; of mam-
malia, 405

Stomach of chick, 173; mam-
malia, 418

Stomodeum, of chick, 119, 203;
mammalia, 420

Stria vascularis, mammalia, 397

Subclavian arteries of chick, 296
—298, of mammalia, 409

Subclavian veins, mammalia, 409

Suleus of Monro, 373

Superior maxilla of chick, 165 ;
maxillary processes of hick,
202; of rabbit, 334

Superior cardinal veins of chick,
228

Supra-renal bodies, mammalia,
structure of, 413; relation of,
with sympathetic nervous sys-
tem, 414

Subzonal membrane of mammal,
346

Sylvian fissure, mammalia, 384,

385

Sympathetic neryous system of
mammalia, 400

Sweat-glands, 366

Mee

Tail-fold of chick, 29—37, 196;
of second day, 96; of mammal,

2
Talewalling of chick, 74
Tarsus of chick, 234
Teeth, mammalia, 421
Tela choroidea, 375
Tenth nerve of chick, 125, 127—

129, 203
Testis of chick, 222, 371
Thalamencephalon : of chick,

1173; of mammalia, 371—376 ;
ventricle of, 372; floor of, 372,

—E

INDEX. 485

3733 Sides of, 373; roof of, 374
—376
Third nerve of chick, 129
Third ventricle of mammalia, 372
Throat of rabbit, formation of,

E

Thyroid body, of chick, 181;
mammalia, 418

Tibia of chick, 234

Tongue of chick, 282

Trabecule of chick,236, 239—241

Trachea of chick, 176, 177 ; mam-
malia, 418

Tuber cinereum, 373

Turbinal bones of chick, 246

Tympanic cavity of chick, 166;
membrane of chick, 166 ; cavity
of mammalia, 397, 418; mem-
brane of mammalia, 397

U.

Ulna, of chick, 234

Umbilical, arteries (see Allantoic);
veins (see Allantoic veins); vesi-
cle of mammals (see Yolk-sac) ;
stalk of chick of third day, 113;
cord, 351

Urachus, 351

Ureter of chick, 219; mammalia,

417
Urethra, mammalia, 417
Urinogenital organs of mam-
malia, 414—417; sinus of mam-
malia, 415—417
Uterine crypts, 350
Uterus, mammalia, 415
Utriculus of mammalia, 393398
Uvea of iris, chick, 144

Ve

Valve of Vieussens, of birds, 369;
of mammals, 370

Vagina mammalia, 415

Vagus nerve (see Tenth nerve)

Vasa efferentia and recta mam-
malia, 414

Vascular system of chick, 224—
230; of second day, 89—94, 102

—106; of third day, 167—170;
mammalia, 406—413

Vascular area: of blastoderm of
chick, 27; of third day, rro—
113; of rabbit’s ovum, forma-
tion of, 326

Vas deferens: of cock, 224; mam-
mala, 415

Velum medulle anterius (see
Valve of Vieussens) ; posterius,
370

Vermiform appendix, mammalia,
41

Meee, cava, inferior, of chick, 228,
285—290; mammalia, 4og—
413

Venez cave, superior, of chick,
286—290; of mammalia, 409
mts

Venz advehentes of chick, 227,
287—289; revehentes of chick,

2247, 287—289
Vena terminalis (see Sinus termi-
nalis)

Venous system: of chick, 226—
229, 283—290, 30I—303; mam-
malia, 409—413

Ventricles of brain of chick of
second day, 102; of mammals,
117, 121—122; of chick, 229

Ventricular septum, chick, 230,

25

ee of chick, primary, 205
—208 ; permanent, 205—208;
bodies of, 207—209

Vertebral arches, osseous, of
chick, 207, 210; mammalia,

409 :
Vertebral artery of chick, 295—

298

Vee bral column, of chick, 205—
208 ; membranous, 205—208;
secondary segmentation of, 205
—208 ; explanation of do., 205
—206 ; of mammalia, early de-
velopment, ossification of, 400,

401

Vertebrate animal, general struc-
ture of, 39

Vesicle of third ventricle (see
Thalamencephalon)

486

Vessels of placenta, 360—363

Vestibule, chick, 158

Vili: of human ovum, 335; of
zona in dog, 347; of subzonal
membrane of rabbit, 347; of
chorion of mammal, 349; of
placenta, 360— 363

Visceral arches, 245; of rabbit,

334
Visceral arches of chick, 162—167;
of rabbit, 334; of mammalia,

402

Visceral clefts: of chick, 162—
167, 281; closure of do., 164;
of rabbit, 334; of mammalia,
402, 418

Visceral folds of chick, 163

Visceral skeleton of chick, 242
—246

Visceral vein of chick, 284—290 :
of mammalia, 409—413

Vitellin, 5

Vitelline arteries: of chick, 167,
293—208, 225; of second day,

89, 103

Vitelline duct of chick, 196, 232;
of mammals, 350

Vitelline membrane, 4; of hen’s
egg, 13—15; of mammal, 310

Vitelline veins of chick, 84, 226.
288—290; of second day, gz,
104; in rabbit, 343; of mam-
malia, 410—413

Vitreous humour of chick, 140, 150

INDEX.

Viviparous animals, 308
Vomer of chick, 246

W

White matter: of spinal cord of
chick, 252; of brain of mam-
malia, 386—387

Wings of chick, 200

Wolffian body: of chick, r90—|
193; of mammalia, 414; of
chick of second day, 106

Wolffian duct of chick, 190, 213;
of second day, 94—95, 106; of
mammalia, 414

Wolffian ridge of chick, 108

Wolffian tubules of chick, 106,
LOTS IOS 123

y

Yolk of hen’s egg, 4—7; arrange-
ment of, 6; structure of, 5

Yolk-sac: of chick, 28—37, 277—
280; of mammals, 327; of
marsupials, 352; of rabbit, 353;
of human ovum, 355—358; of
dog, 358

Z

Zona radiata, 310; of chick, 15
Zonary placenta: histology of,
360; derivation of, 364

Cc

/

wy ee ce

31

CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY C. J. CLAY, M.A. AND SONS, AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

BioMed

Jap SooosinaAaA SNE
pas Me OS Sea UIE Fantini geese ie sbi
= wines ea hes “ Sy a Be pO og sc pe ATW ae ; ‘
LEN AEST AEE Na tal ita NIAAA SE LD a Pant. Pie es 3s
— saat ite Sof OMS Sit os

RO aan
geese Ser

abet Po Pe one
A ; ane ee

Fee hetaed ,
VE re Yat PL bee

we
nee =
et ale
Sebel SBF ACR Or